Home

"user manual"

1. ial ACPU E Special Corre Special is Register for Name Meaning Details sponding Register f Modification CPU Conversion D9116 SD1116 If the status of the I O module changes from that obtained at power on the module No unit 16 points is stored in D9117 D1117 the following bit pattern When I O module numbers have been set by the parameter the parameter set numbers are D9118 SD1118 stored b15b14b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b b4 b3 b2 bi b0 D9119 SD1119 7 p1116 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 py 1 D9120 SD1120 Bit pattern in sp1117 0 0 0 0 0 Ox 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 units of 16 1 sD1123 0 0 0 0 xX 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D9121 SD1121 1 0 module points y 3 verification indicating the Indicates an I O module verify error le Soas error modules with verification For a module whose number of I O points exceeds 16 errors points all bits corresponding to I O module numbers within the number of I O points occupied by the module in increments of 16 points turn on D9123 SD1123 Ex wnen a 64 point module is mounted on the slot 0 bO to b3 turn on when an error is detected I O module verification is conducted on I O modules on remote I O stations If normal status is restored clear is not performed Therefore it is required to perform clear by user program Nuiniber oF Numboror When any of FO S F204 default device setting is turned
2. a Case 1 External wiring for the LO2CPU P and L26CPU PBT is performed to the LO2CPU or L26CPU BT I Cause l I T I I I Correctly perform the external wiring according to the module used Load m m m m m e I I Action l Load i ao li l 4 m m m m m gt ae JES T b Case 2 a2 yy External wiring the LO2CPU and L26CPU BT is performed to the LO2CPU P or L26CPU PBT z fa SS 0 DS go gt o Q a os 56 i eee O Cause o Fj gg 55 QS 50 7 Cc Sa 9 Action 123 15 5 Saving Data By saving the following data immediately after trouble arises the data can be useful for analyzing the error cause Programs and parameters e Device data and buffer memory data e System configuration data Error log 1 Saving programs and parameters The following describes a procedure for saving data XO Online gt Read from PLC Connection Channel List SerialPort PLC Module Connection U58 Read C wite C verty C Delete Al Puc module igent Function Module Execution Target Data no Yes Tte f F Module vata RoronctersProran Selectas Caneel a Solectiers 2010 10 07 16 17 08 2232 Bytes 2010 10 07 16 17 08 2936 Bytes Necessary Setting No Setting Already Set Set Fitts needed No Setting Already Set
3. aie Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ae man pica rt SP UNIT LAY ERR Two or more MELSECNET H and CC Link IE controller network modules in total are mounted in the entire system e Use either MELSECNET H module or CC Link e Two or more Ethernet modules are mounted in IE controller network module by one in the the entire system entire system QOOUJCPU Collateral information e Reduce the number of Ethernet modules to Common information Module No Slot No one e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR Two or more MELSECNET H and CC Link IE controller network modules in total are mounted in the entire system e Reduce the number of MELSECNET H and Two or more Ethernet modules are mounted in CC Link IE controller network modules to one QO0UCPU the entire system in total in the entire system Q01UCPU Collateral information Reduce the number of Ethernet modules to one Common information Module No Slot No in the entire system e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR Three or more MELSECNET H and CC Link IE controller network modules in total are mounted in the entire system e Reduce the MELSECNET H and CC Link IE Three or more Ethernet interface modules are controller network modules up to two or less in mounted in the entire system the entire system QO02UCPU Collateral information e Redu
4. 4900H communication function had been set were inod l ule changed the parameters were written to the CPU module from the Write to PLC window The file register used for the simple PLC 4901 communication function became out of range Correct the device number of the file register And power j due to the block number change of the file off and on the CPU module or reset the module Other errors register The communication was stopped because an error occurred at the other setting No for 4902H is Remove the error cause which the same destination device of the corresponding setting No had been set The communication was stopped because a 4903 stop error occurred in the CPU module where Power off and on the CPU module Or reset the CPU p the simple PLC communication function had module been set Access to the specified station cannot be made since the routing parameters are not set to the start source CPU module and or e Set to the related stations the routing parameters for relay CPU module access to the specified station e For routing via a multiple CPU system the e Retry after a while or start communication after 4A00 control CPU of the network module for data confirming that the system for data routing has j routing has not started started When System A System B is not yet e In a redundant system configuration connect the identified in a redundant system tracking cable start System A System
5. Error i LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU FILE SET ERROR Automatic write to standard ROM was performed on the CPU module that is incompatible with e Execute automatic write to standard ROM on automatic write to standard ROM the CPU module which is compatible with Memory card where automatic write to standard automatic write to standard ROM ROM was selected in the boot file was fitted and e Write parameters and programs to the standard Qn Hy the parameter enable drive was set to the memory ROM using the programming tool QnPH card Change the memory card for the one where QnPRH Collateral information automatic write to standard ROM has not been Common information File name Drive name set and perform boot operation from the e Individual information memory card HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset FILE SET ERROR The file specified with a parameter does not exist Read the individual information of the error using Collateral information the programming tool to identify the numeric 2400 Common information File name Drive name value parameter No Check the drive name and ee QCPU e Individual information Parameter number file name of the parameter corresponding to the EDiagnostic Timing value and correct it as necessary Create the At power on At reset At writing to programmable specified file and write it to the CPU module controller
6. CPU module L26CPU BT END cover L6EC Safety Guidelines IB NA 0800456 A dummy cover for the display unit is attached ee IB NA Battery Q6BAT Battery replacement data stickers to fill out installed in the CPU module three stickers on one sheet A set of terminating resistors Na ee Terminating resistor 1102 1 2W x 2 pieces CAUTION note K Brown Brown Brown gold eee ee ee ee ee ee ee Id IL LO2CPU P MITSUBISHI CPU module LO2CPU P END cover L6EC Safety Guidelines IB NA 0800456 A dummy cover for the display unit is attached ne IB NA Battery Q6BAT Battery replacement data stickers to fill out installed in the CPU module three stickers on one sheet L26CPU PBT MITSUBISHI CPU module L26CPU PBT END cover L6EC Safety Guidelines IB NA 0800456 A dummy cover for the display unit is attached a IB NA Battery Q6BAT Battery replacement data stickers to fill out installed in the CPU module three stickers on one sheet A set of terminating resistors ee ere en rrr rr renner Terminating resistor 1102 1 2W x 2 pieces CAUTION note K Brown Brown Brown gold 21 CHAPTER 1 FEATURES This chapter describes the features of a MELSEC L series CPU modul
7. 53 JOJNOUUOD 0 BUI PEP Bum t 54 4 Plugging a connector a Installation procedure Connector screw 1 Plug the connector into the slot on the module 2 Tighten the two connector screws M2 6 1 Loosen the two connector screws and pull out the connector from the module CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 4 3 5 Connecting extension cables 1 Precautions Do not step on an extension cable e When laying an extension cable secure 76mm or more as the minimum cable bending radius e If it is less than 76mm malfunction may occur due to characteristic deterioration or cable disconnection e The overall length of extension cables must be up to 3 0m Do not install extension cables with the main circuit high voltage and large current lines 2 Connection method a Connecting an extension cable 1 Properly hold the connector part of an extension cable and insert it to the extension connector of a branch module or an extension module until it clicks Do not hold the ferrite core to connect the cable b Disconnecting an extension cable 1 Press the buttons on the connector part and pull the cable out of the module Do not hold the ferrite core to disconnect the cable 55 sajqed uoisua x Huj BUUOD GEY BUI Y 3 Specifications Model Item LCO6E LC10E LC30E Cable length 0 6m 1 0m 3 0m Conductor resistance value 0 0340 0 0510 0 140 We
8. change 3 Backup execution wait 2 Restoring not executed Restore repeated Restoring executed 4 execution ready when turning power completion supply ON from OFF 1 Indicates status immediately after restoration 2 Indicates status after the CPU module is powered off and then on while the CPU module is in the 2 Restore execution completion status This register stores the year last two digits and the month when data were backed up in 2 digit BCD Backup time 615 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bo Example ano oearand ma gon oe ea a July 1993 month PERE 9307H Year Month QnU This register stores the day and the hour when data were New LCPU backed up in 2 digit BCD Backup time 615 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bo Example SD673 Day and rtrporr tra peta 31st 10 am hour i 1 l i l 1 i ii iF 1 I 1 31 10H Day Hour This register stores the minute and the second when data were backed up in 2 digit BCD Backup Backup time 3 infi ti b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0 Example At writ spe74 MOMMA vinute and FT EP tt PTT ft 35min 48sec ANTO second i I I I I i i I I i i i 3548H Minute Second This register stores the year first two digits and the day of the week when data were backed up in BCD b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0 Example ri fot tt Pt tt foi tt 1998 Friday ee gee gee pel ee lee pe 1905H Backup time rq a SD675 Year and day Day of the week 0 Sunday di week Higher digits of year 0
9. EE a e ae A Related Functions lt lt Close af 6 E Rensi sedek ACUserData rte THe Format PLC Clear PLC Memory Arrange PLC Operation Memory Memory 124 Online Data Operation fk 1 Click the Parameter Program button Click the Execute button to execute Read from PLC CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 Saving device data and buffer memory data The following describes a procedure for saving data XW Online gt Read from PLC 1 Select Device Memory Online Data Operation E3 Connection Channel List SS E E ea ie Camy oee PLC Module inteligent Function module Execution Target Datat No f Yes Tte f HJ Module vata Barameter Program Select Al Cancel Al Selections Module Name Data Name TeejProject Name Target Detal Last Change Target Memory Size z 2010 10 07 16 17 08 2232 Bytes EEA 2936 Bytes 2 Click the ZE button Necessary Setting No Setting Already Set Setif itis needed No Setting Already Set Writing Size Free Volume Use Volume cytes T6752 __s 1680ytes Refresh Rolate Eurtns ce cle 2 G8 bh ws BO a Remote Set Clock PLCUser Data Write Tle FomatPLC Clear PLC Memory Arrange PLC Operation Memory Memory 3 Enter the Device Data Name field and select the Device Data Detail Setting x 7 checkboxes of devices to be saved Device Selection F Internal Device Memory Defaut Input Colum
10. D1282 Open completion signal Stores open completion status This register stores the open completion status of a socket communication connection when the open method is socket communication Bits for connections other than that of socket communication are always 0 b15b14 to b1 b0 Connection 1 Connection 2 to SD1282 Connection 15 Connection 16 0 Open processing is not completed 1 Open processing is completed D1284 Open request signal Stores open request status This register stores the open request status of a socket communication connection Bits for connections other than that of socket communication are always 0 b1 b0 Connection 1 Connection 2 to Connection 15 b15b14 to sD1284 7 Connection 16 0 No open request 1 In open request S Status change New Qnu t LCPU Qnu LCPU 354 APPENDICES Corre c Number Name Meanin Explanation Sor by sponding s Stik P When Set ACPU pee g D9000 This register stores the receive status of a socket communication connection Bits for connections other than that of socket communication are always 0 b15b14 to b1 bO sD1286 l Connection 1 Connection 2 to Connection 15 Stores Connection 16 Reception D1286 status signal reception TCP standard receive mode
11. Disconnection of the control port to the FTP server failed e Correct the settings in the FTP setting dialog box e Check connection with the FTP server Login to the FTP server failed e Correct Login user name and Login password in the FTP setting dialog box e Check the FTP server software settings login user name and login password e Check communication logs of the FTP server software Execution of the FTP command to the FTP server failed Connection of the data transfer port to the FTP server failed Disconnection of the data transfer port to the FTP server failed The connection number setting is invalid e Correct Directory path and Data transfer mode in the FTP setting dialog box e Check that you have the write permission for the destination FTP server e Check that the directory path set in the FTP setting dialog box exists Correct the FTP server software settings e Check communication logs of the FTP server software e Check connection with the FTP server e Correct Data transfer mode in the FTP setting dialog box e When a firewall is active or the proxy server is on the connection path consult the network administrator about the settings e Specify the connection No within 1 to 16 e Check whether Socket communication is selected for Open system parameter The specified connection has already completed OPEN processing Perform CLOSE processing
12. 2176 SYSTEM LAY ERR An extension cable is connected to the branch module during operation Collateral information Common information Module No Block No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e Always Disconnect the extension cable connected during operation RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop Lcpu 28 L26CPU BT 28 L26CPU PBT 28 Lo2cpu 28 Lo2cPu P 28 LCPU 8 162 APPENDICES aie Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ae man Sie MISSING PARA There is no parameter file in the drive specified as valid parameter drive by the DIP switches Check and correct the valid parameter drive an H Collateral information settings made by the DIP switches QnPH Common information Drive name e Set the parameter file to the drive specified as e Individual information valid parameter drive by the DIP switches She BA HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN MISSING PARA There is no parameter file at the program memory Collateral information Common information Drive name Set the parameter file to the program memory Q00J Q00 Q01 e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset STOP RUN MISSING PARA 2200 Parameter file does not exist in all drives where parameters will be valid meollateral information Set a parameter file in a drive to be valid QnU Common information D
13. systems Corre Set by sponding corre Number Name Meanin Explanation spondin g P When Set ACPU p N M m9000 OFF Redundant system backup mode SM1510 Operation mode stand alone This relay is on while the system is operating in the S Every END system separate mode processing ON Redundant system separate mode Distinguishes between system A and system B SM1511 System A The flag status does not change even if the tracking cable is disconnected New QnPRH identification flag If TRK CABLE ERR System A System B error code 6210 occurred Unknown sm1512 System B SM15114 ON OFF OFF S Initial identification flag SM1512 OFF ON OFF OFF Not in deb SM15143 Debug mode E Sen This relay is on while the system is operating in the status flag ON Debug mode debug mode gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy 273 Corre Corre F Set by sponding E Number Nam M n Explanation n u e eaning xplanatio When Set ACPU sponding CPU M m9000 A i Indicates operation system status SM1515 ontrol system The flag status does not change even if the tracking cable is disconnected judgment flag Control Standby If TRK CABLE ERR S Status system system error code 6210 occurred Unknown change SM1516 Standby system SM1515 ON OFF OFF judgment flag SM1516 OFF ON
14. 3 The actual service value is a battery life calculated based on the values measured at storage ambient temperature of 40 C This value is intended for reference only because it varies depending on the characteristics of the components 4 SM52 turns on even when the battery connector is disconnected or the lead wire of the battery is disconnected In this case the battery stops working The CPU module may lose data when the backup power time three minutes is elapsed after power off 379 1s H peg p xipueddy gt ay Aueyeg y xipueddy Appendix 5 Checking Serial Number and Function Version The serial number and function version of the module can be checked any of on the rating plate the front of the module or e the System Monitor screen in a programming tool 1 Checking on the rating plate The rating plate is located on the side of the module wueusee TZ sa MITSUBISHI MODEL Serial number wa Function version Relevant regulation M standards MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION HADE IN JAPAN See Model instruction manual 2 Checking on the front of the module The serial number on the rating plate is printed on the front at the bottom of the module 1111000000000 Serial number Function version 380 APPENDICES 3 Checking on the System Monitor screen Th
15. 308 APPENDICES Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU p000 Corre sponding CPU SD204 LED display color CPU LED display color The LED display color of the LED status shown in SD201 1 to 8 b15 b12 b11 b8 b7 b4 b3 bo a E ar AE T T T lt gt lt gt lt p lt gt lt gt p lt gt gt 1 RUN LED 0 OFF 1 Green 2 ERR LED 0 OFF 1 Red 3 USER LED 0 OFF 1 Red 4 BAT LED 0 OFF 1 Yellow 2 Green 5 BOOT LED 1 0 OFF 1 Green 6 Empty 7 Empty 8 MODE LED 0 OFF 1 Green 1 For the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 5 is left empty The LED display color of the LED status shown in SD201 1 to 8 b15 b12 b11 b8 b7 b4 b3 bo rr ea e rr T T a a oro era ii i gt gt gt gt gt gt gt t gt 1 RUN LED 0 OFF 1 Green 2 ERROR LED 0 OFF 1 Red 3 USER LED 0 OFF 1 Red 4 BAT LED 0 OFF 1 Yellow 2 Green 5 Empty 6 Empty 7 0 ERR LED 0 OFF 1 Red 8 MODE LED 0 OFF 1 Green S Status change New QnU gt LCPU jsI7 JeysiBay jeloeds xipueddy 309 Corre z Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation Sot by sponding sponding When Set ACPU EU D9000 The priority of the LED indication in the case
16. New QCPU LCPU 315 gt jsI7 JaysiBey jeloeds xipueddy Corre 2 Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation PEERY sponding spondin 2 L When Set ACPU pare g D9000 16 bit Device modification Stores the number of points of index register Z used for the anu SD305 assignment Number of 16 bit modification area Depending on the index modification LCPU Index register points setting for ZR in the parameter setting assigned for Z SD306 Device Number of The number of points for ZR is stored except the number of assignment points points of extended data register D and extended link register Same as assigned for W The number of points assigned to ZR is stored into this SD307 parameter ZR for register only when 1K point or more is set for the extended data contents extension register D or extended link register W s SD308 Device Number of Initial assignment points The total points of the data register D in the internal device assignment assigned for D memory area and the extended data register D are stored as a QnU SD309 including the for inside for 32 bit binary value LCPU number of extension SD310 points set to the extended Number of data register points The total points of the link register W in the internal device D and assigned for W memory area and the extended link register W are stored as a
17. SP UNIT LAY ERR In the I O Assignment tab of the PLC parameter dialog box Intelligent intelligent function module is set for the slot where an I O module is mounted and vice versa In the I O Assignment tab of the PLC parameter dialog box a module other than a CPU module or empty is set for the slot where a CPU module is mounted and vice versa In the I O assignment setting of the PLC parameter dialog box the number of points assigned to the intelligent function module is less than the number of points of the mounted module Collateral information Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Set the I O assignment again so that the setting matches with the mounting status of the intelligent function module or the CPU module SP UNIT LAY ERR In the I O Assignment tab of the PLC parameter dialog box Intelligent intelligent function module or a branch module is set for the position where an I O module is connected In the I O Assignment tab of the PLC parameter dialog box Input input module Output output module or a branch module is set for the position where an intelligent function module is connected In the I O Assignment tab of the PLC parameter dialog box Input input module Output output module or Intelligent intelligent function module is set for the position where a branch module is
18. gt Page 111 gt Page 111 Section 15 3 10 1 Section 15 3 10 2 The current value cannot be replaced with the preset value gt Page 112 Section 15 3 10 3 Counter value coincidence No n does not turn on Page 112 Section 15 3 10 4 Counter value coincidence No n does not turn off Page 112 Section 15 3 10 5 Coincidence output signal No n does not turn on while counter value coincidence No n is on gt Page 113 Section 15 3 10 6 Coincidence detection interrupt does not occur gt Page 113 Section 15 3 10 7 The selected counter function does not start C3 Page 113 Section 15 3 10 8 The latch counter function cannot be performed using the latch counter input terminal Page 114 Section 15 3 10 9 High speed counter function frequency measurement mode A frequency is not measured A frequency is not normally measured Page 114 Page 115 Section 15 3 10 10 Section 15 3 10 11 99 saog JeuoNouN 104 BurjoeyD E S Function Error status Reference High speed counter function rotation speed A rotation speed is not measured C gt Page 115 Section 15 3 10 12 measurement mode A rotation speed is not normally measured lt lt gt gt Page 116 Section 15 3 10 13 High speed counter function pulse Pulses
19. A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module is switched from STOP to RUN Constant scan e This register stores wait time for constant scan The time is D542 wait time ms measured in increments of 100us in icrements of 1s for the value Universal model QCPU and LCPU Constant sc n wait SD542 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 QCPU im Constant scan SD543 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 0 to 999 LCPU SD543 wait time us for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU value e A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module is switched from STOP to RUN 321 gt jsI7 Ja siBey jeloeds xipueddy Corre 5 Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by sponding sponding When Set ACPU CPU D9000 Cumulative execution time f es nea ee for low speed aale reas execution umg ofa low speed execution type ype program The time is measured in increments execution programs ms of 100us time for low value SD544 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 speed SD545 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 execution Cumulative e Cleared to 0 after the end of one scan of a low speed type execution time execution type program SD545 programs for low speed A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module execution type is switched from STOP to RUN programs Qn H us value QnPH E
20. An online module change is already being made for other equipment The specified head I O number differs from the one registered for online module change Check the command used to make a request Make a request again after completion of the online module change or continue after changing the connection path When making a request specify the head I O number of the module being changed online The specified module differs from the one changed online Make a request again after mounting the module that is the same as the one changed online The specified module does not exist When making a request specify the head I O number of the module that will be changed online or make a request again after mounting the module The specified module is faulty Make a request again after changing the module There is no response from the specified module Continue the online module changing operation The specified module is incompatible with online module change Do not make a request where an error occurred or make a request again to the module compatible with online module change The specified module is mounted on the extension base unit of the type that requires no power supply module Do not make a request to any modules mounted on the extension base unit of the type that requires no power supply module and the main base unit The specified module is not in a control group Make a requ
21. At power on At reset STOP RUN LINK PARA ERROR The network module detected a network parameter error A MELSECNET H network parameter error was detected Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Individual information Parameter number HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Correct and write the network parameters If the error occurs after correction it suggests a hardware fault Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem LINK PARA ERROR The station No specified in pairing setting are not correct The stations are not numbered consecutively Pairing setting has not been made for the CPU module at the normal station Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Refer to the troubleshooting of the network module and if the error is due to incorrect pairing setting reexamine the pairing setting of the network parameter LINK PARA ERROR The CC Link IE Controller Network module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 09041 or earlier is mounted Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Mount the CC Link IE Controller Network modul
22. Drive unit Wiring duct The drive units are placed near the noise source The connection cable between the programmable controller and drive units is too long V Wiring duct The programmable controller and drive units are placed closely The connection cable between them is located separately from the power line and is as short as possible In this example the cables are connected without using the duct APPENDICES f CC Link IE Field Network module The precautions for using CC Link IE Field Network cables are described below e For CC Link IE Field Network module use CC Link IE Field Network cables SC E5EW SOM manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd e A CC Link IE Field Network cable is a shielded cable Remove a part of the shield as shown below and ground the largest possible exposed section to the ground CC Link IE Field Network cable Shield To ground the cables for external wiring refer to Page 388 Appendix 7 1 3 d g I O signal cables and other communication cables As for the following ground the shield of cables in the same way as explained in 3 Page 383 Appendix 7 1 1 when it is extended out of the control panel I O signal cable including common cable e RS 232 cable h Extension cables Ground the shield of cables in the same way as explained in lt gt Page 386 Appendix 7 1 3
23. Error item Error details Corrective action 4184H 4185H 4186H 4187H 4188H 4189H 418AH 418BH 418CH 418DH 418EH 418FH 4190H 4191H 4192H 4193H to 4196H 4197H 4198H 4199H 419AH 419BH 419CH 419DH Ethernet I F Error Communication processing buffer has run out of space due to consecutive reception of request messages using the MC protocol Communication processing buffer has ran out of space because received data read is not performed or cannot keep up with the volume Communication processing is disabled due to insufficient space in the communication processing buffer e For MC protocol send a request after receiving a response to the previous request For socket communication enable received data read For socket communication decrease the number of data sent from the target device e Connection to the target device is disconnected before sending a response using the MC protocol Connection to the target device is disconnected during communication e For MC protocol keep the connection until a response is sent e Keep the connection until a sequence of communication is completed e Other error such as 4184H may be the cause If any other error has occurred take corrective action of that error System error The argument data in OS is abnormal System error The wait processing in OS is abnormal System error The d
24. Flicker e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to CPU Status programmable controller Stop Aiea arcane ns Itiole CPU aut Check the following in the refresh setting in the siana ips A ROS ee pe ae Multiple CPU settings dialog box and correct the refresh setting is any of the following setting e The device specified is other than the one that Specify the device that may be specified for the may be specified A Th beror doghe dd R refresh device SEMISTO eee Donne a Amg Tampa Set the number of send points to an even The total number of send points is greater than number me PEDEN number ofreiesh points Set the total number of send points within the The setting of the refresh range crosses over the 4 range of the maximum number of refresh 1g boundary between the internal user device and QnU the extended data register D or extended link register W No device is set in the host CPU send range Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller points Set the refresh range so that it does not cross over the boundary between the internal user device and the extended data register D or extended link register W For the send range of the host CPU refresh target device must be specifi
25. No of 2 mounted network modules 3 Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Set the refresh parameter of the MELSECNET H in accordance with the number of points of B W devices set in Device of the PLC parameter RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QCPU QnPH QnPRH Qn H 4 QnPH 4 QnPRH 4 QnU 181 666 0 000 ISI p09 10114 G XIpueddy S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 3101 LINK PARA ERROR The setting of the network refresh range crosses over the boundary between the internal user device and the extended data register D or extended link register W Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Set the network refresh range so that it does not cross over the boundary between the internal user device and the extended data register D or extended link register W 3102 LINK PARA ERROR A CC Link IE module parameter error was detected Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing
26. 15 1 Checking the System Visually 0 0 0 90 13 15 1 1 When the POWER LED does not turn on 0 0 0 ccc cee cece eee e eee eae 92 15 1 2 When the MODE LED does not turn on 2 2 6 0 eet eens 92 15 1 3 When the RUN LED does not turn On o n 2 6 0c cece eee ees 93 15 2 Checking the Error Details 2 00 cece ttt eet eens 94 15 3 Checking for Functional Errors 0 2 00 cece teen eeeeees 99 15 3 1 Write to PLC and Read from PLC 1 0 0 0 000 cece eee eee eee eens 101 15 3 2 Boot Operationy 5 2 9 ited eh Pid bei od Ih wheat ae Md ede a 101 15 3 3 Ethernet communicaties caas tecy eddie dew ca d aa teeta neu Ss adage des d 102 15 3 4 Socket communication function 0 00 0 000 cece ec eee teens 106 15 3 5 Simple PLC communication function 00 00 0c eee eee eee ee 107 15 3 6 General purpose I O function 0 0 000 ananena eee eens 109 15 3 7 Interrupt input function 2 2 cette eee 109 15 3 8 Pulse catch TUNnction so niaar bta eh Aee es aod Dhaba aban bad Mt nos aeetded 110 15 3 9 Positioning function a erioa datas ola we teed are Reale eee Wet Smt eee 110 15 3 10 High speed counter function 0 0 0 0 0000 cece teeta 111 15 3 44 Display unit s 2e0 ssceaks uti Yt eta ee ana ee Slade ead WAN Sees 118 15 3 12 Transmission from an external device 0 0 cc eee eens 118 15 3 13 Operating sta
27. 4 3 Wiring This section describes precautions for wiring of power cables and wiring to I O equipment 1 Precautions e Do not connect 24VDC outputs from several power supplies in parallel to supply power to one I O module Parallel connection will damage the power supplies and or the I O module e Prevent foreign matter such as dust or wire chips from entering the module e When disconnecting the cables from the CPU module or external devices do not pull the cables by the cable part Do not install the cables connected to the external I O signals or external devices together with the main circuit lines power cables or load cables connected to other than the programmable controller Keep a distance of 100mm or more between them When bringing the cable connected to the CPU module close to the power cables use shielded cables for noise reduction measures Securely install the shielded part of the cables to the control panel on the CPU module side If I O signals are exposed to the outdoors isolate them with a relay 4 3 1 Wiring to power supply modules 1 Wiring method The following figures show examples of wiring to power supply modules AC power supply DC power supply 100 200VAC paas
28. Common information Program error location e Individual information RUN EDiagnostic Timing Off On e When instruction executed ERR Flicker On OPERATION ERROR e Reexamine the interlock signal for the SP QnPRH In the separate mode the control system CONTSW instruction and make sure that the CPU Status switching instruction SP CONTSW was SP CONTSW instruction is executed in the Stop executed in the standby system CPU module control system only Since the SP CONTSW Continue In the debug mode the control system switching instruction cannot be executed in the standby 4121 instruction SP CONTSW was executed system it is recommended to provide an 194 Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed interlock using the operation mode signal or like As the SP CONTSW instruction cannot be executed in the debug mode reexamine the interlock signal related to the operation mode APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Eas Corresponding CPU CPU Status SD0 OPERATION ERROR e The dedicated instruction was executed to the module mounted on the extension base unit in the redundant system e The instruction for accessing the intelligent e Delete the dedicated instruction for the module function module mounted on the extension base mounted on the extension
29. Connection Protocol Open System Error and Solution Clear History Error Solution PING Test bop Tes COMVERR Stare Monitor For details on Ethernet diagnostics refer to the following Operating manual for the programming tool used 97 s le oq 1013 ayy BUYDAYI Z S 4 CC IE Field diagnostics When CC Link IE Field Network is connected check the error details in the CC IE Field diagnostics dialog box and remove the error cause 98 Diagnostic CC IE Field Diagnostics s gt CC IE Field Diagnostics Select Diagnostics Destination Monitor Status Module Module 1 Netwark No 1 Network Status Select Change Module n No 1 Error aa TD ee antrenor somonir Total Slave Stations Total Slave Stations Current Link The Number of Set In Parameter 2 Connected 2 Scan Time 1 ms Stations Error Occurs 1 Legends Connected Station Divergence Operation Test Communication Test Cable Test Link Start Stop Information Confirmation Set Network Event History Reserved Station Function Enable Temporary Error Invalid Station Setting Restore System Monitor Remote Operation Intelli 1 Xa Local 3 Selected Station Communication Status Monitor Check the transient communication rounte from the connected GiaionNe 1 Eno a station to the destination stati
30. If the status of the I O modules changes from that obtained at power on the lowest first I O number of the module is stored in hexadecimal Example If a module verification O module error is occurred on the output module with output Qn H D9002 D1002 A uo mecule verify error MUERE Y50 to Y6F 50 is stored i hexadecimal T ara verify error module monitor the number by a programming tool monitor in Qnu number hexadecimal This register is cleared when contents in LCPU D1116 to SD1123 are all reset to 0 I O module verification is conducted on I O modules on remote I O stations A value stored in this register is incremented by one N mberoi whenever the input voltage falls to or below 85 AC Qn H AC DOWN power or 65 DC power of the rating during operation QnPH D9005 SD1005 times for AC 4 counter DOWN of the CPU module QnU e The counter starts the routine counts up from 0 to 32767 LCPU then counts down to 32768 and then again counts up to 0 D9008 SD1008 sbo Self diagnostic Self diagnostic This register stores the error code of an error detected by error error number self diagnostics When any of FO to F2047 default device setting is turned Qn H E number at on by the OUT F or SEI F instruction the F number that QnPH Ann hcidter which external has been detected earliest among the F numbers that Qnu D9009 SD1009 SD62 detection failure has have turned on is stored in BIN code LCPU oct r d SD1009 can be
31. ON Resets the and SM1866 and will clear the SD1865 and Axis 2 error SD1866 values to 0 SM1870 Axis 2 t A EOE OFF Clears the reset e Even if this relay is turned on SM1865 will status not turn off and the SD1865 value will not be cleared to 0 until SM1860 turns off F U SM1871 Axis 2 OPR w AXISZOER Turning on this relay will forcibly turn off request off OFF Cleared SM1862 smier2 era OFF Disabled ii epaed Sateen conta position switching ON Enabled P P speed position switching control 284 APPENDICES Corre 3 p Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Nam Meanin Explanat cache me Zp anano When Set ACPU CPU M m9000 OFF Coincidence This relay turns on when current value of CH1 counter en or ee gt ae om No 1 point s smaller setting value is met SM1880 t E END eae Sr ON Greater than e This relay turns off when current value of eae coincidence point CH1 lt coincidence output No 1 point p g No 1 setting value is met This relay turns on when current value of S CH1 counten OFF Not detected on coineidence output No 1 point Status SM1881 value coincidence ON Detected setting value is met change No 1 This relay is turned off by turning on CH1 Every END coincidence signal No 1 reset command processing OFF Coincidence This relay turns on when current value of Cit counter a aii or me lt ee S No 1 point greater set
32. Wiring Precautions N CAUTION Ground the FG and LG terminals to the protective ground conductor dedicated to the programmable controller Failure to do so may result in electric shock or malfunction Use applicable solderless terminals and tighten them within the specified torque range If any spade solderless terminal is used it may be disconnected when a terminal block screw comes loose resulting in failure Check the rated voltage and terminal layout before wiring to the module and connect the cables correctly Connecting a power supply with a different voltage rating or incorrect wiring may cause a fire or failure Connectors for external devices must be crimped or pressed with the tool specified by the manufacturer or must be correctly soldered Incomplete connections may cause short circuit fire or malfunction Securely connect the connector to the module Do not install the control lines or communication cables together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 100mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise Place the cables in a duct or clamp them If not dangling cable may swing or inadvertently be pulled resulting in damage to the module or cables or malfunction due to poor contact Check the interface type and correctly connect the cable Incorrect wiring connecting the cable to an incorrect interface may cause failure of the module and external device Tigh
33. external command signal 1 b15 to b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A A A A Lower limit signal 0 OFF 1 ON Upper limit signal 0 OFF 1 ON Near point watchdog signal 0 OFF 1 ON Drive unit ready signal 0 OFF 1 ON External command signal 0 OFF 1 ON Zero signal 0 OFF 1 ON Fixed to 0 1 When an OPR method with the OPR retry function is performed even once a value indicating the status of the upper limit signal or the lower limit signal will be stored until when speed position switching control is started This register stores 0 when machine OPR control is started e After machine OPR control is started this register stores a travel distance from the point where the near point watchdog signal turns on The point is set to 0 to the point where machine OPR control is completed 1 When an OPR method is set to Stopper 3 this register always stores 0 1 Range 0 to 2147483647 pulses D1850 Axis 1 Data No of positioning being executed Data No of positioning being executed e This register stores the data No of positioning being executed A storage value will be held until the next control starts e 0 is stored when JOG operation or machine OPR control is started e 1 is stored when high speed OPR control is started e 1 is stored when positioning control is started by the IPDSTRT1 or IPDSTRT2 instruction If an error
34. 1 Emergency stop circuits protection circuits and protective interlock circuits for conflicting operations such as forward reverse rotations or upper lower limit positioning must be configured external to the programmable controller Machine OPR Original Point Return of the positioning function is controlled by two kinds of data an OPR direction and an OPR speed Deceleration starts when the near point watchdog signal turns on If an incorrect OPR direction is set motion control may continue without deceleration To prevent machine damage caused by this configure an interlock circuit external to the programmable controller When the CPU module detects an error during control by the positioning function the motion slows down and stops Design Precautions N WARNING 4 When the programmable controller detects an abnormal condition it stops the operation and all outputs are e Turned off if the overcurrent or overvoltage protection of the power supply module is activated e Held or turned off according to the parameter setting if the self diagnostic function of the CPU module detects an error such as a watchdog timer error Also all outputs may be turned on if an error occurs in a part such as an I O control part where the CPU module cannot detect any error To ensure safety operation in such a case provide a safety mechanism or a fail safe circuit external to the programmable controller For a fail safe circuit example ref
35. Clearing the error also ERR 2700 Collateral information clears the remote password mismatch counts On Common information Check if the remote password sent is correct e Individual information Check if the remote password has been locked PESIN CPU Status EDiagnostic Timing Check if concurrent access was made from C intinue Always multiple devices to one connection by UDP anu Check if the upper limit of the remote password LCPU mismatch count is too low SNTP OPE ERROR RUN Time setting failed when the programmable Check if the time setting function is set up Off On controller was powered ON or reset correctly ERR 2710 Collateral information e Check if the specified SNTP server is operating Flicker On Common information normally or if any failure has occurred on the e Individual information network connected to the specified SNTP CPU Status BDiagnostic Timing server computer Stop e When time setting function is executed Continue 170 APPENDICES ace Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ae ane K DISPLAY ERROR Do not detach the display unit during operation The display unit was attached or detached while e Ensure that the display unit is securely the CPU module is on attached to the CPU module 2900 Collateral information e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Common information same error is displayed again the CPU module e Individual inf
36. Collateral information Common Information Common Information EDiagnostic Timing e Always 1170 RAM ERROR The RAM of the CPU module built in I O is faulty Collateral information Common Information Common Information Failure information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset 1171 RAM ERROR The RAM of the CPU module built in I O is faulty Collateral information Common Information Common Information Failure information EDiagnostic Timing e Always 1172 RAM ERROR The RAM of the CPU module built in I O is faulty Collateral information Common Information e Individual information Failure information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Take noise reduction measures If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 1200 1201 OPE CIRCUIT ERR The operation circuit for index modification in the CPU module does not operate normally Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset OPE CIRCUIT ERR The hardware logic in the CPU module does not operate normally Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset The cause is a hardware f
37. Individual Information No 1 EDiagnostic Timing Always e Remove the CPU module from the main base CONTROL BUS ERR unit if it does not support the multiple CPU Fault of a loaded module was detected f f system configuration Or replace the CPU RUN e In a multiple CPU system a CPU module 3 5 y module that does not support a multiple system 8 incompatible with the multiple CPU system is i a off Q00J Q00 Q01 configuration with the one that does C mounted i ERR Qn Hy S g Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Flick Collateral information Paes Icker QnPH i same error code is displayed again the cause is Common Information Module No Slot No fail iine inteligent final dule CPU QnU Individual Information a N g 4 ens ie peas a mae eil CPU Status 4414 Diagnostic Timing mo u e or ase unit ease consu your oca Stop Always Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem CONTROL BUS ERR An error is detected on the system bus Qo0u Q00 Q01 8 Collateral information Qn H Common Information Module No Slot No QnPH e Individual Information QnPRH HDiagnostic Timing QnU Always CONTROL BUS ERR Paulo ihe main orextension Dase anit was Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Q00J Q00 Q01 detected poya F y F same error code is displayed again the cause is a Qn H 8 mC ollatetalinformation failure of the intelligent function module CPU Qn
38. O module and intelligent function module manual Manual name lt manual number model code gt Description MELSEC L I O Module User s Manual lt SH 080888ENG 13JZ34 gt Specifications and troubleshooting of the I O module MELSEC L Serial Communication Module User s Manual Basic lt SH 080894ENG 13JZ40 gt System configuration specifications procedures before operation data communication methods basic and troubleshooting of the serial communication module MELSEC QIL Serial Communication Module User s Manual Application lt SH 080007 13JL87 gt MELSEC Q L MELSEC Communication Protocol Reference Manual lt SH 080008 13JF89 gt Special functions specifications usage and settings and data communication methods application of the serial communication module Details of MELSEC communication protocol MC protocol that is used for data communication between a target device and a CPU module MELSEC L CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual lt SH 080895ENG 13JZ41 gt Settings specifications handling data communication methods and troubleshooting of the built in CC Link function of the CPU module or the CC Link system master local module MELSEC L CC Link IE Field Network Master Local Module User s Manual lt SH 080972ENG 13JZ54 gt Overview of CC Link IE Field Network and specifications procedures before operation system configuration installa programming and troubleshoo
39. Q01 Qn H QnPH QnPRH QCPU LCPU Qn H QnPH 335 gt jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Corre Set by 5 Corre 7 sponding j Number Name Meaning Explanation When ACPU sponding P Set D9000 CPU SD738 SD739 SD740 p 3 DENE This register stores the message specified by the MSG SD741 instruction SD742 a b15 to b8 b7 to b0 SD743 SD738 2nd character 1st character SD744 SD739 Ath character 3rd character SD745 D740 6th character 5th character __ D741 8th character 7th character SD746 SD742 10th character 9th character SD747 D743 12th character 11th character EETA SD744 14th character 13th character SD748 a SD745 16th character 15th character SD749 SD746 18th character 17th character SD750 SD747 20th character 19th character DEN SD748 22nd character 21st character SD749 24th character 23rd character SD752 SD750 26th character 25th character D751 S SD753 Message 28th character 27th character space storage Message storage SD752 30th character 29th character During Qn H SD754 SD753 32nd character 31st character execution SD755 SD754 34th character 33rd character SD756 SD755 36th character 35th character SD756 38th character 37th character SD757 SD757 40th character 39th character SD758 SD758 42n
40. This register stores the usage status of the drives 3 and 4 in the following bit pattern Each bit is on while the corresponding drive is being used b0 Not used b8 Module error log b1 Parameters QPA b9 Not used b2 Device comments QCD b10 Not used b3 Device initial value QDI 1 b11 Local device QDL b4 File register QDR b12 Not used LCPU b5 Sampling trace QTD b13 Data logging setting QLG 2 b6 Not used b14 Not used b7 Not used b15 Not used 1 This bit turns on when the writing of initial device values is started and turns off at the completion 2 This bit turns on when data logging setting is registered and turns off at the completion or stop of data logging 327 jsI7 Je siBay jeloeds xipueddy Corre Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by sponding spondin g m When Set ACPU Beee 9 D9000 Q00J Q00 F F Q01 This register stores the number of a drive storing a file s an H i 4 SD640 relia Drive number g ster Status QnPH f 5 change QnPRH 1 For the LCPU this register is fixed at drive 3 anu LCPU SD641 This register stores the file name of a file register MAIN QDR in ASCII code b15 to b8 b7 to b0 SD641 2nd character A 1st character M caine An character a 7 character 7 s Q00J Q00 char
41. a Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ma Aa te aes TRK TRANS ERR A timeout error occurred in tracking data transmission This error may be caused by tracking cable removal or other system power off including reset The error occurred at a startup since the redundant system startup procedure was not 6101 followed This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information Tracking transmission data classification e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e Always TRK TRANS ERR A data sum value error occurred in tracking data reception This can be detected from the control system or 6102 standby system of the redundant system Collateral information e Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e Always Check the CPU module or tracking cable If the RUN TRK TRANS ERR error still occurs this indicates the CPU module On 7A data Smor other Man sumi valu error or tracking cable is faulty Please consult your ERR Occurred in tracking data reception local Mitsubishi representative explaining a On QnPRH e This error may be caused by tracking cable P os i detailed description of the problem removal orother system powerd including Confirm the redundant system startup CPU Status reset A procedure and execute a startup again Continue e The error occurred at a startup since the 61
42. b With END cover with ERR terminal Power supply FOR AC DC Ly t a Transformer Transformer Input switched when power Fuse Fuse supply established CPU module Lo SM52 1 pe ot D power SM403 OM 1 4 K Yui QD Il Fuse id Gwe Set time for DC S power supply to TM be established No Huci No Miole M10 _ START STOP circuit i l Start enabled when START Programi a RA1 as RUN output SW g RAI RAS T for programmable me ISTOP a controller turns on a SW RA2 Voltage relay is XM recommended Output module Warning output r en lump or buzzer m 4 1H O ON when run by SM403 p l This relay turns off if the ERR ERR contact turns off END cover with ERR terminal k R a stop error occurs 4 J Output module ec Me Interlock circuits Ni N Provide external L rs u l Output equipment is interlock circuits for ica S powered off at STOP flicti ti hE aar ac When the emergency 2 such as forward rotation ht and reverse rotation and for parts that could Po MO damage the machine or cause accidents bo stop when stopping by the limit or when ERR contact is off C The power on procedure is as follows For AC and DC power 1 Power on the programmable controller
43. them from other wastes according to the local regulations For details on battery regulations in EU member states refer to Page 404 Appendix 11 Transportation Precautions N CAUTION When transporting lithium batteries follow the transportation regulations For details on the regulated models refer to Page 403 Appendix 10 CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT 1 Mitsubishi programmable controller the PRODUCT shall be used in conditions i where any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT if any shall not lead to any major or serious accident and ii where the backup and fail safe function are systematically or automatically provided outside of the PRODUCT for the case of any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT The PRODUCT has been designed and manufactured for the purpose of being used in general industries MITSUBISHI SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY AND ALL RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY TORT PRODUCT LIABILITY FOR ANY INJURY OR DEATH TO PERSONS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY CAUSED BY the PRODUCT THAT ARE OPERATED OR USED IN APPLICATION NOT INTENDED OR EXCLUDED BY INSTRUCTIONS PRECAUTIONS OR WARNING CONTAINED IN MITSUBISHI S USER INSTRUCTION AND OR SAFETY MANUALS TECHNICAL BULLETINS AND GUIDELINES FOR the PRODUCT Prohibited Application Prohibited Applications include but not limited t
44. z i LCPU Diagnostic Timing Take noise reduction measures At power on At reset When an END instruction When indexing is performed check the value of executed index register to see if it is within the device range RAM ERROR Reset the CPU module and run it again If the 1103 The device memory in the CPU module is faulty ee i same error code is displayed again the cause is The device o t ot range n accessed due i a hardware failure of the a CPU module indexing andthe device for systeniis Please consult your local Mitsubishi 413 overwritten oe ee Qn H representative explaining a detailed description z MCollateral information of the piobie t QnPH 13 Common Information QnPRH 15 Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset When an END instruction executed RAM ERROR The address RAM in the CPU module is faulty Q004 Q00 001 Collateral information Qn H 1104 Common Information Individual Information RUN anne HDiagnostic Timing Off GNPRH At power on At reset ERR Flicker RAM ERROR f Take noise reduction measures ThS GBU Memory i the CPU modules taulty Reset the CPU module and run it again If the CPU Status T E F same error code is displayed again the cause is Stop Q00J Q00 Q01 lt Individual Information a hardware failure of the CPU module Please QnU Diagnostic Timing consult your local Mitsubishi representative At power on At reset explaining a deta
45. 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 65 65 65 65 65 38 sp1130 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 O 38 38 38 38 110 D9132 D1132 SD71 sp1131 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11101110110151 SD1132 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1151 1511210 4 The relevant modules are as follows e The Universal model QCPU whose serial number first five digits is 10102 or later QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU 351 13 Built in Ethernet port QCPU and built in Ethernet function Number SD1260 SD1261 SD1262 D1263 D1264 D1265 Name IP address in use Meaning IP address lower digits IP address upper digits Explanation This register stores an IP address of the built in Ethernet port Subnet mask pattern lower digits Subnet mask pattern upper digits Default router IP address lower digits Default router IP address upper digits e This register stores a subnet mask pattern of the built in Ethernet port When a subnet mask pattern is not set 0 is stored e This register stores a default router IP address of the built in Ethernet port When a default router IP address is not stored 0 is stored SD1266 SD1267 SD1268 MAC address MAC address 5th and 6th bytes MAC address 3rd and 4th bytes MAC address 1st and 2nd bytes This register stores the MAC address of the built in Ethernet ports Set by When Set s Initial Corre sponding A
46. 10 ms units If a scan time value is smaller than the value in SD1017 the SD1017 value is updated in the END processing Therefore the minimum value of scan time is stored in D1017 Scan time 10 ms units This register stores a scan time in every END processing Maximum scan time 10 ms units If a scan time value is greater than the value in SD1019 the D1019 value is updated in END processing Therefore the maximum value of scan time is stored in D1019 Qn H QnPH Qnu LCPU D9020 SD1020 Constant scan Constant scan time User sets in 10 ms units This register stores an interval value in units of 10ms to run a program at regular intervals 0 No constant scan function 1 to 200 Constant scan function available executing at a interval of setting value x 10ms Qn H QnPH D9021 D1021 Scan time Scan time 1 ms units This register stores scan time in every END processing D9022 D1022 D412 Count in units of 1s Count in units of 1s The value is incremented by one every second after RUN The counter starts the routine counts up from 0 to 32767 then counts down to 32768 and then again counts up to 0 Qn H QnPH Qnu LCPU 346 APPENDICES cial ACPU oe Special Corr
47. 4029H CPU file The specified file capacity cannot be obtained Or reexecute after cleaning up and reorganizing the i specified drive memory related error pi a After backing up the data in the CPU module execute 402AH The specified file is abnormal programmable controller memory format Execute again after setting the CPU module to the STOP status The request contents cannot be executed in 402BH p Execute programmable controller memory arrangement the specified drive memory to increase the continuous free space of the drive memory The requested operation cannot be executed f 402CH Execute again after a while currently The specified device name cannot be handled oe p A e Check the specified device name The device number of 65536 or greater is 4030H gt e Use a CPU module that supports extended data specified for the CPU module that does not i j i register D and extended link register W support extended data register D and extended link register W e Check the specified device No 4031H The specified device No is outside the range Check the device assignment parameters of the CPU module There is a mistake in the specified device qualification CPU device x The unusable device name 2 EE specified error eet e Check the specified device qualification method 4032H TS TC SS SC CS CC must be specified in ms 2 ae e Check the specified device name MC protocol random reading random wr
48. At power on At reset Match the memory card types of the control system and standby system RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QnPRH 208 APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 6050 CAN T EXE MODE The function inexecutable in the debug mode or operation mode backup separate mode was executed This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e Always Execute the function executable in the debug mode or operation mode backup separate mode CPU Status Continue 6060 CPU MODE DIFF In a redundant system the operation mode backup separate differs between the control system and standby system This can be detected from the standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset At tracking cable connection 6061 CPU MODE DIFF In a redundant system the operation mode backup separate differs between the control system and standby system This can be detected from the standby system of the redundant system Collateral information e Common information e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e When an END instruction e
49. Check the error cause and corresponding corrective action using either of the following e Display unit e Programming tool 1 Using a display unit The error code common information and individual information of the error can be checked using the error display function of a display unit Check the error in the error code list and remove the error cause gt Page 128 Appendix 1 For the operation of a display unit refer to the following MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals 94 CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 Using a programming tool The error details and cause can be checked by connecting a programming tool to the CPU module If the connection cannot be established check that the settings in the programming tool are correct Operating manual for the programming tool used a PLC diagnostics When the ERR LED turns on or flashes check the error in the PLC diagnostics of the programming tool and eliminate the error cause Diagnostics gt PLC Diagnostics PLC Diagnostics Monitor Status p Connection Channel List Monitorin g Serial Port PLC Module Connection USB System Image RE ___ModelName Operation Status _Switch _ LOZCPU STOP STOP The function menu is extended from the PLC image Error Information Error Information Continuation Error Information PLC Status Information Current Error LPLC_ Status No C
50. Clear error SD1299 failing to clear Sa 3 So clear error 300p Clearing is not available because other function is being IP address factor executed storage area e 400 Clearing is not available because the IP address storage area is being written Number of Built in times that data This register stores the number of times that packet data are not SD1395 Ethernet port are not read read due to receive buffer full Qnu 4 counter due to receive buffer full Range 0 to 65535 00004 to FFFF 356 1 This applies to the Built in Ethernet port QCPU 2 This applies to the built in Ethernet port QCPU whose first five digits of serial No is 11012 or later 3 This applies to the built in Ethernet port QCPU whose first five digits of serial No is 11082 or later 4 This applies to the built in Ethernet port QCPU whose first five digits of serial No is 12072 or later 5 This applies to the built in Ethernet port QCPU whose first five digits of serial No is 12112 or later APPENDICES 14 Fuse blown module Corre x Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by sponding spondin E P When Set ACPU p g D9000 SD1300 The number of an output module whose fuse has blown is D9100 SD1301 stored in the following bit pa
51. Command for which a global request cannot 4003H Check the command data of the MC protocol etc be performed was executed Any operation for the CPU module is F A f e Set the system protect switch of the CPU module to prohibited by the system protect function OFF 4004H provided against the following events i Common error nee e Perform operation again after the CPU module has e The system protect switch is ON f i completed starting The CPU module is starting The volume of data handled according to the 4005H p Check the command data of the MC protocol etc specified request is too large When using serial communication inquire of the external device manufacturer for support conditions e When using serial communication check the CPU 4006H Initial communication failed module model name selected in the programming tool e When using Ethernet communication change the start timing of the communication The CPU module is BUSY 4008H After the free time has passed reexecute the request The buffer is not vacant Since the CPU module is running the request 4010H Execute after setting the CPU module to STOP status contents cannot be executed CPU mode aitor Since the CPU module is not in a STOP 4013H status the request contents cannot be Execute after setting the CPU module to STOP status executed NS e Check the specified drive memory status The specified drive memory does not exist or i 4021H j e After
52. Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 1005 MAIN CPU DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e Always e Take noise reduction measures e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem MAIN CPU DOWN Boot operation was performed in the transfer destination without formatting Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e At power on e Before performing boot operation by the parameter select Clear program memory to clear the program memory CPU UNIT DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information Failure information EDiagnostic Timing e Always 1006 1007 1008 MAIN CPU DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e Always CPU UNIT DOWN Runaway or failure of the C
53. ICM OPE ERROR A memory card was removed without turning on SM609 Memory card remove insert enable flag e Turn on SM609 Memory card remove insert Qn H mes oroty card was removed whileiSM600 enable flag and then remove the memory card QnPH Memory carg usable flags is on Check that SM600 Memory card usable flags QnPRH mCollateral information is off and then remove the memory card Qnu 2 Common information Drive name e Individual information 2300 EDiagnostic Timing e When memory card is inserted or removed ICM OPE ERROR A memory card was removed without turning off the SD memory card lock switch Collateral information e Turn off the SD memory card lock switch first LCPU Common information Drive name and then remove the memory card e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e When memory card is inserted or removed Format memory card e Reformat memory card If the memory card is a flash card write data to ICM OPE ERROR the flash card in any of the following methods The memory card has not begn formatted 1 Write program memory to the ROM Qn H Momory Gard format Statusiis incorrept 2 Write data to the CPU module flash ROM QnPH me oletral information F 3 Back up data to the flash card RUN QnPRH Common information Drive name es g A oy 4 Write image data to an external device such Off On Qnu 2 e Individual information j k EDiagnostic Timing as a memory card writer ERR LCPU e When me
54. Input power OFF status 9 a Qn H Power supply Power supply gt Main bese unit S i L_ 1st extension base QnPH 2 D1780 off detection off detection 3 Every END New QnPRH status status ____________ 7th extension base processing F Qnu p Main base unit L p 1st extension base 7th extension base When the main base unit is not the redundant power main base unit Q38RB 0 is stored When configuring multiple CPU the status is stored to ist CPU module 363 gt jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy ae Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation Bet by sponding sponding When Set ACPU eeu D9000 e This register stores failure detection status of the redundant power supply module Q63RP and Q64RP in the following bit pattern After a failure is detected on a redundant power supply module the bit corresponding to the failed module turns to 0 upon turning off the module Failure detection Failure detection Each bit status of power status of power 0 Redundant power supply supply 2 1 supply m module failure not detected No redundant power b15 to b8 b7 to bO supply module Powersupply Power supply sor7e to to t P a e aar e e ors oo status status Mainibase wort 1st extension base H 7st extension base p Main base unit pis extension base p 7st extension base When the
55. Link start ON Activated activated or when the refresh device range is status change insufficient this relay is turned off If the refresh device range set for the automatic CC Link start function is insufficient all of the refresh is stopped OFF SFC Presence eg e This relay is on if an SFC program is registered SM320 absence of SFC e This relay turns off if no SFC program is S Initial M9100 ON SFC program program registered present e The same value as in SM320 is set as the initial value OFF SFC program not This relay turns on when an SFC program is M9101 SM321 Start stop SFC executed stop registered tottnat program ON SFC program Turning off this relay stops SFC program change executed start execution 9 Q00J Q00 e Turning on this relay restarts SFC program S Initial U aot execution Qn H 7 QnPH In the SFC setting of the PLC Parameter dialog aa box Initial start is set for the SFC program start M9102 QnPRH SFC program OFF Initial start QnU Smas start status ON Resume start mode format i e At initial start OFF change bere e At continued start ON Presence OFF Continuous i En Set the presence absence of continuous absence of transition not w f transition for the block where Continuous SM323 continuous effective pa 3 U M9103 ae transition bit of the SFC data device has not transition for ON Continuous F w 3 been set entire block transition effective S Instruction e T
56. No 2 CPU during has occurred 9 stop error e This relay is on when CPU No 2 has a stop Qo00 Q01 1 error Qn H e This relay is off when CPU No 3 is normal QnPH 7 No 3 CPU error OFF No 3 CPU norma including the case where a continuation error QnU SM246 fla ON No 3 CPU during has occurred g stop error e This relay is on when CPU No 3 has a stop error e This relay is off when CPU No 4 is normal A 4 No 4 CPU error OFF No 4 CPU normal including the case where a continuation error Qn H SM247 fla ON No 4 CPU during has occurred QnPH g stop error e This relay is on when CPU No 4 has a stop Qnu gt error 250 APPENDICES Corre Set by sponding corre Number Nam Meani Explanation s di z 5 ERE A aE When Set ACPU TAN M m9000 Max loaded I O OFF Ignored When this relay turns on from off the largest o SM250 redd ON Read number among those of the mounted modules is read into SD250 Qn H e Effective for the batch refresh also effective for QnPH the low speed cyclic QnPRH e Designate whether to receive arrival stations only or to receive all slave stations in the MELSECNETI H OFF Refresh arrival Effective for the Rete refresh also effective for U f the low speed cyclic Qn H 2 All stations station a SM254 Designate whether to receive arrival stations QnPH refresh command ON Refresh all i Station
57. OFF Manual system e Reset redundant chit tracking switching e Hardware failure disabled CPU stop error The system switching disable status can also be Nei QnPRH canceled by this relay during the following states e Multiple block online program change redundant tracking execution status e File batch online program change redundant tracking execution status e This relay specifies whether to execute a tracking transfer for the following control data during online program change for redundancy Device memory Including SMs and SDs that automatically execute a tracking transfer Transfer tracking OFF No device PIDINIT information S PIDINIT information SM1710 data during online tracking SFC information U program change ON Transfer device SM1710 can be also used to specify whether to enable flag memory enable a tracking transfer whhle multiple block online program change redundant tracking and while file batch online program change redundant tracking SM1710 is transferred from the cjntrol system to the standby system by tracking transfer 278 APPENDICES Corre l Set by sponding corre Number Name Meaning Explanation When Set ACPU sponding M9000 cru SM1712 SM1712 Block 1 SM1713 SM1713 Block 2 SM1714 SM1714 Block 3 SM1715 SM171
58. Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information QCPU Common Information Individual Information e Take noise reduction measures Diagnostic Timing e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Always same error code is displayed again the cause is 1000 a hardware failure of the CPU module Please Ce UNIT ae He GPU madui consult your local Mitsubishi representative ne i o o ee KAR explaining a detailed description of the Hardware failure problem Collateral information LCPU Common Information e Individual Information Failure information EDiagnostic Timing e Always MAIN CPU DOWN Runaway or failure of the CRU moduls Take noise reduction measures RUN a Maliineton due to oisearothercauses e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the off 3 Hargware failure r same error code is displayed again the cause is ERR The devices outside inig range was accessed a hardware failure of the CPU module Please Flicker even though device checks arerprohipited consult your local Mitsubishi representative a a aa explaining a detailed description of the CPU Status QCPU executed Universal model QCPU only problemi a Step 3 Check the devices specified by BMOV FMOV mea eral in eee and DFMOV instructions and correct the device e Individual Information settings Diagnostic Timing e Universal model QCPU only e Always 1001 CPU UNIT DOWN Runaway
59. SD604 use use Status conditions conditions This register stores the usage status of a memory card in the change following bit pattern Each bit is on while the memory card is being used b0 Boot operation QBT 1 b8 Not used b1 Parameters QPA b9 Not used b2 Device comments QCD b10 Not used b3 Device initial value QDI 2 b11 Not used New b4 Not used b12 Not used b5 Sampling trace QTD b13 Data logging setting QLG 3 b6 Not used b14 Not used b7 Backup data QBP b15 Not used 4 This bit turns on at boot start and turns off at the completion 2 This bit turns on when the writing of initial device values is started and turns off at the completion 3 This bit turns on when data logging setting is registered LCPU and turns off at the completion or stop of data logging Drive 2 sp606 storage Drive 2 capacity Memory card lower bits This register stores the drive 2 storage capacity unit 1M byte initial ae card ae ne Free space value after formatting is stored removal SD607 f capacity upper bits Free space in SD616 Free space in drive 2 lower drive 2 bits This register stores free space value in the drive 2 unit 1M Status Memory card Free space in byte change sD617 ROM drive 2 upper bits 325 jsI7 JeysiBey jeloeds xipueddy Corre Corre
60. SD690 Backup status Backup status Stores the current backup status 0 Before backup 1 Being prepared 2 Ready 3 Being executed 4 Completed FF Backup error SD691 Backup execution status Backup execution status display percentage e This register stores the progress of backup to the memory card in percentage 0 to 100 e 0 is stored at the start of backup S Status change SD692 Restoration error factor Factor of error occurred in restoration Stores the cause of an error that occurred in restoration 8004 The CPU module model name does not match 8014 The backup data file does not match or the reading of backup data from the memory card is not completed 8104 Writing backup data to the restoration drive is not completed Error New Qnu LCPU 333 gt jsI7 Ja siBey jeloeds xipueddy Corre 5 Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation Serby sponding sponding When Set ACPU CPU D9000 Stores the current restoration status 0 Before restoration Restoration Current e 1 Being executed SD693 Gaius restoration 2 Completed status e FF Restoration error In automatic restoration 0 Before restoration is stored at the completion of S Qnu restoration Status LCPU change i This register stores the progress of restoration to the CPU 3 Restoration A Restoration GA module i
61. The hook clicks when locked yun Aejdsip e Bulaowas pue Bulyoeyy Szy 2 Removal procedure Change the display unit with the display unit dummy cover in the same manner of 1 39 4 2 6 Mounting and removing a terminal block This section describes a procedure for mounting and removing an 18 point terminal block 1 Removal procedure 1 Open the terminal cover and loosen the terminal block mounting screw Terminal block mounting screw SS Pz 2 Press the terminal block fixing holes until the lower part of the terminal block is disengaged from the module and then remove the terminal block 40 2 Mounting procedure Terminal block fixing hole Terminal block mounting screw ras P CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 1 Fully insert the projections on the top of the terminal block into the terminal block fixing holes and press the terminal block until it snaps into place 2 Open the terminal cover and tighten the terminal block mounting screw Point For mounting and removal of other terminal blocks refer to the user s manual for the module used 41 yoo g euius e Bulaowes pue Hununoyy 9 z 7 s jnpo y BuyuNoW Z 7 4 2 7 Inserting and removing an SD memory card This section describes a procedure for inserting removing an SD memory card into from the CPU module 1 Insertion procedure 1 Check that the SD memory card lock switch is on the upper posi
62. The module is operating normally Off Power is not supplied power has failed or the hardware has failed Ground terminal connected to the shield pattern of the printed circuit board 2 FG terminal M3 5 A Ground terminal for the power supply filter 3 LG terminal i For AC input it has one half the potential of the input voltage M3 5 Input terminals for power M3 5 4 Power input terminals For power to be connected refer to gt Page 67 Section 7 2 1 5 Serial number display Displays the serial number printed on the rating plate 6 DIN rail hook A hook used to mount the module to a DIN rail 66 7 2 7 2 1 Specifications Specification list CHAPTER 7 POWER SUPPLY MODULE Item L61P L63P Input power supply 100 to 240VAC 15 to 10 24VDC 35 to 30 Input frequency 50 60HZz 5 to 5 Input voltage distortion Within 5 Maximum input apparent power 130VA Maximum input power 45W Inrush current 20A within 8ms 100A within 1ms 24VDC input Rated output current 5VDC 5A External output voltage Overcurrent protection DC5V 5 5A or more Overvoltage protection 5 5 to 6 5V 70 or more Efficiency Allowable momentary power failure time 1 Within 10ms Within 10ms 24VDC input Withstand voltage 2300VAC per minute altitude 0 to 2000m Between the input and LG batched terminal and the out
63. This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 04101 or later This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 07012 or later This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 07032 or later This applies when the first 5 digits of the serial No is 09102 or later This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QOOUJCPU This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QQOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and QO2UCPU This applies to the Built in Ethernet port QCPU This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 12052 or later Appendix 1 7 Error code list 5000 to 5999 APPENDICES The following table shows the error messages the error contents and causes and the corrective actions for the error codes 5000 to 5999 Error LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU e Read the individual information of the error WDT ERROR using the programming tool to identify the numeric value time Check the value and e The scan time of the initial execution type shorten the scan time program exceeded the initial execution Ns san hase nt monitoring time specified in the PLORAS tebot eae eine execution monitoring time or an H 9 pa the WDT value in the PLC RAS tab of the PLC the PLC Parameter dialo
64. This can be detected from the standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset At tracking cable connection At operation mode change Match the model names of the control system and standby system 6036 UNIT LAY DIFF A difference in the remote I O configuration of the MELSECNET H multiplexed remote I O network between the control system and standby system of a redundant system was detected This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information Module No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e Always Check the network cables of the MELSECNET H multiplexed remote I O network for disconnection 6040 CARD TYPE DIFF In the redundant system the memory card insertion status inserted not inserted differs between the control system and standby system Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Match the memory card insertion status inserted not inserted of the control system and standby system 6041 CARD TYPE DIFF In the redundant system the memory card type differs between the control system and standby system Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing
65. When an OPR method with the OPR retry function Near point dog method Count 1 Count 2 is performed a value indicating the status of the upper limit signal or the lower limit signal is stored to the external command signal b15 to b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 Lower limit signal 0 OFF 1 ON Upper limit signal 0 OFF 1 ON Maes ivo Near point watchdog S i t ignal sp1867 oP External I O signals a Every END New LCPU signals 0 OFF 1 ON processing 4 When an OPR method with function is performed even Drive unit ready signal 0 OFF 1 ON External command signal 0 OFF 1 ON Zero signal 0 OFF 1 ON Fixed to 0 the OPR retry once a value indicating the status of the upper limit signal or the lower limit signal will be sto red until when speed position switching control is started 369 gt jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD1868 SD1869 Axis 2 movement amount after near point dog ON Movement amount after near point dog ON This register stores 0 when machine OPR control is started After machine OPR control is started this register stores a travel distance from the point where the near point watchdog signal turns on The point is set to 0 to the point where machine OPR control is completed When an OPR metho
66. a when it is extended out of the control panel i Power cables for external power supply terminal Use a CE marked AC DC power supply as an external power supply for the following modules Install the AC DC power supply in the control panel where the module is installed Keep the length of the power cable connected to the external power supply terminal to 30m or less e Analog digital converter module e Digital analog converter module e High speed counter module e Positioning module e Temperature control module 4 External power supply Use a CE marked external power supply and ground the FG terminal External power supply used for the tests conducted by Mitsubishi TDK Lambda DLP 120 24 1 IDEC PS5R SF24 5 Power supply module Ground the LG and FG terminals after short circuiting them 6 SD memory card The L1MEM 2GBSD and L1MEM 4GBSD are compliant with IEC61131 2 when used in the MELSEC L series CPU module 391 BANIBIIG OWA 24 uM Ajdwoo 0 sainseayy Z xipueddy s ayo q eBBeyo Mo7 pue JWI Z xipueddy 392 7 CPU module Positioning function To use the positioning function the length of the cable to be connected to external devices must be as shown below e Positioning pulse output 2m or less General purpose output 30m or less 8 1 0 module e Install an external DC power connected to I O modules inside the same control panel e Use a shielded cable for the DC power when it is extended o
67. again An attempt was made to perform operation for 4083H Register the program to the parameters the program not registered to the parameters 4084H The specified pointer P did not exist Check the pointer P I in the specified data 4085H Pointer P cannot be specified because the Specify pointer P after registering the program to be program is not specified in the parameter executed in the parameter 4086H Pointer P has already been added Check the pointer No to be added and make correction 4087H Trying to specify too many pointer P I Check the specified pointer P and make a correction The specified step number is not at the head Check and correct the specified step No 4088H of the instruction Read the program from the CPU module to match it The program differs from that stored in the with that of the programming tool and then execute CPU module online change again Check the specified program file contents An attempt was made to insert delete the END 4089H f i i e Write the program after setting the CPU module to the instruction by online program change STOP status z K e Check the capacity of the specified program file The file capacity was exceeded by the write y 408AH e Write the program after setting the CPU module to the during Run STOP status Other errors Reexecute after the CPU module is in a status where the mode request can be executed 408BH The remote request cannot be execut
68. and after it is closed by the alive check function of the CPU module retry the communication e Increase the number of connections in the setting to reserve a spare connection In the Host Station Detailed Setting dialog box in the Transfer Setup setting increasing the Check at Communication Time or Retry Times value enables communication e Adjust the Check at Communication Time or Retry Times value e Check the condition of the cables connected device personal computer and CPU module Any of the following settings is incorrect on the CPU module or connected device side e Network address e Default router IP address e Subnet mask pattern e Router IP address e Subnet mask Correct the setting When a router is used an error has occurred in the router Remove the error from the router When a router is used the setting on the router is incorrect Correct the setting on the router A device such as the CPU module connected device personal computer hub or router on the network is replaced The devices before and after replacement have the same IP address Reset all the devices on the network 2 Communication is possible after replacement of the hub or router The hub or router may be faulty Replace the hub or router If Ethernet communication cannot be performed even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your lo
69. e Reduce the number of connected devices e Reduce the communication frequency per connection and data volume An interrupt program is used Reduce the frequency and processing time of the interrupt program 105 uonediunwwos jeuJaUuIy E S s4013 jeuonouny 104 BuryoeyD E S 1 5 3 4 Socket communication function For the details on the socket communication function refer to the following MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In Ethernet Function 1 The connected device cannot receive data If data were not delivered to the target device check the following items Check item Action The connection has not been opened yet e Wait until the connection is completed Check the corresponding bit in SD1282 An error was detected in Ethernet Diagnostics Remove the cause of the error A parameter or a setting data for SOCOPEN is incorrect Correct the parameter or setting data Correct the execution condition or remove the cause of the The SOCSND instruction was not executed Check the start error that is identified by the error code in the completion contact and failure device status area of the SOCSND instruction The connected device has an error Correct the error of the connected device 2 Data cannot be received If the CPU cannot receive data from the connected device check the following items Check item Action The connection has not been ope
70. e This relay turns on when clearing the IP iP d ss address storage area flash ROM is sm1296 storage area OFF Not completed completed 9 ON Completed e This relay turns off when the END clear completion ae A instruction is executed in the scan where SM1295 is turned off Sits change e This relay turns on when clearing the IP IP address OFF Normal address storage area flash ROM fails SM1297 storage area ON Error This relay turns off when the END clear error instruction is executed in the scan where SM1295 is turned off 4 This applies to the Built in Ethernet port QCPU 2 This applies to the built in Ethernet port QCPU whose first five digits of serial No is 11082 or later 11 Process control instruction Corre x 5 Set by sponding Corresponding Numb Name Mean Explanation peut Eee aU When Set ACPU CPU M9000 Specifies whether or not to hold the output SM1500 value when a range over occurs for the S IN OFF No hold instruction range check QnPH Hold mode U New ON Hold Specifies whether or not the output value is QnPRH SM1501 held when a range over occurs for the S OUT instruction range check 272 APPENDICES 12 Redundant system host system CPU information 1 The special relay SM1510 to SM1599 is valid only for redundant systems All bits are set to off for stand alone
71. i on by the SET F instruction a value in SD1124 is D9124 D1124 SD63 annuciator annuciator defections detections incremented by one up to a maximum of 16 When the RST Qn H F or LEDR instruction is executed it is decremented by one QnPH When any of FO to F2047 default device setting are turned Qnu D9125 D1125 SD64 on by the SET F instruction the annunciator numbers F LCPU numbers that are turned on are stored in SD1125 to SD1132 in order gt D9126 SD1126 SD65 The F numbers turned off by the RST F instruction is deleted g from this register and the F numbers stored after the deleted o F numbers are shifted to the previous registers When the S j si G D9127 SD1127 sSD66 LEDR instruction is executed the contents of SD1125 to a D1132 are shifted upward by 1 g When there are eight annunciator detections the next one is Q not stored in SD1125 to SD1132 D9128 D1128 SD67 a SET SET SET RST SET SET SET SET SET SET SET Q F50 F25 F99 F25 F15 F70 F65 F38 F110 F151 F210 LEDR a Annunciator Annunciator g D9129 D1129 SD68 detection detection D1009 0 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 99 D number number s0124 0 1 2 3 2 3 la4 s5s 6elz7zla ala 0 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 99 D9130 D1130 sD69 me D1126 0 O 25 25 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 15 D1127 0 0 0 99 O 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 D9131 D1131 SD70 sp1128 0 0 0 0 0 O 70 70 70 70 70 70 65 sp1129
72. turn off and then e Common information ie i e Individual information ia i WDiagnostic Timing e At execution of the memory copy from control system to standby system MEM COPY EXE QnPRH The memory copy from control system to standby system was executed RUN This can be detected from the control system of On the redundant system ERR 6410 Collateral information On e Common information e Individual information CPU Status HDiagnostic Timing Continue e At execution of the memory copy from control system to standby system TRK PARA ERROR The file register file specified in the tracking setting ae gee Bok does nol exist Read the individual information of the error using 6500 ues ee orme ae F 7 the programming tool Check the drive name and Common information File name Drive name i a z file name and correct them e Individual information Parameter number ae RUN HDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset Off ERR TRK PARA ERROR Flicker QnPRH The file register range specified in the device detail ae the ee enti ahaa CPU Status a es Ox exceeded the specified mle register We Read the individual information of the error using Stop 6501 capaci the programming tool and increase the file register Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset capacity 15 This applies when the first five
73. 1 3 DIP switch 0 OFF 1 ON b13 through b15 are empty This register stores the status of the CPU module switches in the following bit pattern b15 to b8 b7 to b4b3 to bO T T T T T T T T T T L li L L L 1 L L L L L L lt gt a gt lt gt Empty 2 1 1 CPU switch status 0 RUN 1 STOP 2 Memory card switch Always OFF Set by When Set S Every END processing This register stores the status of the CPU module switches in the following bit pattern b15 to b8 b7 to b4 b3 to b0 e faa oo i it E pet gt Empty 2 1 1 CPU switch status 0 RUN 1 STOP 2 Memory card switch Always OFF This register stores the status of the CPU module switches in the following bit pattern b15 to b6 b5 b4 b3 to bO T T T T T T T T T T T T 1 ii 1 i 1 i i 1 ii lt gt gt gt Empty 2 1 1 CPU switch status 0 RUN 1 STOP 2 SD memory card switch 9 Not usable 1 Usable S when RUN STOP RESET switch changed Corre sponding ACPU D9000 New Corre sponding CPU Qn H QnPH QnPRH Q00J Q00 Q01 QnU LCPU 306 APPENDICES Corre c Number Name Meanin Explanation Sorby sponding s pak g R When Set ACPU D g D9000 This register stores the LED status information on the CP
74. 1 is not stored in SD1601 of the new standby system e This register stores the argument to the instruction when a System System system is switched by the SP CONTSW instruction The switching switching argument for the SP CONTSW instruction is stored in SD1602 dedicated dedicated D1602 of both systems upon system switching instruction instruction SD1602 is only valid when 16 is stored in SD1601 parameter parameter SD1602 is updated only when a system is switched by the control system switching instruction e This register stores an error code for the error occurred on Other system Diagnostic other system SD1610 di ti SDO jdi i error code The value in SDO of the CPU module on other system is reflected S SD1611 Other system Diagnostic Stores the date and time when diagnostics error occurred Every END SD1612 diagnostic pate corresponding to error code stored in SD1610 processing SD1 to error Data format is the same as SD1 to SD3 occurrence SD3 sp41g13 occurrence time The values in SD1 to SD03 of the CPU module on other time system are reflected 360 APPENDICES Corre anne rre Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by Fponding sponding When Set ACPU CPU spon e This register stores the category code of error information Other system Error and individual information of the error that occurred on other sp1614 enor information system SD4
75. 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday D220 LED display ASCII data 16 characters stored here For the D221 Basic model QCPU an error message up to 16 ASCII characters is stored Including a message for the case the SD222 annunciator is on eee b15 to b8 b7 to bo SD224 SD220 15th character from the right 16th character from the right SD225 SD221 13th character from the right 14th character from the right s SD226 LED display LED display SD222 11th character from the right 12th character from the right When QCPU data data D223 9th character from the right 10th character from the right changed LCPU SD224 7th character from the right 8th character from the right D225 Sth character from the right 6th character from the right SD226 3rd character from the right 4th character from the right SD227 SD227 1st character from the right 2nd character from the right New For the Basic model QCPU Universal model QCPU or LCPU HMI data at the time of CHK instruction execution are not stored The header I O number of the Module to hich online ee S Durin we which online 104 is added to the value of the header I O number of which the g 9 QnPH SD235 module change i i online module module online module change is being performed QnPRH is being A change change is performed A being performed 104 311 jsI7 Ja siBey jeloeds xipueddy Number Name Meaning Ex
76. 41C4y j Execute again after decreasing file operations maximum 41C5H The specified file does not exist Execute again after checking the file The specified file or drive memory does not h 41C7H ia Execute again after checking the file or drive memory exist Execute again after checking the size of the specified file 41 8 The size of the specified file has exceeded If the error recurs after re execution the file information H that of the existing file data may be corrupted After backing up the data in the CPU module execute programmable controller memory format File related Access to the file sector was unsuccessful 7 errors i After backing up the data in the CPU module execute 41C9H The format information data of the target drive programmable controller memory format memory is abnormal Access to the file sector was unsuccessful f After backing up the data in the CPU module execute 41CAH The format information data of the target drive programmable controller memory format memory is abnormal 41CBH The file name is specified in a wrong method Execute again after checking the file name A1CCH The specified file or subdirectory does not Execute again after checking the name of the file and exist subdirectory 41CDH Access to the file is inhibited by the system Do not access the specified file A1CEH The file cannot be written because the The specified file is write protected Execute again after
77. 600hr 25 days 30 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 1 50 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 70 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 100 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 0 3 900hr 0 45 years 28 100hr 3 21 years 288hr 12 days 30 5 600hr 0 64 years 40 200hr 4 59 years 288hr 12 days LAOS PUBT 2 50 7 800hr 0 89 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 288hr 12 days L26CPU PBT 70 13 000hr 1 48 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 288hr 12 days 100 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 288hr 12 days 0 2 000hr 0 23 years 18 600hr 2 12 years 192hr 8 days 30 2 900hr 0 33 years 26 600hr 3 04 years 192hr 8 days 3 50 4 100hr 0 47 years 37 300hr 4 26 years 192hr 8 days 70 6 800hr 0 78 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 192hr 8 days 100 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 192hr 8 days 1 The power on time ratio is the ratio of programmable controller power on time to one day 24 hours When the total power on time is 12 hours the ratio is 50 When the time is 6 hours the ratio is 25 2 The guaranteed value is a battery life at 70 C which is calculated based on the characteristics of manufacturer supplied memories when the battery is stored within the ambient temperature range of 25 to 75 C or used within the ambient temperature range of 0 to 55 C 3 The act
78. 7 Error item Error details Corrective action Hexadecimal 41F0 The power failure backup data of the specified Execute again after checking whether the memory card drive memory are corrupted has been installed AFA The power failure backup for the specified Execute again after checking whether the memory card j drive memory has a repair command has been installed Execute again after checking the specified drive 41F2 Operation cannot be performed since the memory specified drive memory is Flash ROM When performing operation for the Flash ROM use write to PLC Flash ROM a ae Specify a smaller value for the file size when creating a The file size is larger than the following oa gt file or changing the file size 41F3H The value to be acquired when 2byte is R lhe oe Alternatively divide the file so that each file size is subtracted from 4Gbyte smaller Since the operation prohibited by the system h S a j Since the operation is prohibited by the system the file 41F4H is performed the requested processing cannot ee operation is not performed be performed PLC write to the program memory or transfer to the JES The data is being accessed from another backup memory is in execution j programming tool Access the data again after checking that the above File related x mentioned function has been completed errors Another device data saving was executed during 41F9 The data is being accessed from another ex
79. AJ71LP21G AJ71BR11 AJ71AP21 AJ71AR21 or Replace the network module for the AZUSCPU Qn H 2108 AJ71AT21B dedicated for the AZUCPU has Q2ASCPU A2UCPU or Q2ACPU with the anu n been installed e Network module AJ71QLP21 AJ71QLP21S AJ71QLP21G or AJ71QBR11 dedicated for the Q2ACPU has been installed Collateral information Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset MELSECNET H module 154 APPENDICES Error A i LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU SP UNIT ERROR e The location designated by the FROM TO instruction set is not the intelligent function Leas Fee es ee buff e Read the individual information of the error e The module that does not include buffer memory F using the programming tool to identify the has been specified by the FROM TO instruction cea ie fo pa itor Paes Garract e The intelligent function module special function i 3 igs Q00J Q00 Q01 f the FROM TO instruction corresponding to the 8 module Network module being accessed is Qn H faulty value as necessary Orpi 75 52 e The cause is a hardware fault of the intelligent Station not loaded was specified using the f QnPRH g function module special function module in the instruction whose target was the CPU share ee QnU access destination Please consult your local Sa l inf ti
80. Always 6107 TRK TRANS ERR A data sum value error occurred in tracking data reception This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing Always Check the CPU module or tracking cable If the error still occurs this indicates the CPU module or tracking cable is faulty Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem Confirm the redundant system startup procedure and execute a startup again 6108 TRK TRANS ERR A data error other than sum value error occurred in tracking data reception This error may be caused by tracking cable removal or other system power off including reset The error occurred at a startup since the redundant system startup procedure was not followed This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e Always Check the CPU module or tracking cable If the error still occurs this indicates the CPU module or tracking cable is faulty Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem Confirm the redundant system startup procedure and execute a startup again 6110 TRK SI
81. B normally and configuration communication was made then restart communication Link related with the other station via the network error module The network of the No set to the routing R e Check and correct the routing parameters set to the parameters does not exist a related stations 4A01H The specified CPU module cannot be oa e Set communication through the network that is communicated through the network that is Wi supported by the specified CPU module not supported by the CPU module e Check the network module and the data link module 4A02 Access to the specified station cannot be for error or check that the modules are not in offline n made e Check to see if the network number PC number setting has no mistake 4A03H A request for network test was issued Check the request data of the MC protocol etc e Take corrective action after checking the error that An error occurred in the access destination or occurred at the specified access destination or the 4B00 relay station or the specified transfer setup relay station to the accessed station H request destination module I O number is e Check the transfer setup request destination module illegal I O number or programmable controller number in the request data of the MC protocol etc 4B01 The target is not the No 1 CPU of the multiple Execute the request for the No 1 CPU of the multiple H CPU system CPU system Target related 4B02 ER The request is not addre
82. CC Link IE Field Network master local module Drive unit servo amplifier A unit used to amplify the power and control the motor in the operation by the positioning function since the signals such as pulses that are output from the CPU module are low voltage and small current The unit also called a servo amplifier is provided with a servomotor and step motor Main block A block where a CPU module is connected in an extension system Extension block A block where an extension module is connected in an extension system MC protocol The abbreviation for the MELSEC communication protocol a protocol to access a CPU module from a target device in the Ethernet or serial communication Built in CC Link function The abbreviation for the L26CPU BT and L26CPU PBT built in CC Link system master local function 4 MELSECLL series products do not support this network 17 PACKING LIST The following items are included in the package of this product Before use check that all the items are included LO2CPU MITSUBISHI CPU module LO2CPU END cover L6EC uie over EBEG Safety Guidelines IB NA 0800456 A dummy cover for the display unit is attached a _ a Es Battery Q6BAT Battery replacement data stickers to fill out installed in the CPU module three stickers on one sheet 18 L26CPU BT MITSUBISHI
83. CPU module over a network The following modules cannot access the CPU module over a network e Web server module MES interface module e High speed data logger module wayshs e Buun yuo 104 suolnesalig ZZ 27 2 3 This section describes peripheral configuration using a MELSEC L series CPU module 28 RS 232 cable Peripheral Configuration ares CPU module s gt RS 232 adapter wooo Display unit DN SD memory card w y Ethernet cable Personal computer 4 2 3 GX Works2 GX Developer GX Configurator 3 Ls GHNNENEENENEEENEENNENEENEENEEEENENENENEENEEEEEG in aa USB cable Connector type A mini B J a J Use an RS 232 cable meeting the specifications For the specifications of an RS 232 cable refer to the following Operating manual for the programming tool used Use the following Ethernet cables For 10BASE T connection Cables compliant to Ethernet standards category 3 or higher STP UTP cables In an environment subject to electric noise use shielded twisted pair STP cables e For 100BASE TX connection Cables compliant to Ethernet standards category 5 or higher STP cables For compatible software versions refer to lt gt Page 382 Appendix 6 CHAPTER 3 SYSTEM START UP PROCEDURE CHAPTER 3 SYSTEM START UP PROCEDURE This chapter describes a procedure for starting a
84. Check that the other system CPU module has normally 4245H Other system CPU module status error k Redundant started up and that the tracking cable is connected system related The command cannot be executed since 42464 error operation mode separate backup change or Execute again after the operation mode change or system control standby system switching is system switching being executed is completed being executed Execute again after memory copy from control system to standby system is completed Check the following and take corrective action e Is SM1596 of the control system or standby system ON ON Memory copy being executed 4247H Memory copy from control system to standby Execute again after SM1596 has turned OFF since it system is already being executed is turned OFF by the system on completion of memory copy e Is SM1597 of the control system ON ON Memory copy completed Execute again after turning OFF SM1597 of the control system Communication was made during system switching e Execute again after system switching 4248H The system specified in the transfer setup e After checking whether the specified system exists or request destination module I O number does not exist not restart communication 238 APPENDICES Error code r A A i Error item Error details Corrective action Hexadecimal e Normally start the system as the redunda
85. Clears the reset status e Turning on this relay will turn off SM1845 and SM1846 and will clear the SD1845 and SD1846 values to 0 e Even if this relay is turned on SM1845 will not turn off and the SD1845 value will not be cleared to 0 until SM1840 turns off SM1851 Axis 1 OPR request off OFF gt ON Axis 1 OPR request OFF Cleared Turning on this relay will forcibly turn off SM1842 SM1852 Axis 1 speed position switching OFF Disabled ON Enabled This relay stores whether to enable switching from speed control to position control in speed position switching control SM1860 Axis 2 busy OFF Not busy ON Busy e This relay turns on when positioning control OPR control JOG operation or absolute position restoration is started This relay turns off when each control is completed In positioning control this relay turns off when the axis 2 decelerates and stops and then dwell time elapsed This relay remains on while positioning control is being performed This relay turns off when each control is ended due to such as an error or stop operation S Every END processing SM1861 Axis 2 positioning completion OFF Not completed ON Completed This relay turns on when OPR control position control or absolute position restoration is completed This relay turns off when OPR control positioning control absolute position restoration or JOG operation is sta
86. Code CPU Status CPU e Remove the CPU module from the main base CONTROL BUS ERR unit if it does not support a multiple CPU system In a multiple CPU system a CPU module N i configuration Alternatively replace the CPU incompatible with the multiple CPU system is module that does not support a multiple system 8 mounted y Q00J Q00 Q01 mCollateral it i configuration with the one that does fn SARMAD SR von e The cause is a failure of the intelligent function Qn H Common Information k QnPH DE module CPU module or base unit Please e Individual Information T S S consult your local Mitsubishi representative WDiagnostic Timing ie g wi Always explaining a detailed description of the problem CONTROL BUS ERR 1413 An error is detected on the system bus e Self diagnostic error in the system bus Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Self diagnostic error in the CPU module same error code is displayed again the cause is Ina multiple CPU system the control CPU a failure of the intelligent function module CPU setting of other CPUs configured in the I O module or base unit Please consult your local Assignment tab of the PLC Parameter dialog Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed QCPU box differs from that of CPU No 1 description of the problem Collateral information Reconfigure the control CPU setting of other Common Information CPUs so that it can be the same as that of CPU
87. Common information File name Drive name Q12PRH Q25PRh as the PLC type and write it e Individual information to the CPU module EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN RUN CAN T EXE PRG off There are no program files at all 2 i ERR mv ollatey al information e Check program configuration Flicker QCPU 2503 Common information File name Drive name ia A z e Check parameters and program configuration LCPU e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing CRU Status At power on At reset STOP gt RUN Stop CAN T EXE PRG Two or more SFC normal programs or control Qn H programs have been designated QnPH Collateral information e Check program configuration f seo Wie F i QnPRH Common information File name Drive name Check parameters and program configuration e Individual information ont EDiagnostic Timing COPY 2504 e At power on At reset STOP gt RUN CAN T EXE PRG There are two or more SFC programs Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Reduce the SFC programs to one Q00u Q00 Q01 8 e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Check for illegal accesses If any illegal access is identified take actions such as disabling REMOTE PASS FAIL communication of the connection RUN The count of remote password mismatches If it was identified not illegal clear the error and On reached the upper limit perform the following
88. D9000 SD5 5 Reason s for system switching SD6 Number Meaning SD7 SD5 System switching cause 9 SD6 Control system switching instruction argument SD8 SD7 SD8 SD9 SD9 SD10 D10 SD11 Empty SD11 SD12 SD13 SD12 SD14 e SD15 SD13 a 9 The following shows the description SD14 9 k 0 No system switching condition default 1 Power OFF reset hardware failure watchdog timer error 2 Stop error except watchdog timer error Error common Error common 3 System switching request by S i network module New QnPRH information information 16 Control system switching instruction Error 17 Control system switching request from GX Developer 6 Reason s for tracking size excess error The following shows block Nos when data size that can be sp15 tracked 100K is exceeded in the bit pattern of the corresponding special relay b15 b14b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 1 1 1 SD5 SM1535 o0 o o0 o o smtsz8 o o o sM1520 Block16 Block9 Block1 gt SD6 ojojo 0 g JE i SD7 Sia 2 1 x SD8 SM1583 ojo o sm15s6s w Block64 Block49 w U SD9 0 ojojo 0 io Q v sD15 o ojojo o o o 0 o olo ojojojo 0 a Q To the next page 2 2 am a 297 Corre 3 Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Setby sponding spondin P When Set ACPU p 9 D9000 SD5 7 Base No power supply No SD6 Number M
89. Gone of the 1st Ethernet module is read with Initial QnPH the ERRRD instruction QnPRH 2 SD348 Information E QnU io from 2nd Data configuration is the same as that of the 1st module SD354 mod l SD341 to SD347 R Ethernet a Data configuration is the same as that of the 1st module an H F i n fi ti SD341 to SD347 spat oS module QnPH SD362 Informati QnPRH ae en Data configuration is the same as that of the 1st module anu SD341 to SD347 SD368 4th module 316 APPENDICES cone Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation Ser Dy sponding sponding When Set ACPU CPU D9000 b15 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1b0 0 Not used Instruction reception status of channel 1 Instruction reception status of channel 2 Instruction reception i status of channel 3 instction Instruction reception SD380 reception status of channel 4 status of 1st Instruction reception module status of channel 5 Instruction reception status of channel 6 Instruction reception status of channel 7 Ethernet Instruction ception S instruction Status of channe reception ON Received Channel is being used Instruction New QnPRH status OFF Not received Channel is not used execution Instruction SD381 reception Data configuration is the same as that of the 1st module status of 2nd SD380 module Instruction SD382 reception Data configuration is the same a
90. H SD510 excution type currently being executed is stored as BIN value program No pide Rein e Enabled only when SM510 is ON rH execution Current scan e This register stores the current scan time D9018 SD520 time ms The time is measured in increments of 100us in icrements format value of 1us for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU change SD520 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 S SD521 Stores a ps value storage range 0 to 900 0 to 999 Every END Gurrentsean for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU processing QCPU ime Current scan Example When the current scan time is 23 6ms the SERY 5D521 time us value following values are stored e SD520 23 e SD521 600 e A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module is set to STOP Initial scan e This register stores the scan time of an initial execution type SD522 time ms program value The time is measured in increments of 100us in icrements Qn H Initial scan of 1us for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU S QnPH fine SD522 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 First END QnPRH Initial scan SD523 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 0 to 999 processing New QnU D523 time us value for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU LCPU e A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module is switched from STOP to RUN Minimum scan e This register stores the minimum scan time The time is D524 time ms measured in increments of 100u
91. How to read the Special Register for Modification column If the special register number for QCPU or LCPU is provided correct the program using it means that the converted special register can be used means that the special register cannot be used in QCPU or LCPU 343 Special ACPU 3 Special Corre 5 Register 3 s F z Special aitor Register for Name Meaning Details sponding Register 7 Modification CPU Conversion e If a module with blown fuse is detected the lowest first 1 O number of the module is stored in hexadecimal Example If a fuse blown is occurred in the output module with output Number of number Y50 to Y6F 50 is stored in hexadecimal Qn H D9000 SD1000 Fuse blown module with To monitor the number by a programming tool monitor in QnPH blown fuse hexadecimal This register is cleared when contents in Qnu D1100 to SD1107 are all reset to 0 e Output modules on remote I O stations are also checked for blown fuse If any fuse is blown this register stores a number corresponding to each setting switch number or to slot number of the base unit AJ02 I O module Extension base unit Setting Stored Base unit Stored switch data slot No data Number of 0 0 0 4 D9001 SD1001 2 Fuse blown module with 1 1 1 5 e blown fuse 2 2 2 6 AnP 3 3 3 7 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 For the remote I O station the value of module I O No 104 1 is stored
92. I O An extension cable is not securely connected module intelligent function module END cover An error was detected in the system bus branch module or extension module Please 1730 Collateral information consult your local Mitsubishi representative Common information Module No Block No e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing At power ON At reset explaining a detailed description of the problem 146 APPENDICES ae Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action aon aoe Pa N e Replace the branch module BRANCH UNIT ERR Reset the CPU module and run it again If the An error was detected in the branch module same error code is displayed again the cause is Collateral information a hardware failure of the CPU module I O 1740 Common information Module No Slot No module intelligent function module END cover Individual information branch module or extension module Please Diagnostic Timing consult your local Mitsubishi representative RUN Always explaining a detailed description of the Off problem ERR Flicker Lcpu 28 e Replace the extension module EXTEND UNIT ERR Reset the CPU module and run it again If the CPU Status An error was detected in the extension module same error code is displayed again the cause is Stop Collateral information a hardware failure of the CPU module I O 1750 Common information Module No Block No module intelligent function m
93. If pulses are not normally measured in pulse measurement mode check the following items Check item Action Shielded twisted pair cables are not used for pulse input wiring Change the cables with shielded twisted pair cables Noise reduction measures are not taken in the control panel or to adjacent devices Take noise reduction measures Distance between the power equipment and the pulse input cables is short Install the pulse input cables alone in a duct and wire the cables away from power cables by 100mm or more in the control panel If pulses are not normally measured even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 16 PWM output is not normally performed CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING If PWM output is not normally performed in PWM output mode check the following items Check item Action A cable is wired to the coincidence output No 2 terminal Wire the cable to the coincidence output No 1 terminal Other than a resistance load is connected to the coincidence output No 1 terminal Connect a resistance load to prevent distortion of an output waveform Shielded twisted pair cables are not used for PWM output wiring Noise reduction measures are not taken in the control panel or to adjacent devices Change the cables wi
94. Logging Function lt SH 080893ENG 13JZ39 gt The data logging function of the CPU module 2 Programming manual Manual name lt manual number model code gt Description MELSEC Q L Programming Manual Common Instruction lt SH 080809ENG 13JW10 gt Detailed description and usage of instructions used in programs MELSEC Q L QnA Programming Manual SFC lt SH 080041 13JF60 gt System configuration specifications functions programming and error codes for SFC MELSAP3 programs MELSEC Q L Programming Manual MELSAP L lt SH 080076 13JF61 gt System configuration specifications functions programming and error codes for SFC MELSAP L programs MELSEC QIL Programming Manual Structured Text lt SH 080366E 13JF68 gt System configuration and programming using structured text language MELSEC Q L QnA Programming Manual PID Control Instructions lt SH 080040 13JF59 gt Dedicated instructions for PID control 3 Operating manual Manual name lt manual number model code gt Description GX Works2 Version1 Operating Manual Common lt SH 080779ENG 13JU63 gt GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual lt SH 080373E 13JU41 gt System configuration parameter settings and online operations common to Simple project and Structured project of GX Works2 Operating methods of GX Developer such as programming printing monitoring and debugging 4
95. New is less than module 100 000 This relay turns on if a write error is detected S At write ON Write error a Standard ROM 3 during writing to the standard ROM flash SM685 OFF Write not write error ROM This relay turns off when a write executed normal A command is given ON Duri Standard ROM ee This relay is on during writing to the standard SM686 oa g ROM flash ROM and turns off when the writing flag OFF Overwrite not TAA writing is completed executed ON Overwrite count Standard ROM is 100 000 or This relay turns on when overwrite count of SM687 suerte count more the standard ROM flash ROM reaches to error ha OFF Overwrite count 100 000 It is necessary to change CPU 9 is less than module 100 000 OFF Backup start Backup start preparation not ek completed Turns on when the backup preparation is SM691 preparation status flag ON Backup start completed preparation S Status Qnu completed change LCPU OFF Restoration not sme92 Restoration completed This relay turns on when backup data in a complete flag ON Restoration memory card has been restored completed 260 4 The modules whose serial number first five digits is 10102 or later are the relevant models Except the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 2 The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU 3 The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 7 Instruction related relay APPENDIC
96. O numbers between the fuse blown blown fuse and SM1197 sM1198 Pered lca module registers SD1100 to SD1107 and I O I O module OFF OFF X YOto7FO module verify error registers SD1116 to SD1123 M9198 SM1198 verification error eee according to the on off combination of SM1197 and OFF ON X Y1000 to 17FO display ON on _ xiv1800to 1FF0 SM1198 Qn H e Recovers the setting data stored in the CPU QnPH Data recovery of OFF Data recovery module at restart when sampling trace status latch M9199 SM1199 7 online sampling disabled is executed trace status ON Data recovery Turn this on to re execute the sampling trace or latch enabled status latch Rewriting data using the programming tool is not required 4 The relevant modules are as follows e The Universal model QCPU whose serial number first five digits is 10102 or later QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU 2 1 minute clock indicates the name of the special relay M9034 of the ACPU 3 The A8UPU A8PU4J is not available for the QOPU LCPU 271 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy 10 Built in Ethernet port QCPU and built in Ethernet function Corre k K Set by sponding Corresponding Numb Nai Mean Explanation bak as He pula When Set ACPU CPU M m9000 OFF No time setting function F SNTP client This relay is turned on to perform the time Time setting f 5 execution setting function SNTP client Turns
97. OFF OFF Power supply on Turns on when the CPU module is started up by startup the system switching switching from the standby CPU modul S Stat SM1517 mocu ON Operation system to the control system Remains OFF when Salus startup status change system switch the standby system is switched to the control start up system by a power ON startup This relay turns on during one scan after the Standby systenito standby system was switched to the control control system SM1518 HoF ON 1 system switching status scan a fla OFF This relay can be used only in a scan execution g type program S Every END processing P When the previous control system is System B Previous Control A i M1519 System ON this relay turns on during one scan in System A 7 ee f f 1 scan following the RUN state after both Systems A and Identification Flag OFF i B were simultaneously turned on or were reset SM1520 SM1520 Block 1 SM1521 SM1521 Block 2 SM1522 SM1522 Block 3 SM1523 SM1523 Block 4 SM1524 SM1524 Block 5 SM1525 SM1525 Block 6 SM1526 SM1526 Block 7 SM1527 SM1527 Block 8 When data is New QnPRH SM1528 SM1528 Block 9 transferred based on the tracking SM1529 SM1529 Block 10 setting of the SM1530 SM1530 Block 11 Redundant SM1531 SM1531 Block 12 parameter dialog a box the target SM1532 SM1532 Block 13 block is specified SM1533 SM1533 Block 14 as trigger SM1534 SM1534 Block 15 anen eee i pata trackin forward Tracking SM15
98. OOFFH is stored b15 to __b8 b7tob4 b3tob0 SD1650 0 Ler irs 0 No error ae 1 Continue error 2 Stop error B F Communication with other system disabled 1 Other system Other system SD1650 operating operating 0 RUN 1 Communication information information 2 STOP with other system 3 PAUSE disabled debug F Communication with mode other system disabled 1 Note Communications are disabled in the following states e The other system is powered off or is being reset A hardware failure has occurred on the host or the other system A watchdog timer error has occurred on the host or the other system e Tracking cable is not connected Tracking cable is broken or failed 361 jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Corre Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation pet BY pene spondin g bs When Set ACPU Ue ie g spon Stores head address of network module which a system switch request was initiated using the following format Each bit b15 to b11 to b 0 OFF spes 0 joa Joa o ton Network Network module head module head Module 0 CRU module is invalid as it is 2 address address slot model which which Module 1 Module on right s to side of CPU SD1690 requested requested module Every END QnPRH Module11 Module at i system system rightmost end of processing switching on switching on 12 slot base host control host control Q312B system system e Turns off a
99. Online i incomplete A being performed from another source registration If online change files is not being performed by any error other programming tool forcibly perform another online change files Deregister the device test with executing condition in The registered number of device test with g M a rake le A 4168H a CPU module or decrease the number of registering executing condition exceeds 32 ni device test with executing condition at one time Deregister the device test with executing condition after The device test with executing condition has g bh bs Deca ing i 4169H checking the registered number of device test with never been registered f Ra executing condition in CPU module The specified executing condition does not Check whether the specified executing conditions 416AH exist program step No operation timing device name in Device test with executing condition deregistering are registered A16B The specified program is SFC program Check the specifying program name in de registering H 228 Device test with executing condition the device test with executing condition APPENDICES Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action 4170H 4171H 4174H 4176H 4178H 4180H 4181H 4182H 4183H Ethernet I F Error The password is wrong Check the specified remote password then execute the lock unlock processing
100. QNEI ree MCollateral information l number of step relays QnPRH Common information Program error location QnU e Individual information LCPU NEN Timing Geto SAUN Increase the total number of step relays in the 199 poA Tues z Device tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box any CAN T SET S Step number designations overlap in SFC Q00J Q00 Q01 8 program Qn H 4422 Collateral information Write the program to the CPU module again using QnPH Common information Program error location the programming tool QnPRH e Individual information QnU EDiagnostic Timing LCPU At power on At reset STOP RUN CAN T SET S Correct the total number of step relays so that it Q00J Q00 Q01 8 The total number of maximum step No 1 of does not exceed the total number of maximum QnU each block exceeds the total number of step step No 1 of each block LCPU relays 4423 Collateral information Common information Program error location Increase the total number of step relays in the 22 Individual information Device tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box RUN Qny WDiagnostic Timing j At power on At reset STOP gt RUN Off ERR SFC EXE ERROR Flicker The SFC program cannot be executed arne data ofihe bl ck dele setting is illegal i e Write the program to the CPU module again CPU Status The SFC data device of the block data setting is using the programming tool Stop beyond the device setting range set in the PLC After correcting the setting of
101. Qnu 29 Common information Module No CPU No CPU setting to the CPU No determined by the e Individual information mounting position of the CPU module HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset INCORRECT FILE Write the files shown in SD17 to SD22 individual The error of stored file enabled parameter file is information to the drive shown in SD16 L Getoet F F individual information Turn off and then on or Collateral information reset the CPU module Common information ae x QnU 8031 e Individual information File diagnostic ifthe same Snot node i displayed again the LCPU information cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Diagnostic Timing Please consult your local Mitsubishi At power on At reset STOP gt RUN At writing to representative explaining a detailed description of programmable controller the problem Fe Annunciator F turned on 2430 RUN The S Bontion of the error message indicates Read the individual information of the error using tar 9000 ate ate tS the programming tool to identify the numeric value onor QCPU i i annunciator number Check the program LCPU Common information Program error location corresponding to the value e Individual information Annunciator number CPU Status EDiagnostic Timing Continue e When instruction executed 219 00004 9 0002 IS p09 10113 6 xIpueddy gt SI p09 10113 xipueddy Pe Er
102. ROM is completed Flashing yellow A battery error has occurred Off The module is operating normally Indicates the error status of the CPU module ERR LED On red A continuation error has been detected Flashing red A stop error has been detected or the CPU module has been reset Off The module is operating normally Indicates the error detection status of the built in I O function I O ERR LED On red An error has occurred in the built in I O function Off The module is operating normally 59 No Name Application Indicates the status of the annunciator F 1 USER LED On red The annunciator F is on Off The module is operating normally or the annunciator F is not used Indicates the data transmission speed over Ethernet 2 100M LED On green Data is communicated at a speed of 100Mbps Off Data is communicated at a speed of 10Mbps or connection is not established Indicates the data communication status over Ethernet 3 SD RD LED On green Data is being sent or being received Off Data is not being sent or not being received Indicates the input status IN 0 to INF LEDs On green The corresponding input signal is on Off The corresponding input signal is off 4 Indicates the output status OUT 0 to OUT 7 LEDs On green The corresponding output signal is on Off The corresponding output signal is off Indicates the status of an SD mem
103. Raa kee eee ae interval of the module specified by SD550 is U New QnPH read to SD551 and SD552 QnPRH 5 I O refresh Corre i Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Nam Mea Explanati Suet K ang reads When Set ACPU CPU M9000 When this relay is turned on I O refresh is performed after execution of the first program and then the next program is P t SM580 cn gt OFF Not refreshed executed When a sequence program and a U New 4 Nae ON Refreshed SFC program are to be executed the Q00J Q00 Q01 sequence program is executed I O refresh is performed and then the SFC program is executed 4 This applies to the CPU of function version B or later 257 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy 6 Drive information Corre A Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Name Meanin Explanat woo aes ss cae o When Set ACPU CPU M9000 Qn H This relay turns on when the memory card QnPH becomes ready for use QnPRH Qnu Memory card OFF Unusable SM600 usable flags ON Use enabled This relay turns on when the SD memory card becomes ready for use This relay turns on when a compatible SD memory card is LCPU inserted and set to be enabled with the SD memory card lock switch Qn H P i t QnPH Smet Memory card OFF No protect This relay is on while the write protect switch QnPRH protect flag ON Protect of the memory card is on 4 S Status QnU change LCPU Q
104. Replace the main base unit with a usable one QnPRH e Individual information E ate Qnu EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR i F t is mounted Gnithe S5thslot or later Remove the module mounted on the 65th slot a Tiei ae A 7 or later slot y MOEN S SMO UEC ANMO S OE tne peat al le Remove the module mounted on the slot is greater than the number of slots specified at i nisi tail handed seti fthe b if whose number is greater than the number of Slots in Is andard setting of tig base setting slots specified at Slots in Standard setting of Qn H A module is mounted on the slot whose number X FRA Je 4006 bolni the base setting QnPH A iei S ee j th a h 7 Remove the module mounted on the slot QnPRH ua uS 3 MRT ocen eS O YOSE aac whose number of I O points exceeds 4096 Qnu 2 of I O points strides 4096 points F Collateral information points i e Replace the module with the one whose Common information ar number of occupied points does not exceed e Individual information 4066 oint EDiagnostic Timing pom At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR A module is mounted on after the 25th slot on after the 17th slot for the Q00UJ RUN i A a Nate a ne oe Remove the module mounted on after the 25th Off a Ge anne iN eure ase ing Ree on after the 17th slot for the Q00UJ ERR ete ARSISE TAZ Q para MEGAN Remove the module mounted on the slot Flicker Riis Ten eee hich YO whose num
105. Replace the tracking cable If the same error still e The error occurred at a startup since the occurs this indicates the CPU module is faulty redundant system startup procedure was not Please consult your local Mitsubishi oe followed representative explaining a detailed description This can be detected from the standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset of the problem Confirm the redundant system startup procedure and execute a startup again 214 APPENDICES Error A f LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU CONTROL SYS DOWN The control system detected the error of the system configuration and informed it to the standby system host system in the redundant Restart the system after checking that the 6313 system connection between base unit and the system QnPRH S Collateral information configuration type number parameter of module Common information are correct i RUN e Individual information Off Diagnostic Timing e At power on At reset ERR Flicker PRG MEM CLEAR The memory copy from control system to standby CPU Status system was executed and the program memory Stop was cleared g After the memory copy from the control system to Collateral information 6400 F the standby system is completed
106. SD999 e Sampling trace data 89 paos Buleg Jeyy yeysey uonesedo yy CHAPTER 15tTROUBLESHOOTING This chapter describes errors that may occur during system operation how to identify the error cause and error corrective actions When the system has a trouble perform troubleshooting in the following order e Check the system visually gt Page 90 Section 15 1 e Check the error and take a corrective action gt Page 94 Section 15 2 When the CPU module has a functional problem check the module visually before checking the functional problem Page 99 Section 15 3 CD ooo oo cocoon Saving the program and devices at the time of an error helps to analyze the error cause Page 124 Section 15 5 15 1 Checking the System Visually 90 Visually check the following items 1 LED status Check if there is a hardware failure or not Check the status of each LED in the following order For the module status corresponding to the LED indication refer to the Part Names section of each module e CPU module lt 3 Page 59 Section 6 1 e Power supply module gt Page 66 Section 7 1 1 Power on the system Check the POWER LED status of the power supply module If the POWER LED does not turn on even when power is supplied perform the following troubleshooting Page 92 Section 15 1 1 Check the MODE LED status of the CPU module If the MODE LED does not turn on perform the following tro
107. SM1649 yey Cancels error of ry U cancel error flag standby system Use SD1649 to specify the error code of the error to be canceled 4 Stores other system CPU diagnostic information and system information 2 This shows the special relay SMOD for the host system CPU 277 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy 14 Redundant system tracking information The special relay SM1700 to SM1799 is valid when the redundant system is in backup mode or in separate mode All bits are set to off for stand alone systems Corre 3 i Set by sponding core Number Name Meaning Explanation When Set ACPU ee M9000 Ry OFF Transfer not A Transfer trigger completed This foley remains on for one scan upon S Status SM1700 i completion of a transfer for any of the blocks 1 to completion flag ON Transfer 64 change completed This relay is turned from off to on to enable the user to switch a system during online program change for redundancy After the manual system switching disable status is canceled the system automatically turns off SM1709 A system can be switched even a online Manual system ON Manual system program change for redundancy is being l switching disable switching performed and regardless ofthe slate of this enable setting enabled relay if the reason for the switching is any of the SM1709 during online Disable following S Request U brogram chang canceled Power off
108. UDP connections exceeds the number set in parameter the number of UDP for each MELSOFT connection and MC protocol in the open setting Keep the number of UDP connections within the number set in parameter Data are communicated using UDP Communicate data using TCP Communication is not retried Retry communication Increase the number of retries The hub router or cable is faulty Replace the hub router or cable Communication of devices other than the CPU module is not stable e Take noise reduction measures Check the amount of network traffic If the traffic causes instability reduce the amount of traffic Many of unnecessary broadcast data are received The broadcast data volume can be checked in Connection Status of Ethernet diagnostics To reduce the Ethernet communication load of the CPU module increase the service processing time in the service processing setting of the PLC parameter Reduce the broadcast data volume on the network e Identify a broadcasting device such as a personal computer and a router and restrict the broadcast data volume Filter broadcast data with a router and prevent the CPU module from receiving them e Separate the network with frequent broadcasts from the network of the CPU module The Ethernet communication load of the CPU module is high e Increase the service processing time in the service processing setting of the PLC parameter
109. WDiagnostic Timing e Always CONTROL BUS ERR When performing a parameter I O allocation the intelligent function module special function module could not be accessed during initial communications On error occurring the head I O number of the corresponding intelligent function 1411 module special function module is stored in the common information Collateral information i Common Information Module No Slot No Reset the CPU module and run it again If the RUN th AN same error code is displayed again the cause is a off e Individual Information g f i 3 F OER S failure of the intelligent function module special ERR WDiagnostic Timing i At power on At reset function module CPU module or base unit Flicker QCPU Please consult your local Mitsubishi CONTROL BUS ERR representative explaining a detailed description of CPU Status The FROM TO instruction is not executable due to the problem Stop a control bus error with the intelligent function module special function module On error occurring the program error location is stored in 1412 the individual information Collateral information Common Information Module No Slot No e Individual Information Program error location HDiagnostic Timing e During execution of FROM TO instruction set 142 APPENDICES Error i LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action
110. Within access Tle relay turns on when an area outside a Memory card file rande file register range in a memory card is Qn H SM672 register access 2 accessed This relay is set at END S U QnPH ON Outside access range flag faide processing QnPRH g e This relay is reset from a program Error completion e This relay turns on if latch data backup to SM675 of latch data OFF No Error the standard ROM is not completed s backup to ON Error e This relay turns off when the backup is standard ROM completed When latch data are backed up while this Specification of relay is on the backup data will be restored SM676 restration OFF Not specified at every power on of the CPU module U repeated ON Specified The backup data will be restored at every execution power on until the latch data are deleted or the latch data are backed up again Ba ON WE lcci anti otto pioeanmenoa Ged SM680 i Y OFF Write not ete ae X write error ROM This relay turns off when a write executed normal atale command is given ON During writing This relay is on during writing to the program Program memory SM681 writing Ha OFF Write not memory flash ROM and turns off when the geag executed writing is completed ON Overwrite count QnU is 100 000 or This relay turns on when overwrite count of LCPU Program memory sme82 overwrite count more the program memory flash ROM reaches to OFF Overwrite count 100 000 It is necessary to change CPU error flag
111. a value indicating the selected counter function for high speed counter of CH1 set by the parameter e Counter selection is disabled fixed at 0 when a value stored to CH1 operation mode monitor SD1884 is other than 1 normal mode e 0 Count disabling function e 1 Latch counter function e 2 Sampling counter function e 3 Count disabling preset function e 4 Latch counter preset function SD1887 This register stores the warning code of a warning SD1888 CH1 error code CH1 warning code CH1 error code CH1 warning code This register stores the error code of an error occurred in CH1 occurred in CH1 S Every END processing SD1900 D1901 CH2 current value CH2 current value e This register stores the current counter value of CH2 at END processing When the ICCNTRD2 instruction is executed this register is updated by the current value at that moment The current value is updated at END processing and by the ICCNTRD2 instruction only when Normal Mode is set for Operation Mode Setting high speed counter function parameter The range of a value that can be read is from 2147483648 to 2147483647 S Every END processing Instruction execution New LCPU 372 APPENDICES Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU p000 Corre sponding CPU SD1902 CH2 status monitor CH2 status monitor
112. adeta using the programming tool and replace the multiple system was used to detect an faulty CPU module Qo0 Q01 8 erior e Replace the CPU module with the one Qn Hy e In a multiple CPU system any of the CPU No 2 Z i compatible with the multiple CPU system QnPH to 4 was reset with power ON The CPU whose stat lled ene Do not reset any of the No 2 to 4 CPU modules Qnu 18 Ere E gee ian RES See AEREE NR AN ojs Reset CPU No 1 and restart the multiple CPU error y system Collateral information Common information Module No CPU No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing RUN At power on At reset Off MULTI EXE ERROR ERR In a multiple CPU system the version of the Flicker software package PPC DRV 01 2 for the PC CPU Status CFU mogule is 1 06 ks sarli Change the software package PPC DRV 01 2 Sto 8 ECollateral information for the PC CPU module to the version 1 07 or later P epee 7010 Common information Module No CPU No i e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset MULTI EXE ERROR The Q172 H CPU N or Q173 H CPU N is mounted on the multiple CPU high speed main T unit Q3ODB This may result in a module Replace the Q172 H CPU N and Aures e Q173 H CPU N with the Motion CPU compatible mCollateral information with the multiple CPU high speed main base unit Common information Module No CPU No P one i e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing 9 A
113. and a rise in ambient temperature inside the control panel according to the calculated power consumption W The calculation formula for a rise in ambient temperature inside the control panel is as follows Wro T ya6 cJ W Power consumption of the entire programmable controller system A Surface area inside the control panel m2 U 6 When the ambient temperature inside the control panel is uniformed using a fan U 4 When the air inside the control panel is not circulated Point f the temperature inside the control panel is expected to exceed the specified range it is recommended to install a heat exchanger to the panel to lower the temperature f a general purpose fan is used dust will be sucked into the control panel with the external air This may affect the performance of the programmable controller The calculation formulas for the power consumption of each block are as follows 1 Power consumption of power supply module The power conversion efficiency of the power supply module is approximately 70 and 30 of the output power is consumed as heat As a result 3 7 of the output power will be the power consumption uolduwinsuoo amod ebesene y Bunjejnojey 1 6 xipueddy J9 O UOD jqewwebod Jo enje A BuneaH Bugene 6 xIpueddy The calculation formula is as follows Wew 3x Isv x 5 Izv x 24 W Isy Current consumption of 5VDC circuit of each module loay Average current consumption o
114. and off width of the preset command or time from when the preset value setting is changed until when the current value is replaced is within 2ms Correct the time to 2ms or more CH1 external preset phase Z request detection SM1886 is on Turn off this relay by turning on CH1 external preset phase Z request detection reset command SM1897 If the current value cannot be replaced with the preset value even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem b When using the preset at coincidence output function 4 5 Check item Preset is not selected for Coincidence Output Time Preset Setting Action Correct the parameter CH1 external preset phase Z request detection SM1886 is on Turn off this relay by turning on CH1 external preset phase Z request detection reset command SM1897 CH1 counter value coincidence No 1 SM1881 remains on Before the preset function is performed turn off this relay by turning on CH1 coincidence signal No 1 reset command SM1890 If the current value cannot be replaced with the preset value even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the probl
115. any of the network parameters is QnU for the CC Link IE module corrected write it to the CPU module LCPU 26 178 The head I O number of the actually mounted module is different from the one set in the network parameter of the CC Link IE e Parameter set data cannot be used The network type of CC Link IE is overwritten during power on When changing the network type switch RESET to RUN Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Individual information Parameter number BDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Check the set number of extension base units Check the connection status of the extension base units and extension cables Check the connection of the GOT if it is bus connected to the main base unit or extension base unit If an error occurs even after taking the above measures the cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem APPENDICES ace Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action nae ae caren n ues e Check the network parameters and actual mounting status and if they differ make them LINK PARA ERROR matched If any of the network parameters is e The CC Link IE module is specified for the head corrected write it to the CPU module V O number of network parameter in the e Check the set number of extension base units MELSECNET H e Check
116. are not measured Page 116 Section 15 3 10 14 measurement mode Pulses are not normally measured gt Page 116 Section 15 3 10 15 High speed counter function PWM output mode PWM output is not normally performed LCS Page 117 Section 15 3 10 16 Display unit The display unit behaves abnormally L gt Page 118 Section 15 3 11 SE It takes time to complete the communication with Communication with external devices f L gt Page 118 Section 15 3 12 external devices Onera status orhe CPumodiie It takes time for the CPU module to switch the Pp a en eT i u u p 9 operationg status age K SOCON END cover with ERR terminal The ERR terminal is off open during operation L3 Page 119 Section 15 3 14 Extension system I O signals of an extension block do not turn on off 5 Page 119 Section 15 3 15 100 CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 15 3 1 Write to PLC and Read from PLC 1 Write to PLC If data cannot be written from the programming tool to the CPU module check the following items 2 Check item Action The data is password protected The SD memory card is write protected even though it has been specified as the data writing target Unlock the password with the programming tool Cancel the protection gt Page 78 Section 12 1 The SD memory card is not formatted even though it has been specified as the data writing target Format the SD memory card The size of data to be wr
117. b15 to bi2b11_ to Empty 5st module 6nd module 7rd module 8th module 1 When Xn0 of a mounted CC Link module turns on the corresponding bit is set to 1 on 2 When either Xn1 or XnF of the mounted CC Link module turns off the corresponding bit is set to 1 on 3 When a mounted CC Link module is not able to communicate with the CPU module the corresponding bit is set to 1 on The above modules are numbered in order of the head I O numbers However the one where parameter setting has not been made is not counted Error SD286 SD287 SD288 SD289 Device assignment Points assigned to M for extension The number of points assigned to M is stored with 32 bits The number of 32K or less points can be assigned to M Points assigned to B for extension The number of points assigned to B is stored with 32 bits The number of 32K or less points can be assigned to B s Initial New Qn H QnPH QnPRH Qn H 4 QnPH 4 QnPRH Qnu 6 LCPU 314 APPENDICES Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD290 D291 D292 D293 SD294 SD295 SD296 SD297 SD298 SD299 SD300 SD301 SD302 SD303 SD304 Device assignment Same as parameter contents Number of points a
118. backing up the data in the CPU module execute there is an error programmable controller memory format The file with the specified file name or file No o 4022H Check the specified file name and file No CPU file does not exist related error The file name and file No of the specified file f 4023H Delete the file and then recreate the file do not match 4024H The specified file cannot be handled by a user Do not access the specified file 4025H The specified file is processing the request Forcibly execute the request Alternatively complete the from another programming tool current processing and then send the request again 221 aINPOW Add YM UOHeo UNWIWOD Hunnp snos Jsenbe 0 peusNjes Spd 10113 p p xipueddy gt SI p09 10113 xipueddy Error code 7 Error item Error details Corrective action Hexadecimal Any of the file password drive keyword or file Specify any of the file password drive keyword or file 4026H password 32 set in advance to the target drive password 32 set in advance to the target drive memory memory must be specified and then access The specified range is larger than the file size a a 4027H ande Check the specified range and access within that range i Forcefully execute the request forcibly 4028H The same file already exists 8 Or reexecute after changing the file name Revise the specified file contents
119. bits corresponding to output module numbers AVe DOWN within the number of output points occupied by the module D9107 SD1107 in increments of 16 points turn on Ex wnen a 64 point module is mounted on the slot 0 bO to b3 turn on when the fuse has blown Output modules on remote I O stations are also checked for blown fuse This register must be cleared by a program because the bit status remains unchanged even after clearing the error 349 jsI7 Ja siBay jeloeds xipueddy ial ACPU Biases Special Corre Special ae Register for Name Meaning Details sponding Register P Modification CPU Conversion D9108 SD1108 e This register stores a value set for step transition D9109 D1109 monitoring timer and the number of an annunciator F number that turns on if the monitoring timer times out D9110 SD1110 D9111 SD1111 b15 to b8 b7 to b0 Timer setting Step t fi D9112 501112 a 7 valve and the Qn H D9113 D1113 ti i F number at F number setting Timer time limit setting QnPH Ter Sern timeout 02 to 255 1 to 255s 1s units e Turning on any of registers SM1108 to SM1114 activates a D9114 SD1114 monitoring timer If the transition condition for the step is not established before the time out time the annunciator F turns on 350 APPENDICES
120. change QnPRH 4 gt QnU LCPU 328 APPENDICES 2 Drive 2 SD memory card 4 Drive 4 standard ROM core Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by sponding sponding When Set ACPU CPU D9000 sD650 Comment Comment This register stores the drive number of the comment selected drive drive number by the parameter or the QCDSET instruction SD651 This register stores the file name of the comment selected by spe52 the parameter or the QCDSET instruction in ASCII code with an extension SD653 Qn H sp654 b15 to b8 b7 to bO S QnPH eed SD651 2nd character 1st character Status QnPRH SD655_ Comment file Comment file SD652 4th character 3rd character change QnU name name SD653 6th character 5th character LCPU SD654 8th character 7th character SD656 SD655 the extension aan SD656 3rd character of 2nd character of the extension the extension Boot sD660 designation This register stores the number of a drive where the boot file drive designation file QBT has been stored number SD661 This register stores the name of a boot designation file QBT spe6e2_ in ASCII code with an extension Qn H Boot QnPH SD663 operation b15 to b8 b7 to bO New OnPRH SD664 designation File name of SD661 2nd character 1st character 5 file boot SD662 4th character 3rd character QnU e designation SD663 6th character 5th char
121. connected In the I O Assignment tab of the PLC parameter dialog box switch settings are configured for the module that does not support the setting In the I O Assignment tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box the number of points assigned to the intelligent function module is less than that of the mounted module Collateral information Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Set the I O assignment again so that the setting matches with the mounting status of the intelligent function module CPU module or branch module Delete the switch setting e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O module intelligent function module END cover branch module or extension module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop Qn H QnPH QnPRH QnU Q00J Q00 Q01 LCPU 151 666Z 000Z S p09 10114 y xIpueddy gt jSI p09 10113 xipueddy a Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ra ae as tan SP UNIT LAY ERR 13 or more A series special function modules except for the A1S161 AI61 S1 that can initiate a interrupttothe CPU module Haye been Reduce the A series speci
122. depending on a CPU module used battery consumption value and operating time It is recommended to replace a battery on a regular basis although the battery still has its service life left or no alarm has yet occurred For battery replacement refer to gt Page 86 Section 14 3 1 Precautions for battery life Note the following precautions for battery life e Use a battery within the guaranteed value for battery life When the battery is expected to be used exceeding the guaranteed value perform boot operation or back up programs and data e When a battery is kept without connecting to a CPU module its service life is five years e When SM52 Battery low turns on immediately replace the battery 2 Battery consumption value Battery consumption value is a value indicating the amount of CPU module battery consumption The larger the battery consumption value is the more battery energy is consumed per hour The current battery consumption value can be checked in SD118 Amount of battery consumption a Influence factor gt A battery consumption value depends on the following factors The following shows the combination patterns of factors Influence factor gt z 5 F 5 7 5 z Combination ke Battery life prolonging Module error collection Size of file register file in tt A pattern 2 function function standard RAM Sp x Set A S No file or OK lt Sp lt 128K B 3
123. description of the problem RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop Qnu Q004 Q00 201 Qn H QnPH 17 Qnu Q00J Q00 Q01 Qo00 Q01 8 Qn Hy QnPH Qnu 8 QCPU QnPRH 183 666 000 ISI p09 10114 G XIpueddy gt SI p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 3104 LINK PARA ERROR The Ethernet MELSECNET H and MELSECNET 10 use the same network number The network number station number or group number set in the network parameter is out of range The specified I O number is outside the range of the used CPU module The Ethernet specific parameter setting is not normal Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Correct and write the network parameters If the error occurs after correction it suggests a hardware fault Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 3105 184 LINK PARA ERROR In a multiple CPU system the CC Link module under control of another station is specified as the head I O number of the CC Link network parameter Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Para
124. digits of the serial number of the CPU module is 09102 or later 215 6669 0009 S p09 10114 g XIpueddy gt jSI p09 10113 xipueddy Appendix 1 9 Error code list 7000 to 10000 The following table shows the error messages the error contents and causes and the corrective actions for the error codes 7000 to 10000 Error i K LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU MULTI CPU DOWN In the operating mode of a multiple CPU system a CPU error occurred at the CPU where AIl mai h a a Oe ne oo e Read the individual information of the error e In a multiple system a module A A k using the programming tool Check the error in eet with the multiple CPU system was the CPU module and remove the error peua dule ether han CPU Nod Remove the CPU module from the main base Se ite EE nit SA i unit if it does not support the multiple CPU eas GPU moddgoth z CPU system configuration eo ee ees See eT e Check the mounting status of CPU modules PN a ac other than CPU No 1 and whether the CPU sa Collateral information estere taei Q00 Q01 z0 Common information Module No CPU No i Qn HY8 e Individual information QnPH EDiagnostic Timing Qnu 8 e Always MULTI CPU DOWN In a multiple CPU system CPU other than CPU No 1 cannot be started up due to stop error of the ans T5 Al poyer onr WHICH oecus to CRG No 2 R
125. display unit 0 94A 1 37A H 90mm External dimensions Ww 70mm 98 5mm D 95mm Weight 0 37kg 0 47kg 61 2 Device specifications Item LO2CPU LO2CPU P L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT Number of I O device points number of points available on a program 8192 points X YO0 to X Y1FFF Number of I O points 1024 points X YO to X Y3FF 4096 points X YO to X YFFF Internal relay M 8192 points MO to M8191 by default changeable Latch relay L 8192 points LO to L8191 by default changeable Link relay B 8192 points BO to B1FFF by default changeable Timer T 2048 points TO to T2047 by default changeable Low speed and high speed timers available Low speed or high speed is specified by an instruction The measurement unit is set by parameter Low speed timer 1 to 1000ms in increments of 1ms default 100ms High speed timer 0 1 to 100ms in increments of 0 1ms default 10ms Retentive timer ST 0 points by default changeable Low speed and high speed retentive timers available Low speed or high speed is specified by an instruction The measurement unit is set by parameter Low speed retentive timer 1 to 1000ms in increments of 1ms default 100ms High speed retentive timer 0 1 to 100ms in increments of 0 1ms default 10ms Counter C Data register D Normal counter 1024 points CO o C1023 by default changeable 12288 points DO
126. e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed OPERATION ERROR When the SP DEVST instruction is executed the number of writing to the standard ROM of the Check that the number of execution of the day exceeds the value specified by SD695 SP DEVST instruction is proper The value outside the specified range is set to e Execute the SP DEVST instruction again on or anu 4113 SD695 after the following day Or change the value in LCPU Collateral information SD695 RRUN Common information Program error location Correct the value of SD695 so that it does not Off On e Individual information exceed the range ERR EDiagnostic Timing Flicker On e When instruction executed OPERATION ERROR CPU Status A built in I O instruction that is disabled with a Stop Continue paramet r was executed Enable the built in I O function with parameters die meee meee ee l Prohibit executions of a built in I O instruction LCPU Common information Program error location ANA i on that is disabled with a parameter e Individual information WDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed OPERATION ERROR Since the manual system switching enable flag SM1592 is off a manual system switching cannot ve executed by the gontrol systemswitehing To execute control system switching by the SP 4120 instruction SF CONTSW CONTSW instruction turn on the manual system mC lint ral information switching enable flag M1592
127. e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Use a module that supports the MELSECNET H multi remote I O network LINK PARA ERROR The system A of the MELSECNET H remote master station has been set to other than Station No 0 The system B of the MELSECNET H remote master station has been set to Station No 0 Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Set the system A of the MELSECNET H remote master station to Station No 0 Set the system B of the MELSECNET H remote master station to any of Station No 1 to 64 LINK PARA ERROR Since the number of points of the B W device set in Device of the PLC parameter is lower than the number of B W refresh device points shown in the following table when parameters of the MELSECNETHH are not set the refresh between the CPU module and the MELSECNET H cannot be performed Refresh device No of refresh device No of refresh device points of B device points of W device 8192 points 1 8192 points 1 module 8192 points 4096 pointsx2 modules 6144 points 2048 pointsx3 modules 8192 points 4 2048 pointsx4 modules 8192 points 8192 points 1 module 8192 points 4096 pointsx2 modules 6144 points 2048 pointsx3 modules 8192 points 2048 pointsx4 modules
128. error the tracking cable or CPU module side Collateral information racking hardware is faulty CPU Status e Common information Please consult your local Mitsubishi Continue e Individual information representative explaining a detailed description of EDiagnostic Timing the problem e Always TRK INIT ERROR e The other system did not respond during initial communicational poweron reset Power off and then on or reset the CPU module e The error occurred at a startup since the 5 RUN where the error occurred If the same error still redundant system startup procedure was not occurs this indicates the CPU module is faulty ot followed ney ERR Please consult your local Mitsubishi 6140 This can be detected from the control system or ae Ty Flicker representative explaining a detailed description standby system of the redundant system of the problem Collateral information CPU Status A fe Confirm the redundant system startup Common information Stop e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset procedure and execute a startup again 212 APPENDICES aie Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action aaa RER PR CONTROL EXE The standby system has been switched to the control system in a redundant system Detected by the CPU that was switched from the standby system to the control system Since this error code does not indicate the error RUN information o
129. forced disable status of SD memory card Then write a file again Note12 1 The forced disablement of SD memory card by SM606 is available on the CPU modules whose first five digits of serial No is 12022 or later 80 CHAPTER 13 BATTERY CHAPTER 13 BatTTERY This chapter describes the specifications of a battery 13 1 Specifications Item Q6BAT Q7BAT Q7BAT SET Type Manganese dioxide lithium primary battery Initial voltage 3 0V Nominal current 1800mAh 5000mAh Battery life when not used Approximately 5 years room temperature Lithium content 0 49g 1 52g Application To retain data in standard RAM and latch devices during power failure Accessory Battery holder Point For battery installation and replacement refer to 3 Page 86 Section 14 3 For battery life refer to 3 Page 377 Appendix 4 For handling of batteries in EU member states refer to gt Page 404 Appendix 11 suoyeoyioads p e 81 Memo 82 CHAPTER 14 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION CHAPTER 14MainTENANCE AND INSPECTION This chapter describes items that must be maintained or inspected daily or periodically to properly use a programmable controller in optimal condition at all times 14 1 Daily Inspection This section describes items that must be inspected daily 1 Mounting and connecting status Checkbox USB connector cover and SD memory card slot cover are securely cl
130. function for high speed counter of CH2 set by the parameter e Counter selection is disabled fixed at 0 when a value stored to CH2 operation mode monitor SD1904 is other than 1 normal mode e 0 Count disabling function e 1 Latch counter function e 2 Sampling counter function e 3 Count disabling preset function e 4 Latch counter preset function SD1907 SD1908 CH2 error code CH2 warning code CH2 error code CH2 warning code This register stores the error code of an error occurred in CH2 This register stores the warning code of a warning occurred in CH2 S Every END processing New LCPU 374 22 Data logging APPENDICES transfer function code error code following MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Data Logging Function This register is cleared to 0 by the data logging start command from LCPU Logging Configuration Tool i Set by Number Name Meaning Explanation When Set D1940 Data logging This register stores the latest file number This setting No 1 Latest file No register is cleared to 0 by a stop command D1941 Latest file No from LCPU Logging Configuration Tool D1942 Data logging This register stores the oldest file number This setting No 1 Oldest file No register is cleared to 0 by a stop command SD1943 Oldest file No from LCPU Logging Configuration Tool This register stores free buffer
131. instruction A p S nsmucion New QnU completion flag completed e Turns off before execution of the instruction execution e Turns on after completion of the instruction 1 This applies to the CPU of function version B or later 2 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 09012 or later 3 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 04122 or later 4 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 07032 or later 5 The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and Q02UCPU 6 The relevant modules are as follows e The Universal model QCPU whose serial number first five digits is 10012 or later Q13UDHCPU Q26UDHCPU 7 The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU 8 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 12052 or later 254 3 System clock counter APPENDICES Corre p P Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Name Meanin Explanation a me Ap anao When Set ACPU CPU M9000 SM400 Always ON ON This relay is always on M9036 OFF QCPU LCPU SM401 Always OFF ON This relay is always off M9037 OFF This relay turns on for one scan after the CPU module enters the RUN status e This relay can be used only in a scan execution type program e When an initial execution type program is Qn H used tis relay turns off at me END QnPH processing of the scan execution type M9038 QnPRH SM402 fa ieee ON for ON
132. is 13042 or later 28 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 13072 or later 29 This applies to the Q10OUD E HCPU Q13UD E HCPU Q20UD E HCPU and Q26UD E HCPU 147 6661 000L S p09 10114 XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Appendix 1 4 Error code list 2000 to 2999 The following table shows the error messages the error contents and causes and the corrective actions for the error codes 2000 to 2999 Error n h LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU UNIT VERIFY ERR In a multiple CPU system a CPU module incompatible with the multiple CPU system is mounted Replace the CPU module incompatible with the HyS Collateral information multiple CPU system with a CPU module Qn H Common information Module No Slot No compatible with the multiple CPU system QnPH e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When an END instruction executed UNIT VERIFY ERR The I O module status is different from the I O i 5 f 4 Read common information of the error using module information at power ON s i IO modil inteligenitundti dule i the programming tool to identify the numeric module or mte ger unton eae no value module No Check the module installed properly or installed on the base unit F RUN g 2 corresponding to the value and replace it as Collateral information Off On i KEE ne
133. is out of the range configured in the Device tab e Read the common information of the error of the PLC Parameter dialog box using the programming tool to identify the e After changing the device setting in the PLC numeric value file name Verify the device Parameter dialog box only the parameters were assignments of the program file corresponding written to the CPU module to the value with its parameter setting and QcCPU e Although an SFC program exists the step relay correct them as necessary LCPU points is set to 0 in the Device tab of the PLC e Whenever a device setting is changed write Parameter dialog box both the parameter and program file to the CPU Collateral information module Common information File name Drive name To use the SFC program set the step relay 2509 Individual information points to 8 k EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN CAN T EXE PRG After changing the index modification setting in the PLC Parameter dialog box only th parameters Whenever an index modification setting is RUN were written io the GPU modus changed in the PLC Parameter dialog box batch Off QnU mCollateral information A write the parameter and program file to the CPU ERR LCPU Common information File name Drive name oy i sry module Flicker e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN ie Status CAN T EXE PRG Ee More than one program files exist although no p
134. is refreshed when the COM CCOM instruction is executed Designation of SD778 is made valid when SM775 turns ON b15b14 to b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO SD778 0 I O refresh CC Link refresh Refresh of MELSECNET H and CC Link IE Controller Network Automatic refresh of intelligent function modules Auto refresh using QCPU standard area of multiple CPU system and reading input output from group outside Auto refresh using the multiple CPU high speed transmission area of multiple CPU system CC Link IE Field Network refresh Execution non execution of communication with programming tool New Q00J Q00 Q01 1 Qn H 2 Qn H 4 QnPH S QnPRH QnU 337 jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Corre Set by spendin Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation When pee a sponding t P s0 coal 3 Selects whether or not the data is refreshed when the COM b0 b1 b3 b6 CCOM instruction is executed b14 Default 0 Designation of SD778 is made valid when SM775 turns ON 0 Do not b15 b14 to b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 fresh Refresh T Spire A 3 1 Refresh processing A I O refresh selection when b15 Refresh via CC Link 0 C icati Fixed to 0 SD778 the COM oe Auto retreshiby U LCPU CCOM with peripheral intelligent function A fe device is module instruction is d Fix
135. l 1 1 I i l l i i L L vi L 1 L L L L L ii x S r4 Remote RUN STOP CPU module key switch by computer 0 RUN 0 RUN 1 STOP 1 STOP 2 PAUSE t Qn H Operatin Operatin aa 3_ STEP RUN QnPH D9015 SD1015 SD203 paranna p 9 Remains the same in 4 status of CPU status of CPU e E RUNISTOR QnU mode LCPU Status in program Remote RUN STOP 0 Except below by parameter setting STOP 0 RUN 1 Instruction 1 STOP execution 2 PAUSE 1 For the High Performance model QCPU and Process CPU if the CPU module is running and SM1040 is off the CPU module remains in the RUN status even though it is set to the PAUSE status 345 jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy ACPU Special Register Special Register after Conversion Special Register for Modification Name Meaning Details Corre sponding CPU D9016 D1016 Program number 0 Main program ROM Main program RAM Subprogram 1 RAM 3 Subprogram 2 RAM 4 Subprogram 3 RAM 5 Subprogram 1 ROM 6 Subprogram 2 ROM 7 Subprogram 3 ROM 8 Main program E2PROM 9 Subprogram 1 E2PROM A Subprogram 2 E PROM B Subprogram 3 E2PROM N This register stores any of the values from 0 to B indicating which program is currently running Qn H QnPH D9017 D1017 SD524 D9018 D1018 SD520 D9019 D1019 SD526 Scan time Minimum scan time
136. main base unit is not the redundant power main base unit Q38RB 0 is stored A When configuring multiple CPU the status is stored to 1st s Qn Hy CPU module Every END ae QnPH Momentary Momentary e Counts the number of times of momentary power failure of processing CNPR power failure power failure the power supply 1 2 Qnu s detection detection e Monitors the status of the power supply 1 2 mounted on the enti counter for count for redundant power main base unit Q38RB and counts the power supply power supply number of times of momentary power failure 41 1 Status of power supply 1 power supply 2 mounted on the redundant extension base unit is not monitored When the CPU module starts the counter of the power supply 1 2 is cleared to 0 If the input power to one of the redundant power supply modules is turned OFF the corresponding counter is cleared Momentary Momentary to 0 power talue power failure The counter is incremented by one upon momentary power SD1783 detection detection failure on the power supply 1 or 2 The counter repeats counter for count for increment and decrement of the value 0 gt 32767 32768 power supply power supply 0 The value is displayed within the range of 0 to 65535 in 2 2 the system monitor screen of programming tool Stores 0 when the main base unit is not the redundant power main base unit Q38RB When configuring multiple CPU the status is stored to 1st CPU module 4
137. microcomputer start device package Lo Manual for respective microcomputer package number Self di Qn H D9091 D1091 Detailed error nis ati Ine register stores description of the error cause of an ane code instruction error Qnu code LCPU Head I O Head I O This register stores the first two digits of the start I O number ber of I O ich i D9094 SD1094 SD251 number o number of I O of an 1 0 module which is to be removed and mounted module to be module to be online with power on replaced replaced Example Input module with I O No X2F0 gt H2F This register stores a status of the DIP switch of the CPU module in the following format 0 OFF 1 ON Qn H QnPH b15 to b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 D9095 SD1095 D200 eee seat information information D9100 D1100 The number of an output module whose fuse has blown is D9101 SD1101 stored in the following bit pattern in units of 16 points If the module number has been set by parameter the D9102 SD1102 parameter set number is stored D9103 D1103 b15b14b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO D9104 SD1104 7 1 D1100 0 0 O g 2 0 Ol 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D9105 D1105 sp1i01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o0 0 0 D9106 D1106 Bit pattern in y A units of 16 sD1107 0 0 0 0 v7 0 00 0 00 o 7 0 0 0 points t Qn H 5 Fuse blown indicating the ndicates fuse blow QnPH module dul 4 MOSS For a module whose number of output points exceeds 16 QnU whose fuses i p i h i points all
138. module or not OFF Operative network Turns on when i belongs to the Standby network 7 Qn H SM265 If no specification has been made it is set to the S Initial QnPH ON Standby network operative network QnPRH MELSECNET 10 For refresh from the network module to the CPU SM266 MELSECNET H OFF Reads module set whether to read data from the module 3 ON Does not read network module to a device such as B and W or information not U OFF Writes For refresh from the CPU module o the network SM267 7 module set whether to write data in a device ON Does not write such as B and W to the network module or not OFF Operative network Turns on when it belongs to the Sandby network F SM270 If no specification has been made it is set to the S Initial ON Standby network operative network MELSECNET 10 For refresh from the network module to the CPU SM271 MELSECNET H OFF Reads module set whether to read data from the module 4 ON Does not read network module to a device such as B and W or information not U OFF Writes For refresh from the CPU module ka the network SM272 ON Does notinte module set whether to write data in a device i such as B and W to the network module or not OFF Normal Turns ont a COREK error is detected in any of S Status SM280 CC Link error the CC Link modules installed Turns off when the ON Error Me change condition returns to normal 251 gt s17 Aejay je
139. multiple the register CPU CPU No 3 When the multiple CPU high speed CPU high operates as 7 6 transmission dedicated instruction is executed to the CPU No 3 SD798 speed and the number of empty blocks of the dedicated instruction transmission transmission area is less than the setting value of this register dedicated SM798 is turned ON which is used as the interlock signal for instruction consecutive execution of the multiple CPU high speed setting for CPU transmission dedicated instruction No 3 Maximum number of Specifies the maximum number of blocks used for the multiple blocks used for CPU high speed transmission dedicated instruction target the multiple CPU CPU No 4 When the multiple CPU high speed CPU high transmission dedicated instruction is executed to the CPU No 4 SD799 speed and the number of empty blocks of the dedicated instruction transmission transmission area is less than the setting value of this register dedicated SM799 is turned ON which is used as the interlock signal for instruction consecutive execution of the multiple CPU high speed setting for CPU transmission dedicated instruction No 4 1 Function version is B or later 2 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 04012 or later 3 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 07032 or later 4 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 09012 or later 5 The Universal model QCPU except the QODOUJCPU QOOUCPU
140. occurs at the start of positioning control the previous value will be held S Every END processing New LCPU 367 jsI7 19 S16 Y jeloeds X pu ddy Corre Set by sponding corre Number Name Meaning Explanation sponding When Set ACPU CPU D9000 SD1860 This register stores the current position value when the position where OPR control is completed is set as a base point 0 is stored at power on or reset of the CPU module An OP address is stored at the completion of machine OPR control This register is cleared to 0 when speed control in speed position switching control is started e When the current feed value is changed the value Axis 2 current after current value change is stored Current feed value o DE SD1861 feed value e The current position read from a servo amplifier is stored at the completion of absolute position restoration 1 1 Range 2147483648 to 2147483647 pulses 2 Since the internal update cycle of the storage value is 1ms the information of the current feed value may be older than the actual command position by 1ms at maximum depending on the refresh timing at END processing D1862 This register stores the current speed Fractions are TT not stored If the current speed is slower than 1 pulse s 0 may be displayed me Axis 2 current c 1 Range 0 to 200000 pulses urrent speed SD1863 speed 2 Since the internal update cycle of the storage value is 1m
141. off the bolt installation areas of an inner plate so that conductivity can be ensured in the largest possible area e Ground the control panel with a thick ground cable so that low impedance can be ensured even at high frequencies Keep the diameter of the holes on the control panel to 10cm or less If the diameter is larger than 10cm electromagnetic wave may be emitted In addition because electromagnetic wave leaks through a clearance between the control panel and its door reduce the clearance as much as possible Use of EMI gaskets sealing the clearance can suppress undesired radiated emissions The tests by Mitsubishi were conducted using a control panel having the damping characteristics of 37dB maximum and 30dB average measured at 3m distance 30 to 300MHz b Wiring power cables e Provide a ground point to the control panel near the power supply module Ground the LG and FG terminals of the power supply module to the ground point with the thickest and shortest ground cable possible 30cm or shorter 385 BANISIIG OWA 24 uM Ajdwoo 0 sesnseayy Z xipueddy s ayo q eBeYyo A Mo7 pue OWA Z xipueddy 386 3 Cables Use a shielded cable for the cable connected to the I O module and may be extended out of the control panel If a shielded cable is not used or not grounded correctly the noise immunity will not meet the required value a Grounding a shielded cable e Ground the shield of a shielded cable as close
142. or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Take noise reduction measures e Hardware failure e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the e The devices outside the range was accessed same error code is displayed again the cause is even though device checks are prohibited a hardware failure of the CPU module Please SM237 is on This error occurs only when any consult your local Mitsubishi representative LCPU of the BMOV FMOV or DFMOV instruction is explaining a detailed description of the executed problem Collateral information e Check the devices specified by BMOV FMOV Common Information or DFMOV instruction and correct the device e Individual Information Failure information settings HDiagnostic Timing e Always 130 APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 1002 MAIN CPU DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing Always CPU UNIT DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information Failure information EDiagnostic Timing Always 1003 MAIN CPU DOWN Runaway or failure of the C
143. pattern stored in the IP address storage area flash ROM are stored Default router Specify a default router IP address to be stored in the IP D1296 IP address address storage area flash ROM lower digits Range 000000014 to DFFFFFFE 0 0 0 1 to 223 255 255 254 Default router 00000000 blank SD1297 IP address When writing to or clearing the IP address storage area flash upper digits ROM is completed the values of the default router IP address stored in the IP address storage area flash ROM are stored 355 jsI7 JeysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Corre x Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Sales sponding spondin o P When Set ACPU ae g D9000 This register stores an error factor occurred when writing to the IP address storage area flash ROM Links with SM1294 Op No error IP address Stores error 100 The values of SD1292 to SD1297 are out of the setting storage area fator wher range sp1298 O89 failing to write a write error e 200p Write error to IP address Wee P ahve factor 300p Writing is not available because other function is being storage area executed e 400p Writing is not available because the IP address storage i area is being cleared QnU This register stores an error factor occurred when clearing the IP S address storage area flash ROM Links with SM1297 Status New IP address Stores error Op No error change storage area factor when e 200p
144. r Set by sponding e Number Name Meaning Explanation When Set ACPU sponding P D9000 cag This register stores the usage status of drives 3 and 4 in the following bit pattern b15 to b8 b7 to b4b3 to b0 l 0 A 4 B DNES Q00J Q00 rive h Standard 0 Ansent Q01 RAM type 1 Present Drive 4 Standard 3 FLASH ROM ROM type SD620 Drive 3 4 Drive 3 4 This register stores the usage status of drives 3 and 4 in the types types following bit pattern b15 to b8 b7 to b4b3 to b0 0 Y Qn H Drive 3 QnPH Standard Fixedto1 1 QnPRH RAM type QnU Drive 4 S Standard Fixed to 3 Initial New Lepu ROM type 1 For the QOOUJCPU the drive 3 Standard RAM type is fixed at 0 00J Q00 This register stores the drive 3 storage capacity unit 1K byte a a Drive 3 Standard Drive 3 Qn H SD622 P QnPH RAM capacity This register stores the drive 3 storage capacity unit 1K byte QnPRH capacity Free space value after formatting is stored QnuU LCPU 00J Q00 This register stores the drive 4 storage capacity unit 1K byte S jaia Drive 4 Qn H SD623 Standard Drive ene ROM capacity This register stores the drive 4 storage capacity unit 1K byte QnPRH capacity Free space value after formatting is stored QnuU LCPU 326 APPENDICES Corre F Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by sponding sponding When Set ACPU GEU D9000 Th
145. relay is turned on to tead clock data and U M9028 request ON Read request store them as BCD values into SD210 to SD213 eee Next Turns on when an access to CPU No 1 from preparation P A CPU No 1 incombisted another CPU becomes possible after power on or SM220 preparation ON CPU Ni 1 reset operation This relay is used as an interlock QCPU completed f os eet for accessing CPU No 1 when the multiple CPU prop synchronous setting is set to asynchronous completed OFF CPU No 2 S Turns on when an access to CPU No 2 from 3 preparation i D CPU No 2 uncompleted another CPU becomes possible after power on or 3 SM221 preparation ON CPU ee 2 reset operation This relay is used as an interlock x completed 1 aration for accessing CPU No 2 when the multiple CPU oe prep synchronous setting is set to asynchronous je completed S When status 7 5 QnU D OFF CPU No 3 changed Turns on when an access to CPU No 3 from ys preparation oO CPU No 3 incompleted another CPU becomes possible after power on or D SM222 preparation ON CPU ve 3 reset operation This relay is used as an interlock completed 7 a Ation for accessing CPU No 3 when the multiple CPU a prep synchronous setting is set to asynchronous completed New OFF CPU No 4 r Pi Turns on when an access to CPU No 4 from CPU No 4 prep another CPU becomes possible after power on or uncompleted i SM223 preparation ON CPU No 4 reset operation This relay is used as an int
146. run it again If the The intelligent function module was accessed by a 3 T ibis same error code is displayed again the cause is 7 program H ge BNO Lop eUSe a hardware failure of the CPU module I O mC collateral information module intelligent function module END cover Common information Module No Slot No j g LCPU e Individual information Program error location EDiagnostic Timing When an intelligent function module access instruction is executed branch module or extension module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 141 6661 0001 S p09 10114 Eg XIpPueddy gt jSI p09 10113 xipueddy Error A 3 LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU SP UNIT DOWN When the unsupported module is mounted The unsupported module is mounted remove it If the module supports the feature the Collateral information cause is a hardware failure of the intelligent Common Information Module No Slot No function module special function module CPU e Individual Information module or base unit Please consult your local HDiagnostic Timing Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed e When an END instruction executed description of the problem SP UNIT DOWN e There was no response from the intelligent function module special function module when
147. space unit 1K sS byte Status If the value is small processing overflow may change Data logaing a logging this register stores th or trigger logging this register stores the 9D1944 setting No 1 Fres butor space aeea P a oe collected by the Free buffer space i number of records after trigger This register is cleared to 0 by a stop command from LCPU Logging Configuration Tool This register stores the number of times that data logging processing overflow occurred If an overflow occurs some data may not be collected When the storage value reaches to Data logging 65535 count is resumed from 0 ing No 1 Number of times If Stop is specified for Operation occurring D1945 see processing overflow when number of saved files is exceeded timeout count occurred processing overflow may occur from when data collection by the number of specified storage files is completed and until when data logging is stopped This register is cleared to 0 by the registration of the setting or a stop command from LCPU Logging Configuration Tool This register stores the cause of an error that occurred during data logging 0 No error Other than 0 For values stored at error occurrence refer to the errors that occurs in data Data logging logging described in the sp1946 setting Ne Data logging error following jena error cause ELSECU CPU Module User s Error Manual Data Logging Function This register is cleared to 0 by the regi
148. specified file is read only checking the attribute MICE The specified drive memory has been used Execute again after checking the drive memory H exceeding the capacity capacity The specified drive memory has no free PETN e Execute again after increasing the free space of the coe hte drive memory 41D0n Or the number of files in the directory of the specified drive memory has exceeded the maximum e Execute again after deleting file s in the drive memory 234 APPENDICES Error code x p A i Error item Error details Corrective action Hexadecimal e Execute again after checking the file name The file name is specified in a wrong If the error recurs after re execution the file method information data may be corrupted 41D1H e The SD memory card is being disabled by After backing up the data in the CPU module format SM606 SD memory card forced disable the CPU module memory instruction e Cancel the SD memory card forced disable instruction Execute again after checking the size of the specified file The size of the specified file has exceeded If the error recurs after re execution the file information 41D4nH ae that of the existing file data may be corrupted After backing up the data in the CPU module execute programmable controller memory format p Forcibly execute the request or execute after changing 41D5yH The file of the same name ex
149. stored in the area corresponding to each base unit as shown No of base below slots Q00J Q00 Mounting b15tob12b11tob8 b7tob4 b3 to b0 Q01 SD246 status SD245 Extension 3 Extension 2 Extension 1 Main SD246 Fixedto0 Fixedto0 Fixed to 0 Extension 4 When SM250 is turned on from off the first two digits of the s Qn H number which is the last I O number of the mounted modules QnPH Request END Loaded plus 1 are stored QnPRH Loaded c SD250 i vO New maximum I O eae Q00J Q00 No The first two digits of the number which is the last I O number Q01 of the mounted modules plus 1 are stored QnU LCPU Number of sp254 na Indicates the number of mounted MELSECNET 10 modules or MELSECNET H modules installed Indicates the I O number of mounted MELSECNET 10 module D255 1 0 No E or MELSECNET H module o SD256 3 Network Indicates the network No of mounted MELSECNET 10 module QCPU fe E No or MELSECNET H module D257 Group Indicates the group No of mounted MELSECNET 10 module or 5 number MELSECNET H module pa S MELSECNET 5 Indicates the station No of mounted MELSECNET 10 module e SD258 Station No Initial 10 g avon or MELSECNET H module MELSECNET 5 Standb H MOY In the case of standby stations the module number of the 9D299 i i informar standby station is stored 1 to 4 Qn H information tion y QnPH n QnPRH ae Data configuration is the same as that of the 1st module anu sp264 ad
150. such as CPU modules and power supply modules maintenance and inspection of the system and troubleshooting Before using this product please read this manual and the relevant manuals carefully and develop familiarity with the functions and performance of the MELSEC L series programmable controller to handle the product correctly When applying the program examples introduced in this manual to the actual system ensure the applicability and confirm that it will not cause system control problems E Relevant CPU modules LO2CPU L26CPU BT LO2CPU P and L26CPU PBT This manual does not describe the details of the instructions For the instructions refer to the following MELSEC Q L Programming Manual Common Instruction RELEVANT MANUALS 1 CPU module user s manual Manual name lt manual number model code gt Description MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals lt SH 080889ENG 13JZ35 gt MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In Ethernet Function lt SH 080891ENG 13JZ37 gt Functions and devices of the CPU module and programming The built in Ethernet function of the CPU module MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In I O Function lt SH 080892ENG 13JZ38 gt The general purpose I O function interrupt input function pulse catch function positioning function and high speed counter function of the CPU module MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Data
151. switching for Redundant CPU e 6 Reason s for tracking size excess error for Redundant CPU e 7 Base No power supply No Except for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU having the serial No first five digits of 10041 or earlier e 8 Tracking transmission data classification for E E Redundant CPU rror l rror s QCPU SD4 information information New categories category code 1 For a multiple CPU system the module No or CPU No is Error LCPU stored according to an error To determine whether a storage value is a module No or CPU No refer to each error code CPU No 1 1 CPU No 2 2 CPU No 3 3 CPU No 4 4 The individual information category codes store the following codes e 0 No error e 1 Empty e 2 File name drive name e 3 Time value actually measured 4 Program error location e 5 Parameter number e 6 Annunciator F No e 7 CHK instruction failure No Except for the Basic model QCPU Universal model QCPU and LCPU e 8 Reason s for system switching failure for Redundant CPU 9 Failure information for LCPU e 12 File diagnostic information for Universal model QCPU and LCPU 13 Parameter No CPU No for Universal model QCPU jsI7 JeysiBay jeloeds xipueddy 293 Corre setting made by the stage number setting connector on the extension base unit is the base No When st
152. the memory card Page 101 Section 15 3 2 Ethernet communication Direct connection is not possible Page 102 Section 15 3 3 1 Ethernet communication is not possible when using a method other than direct connection Page 103 Section 15 3 3 2 Ethernet communication is not possible with the connected device Page 103 Section 15 3 3 3 Socket communication function The connected device cannot receive data gt Page 106 Section 15 3 4 1 Data cannot be received C gt Page 106 Section 15 3 4 2 The open processing is not completed Page 106 Section 15 3 4 3 General purpose I O function An input signal does not turn on L gt Page 109 Section 15 3 6 1 The OUT LED does not turn on lt Page 109 Section 15 3 6 2 An input signal does not turn off Noises are taken as inputs Page 120 Section 15 4 1 An output load momentarily turns on when the system is powered off Page 122 Section 15 4 2 Interrupt input function Pulse catch function An interrupt does not occur Pulses cannot be detected Page 110 lt Page 109 Section 15 3 7 Section 15 3 8 Positioning function A motor does not rotate Page 110 Section 15 3 9 High speed counter function normal mode Pulses are not counted Pulses are not normally counted
153. the new EU Battery Directive 2006 66 EC 404 APPENDICES Appendix 1 2External Dimensions Appendix 12 1 cpu module 1 LO2CPU LO2CPU P MEISEG 45 DIN rail center 45 ae Ee Es E S Soau aju n okna S z o 70 Unit mm MESEC 45 V2 DIN rail center ee ee eee ae Soo Siw n ie zo a an orv Qg w0 gt u i aa Unit mm 405 ainpow NdI L Z xipueddy SUOISUBWIG JeUJa xXy Z XIpu ddy 3 END cover L6EC 45 DIN rail center 45 Unit mm Appendix 12 2 Power supply module 1 L61P L63P s POWER INPUT 100 240VAC AX 50 60Hz 130VA OUTPUT 5VDC 5A 45 DIN rail center 45 Unit mm 406 APPENDICES Appendix 12 3 Display unit 1 L6EDSPU MITSUBISHI MELSEG L6DSPU Unit mm Appendix 12 4 Branch module and extension module 1 Branch module L6EXB Unit mm 407 yun Aeldsiq Z xipueddy SUOISUBWIG JeUJa xXy Z xipueddy 2 Extension module L6EXE 45 DIN rail center 1O H Unit mm Appendix 12 5 Other optional items 1 RS 232 adapter L6ADP R2 45 DIN rail center Ke sr qo Unit mm 408 APPENDICES 2 END cover L6EC Refer to the following L gt Page 406 Appendix 12 1 3 3 END cover with ERR te
154. the CPU module Note if the specified ew a time has elapsed on off status will change LCPU even during program execution SM420 User timing clock This relay repeatedly turns on and off at the M9020 No 0 specified scan intervals re an This relay starts with off at power on or reset SM421 eo pees of the CPU module For the redundant M9021 Ra CPU however this relay will become User timing clock always off after system switching QCPU SM422 No 2 The on off scan intervals are set by the M9022 LCPU DUTY instruction User timing clock SM423 No3 Huty m n2 sm420 H M9023 User timi lock ni On scan interval SM424 A n2 Off scan interval M9024 No 4 n2 scan n2 scan S Every END a H processing User timing clock SM430 9 n1 scan No 5 User timing clock SM431 No 6 SM432 User timing clock For use with SM420 to SM424 low speed New Qn H No 7 programs QnPH User timing clock SM433 No 8 SM434 User timing clock 256 No 9 4 Scan information APPENDICES Corre A 4 Set by sponding Corresponding Numb Nam Mea Explanati umber e eaning xplanation When Set ACPU CPU M9000 OFF Completed or not Low speed 3 executed This relay is on while a low speed execution S Every END Qn H SM510 program i New ON Execution under type program is being executed processing QnPH execution flag way When this relay is turned on the service Qn H Read dul OFF d SM551
155. the cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem LINK PARA ERROR In a multiple CPU system the CC Link IE module controlled by another cpu is specified as the head Delete the network parameter of the CC Link IE se I O number of the CC Link IE module Qn H g k module controlled by another CPU 7 mCollnteral information 3 Change the setting to the head I O number of QnPRH 7 Common information File name Drive name 3 QnU e Individual information Parameter number theCC Li kJE modulecontroled by host CPU EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset STOP gt RUN LINK PARA ERROR The network parameter of the CC Link IE operating as the normal station is overwritten to the control station Alternatively the network parameter for the CC Link IE module that is operating as a normal station has been changed to the control station The network parameter is Reset the CPU module updated on the module by resetting BEN Collateral information or Common information File name Drive name ERR 3100 e Individual information Parameter number Flicker EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN CPU Status Qn H 15 LINK PARA ERROR Check the network parameters and actual Stop QnPH 17 The number of modules actually mounted is mounting status and if they differ make them QnPRH different from that is set in Network parameter matched If
156. the connection status of the extension e The MELSECNET H module is specified for the base units and extension cables head I O number of network parameter in the Check the connection of the GOT if it is bus CC Link IE connected to the main base unit or extension Collateral information base unit Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number If an error occurs even after taking the above EDiagnostic Timing measures the cause is a hardware failure At power on At reset STOP gt RUN Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description Qn H of the problem QnPH 17 Check the network parameters and actual QnPRH 17 mounting status and if they differ make them QnU LINK PARA ERROR matched If any of the network parameters is e Although the CC Link IE module is mounted corrected write it to the CPU module network parameter for the CC Link IE module is Check the set number of extension base units not set e Check the connection status of the extension e Although the CC Link IE and MELSECNET H base units and extension cables modules are mounted network parameter for Check the connection of the GOT if it is bus the MELSECNET H module is not set connected to the main base unit or extension Collateral information base unit Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number If an error occurs even after taking the above EDiagnost
157. the destination step ERR Q00J Q00 Q01 8 4506 Collateral information Flicker QnU Common information Program error location LCPU e Individual information CPU Status EDiagnostic Timing Stop e When instruction executed SFCP OPE ERROR Tne SEG program contains data that c ninot be Read common information of the error using the processed programming tool check error step 4600 mCollateral information corresponding to its numerical value program Common information Program error location a ti 9 d tih bl prog RUN e Individual information error location and corect ihe problem Off On EDiagnostic Timing ERR e When instruction executed Flicker On Qn H QnPH SFCP OPE ERROR QnPRH Exceeds device range that can be designated by CPU Status the SFC program Stop Collateral information Continue 4601 3 Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed SFCP OPE ERROR RUN i ion i i Off On The START instructior i SFG PONENS Read common information of the error using the j preceded by an END instruction x i ERR 3 programming tool to identify the numeric value A Qn H Collateral information Flicker On 4602 x program error location Check the error step QnPH Common information Program error location dina to th tit QnPRH e Individual information POT ONO g OME NARE ANE Coreen AS CPU Status R WDiagnostic Timing ASTETAN Stop e W
158. the value and the PLC Parameter dialog box are outside the correct them as necessary 3000 range of the CPU module If the error occurs even after correcting the LCPU Collateral information parameters the cause is a failure of the Common information File name Drive name program memory of the CPU module standard e Individual information Parameter number RAM or SD memory card Please consult your EDiagnostic Timing local Mitsubishi representative explaining a e At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to detailed description of the problem programmable controller PARAMETER ERROR The parameter settings are corrupted Collateral information 3004 Common information File name Drive name QCPU e Individual information Parameter number LCPU HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN At writing to programmable controller PARAMETER ERROR When Use the following file is selected for the file register in the PLC file setting of the PLC parameter dialog box the specified file does not RUN exist although the file register capacity has been ofi Qn H ai information ERR QEN Common information File name Drive name Flicker OnPRH eee MN e Read the individual information of the error e Individual information Parameter number i Diagnostic Timing using ne programming tool to identify the CPU Status At power on At reset STOP gt RUN At writing to numeric value parameter No Check the Stop programmable co
159. timer is commenced QnPH SM95 7 Re st na Corresponds to e Resets step transition M9113 QnPRH when SFC monitoring timer sp95 arene ists tarted monitoring timer when rogram exists starte SM96 Bind Corresponds to it goes OFF M9114 SD96 Corresponds to SM97 SD97 Corresponds to SM98 N SD98 Di SM99 Corresponds to SD99 247 gt ysiq Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre 3 f Set by sponding Corresponding Number Nam Mea Explanation S 3 aL E When Set ACPU CPU m9000 OFF Serial communication Serial function i t St the infi ti f th ial eria a unction is no ores l in orma bi ol e serial S Power on or a00 a01 SM100 communication used communication setting configured in the PLC reset y2 function using flag ON Serial parameter dialog box Qn communication function is used OFF P i a This relay stores whether a device ivr GAS ie etatecal communicating via RS 232 interface is a Q00 Q01 Communication ORSR programming tool or MC protocol S RS232 Qnu 2 SM101 protocol status communication eee east communication device communication flag device Communication with This relay is always off communication with a LCPU programming tool programming tool e Turns on if a failed protocol was used to OFF Normal make communication in the serial SM110 Protocol error communication function ON Abnormal i X This relay remains on even after the protocol re
160. to ERR CPU system one and do interrupt pointer setting to the Flicker Qn H e Two or more A1S161 AI61 S1 modules are QI60 QnPH loaded in a multiple CPU system e Change the number of QI60 A1SI61 AI61 S1 CPU Status Qnu 3 Collateral information modules set to the same control CPU to only Stop Common information Module No Slot No one in the multiple CPU system e Individual information e Reduce the number of A1SI61 AI61 S1 EDiagnostic Timing modules to only one in the multiple CPU At power on At reset system SP UNIT LAY ERR Two or more QI60 A1SI61 interrupt modules have been mounted Collateral information Qn H 2103 Common information Module No Slot No Install only Qed Aree Todle QnPRH e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR Two or more QI60 modules are mounted Collateral information Common information Module No Slot No Reduce the QI60 modules to one Q00J Q00 Q01 10 e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR Two or more QI60 modules where interrupt pointer setting has hat been mde are mounted Reduce the QI60 modules to one mC olfateral information e Make interrupt pointer setting to the second Q00J 00 001 Common information Module No Slot No QnU 152 e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset QI60 module and later APPENDICES
161. trigger SM1566 SM1566 Block 47 pene aul pata trackin forward Tracking SM1567 a OFF No trigger SM1567 Block 48 block No 1 is betes transfer trigger ON Trigger Saleciad forthe S initial U SM1568 specification Trigg SM1568 Block 49 j SM1569 SM1569 Block 50 tracking senting paea E SM1520 is turned SM1570 SM1570 Block 51 on by the system at SM1571 SM1571 Block 52 power on or when ar the system is SM1572 SM1572 Block 53 i switched from SM1573 SM1573 Block 54 STOP to RUN In SM1574 SM1574 Block 55 other cases SM1520 to SM1575 SM1575 Block 56 SM1583 are turned New QnPRH SM1576 SM1576 Block 57 on by the user SM1577 SM1577 Block 58 SM1578 SM1578 Block 59 SM1579 SM1579 Block 60 SM1580 SM1580 Block 61 SM1581 SM1581 Block 62 SM1582 SM1582 Block 63 SM1583 SM1583 Block 64 OFF Syst itchi ay il 2A i mg Turns on when a system switching request is System switching request issuing A issued from the network module The module No enable disable module absent 2 es S Every END SM1590 Seat that issued system switching can be checked by flag from network ON System switching D1590 processing dul risul MAES a e AE Turns off when all bits of SD1590 are off module present ON Error is not This flag is used when switching the system in any detected by new of the following sources to determine whether to standby system detect STANDBY error code 6210 in the new Standby system aitor detection at syste
162. warning occurs in CH2 OFF N i SM1908 CH2 warning x ee e This relay turns off when a warning cause ON_ Warning is removed and CH2 error reset command is turned on 287 gt ysIq Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre P s Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Name Meanin Explanat uate caa ADS When Set ACPU CPU m9000 CH coincidence e This relay is turned on to reset CH2 f Resets CH2 counter counter value coincidence No 1 SM1910 signal No 1 reset Ae f f value coincidence No 1 The command is valid while this relay is on command The on time must be held for at least 2ms CH coinGidence e This relay is turned on to reset CH2 f Resets CH2 counter counter value coincidence No 2 SM1911 signal No 2 reset a a 4 2 gt d value coincidence No 2 The command is valid while this relay is on command r The on time must be held for at least 2ms This relay is turned on to perform be Controls outputs from pha zah CH2 coincidence CHS coincdenceoutiut coincidence output from CH2 coincidence SM1912 output enable 7 output No 1 and CH2 coincidence output No 1 and No 2 command terminala No 2 terminals The command is valid while this relay is on e This relay is turned on to preset the counter value SM19143 CH2 preset Presets the counter The command is valid at the rise of this command value relay off on e The on and off time must be held f
163. years 600hr 25 days 30 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 1 50 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 70 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 100 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 0 10 000hr 1 14 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 30 14 300hr 1 63 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days L26CPU BT 2 50 20 000hr 2 28 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days L26CPU PBT 70 33 400hr 3 81 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 100 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 0 5 400hr 0 62 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 30 7 700hr 0 88 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 3 50 10 800hr 1 23 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 70 18 100hr 2 07 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 100 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 4 The power on time ratio is the ratio of programmable controller power on time to one day 24 hours When the total power on time is 12 hours the ratio is 50 When the time is 6 hours the ratio is 25 2 The guaranteed value is a battery life at 70 C which is calculated based on the characteristics of manufacturer supplied memories when the battery is stored within the ambient temperature range of 25 to 75 C or used within the ambient temperature range of 0 to 55 C
164. your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 8 The selected counter function does not start If the selected counter function does not start in normal mode check the following items a When using the selected counter function start command Check item Action The selected counter function cannot be started by CH1 Start the selected counter function using the function input selected counter function start command SM1896 terminal When the selected counter function is started at the rise of CH1 selected counter function start command the on width Set the on and off width of this relay to 2ms or more and off width of this relay is less than 2ms The function input terminal is on Turn off the function input terminal If the selected counter function does not start even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 113 uolouny Jajunoo peeds ubiH OL e SL s4013 jeuonouny 104 BurjoeyD E S 114 b When using a function input terminal Check item Action Function Input is not selected in Input Signal Function Selection Correct the parameter CH1 selected counter function start command SM1896 is on Turn off this relay If the selected counter function doe
165. 0 o onlonjon on ononon A A AAA E Phase Z input status 0 OFF 1 ON Function input status 0 OFF 1 ON Latch counter input status 0 OFF 1 ON Phase A input status 0 OFF 1 ON Phase B input status 0 OFF 1 ON Coincidence output No 1 0 OFF 1 ON Coincidence output No 2 0 OFF 1 ON Fixed to 0 S Every END processing New LCPU 373 S17 JaysiBay jeloeds X pu ddy Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD1904 CH2 operation mode monitor CH2 operation mode monitor This register stores a value indicating the operation mode for high speed counter of CH2 set by the parameter 0 Unused e 1 Normal mode e 2 Frequency measurement mode e 3 Rotation speed measurement mode e 4 Pulse measurement mode e 5 PWM output mode D1905 CH2 counter type monitor CH2 counter type monitor e This register stores a value indicating the counter type for high speed counter of CH2 set by the parameter e Counter selection is disabled fixed at 0 when a value stored to CH2 operation mode monitor SD1904 is other than 1 normal mode e 0 Linear counter e 1 Ring counter SD1906 CH2 selected counter function CH2 selected counter function e This register stores a value indicating the selected counter
166. 03 redundant system startup procedure was not followed This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e Always TRK TRANS ERR An error e g retry limit exceeded occurred in tracking data transmission This error may be caused by tracking cable removal or other system power off including reset e The error occurred at a startup since the redundant system startup procedure was not 6105 followed This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information Tracking transmission data classification e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e Always 210 APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 6106 TRK TRANS ERR e A timeout error occurred in tracking data transmission This error may be caused by tracking cable removal or other system power off including reset e The error occurred at a startup since the redundant system startup procedure was not followed This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information Tracking transmission data classification e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e
167. 1 Basic model QCPU Qn H High Performance model QCPU Corresponding QnPH Process CPU CPU QnPRH Redundant CPU QnU Universal model QCPU QO0UJ Q00U Q01U QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU e LCPU All the L series CPU modules CPU module model Only the specified model Example Q02UCPU L26CPU BT e Special relay M9000 supported by the ACPU M9000 format change indicates the one whose application has been changed Incompatible with the Q00J Q00 Q01 and QnPRH e New indicates the one added for the QCPU or LCPU s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corresponding ACPU M9000 For details on the following items refer to the following e For network related items Manuals for each network module e For SFC programs MELSEC Q L QnA Programming Manual SFC Point Do not change the values of special relay set by system using a program or by test operation Doing so may result in system down or communication failure 245 1 Diagnostic information Corre y Set by sponding Corresponding Numb N M Explanat umber ame leaning xplanation When Set ACPU CPU m9000 This relay turns on if an error is detected by diagnostics Also turns on if an error is Qn H detected by an annunciator or the CHK QnPH instruction ins ruction l QnPRH This relay remains on even after the system OFF No error i i returns to normal SMO Diagnostic errors ON lt Error New e This relay turns
168. 12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0 Example ryt fat fat t 114 1993 Friday A a a 1905H x SD1274 t rs of the week 0 Sunday Higher digits of year 0 to 99 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday Stores time This register stores the time required for a clock value to be set Required required for on the CPU after being sent to the SNTP server D1275 his clock time Range AO to OFFFE Unit ms dii aquisition OFFFFy when the above limit is exceeded 353 S17 193 S16 Y jeloeds X pu ddy Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD1276 SD1277 Forced connection invalidation Specifies forced connection invalidation This register is specified to forcibly invalidate a connection by a program After being specified invalid the connection stops communication and does not respond When a remote password is used and frequent unlock processing errors occur on a connection this register is useful for temporarily disabling access b15b14 to b1 b0 Connection 1 Connection 2 to Connection 15 SD1276 Connection 16 b15b14 b13 b12 to b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 SD1277 0 0 lo communication port UDP IP MELSOFT communication port TCP IP FTP communication port Direct connection to MELSOFT 0 Valid default e 1 Invalid
169. 2 Set the CPU module to RUN 3 RA2 turns on when DC power is on sjuswaiinbey Ajajes jeJauay g xIpueddy 4 Timer TM turns on when DC power establishes the rated voltage The timer value is the period of time from when RA2 turns on to when DC power establishes the rated voltage Set this value to 0 5 seconds 5 Turn on the start switch 6 When the electromagnetic contactor MC turns on the output devices will be activated by the program If a voltage relay is used at RA2 no timer TM is required in the program 399 400 The power on procedure is as follows e For AC power 1 Power on the programmable controller 2 Set the CPU module to RUN 3 Turn on the start switch 4 When the electromagnetic contactor MC turns on the output devices will be activated by the program e For AC and DC power 1 Power on the programmable controller 2 Set the CPU module to RUN 3 RA2 turns on when DC power is on 4 Timer TM turns on when DC power establishes the rated voltage The timer value is the period of time from when RA2 turns on to when DC power establishes the rated voltage Set this value to 0 5 seconds 5 Turn on the start switch 6 When the electromagnetic contactor MC turns on the output devices will be activated by the program If a voltage relay is used at RA2 no timer TM is required in the program 2 Fail safe measures for CPU module failure A CPU module can detect ha
170. 35 7 OFF No trigger SM1535 Block 16 block No 1 is ae transfer trigger S initial U SM1536 eee ech ON Trigger SM1536 Block 17 selected for the specification f SM1537 SM1537 Block 18 tracking setting 2 SM1520 is turned SM1538 SM1538 Block 19 on by the system at SM1539 SM1539 Block 20 power on or when anna i the system is SM1540 SM1540 Block 21 switched from SM1541 SM1541 Block 22 STOP to RUN In SM1542 SM1542 Block 23 other cases SM1520 to SM1543 SM1543 Block 24 SM1583 are turned SM1544 SM1544 Block 25 on by the user SM1545 SM1545 Block 26 SM1546 SM1546 Block 27 SM1547 SM1547 Block 28 SM1548 SM1548 Block 29 SM1549 SM1549 Block 30 SM1550 SM1550 Block 31 SM1551 SM1551 Block 32 274 APPENDICES Corre system switching Corre et spondi Number Name Meaning Explanation ae Reis sponding CPU M m9000 SM1552 SM1552 Block 33 SM1553 SM1553 Block 34 SM1554 SM1554 Block 35 SM1555 SM1555 Block 36 SM1556 SM1556 Block 37 SM1557 SM1557 Block 38 SM1558 SM1558 Block 39 SM1559 SM1559 Block 40 e When data is SM1560 SM1560 Block 41 transferred based on the tracking SM1561 SM1561 Block 42 setting of the SM1562 SM1562 Block 43 Redundant SM1563 SM1563 Block 44 parameter dialog PEES box the target SM1564 SM1564 Block 45 block is specified SM1565 SM1565 Block 46 as
171. 4 T contact coil 22 SW 7 M 15 ST contact coil 1 cannot be determined Device number This register stores the device number that detected device memory data change lower word 1 Word devices SD T current value ST current value C current value D W SW The device number that detected an error is stored Ex wnen SD927 stores 20 and SD928 stores 10 RAM ERROR error code 1161 is detected at D10 2 Bit devices SM X Y M L B F SB V S The device number that detected an error is stored in units of 16 points Ex wnen SD927 stores 9 and SD928 stores 48 RAM ERROR error code 1161 is detected at any of B30 to B3F r Device number stored in SD928 B3F to B30 A J yY Detected at any of B30 to B3F 3 T contact coil ST contact coil C contact coil The device number that detected an error is stored in units of 8 points Ex wnen SD927 stores 14 and SD928 stores 48 RAM ERROR error code 1161 is detected at any of T48 to T55 r Device number stored in SD928 T55 to T48 L J Y Detected at any of T48 to T55 4 0 fixed value is stored when the device number can not be determined Set by When Set S Error Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU Qnu 1 LCPU 4 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 13022 or later 2 The m
172. 5 Block 4 SM1716 SM1716 Block 5 SM1717 SM1717 Block 6 SM1718 SM1718 Block 7 SM1719 SM1719 Block 8 SM1720 SM1720 Block 9 SM1721 SM1721 Block 10 SM1722 SM1722 Block 11 SM1723 SM1723 Block 12 SM1724 SM1724 Block 13 SM1725 SM1725 Block 14 SM1726 SM1726 Block 15 SM1727 SM1727 Block 16 SM1728 SM1728 Block 17 SM1729 SM1729 Block 18 SM1730 SM1730 Block 19 SM1731 SM1731 Block 20 SM1732 SM1732 Block 21 SM1733 SM1733 Block 22 SM1734 SM1734 Block 23 eda is relay turns on EMEN Transfer trigger di pee ae eee only curing Die 3 SM1736 completion flag ON Transfer SM1736 Block 25 TE ofa pane New QnPRH SM1737 completed SM1737 Block 26 Sannin 9 SM1738 SM1738 Block 27 SM1739 SM1739 Block 28 SM1740 SM1740 Block 29 SM1741 SM1741 Block 30 SM1742 SM1742 Block 31 SM1743 SM1743 Block 32 SM1744 SM1744 Block 33 SM1745 SM1745 Block 34 SM1746 SM1746 Block 35 SM1747 SM1747 Block 36 SM1748 SM1748 Block 37 SM1749 SM1749 Block 38 SM1750 SM1750 Block 39 SM1751 SM1751 Block 40 SM1752 SM1752 Block 41 SM1753 SM1753 Block 42 SM1754 SM1754 Block 43 SM1755 SM1755 Block 44 SM1756 SM1756 Block 45 SM1757 SM1757 Block 46 SM1758 SM1758 Block 47 SM1759 SM1759 Block 48 SM1760 SM1760 Block 49 279 gt ysIq Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre Corre t b di Number Name Meaning Explanation ae Hi eae sponding CPU M M9000 SM1761 SM1761 Block 50 SM1762 SM1762 Block 51 SM1763 SM1763 Block 52 SM1764 SM1764 B
173. 5 POU 5 sS Program 48 MAIN 3 W Project window 5 gt Parameter 5 gt PLC Parameter Select Project from the view selection area to open the Project window In the Project window expand Parameter and select PLC Parameter B Local Device Comment Device Memory Device hitial Value uoan Destination Unlabeled TERMS Unless otherwise specified this manual uses the following terms Term Description CPU module The abbreviation for the MELSEC L series CPU module Power supply module The abbreviation for the MELSEC L series power supply module Branch module The abbreviation for the MELSEC L series branch module Extension module The abbreviation for the MELSEC L series extension module END cover A cover to be attached to the right side of the rightmost MELSEC L series module Display unit A liquid crystal display to be attached to the CPU module A battery to be installed in the CPU module and used for backing up data such as the standard RAM data Battery and latch device data in case of power failure The Q6BAT and Q7BAT are available SD memory card Secure Digital Memory Card which is a flash memory device The L1MEM 2GBSD and L1MEM 4GBSD are available Extension cable The abbreviation for the MELSEC L series extension cable LCPU Another term for the MELSEC L series CPU module QCPU Another term for the MELSEC Q seri
174. 6 000P ISI p09 10114 Q XIpueddy gt jSI p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status Corresponding CPU CPU Status SD0 OPERATION ERROR RUN With high speed interrupt setting PR PRC Off On UDCNT1 UDCNT2 PLSY or PWM instruction is Delete the high speed interrupt setting ERR i468 ee etek ae When using high speed interrupt delete the PR Flicker On an Hy 2 PRC UDCNT1 UDCNT2 PLSY and PWM Common information Program error location a A instructions CPU Status e Individual information Stop EDiagnostic Timing ee e When instruction executed Continue OPERATION ERROR An attempt was made to perform write read to from the CPU shared memory write read disable area of the own station CPU module with the instruction a00 Q01 8 4111 Collateral information RUN Qnu Common information Program error location o On e Individual information Read common information of the error using the ERR MDiagnostic Timing programming tool to identify the numeric value Flicker On e When instruction executed program error location Check the error step OPERATION ERROR corresponding to the value and correct it as CPU Status The CPU module that cannot be specified with the necessary Stop multiple CPU dedicated instruction was specified a eas Collateral information Continue ao00 Q01 8 Common information Program error location Qnu 18
175. 6EC ET For wiring method refer to gt Page 48 Section 4 3 3 CHAPTER 8 END COVER Product name Model name Applicable wire size Manufacturer Bar solderless terminal FA VTC125T9 0 3 to 1 65mm2 Tool dedicated for bar Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd FA NH65A solderless terminal Al0 5 10WH 0 5mm Bar solderless terminal Al0 75 10GY 0 75mm2 Al1 10RD 1 0mm2 Phoenix Contact GmbH amp Co KG Tool dedicated for bar N CRIMPFOX UD6 4 solderless terminal TE0 5 10 0 3 to 0 5mm Bar solderless terminal TE0 75 10 0 75mm2 TE1 0 10 1 0mm NICHIFU TERMINAL INDUSTRIES CO LTD Tool dedicated for bar R NH 79 S solderless terminal 4 Use the same manufacturer for the bar solderless terminal and the tool dedicated for bar solderless terminal a Precautions for processing the cable end e To use the bar terminal type with cable cores sticking out of the sleeve insert the cable so that cable cores stick out by approximately 0 to 0 5mm from the sleeve edge e Check an appearance of the bar terminal after crimping it Do not use the bar terminal if it is not crimped suonjeoyloads Z g properly or the side is damaged A cable is not inserted to a shell 71 CHAPTER 9 BRANCH MODULE AND EXTENSION MODULE This chapter describes the specifications of a branch module and an extension module 9 1 Part Names 1 Branch module No Name A
176. 9 10114 Eg XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error A 3 LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU I O INT ERROR seers aR ae reguestwas detected there Any of the mounted modules is experiencing a SSRA on ti hardware fault Therefore check the mounted Sreet Srne a modules and change the faulty module Please QCPU Common Information 2 ae ne A consult your local Mitsubishi representative e Individual Information laini delaliedd oti oth bl Diagnostic Timing explaining a detailed description of the problem e During interrupt 1310 vo INT ERROR e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the An interruption occurred although none of the oe gt 3 p dul f iht fi euii same error code is displayed again the cause is F 2 ae A af nee including an a hardware failure of the CPU module I O RR RION rom A MIO module intelligent function module END cover Collateral information LCPU R branch module or extension module Please Common Information i es i A consult your local Mitsubishi representative e Individual Information laini detailed d oti fth Diagnostic Timing explaining a detailed description of the e During interrupt problem e Correct the interrupt pointer setting in the PLC system setting of the PLC Parameter dialog box e Take measures not to issue an interruption from the modules where the interrupt point
177. 9000 Maximumscan This register stores the maximum scan time excluding the D9019 SD526 time ms scan time of an initial execution type program The time is format value measured in increments of 100us in icrements of 1ys for the change Qn H Wasimi Universal model QCPU and LCPU QnPH Seri time SD526 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 QnPRH Maximum scan SD527 Stores a ps value storage range 0 to 900 0 to 999 QnU SD527 time us value for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU LCPU e A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module is switched from STOP to RUN Current scan e This register stores the current scan time of a low speed Current scan i eeta se SD528 tne tor iow time ms execution type program The time is measured in increments speed value of 100us execution SD528 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 Current scan SD529 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 D529 type time us value A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module programs 3 is set to STOP Minimum Minimum scan This register stores the minimum scan time of a low speed D532 scan tine for time ms execution type program The time is measured in increments low speed value of 100us Qn H eieeutiGn SD532 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 QnPH Minimum scan SD533 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 SD533 type time us value A value in this register is cleared to 0 whe
178. ACAN ISRAEL Phone t420 513TA ESCO DRIVES amp AUTOMATION BELGIUM HIFLEX AUTOM TECHNIEKB V NETHERLANDS 24 Shenkar St Kiryat Arie aX PIU laal Culliganlaan 3 Wolweverstraat 22 1L 49001 Petah Tiqva MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V FRANCE BE 1831 Diegem NL 2984 CD Ridderkerk Phone 972 0 3 922 18 24 French Branch Phone 32 0 2 717 64 30 Phone 31 0 180 46 6004 Fax 972 0 3 924 0761 25 Boulevard des Bouvets Fax 32 0 2 717 64 31 Fax 31 0 180 44 23 55 GEE UTE ET Rata anore Calar Koning amp Hartman b v BELGIUM Koning amp Hartman b v NETHERLANDS 12 H aomanut Street F ME 0 l H 68 57 57 Woluwelaan 31 Haarlerbergweg 21 23 IL 42505 Netanya ax 33 0 BE 1800 Vilvoorde NL 1101 CH Amsterdam Phone 972 0 9 863 39 80 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V IRELAND Phone 32 0 2 257 02 40 Phone 31 0 20 587 76 00 Fax 972 0 9 885 24 30 Irish Branch Fax 32 0 2 257 0249 Fax 31 0 20 587 76 05 aL Terry eee Park Ballymount INEA RBT d o o BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA Beijer Electronics AS NORWAY Cebaco Center Block A Autostrade DORA e u a nae Aleja Lipa 56 Postboks 487 Lebanon Beirut F sane 0 l y 98890 BA 71000 Sarajevo NO 3002 Drammen Phone 961 0 1 240 430 ax 353 0 Phone 387 0 33 921 164 Phone 47 0 32 2430 00 Fax 961 0 1 240438 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V ITALY Fax 387 0 33 524 539 Fax 47 0 32 8485 77 aan pana AKHNATON BULGARIA Fonseca S A PORTUGAL l PA rr i Brine e 4 Andrei Ljapchev Blvd PO B
179. At reset detailed description of the problem CONTROL BUS ERR A reset signal error was detected on the system bus 1417 Collateral information QnPRH Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e Always CONTROL BUS ERR Inthe redundant System ihe ponte system Reset the CPU module and run it again If the RUN cannot access the extension base unit because it ona i same error code is displayed again the cause is a Off has failed to acaune an access fight hardware failure of the CPU module Q6OWRB or ERR 1418 mCollateralinformation extension cable Please consult your local Flicker QnPRH S Common Information te ie f ne A Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed e Individual Information a Diagnostic Timing description of the problem CPU Status At power ON At reset At Switching execution Stop MULTI C BUS ERR The eor of host CPU is detected in the Multiple Reset the CPU module and run it again If the CPU high speed bus ae i same error code is displayed again the cause is a 1430 mCollateral information failure of the CPU module Please consult your Common Information me ml i nalivid ual normati local Mitsubishi representalive explaining a Diagnostic Timing detailed description of the problem e At power on At reset MULTI C BUS ERR e Take noise reduction measures The communication error with other CPU is Check the main base unit mounting statu
180. COMRD or PRC QnPH sm7z29 Comment read not completed instruction is completed S Status completion flag ON Comment read This relay turns on only during first scan after change QnPRH completed the processing of the COMRD instruction is QnU completed LCPU 261 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre P p Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Name Meanin Explanat ate caa AR engon When Set ACPU CPU m9000 This relay is on while a file is being accessed an H by the SP FWRITE SP FREAD COMRD QnPH PRC or LEDC instruction This relay is on while a file is being accessed Qn H by the SP FWRITE SP FREAD COMRD or QnPH LEDC instruction QnPRH This relay is on while a file is being accessed by the SP FWRITE SP FREAD COMRD or QnU Fi SP DEVST instruction File being OFF File not accessed S Status SM721 Aetessad ON File being This relay is on while a file is being change accessed accessed by the SP FWRITE SP FREAD COMRD or SP DEVST instruction LCPU e This relay is on while a SD memory card or the standard ROM is being accessed This relay is on while an ATA card or the 4 standard ROM is being accessed Qnu This relay is on while the S P SFCSCOMR or the S P SFCTCOMR instruction is Qnu executed BIN DBIN OFF Error detection SM722 inetrichonerar performed Turned ON when OPERATION ERROR is QCPU j ON Error detection suppressed for BI
181. CPU D9000 New Corre sponding CPU Qnu Qnu gt 352 APPENDICES Corre c Number Name Meanin Explanation Ser Dy sponding s me P When Set ACPU per g D9000 This register stores the operation result of the time setting 6 i i i function p1270 peration oresoperatio 9 Not executed result nresult e 1 Success OFFFF Failure This register stores the year last two digits and the month that the time setting function was executed in 2 digit BCD b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bo Example apien PE ifsc pea pee amp July 1993 l i l 1 l ii I i 1 i I i 9307H Year Month This register stores the day and the hour that the time setting function was executed in a 2 digit BCD b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bo Example SD1272 o oes eae 31st 10 a m ii i i i i i i i 1 i i 31 10H Day Hour S 3 This register stores the minute and the second that the time 5 Stores time setting function was executed in a 2 digit BCD S g h z QnU Execution acquired with 15 to bi2b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bO Example Status New ISPU SD1273 time time setting TE N TE 11 1 35 min 48 sec change 2 function EN ii TEN S ee 3548H Minute Second This register stores the year first two digits and the day of the week that the time setting was executed in 2 digit BCD b15 to b
182. CPU Q26UDHCPU 2 The following lists the relevant modules having RS 232 connector e Universal model QCPU whose serial number first five digits is 13062 or later QOD2UCPU whose serial number first five digits is 10102 or later e QOOUJCPU QO0OUCPU Q01UCPU 2 System information APPENDICES Corre Set by sponding elie Number Name Meani Explanation S di z mE peer eae When Set ACPU gat m9000 Qn H LED OFF When this relay ti fi ff the LED nP SM202 OFF gt ON LED OFF N A U New QnPRH command corresponding to each bit in SD202 turns off QnuU LCPU SM203 STOP contact STOP status This relay is on when the module is in the STOP M9042 status S Status This relay i hen the module is in the PAUSE change SM204 PAUSE contact PAUSE status POY S OEN S OARE RS M9041 status SM206 PAUSE enable OFF PAUSE disabled PAUSE status is entered if this relay is ON when M9040 coil ON PAUSE enabled the PAUSE contact goes ON Clock data stored in SD210 to SD213 are written U QCPU SM21410 Clock data set OFF Ignored to the CRU module after the END instruction M9025 LCPU request ON Set request execution in the scan where this relay is turned on This relay turns on if an error occurs in the clock OFF No error F 3 SM211 Clock data error ON Error data SD210 to SD213 and is off while there is S Request M9026 no error SM213 Clock data read OFF Ignored This
183. CPU module whose serial number first five digits is 13072 or later c END cover Use an END cover that satisfies the following conditions The L6EC whose serial number first six digits is 2 e END cover with ERR terminal optional item Point When the L6EC ET is connected to an extension block a system error cannot be detected using the ERR terminal The ERR terminal is always off d Power supply module of an extension block Connect a power supply module to each extension block If the power consumption of I O modules and intelligent function modules connected to an extension block is low those modules may operate even if no power supply module is connected However the voltage is instable and the module operation cannot be guaranteed e Extension cable Do not leave a branch module with an extension cable connected without connecting the other end of the cable to an extension module Doing so may result in malfunction due to noise The CPU module regards the system as normal even if the system includes a branch module that is not connected to an extension module CHAPTER 2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 3 Rated output current 5VDC Configure a system so that the total current consumption may not exceed 5VDC the rated output current of the power supply module For the specifications of the power supply module refer to gt Page 67 Section 7 2 4 Other series modules that cannot access the
184. Collateral information representative explaining a detailed description Common information Base No a ci ia 9 P e Individual information ofthe problem EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset EXT CABLE ERR The following errors were detected in the redundant system Check to see if the extension cable between the At power on reset the standby system has main base unit and the Q6OWRB is connected detected the error in the path between the correctly If not connect it after turning OFF the control system and the Q6OWRB main base unit where the extension cable will be 2020 The standby system detected an error in the connected path to the Q6OWRB in the END processing Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset When an END instruction executed If the cable is properly connected the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module QE0WRB or extension cable Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 149 666Z 000Z S p09 10114 y XIpueddy gt SI7 p09 10113 xipueddy Error f y LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU NO END COVER ae an ae ti Attach an END cover ollateral information 2030 Common information Module No Block No f Check tig the modules are properly connected on i
185. D75 of ofofofofolo ojojo sD76 o o o o o o o o ojoj o sD77 o o o o o o o o ojoo sD78 0o o o o o o o o o o o o o sD79 0 ololofolfolololololololo Error codes detected by the CHK instruction are stored as BCD ont SD80 CHK number CHK number ade bi QnPH i QnPRH 302 APPENDICES Corre SM99 5 Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by sponge spondin E M When Set ACPU P g D9000 SD81 This register stores a continuation error cause b15 b12 b11 b8 b7 b4 b3 b0 SP UNIT DOWN AC DC DOWN BATTERY ERROR FLASH ROM ERROR SP UNIT ERROR es oo ICM OPE ERROR Continuation Continuation FILE OPE ERROR S LCPU SD82 error cause error cause REMOTE PASS FAIL Error SNTP OPE ERROR DISPLAY ERROR New OPERATION ERROR PRG TIME OVER F Annunciator Empty Empty Empty The SD82 bits are all empty SD84 This register stores a continuation error to be cleared in bit Continuation Continuation pattern LOPU SD85 error clear error clear This register has the same bit pattern as that of SD81 and SD82 Corresponds to SD90 D9108 SM90 SD91 Corresponds to e This register stores a value set for step D9109 SM91 transition monitoring timer and the Corresponds to number of an annunciator F that turns SD9 SM92 on if the monitoring timer times out eae SD93 Corresponds to b15 to b8 b7 to bO D9111 Step transitio
186. Diagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN 4020 CAN T SET P e The total points of the pointers used in the program exceeded 4096 points e The total points of the local pointers used in the program exceeded the start number of the common pointer Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN CAN T SET P The total points of the pointers used in the program exceeded 512 points The total points of the local pointers used in the program exceeded the start number of the common pointer Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN 4021 CAN T SET P The common pointer Nos assigned to files overlap The local pointer Nos assigned to files overlap Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN 4030 CAN T SET I The allocation pointer Nos assigned by files overlap Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Read common information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step c
187. EC A Ethernet Module was specified in Destination of the simple PLC communication function a system error occurred The possible cause is malfunction due to noise or other causes or hardware failure e Check that the power supply module and the CPU module are correctly mounted connected e Ensure that the operating environment for the system meets the general specifications of the CPU module e Check whether the power capacity is sufficient e Reset the CPU module If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 233 aINPOW Add UM UOHeo UNWIWOD Hunnp snos zs nb o peusNjes s poo 10113 xipueddy gt jSI p09 10113 xipueddy Error code 7 Error item Error details Corrective action Hexadecimal k The file information data may be corrupted The format information data of the specified f 41C1H After backing up the data in the CPU module execute drive memory is abnormal programmable controller memory format File open specification data for file access is E 41C2u Execute again after checking the specification data wrong Simultaneously accessible files exceeded the f 41C3H Execute again after decreasing file operations maximum Simultaneously accessible files exceeded the
188. ERA H os Haei S the CPU QnuU scan only OFF module enters the status LCPU ON Initial 1 scan of scan OFF execution execution type type program program gt This relay turns on for one scan after the CPU N 00J Q00 Q01 module enters the RUN status me Q eons This relay turns off for one scan after the S Every END CPU module enters the RUN status processing This relay can be used only in a scan execution type program When an initial execution type program is used this relay turns on at the END Qn H processing of the scan execution type QnPH After RUN OFF program in the first scan after the CPU M9039 QnPRH SM403 for 1 i ON e module enters the RUN status QnU or 1 scan only OFF 1 scan LCPU ON OFF Initial 1 scan of scan execution execution type type program program val This relay turns off for one scan after the CPU 00J Q00 Q01 module enters the RUN status 2 99009 L d ee Woe This relay turns on for one scan after the ve CPU module enters the RUN status SM404 programON for 1 ON i 1 scan This relay can be used only in a scan only after OFF low speed execution type program RUN Qn H L d QnPH i vae This relay turns off for one scan after the ye CPU module enters the RUN status New ia pe nano an 1 This relay can be used only in a RUN OFF for1 OFF a y i 4 low speed execution type program scan only This relay repeatedly turns on and off at 5 F ore y Qn H ms interval QnPH e This relay start
189. ERATION ERROR e Data stored in the file register specified by an instruction exceeds the applicable range A file register has not been set Or the set file register does not store a file Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Read common information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary RUN Off On ERR Flicker On CPU Status Stop Continue QCPU LCPU Qn H QnPH QnPRH Qnu LCPU Qnu LCPU QCPU LCPU Qnu LCPU 192 APPENDICES Error LED Status Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ig Corresponding CPU CPU Status SD0 OPERATION ERROR The block data that crosses over the boundary between the internal user device and the extended datg register D Or extended link Read common information of the error using the register is specified including 32 bit binary real A i i ie eS programming tool to identify the numeric value number single precision double precision QnU 4101 Ah program error location Check the error step indirect address and control data k LCPU f corresponding to the value and correct it as RUN Collateral information x necessary Off On C
190. ES Corre P 4 Set by sponding Corresponding Number Name Meanin Explanation g P When Set ACPU CPU M m9000 OFF Carry OFF TEREN S Instruction QCPU SM700 Carry flag ON Carry ON Carry flag used in application instruction execution M9012 LCPU OFF Output until Qn H Number of output NULL code Used for the PR PRC BINDA DBINDA QnPH SM701 characters encountered BINHA DBINHA BCDDA DBCDDA or M9049 QnPRH selection ON 16 characters COMRD instruction QnU output LCPU OFF Search next Designates method to be used by search U SM702 Search method instruction ON 2 part search e Data must be arranged for 2 part search OFF Ascending order The sort instruction is used to designate QCPU SM703 Sort order ON Descending whether data should be sorted in ascending LCPU order order or in descending order This relay turns on when all data conditions OFF Non match found are met for the BKCMP instruction S Instructi SM704 Block comparison PMES TOUN Ins pa wn ON All match This relay turns on when all data conditions execution are met for the DBKCMP instruction l OFF Improper data This relay turns on when img data be anu DT TM instruction compared by the DT or TM instruction cannot f 3 not detected 4 S Instruction LCPU SM709 improper data be recognized as date or time data when the ON Improper data execution U detection flag detected device three words to
191. Extension block 1 10 modules L26CPU PBT e Extension block 2 10 modules e Extension block 3 11 modules 4 The number of power supply modules CPU modules display units extension modules RS 232 adapters and END covers is not included 2 This is the total number of I O modules intelligent function modules and network modules that can be connected in a system If extension blocks are connected exceeding the maximum number of blocks the CPU module detects SYSTEM LAY ERR error code 2174 If modules are connected exceeding the maximum number of modules for each block the CPU module detects SYSTEM LAY ERR error code 2173 If modules are connected exceeding the maximum number of modules for a system the CPU module detects SP UNIT LAY ERR error code 2124 Point The number of branch modules is included in the number of connectable modules To add a branch module to a block where the maximum number of modules has already been connected move one of the modules to an extension block There is a limit on the number of modules connected The following table lists the modules that have a limit and wayshs e Bunn yuo 10 suolnesalg ZZ the number of modules in a system Number of modules Module Model LO2CPU L26CPU BT LO2CPU P L26CPU PBT CPU module 1 in a main block Branch module L6EXB 1 per block Extension module L6EXE 1 per extension block RS 232 adapte
192. External dimensions 28 5mm D 95mm Internal current consumption 0 02A Weight 0 10kg 74 CHAPTER 10 RS 232 ADAPTER 10 3 Connecting a RS 232 Cable at All Times When connecting a cable to the RS 232 connector at all times clamp the cable This prevents disconnection of the connector due to a swing or inadvertent pull of a dangling cable The connector disconnection prevention holder Q6HLD R2 is available as a clamp for the RS 232 connector RS 232 adapter RS 232 cable Q6HLD R2 Fixing screw Saul IV 2 BIq2D ZEZ SY e Buyoauu0g g0 15 CHAPTER 11 pisptay UNIT This chapter describes the specifications of a display unit 11 1 Part Names No Application 1 LCD liquid crystal display A screen for displaying menus time and monitoring data A button Y button These buttons are used to operate a display unit 2 P button For details refer to the following lt button L MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals 3 OK button 4 ESC button 1 Dots may be displayed in the form of a line for several or several tens of seconds after power off However this does not cause functionality problem 11 2 Specifications Item L6DSPU Number of displayed characters 16 one byte characters x 4 lines Displayed characters e Alphanumeric two byte one byte character e Katakana two by
193. F Suspend This relay is on while a trace is being S Status M9046 Qn H progress ON Start executed change QnPH QnPRH 4 This relay turns on when the specified ae tri dition i t S Stat SM803 Trace trigger OFF gt ON Start PIS On SS TS l Status This relay is turned on to meet the trigger change U condition New A OFF Not after trigger woes SM804 After trace trigger ON After trigger Turns on after trace is triggered R S Status OFF Not completed This relay turns on when a trace is SM805 T leted M9043 POE AMRS ON End completed hange SM826 trace Star OFF Normal This relay turns on if an error occurs during ON Errors trace ON F d ee R When this relay is turned on and a sampling Forced registration ee i g trace setting is registered using a registration enabled N g Qnu SM829 A programming tool the sampling trace setting U specification of OFF Forced 5 i LCPU i F can be registered with the CPU module even trace setting registration 4 New when the trigger condition has been met disabled This relay is on while auto logging is being z executed This relay turns off when auto ON Auto logging Pole S Status SM841 Auto leted and the SD LCPU uto logging OFF No auto logging logging is completed and the memory change card lock switch is slid toward the module top to stop access to the SD memory card 1 The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU 265
194. H QnPH b15 b8 b4 b0 QnPRH Fixed to 0 Fixed to0 Fixed to 0 QnU USER LED ________ BOOT LED LED off Bit pattern of D202 d LED that is 1 For the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU the U omman turned off BOOT LED cannot be specified By specifying the LEDs in this register and turning SM202 from off to on the LEDs can be turned off The USER LED can be specified The LED to be turned off can be specified in the following bit pattern Setting 1 turns off the LED and setting 0 does not turn off the LED LCPU b15 b8 b4 b0 Fixed to 0 Fixed to 0 gt USER LED 307 jsI7 Ja siBey jeloeds xipueddy Corre z Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Sot by sponding spondin g P When Set ACPU paee 9 D9000 This register stores the operating status of the CPU module in the following bit pattern B to b12 b11 to p8 b7 to b4 b3 to pO L Li L L L L 4 L 1 L rd L if ry 2 1 1 Operating status 0 RUN S D9015 Operating Operating of CPU 2 STOP QCPU SD203 StatusofCPU status of CPU 3 PAUSE PAA ag LCPU 2 STOP PAUSE O Switch P g pangs cause 1 Remote contact 4 2 Remote operation from programming tool serial communication etc 3 Internal program instruction 4 Error 4 The item detected first is stored However for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU the latest cause after operation status change is stored
195. I OFE lt Notistorad being stored to a SD memory card by data storage in SD ON Being stored i x y y memory card eae s Data logging Status tting No 1 change SM1948 S file OFF Not executed This relay turns on when the data logging file LEPU transfer execution status flag ON Being executed transfer function is started 289 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre t b di Cc di Number Name Meaning Explanation ge ah Drea nee ne M Mm9000 vai Data logging SM1958 setting No 2 SM1960 6 Data logging SM1968 setting No 3 SM1970 6 Data logging SM1978 setting No 4 SM1980 F 5 Data logging SM1988 setting No 5 SM1990 S i Data logging Same as in data logging Same as in data logging setting No 1 ame a D P as setting No 6 setting No 1 SM1940 to SM1948 data logging New LOPU SM1998 gS EN setting No 1 SM2000 A Data logging SM2008 setting No 7 SM2010 A Data logging SM2018 setting No 8 Stags Data logging SM2028 setting No 9 SM2030 6 Data logging M2038 setting No 10 4 Data logging file transfer execution status flag is supported by a module whose serial number first five digits is 12112 or later 290 APPENDICES Appendix 3 Special Register List The special register SD is an internal register whose application is fixed in the programmable controller For this reason the special register cannot be used i
196. ION AND WIRING 4 3 2 Wiring to an 18 point screw terminal block 1 Precautions e For the 18 point screw terminal block wiring use a solderless terminal of 0 8mm or less in thickness Up to two solderless terminals can be connected to one terminal block For an 18 point screw terminal block a solderless terminal with insulation sleeve cannot be used To prevent a short when screws come loose the junction of a solderless terminal and a cable should be covered up with a cable tag or an insulation tube e Use the following wire to the 18 point screw terminal block Applicable wire size Material Temperature rating Core 0 3 to 0 75mm 2 AWG22 to 18 stranded Outside diameter 2 8mm or less Copper 75 C or more e Use R1 25 3 solderless terminal e Use UL approved solderless terminals and for processing use a tool recommended by their manufacturer Tighten the terminal block screws within the following specified torque range Screw type Tightening torque range Terminal block screw M3 0 42 to 0 58Nem Terminal block mounting screw M3 5 0 66 to 0 89Nem Point For screw terminal blocks other than the 18 point screw terminal block refer to the user s manual for the module used 2 Wiring method BULIM t a Wiring to an 18 point screw terminal block 1 Strip the insulating coating from the cable 2 Connect a solderless terminal to the stripped part of the cable For applicable solde
197. LINK PARA ERROR The network parameter of the MELSECNET H operating as the normal station is overwritten to the control station Or the network parameter of the MELSECNET H g operating as the control station is overwritten to ont the normal station The network parameter is Reset the CPU module QnPH QnPRH updated on the module by resetting Qnu Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN 179 666 000 S1 p09 10114 G XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy a Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ee stig pues LINK PARA ERROR e Check the network parameters and actual The number of modules actually mounted is mounting status and if they differ make them different from that is set in Network parameter matched If any of the network parameters is for MELSECNET H corrected write it to the CPU module e The head I O number of actually installed e Check the set number of extension base units modules is different from that designated in the e Check the connection status of the extension network parameter of MELSECNET H base units and extension cables e Parameter set data cannot be used Check the connection of the GOT if it is bus The network type of MELSECNETHH is connected to the main base unit or extension 3100 A A QCPU overwritten
198. M sp Root directory 511 files maximum Memory card Subdirectory 65533 files maximum Maximum number of D files Stored ROM sane Root directory 65534 files maximum N Subdirectory 65533 files maximum ay D Standard RAM 4 files each one of the following files file register file logal device file sampling trace file and module error collection file i Standard ROM 128 files 256 files S Initial Maximum number of intelligent function setting 2048 parameters 4096 parameters module parameters Refresh 1024 parameters 2048 parameters Number of writes to program memory 100000 times maximum Number of writes to standard ROM 100000 times maximum Built in 1 O function RA MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In I O Function Built in Ethernet function CO MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In Ethernet Function Built in CC Link function ol MELSEC L CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual Displayed information Year month date hour minute second and day of the week automatic leap year detection Clock function Accuracy 0 C 2 96 to 3 74s TYP 1 42s per day 25 C 3 18 to 3 74s TYP 1 50s per day 55 C 13 20 to 2 12s TYP 3 54s per day Allowable momentary power failure time Depends on the power supply module used Internal current With display unit 1 00A 1 43A consumption 5VDC Without
199. M9108 sM1108 SM90 monroring Umer start equivalent of SD90 Qn H Step ti ti onlin iene onPH M9109 SM1109 SM91 start equivalent of SD91 Step transition M9110 SM1110 SM92 monitoring timer start equivalent of SD92 Step transition OFF Monitoring timer The relay turns on when measurement by the step M9111 SM11411 SM93 monitoring timer oe ma transition monitoring umer 7 started The step start equivalent ON Monitoring timer transition monitoring timer is reset when the relay of SD93 reset start turns off Step transition itoring ti M9112 SM11142 SM94 es EE start equivalent of SD94 Step transition M9113 SM1113 SM95 monitoring tmer start equivalent of SD95 Step transition itoring ti M9114 SM1114 SM96 Deer ens start equivalent of SD96 Selects the operation output when block stop is executed On Retains the on or off status of the coil used in Operation OFF Coil output OFF the operation output of the step which was being M9196 SM1196 SM325 output at block P ON Coil output ON executed at the time of block stop stop Off Turns off all the coil outputs Operation output by the SET instruction is retained regardless of the on off status of SM1196 270 APPENDICES ACPU Special Special Corre Special Relay after Relay for Name Meaning Details sponding Relay Conversion Modification CPU M9197 SM1197 Switch between Switches I
200. MITSUBISHI Mitsubishi Programmable Controller MELSECL MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Pa series Sy LO2CPU LO2CPU P Wes L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Read these precautions before using this product Before using this product please read this manual and the relevant manuals carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly In this manual the safety precautions are classified into two levels A WARNING and A CAUTION A WARNING Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions resulting in death or severe injury Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions N CAUTION resulting in minor or moderate injury or property damage Under some circumstances failure to observe the precautions given under AN CAUTION may lead to serious consequences Observe the precautions of both levels because they are important for personal and system safety Make sure that the end users read this manual and then keep the manual in a safe place for future reference Design Precautions N WARNING Configure safety circuits external to the programmable controller to ensure that the entire system operates safely even when a fault occurs in the external power supply or the programmable controller Failure to do so may result in an accident due to an incorrect output or malfunction
201. Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed ollateral information a Common information Module No Slot No description of the propio Individual information Program error location 2110 EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed e Read the individual information of the error SP UNIT ERROR using the programming tool to identify the A module other than intelligent function modules 9 p Pog a A fed with the FROM TO instructi numeric value program error location Correct Seat i SARAR a the FROM TO instruction corresponding to the a 2 een is A th i ff value as necessary H de Be k eve i j er memory d Reset the CPU module and run it again If the ws ne UROA ee enero ee eg eee ees same error code is displayed again the cause BUN LCPU a aa y Linf ti is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O OO OSNA an ma Be module intelligent function module END cover n ommon information Module No Slot No branch module or extension module Please ERR Individual information Program error location re eet Flicker On Diagnostic Timing consult your local Mitsubishi representative When instruction executed explaining a detailed description of the ee problem Ston op SP UNIT ERROR Continue e The location designated by a link direct device e Read the individual information of the error JO D is not a network module using the programming tool to identify the The I O module intelligent function numeri
202. N or DBIN instruction LCPU disabling flag not performed OFF Not executed by During OFF XCALL instructions will not be U XCALL instruction execution executed even if execution condition is eae New SM734 execution condition risen nson l an Hy 4 condition ON Executed by e During ON XCALL instructions will be designation execution executed when execution condition is condition risen risen OFF SFC comment readout This relay t hile a SFC st k SFC comment instruction is P EN RE T SRE Qn H x E 6 SM735 a PETNI oe _ _ S P SFCSCOMR or SFC transmission pce CORA 3 PAG A condition comment readout instruction S P change QnPRH 9 i a SFCTCOMR is being executed Qnu instruction is activating OFF Instruction not SM738 MSG instruction executed This relay turns on when the MSG instruction S Instruction Qn H reception flag ON Instruction is executed execution QnPRH execution SM740 Display unit OFF Not usable This relay is on while the display unit can be S Initial Status LCPU availability flag ON Usable used change Scaling instructi bats Accel OFF Search next Determines a search method when the Qnu2 SM750 search method i eee Ban ON 2 part search scaling instruction is executed LCPU setting Q00J Q00 Q01 PID bump U ST ee Specifies whether to match the set value SV Qn H processing OFF Matched A i SM774 with the process value PV or not in the QnPRH for complete ON_ Not matched vote manual mod
203. Not set 128K lt Sp lt 384K C T Not set No file or OK lt Sp lt 128K D Set 128K lt Sp lt 384K E 4 For each function refer to the following MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals b Battery consumption value The battery consumption value of a CPU module for each pattern is as follows CPU module Combination pattern model B c D E LO2CPU LO2CPU P 2 2 L26CPU BT 2 3 2 3 L26CPU PBT 377 Appendix 4 1 Battery life list 1 Life of Q6BAT Battery Battery life CPU module Power on time model consumption T E aa IE Actual service After SM52 is value value turned on 0 43 000hr 4 91 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 30 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 1 50 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 70 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 100 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days LO2CPU LO2CPU P 0 36 500hr 4 17 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 30 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 2 50 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 70 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 100 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 0 35 800hr 4 09 years 43 800hr 5 00 years
204. OKYO BUILDING 2 7 3 MARUNOUCHI CHIYODA KU TOKYO 100 8310 LARAN PAI NAGOYA WORKS 1 14 YADA MINAMI 5 CHOME HIGASHI KU NAGOYA JAI When exported from Japan this manual does not require application to the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry for service transaction permission Specifications subject to change without notice a MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC HEADQUARTERS EUROPEAN REPRESENTATIVES EUROPEAN REPRESENTATIVES EURASIAN REPRESENTATIVES MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V EUROPE GEVA AUSTRIA ALFATRADE Ltd MALTA TOO Kazpromavtomatika KAZAKHSTAN German Branch Wiener Stra e 89 99 Paola Hill Ul Zhambyla 28 Gothaer Stra e 8 AT 2500 Baden Malta Paola PLA 1702 KAZ 100017 Karaganda D 40880 Ratingen Phone 43 0 2252 85 55 20 Phone 356 0 21 697 816 Phone 7 7212 50 10 00 Phone 49 0 2102 486 0 Fax 43 0 2252 488 60 Fax 356 0 21 697 817 Fax 7 7212 50 1150 Fax 49 0 2102 486 1120 TECHNIKON BELARUS INTEHSIS srl MOLDOVA MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V orgsl CZECH REP Oktyabrskaya 19 Off 705 bld Traian 23 1 Czech Branch BY 220030 Minsk MD 2060 Kishinev Avenir Business Park Radlick 714 113a Phone 375 0 17 210 46 26 Phone 373 0 22 66 4242 MIDDLE EAST REPRESENTATIVES CZ 158 00 Praha 5 Fax 375 0 17 210 46 26 Fax 373 0 22 66 4280 AN
205. ONTROL SYSTEM A or SYSTEM B is stored in the following format b15 to b10b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 to b0 4 LED states i i i L 0 1 1 L 0 L L BACKUP Redundant CONTROL f pace S SYSTEM B 0 Off SD1585 system LED SYSTEM rof 1 Onea S n lorahge Status New QnPRH status A 41 On 2 Flicker red 6 Flicker orange change SYSTEM 2 Flicker 3 On green 4 Flicker green B SYSTEM A 0 Off CONTROL 1 On 0 Off 2 Flicker 1 On 358 APPENDICES Corre F Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by sponding sponding When Set ACPU CPU D9000 Stores the reason s for system switching on the host system The following values are stored corresponding to the methods for Reason s system switching 7 l for systemi This register is inleliaed with zero 0 stored when the system is S Reason s for switching powered on from off or is reset when SD1588 system that e 0 Initial value control system has never been switched condition O switching occimedin 1 Power off Reset H W failure WDT error o c rs host station 2 CPU stop error except WDT 3 System switching request from network module 16 System switching dedicated instruction 17 System switching request from a programming tool If a system switching is failed any of the following value is stored in this register 0 System switching complete default e 1 Tracking cable is not connected tracking cab
206. OTE PASS ERR The position specified with the start I O number of the remote password is invalid due to one of the following reasons e No module In a position specified with a start I O number of e The intelligent function module installed is other the remote password install the intelligent LCPU than a serial communication module Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset STOP RUN function module where the remote password is available 188 APPENDICES aie Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action nae ae eeu REMOTE PASS ERR Any of the following modules is not mounted on the slot specified for the head I O number of the remote password Mount the following modules according to the Serial communication module of function position specified with the start I O number of the version B or later remote password a00u a00 001 8 e Ethernet module of function version B or later e Serial communication module of function Collateral information version B or later RUN Common information e Ethernet module of function version B or later Off e Individual information ERR 3401 WDiagnostic Timing Flicker At power on At reset STOP gt RUN REMOTE PASS ERR CPU Status Serial communication module or Ethernet module Stop of function version B or later controlled by another CPU was specified in a multiple CPU system e Change i
207. PH Common Information Module No Slot No dul b j P e Individual Information fe ene fee un iins bishi QnPRH WDiagnostic Timing Please consu your loca itsu jis i D QnU When an END instruction executed representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 1415 CONTROL BUS ERR Fault of the main or extension base unit was detected Collateral information an H 3 Common Information Module No Slot No ivi i QnPH 3 Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing At power ON At reset When an END instruction executed 143 6661 0004 Si p09 10114 Eg XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy ae Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Aaa ane cae CONTROL BUS ERR An error was detected on the system bus HCollateral information Qn H Common Information Module No Slot No QnPH e Individual Information QnU HDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset 1416 CONTROL BUS ERR An erfor was detected on the system bus in the Reset the CPU module and run it again muttiple CPU System If the same error code is displayed again the QoocPu Collateral information s 4 F Common Information Module No Slot No cause is a failure of the intelligent function module Qo1cpu 8 s Individual Information CPU module o base unit Please consult your QnU Diagnostic Timing ocal Mitsubishi repres ntalive explaining a At power on
208. PH QnU Qn H QnPH Qnu 20 2120 SP UNIT LAY ERR The Q50B and Q60B or the QA1S50B QA1S60B QA6DB and QA6ADP ASCIB A6LIB are connected in the wrong order and the setting of the base number setting connector is wrong I O numbers are assigned for Q series modules and A series modules in the wrong order Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Check the connection order of the base units and the setting of the base number setting connector e Assign I O numbers in an order of Q series modules A series modules or A series modules Q series modules 2121 SP UNIT LAY ERR The CPU module is installed to other than the CPU slot and slots 0 to 2 Collateral information Common information e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Check the loading position of the CPU module and reinstall it at the correct slot RUN off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop Q00J Q00 Q01 7 Qn H QnPH Qnu 3 Qn H QnPH 157 666z 000Z S p09 10114 y xIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error A y LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code EAR D See oy CPU Status CPU SP UNIT LAY ERR The QA1S30B is used as the main base unit Qn H Collateral information QnPH 2122 e Common information
209. PU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e Always CPU UNIT DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information Individual Information Failure information EDiagnostic Timing e Always 1004 MAIN CPU DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information BDiagnostic Timing Always CPU UNIT DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information Failure information EDiagnostic Timing Always e Take noise reduction measures Reset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QCPU LCPU QCPU LCPU QCPU LCPU 131 6661 0004 S1 p09 10114 XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause
210. PU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information Failure information HDiagnostic Timing e Always MAIN CPU DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e Always e Take noise reduction measures e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QCPU Qn H QnPH QnPRH LCPU QCPU LCPU Qn H QnPH QnPRH 132 APPENDICES Error j K LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU MAIN CPU DOWN The voltage waveform that is outside the specification is applied to the power supply Sera and A AT Snapa i Correct the voltage waveform applied to the e A failure was detected on the power supply R R power supply module pecane takes ee Ea base unit extension Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Q00J Q00 Q01 8 ee a aE i Fae eth same error code is detected again the cause is Qn H 12 SEU SIG ME FeCUn ean gase an 3 a failure of the pow
211. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QCPU LCPU QnPRH 1300 FUSE BREAK OFF There is an output module with a blown fuse Collateral information Common Information Module No Slot No For Remote I O network Network No Station No Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing Always e Check FUSE LED of the output modules and replace the module whose LED is lit A blown fuse can also be located with the programming tool Check SD1300 to SD1331 to ensure that the bit for the module with a blown fuse is 1 When a GOT is bus connected to the main base unit or extension base unit check the connection status of the extension cable and the earth status of the GOT FUSE BREAK OFF There is an output module with a blown fuse Collateral information Common Information Module No Slot No For Remote I O network Network No Station No Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing Always Check ERR LED of the output modules and replace the module whose LED is lit A blown fuse can be identified with the programming tool Check SD130 to SD137 to ensure that the bit for the module with a blown fuse is 1 RUN Off On ERR Flicker On CPU Status Stop Continue Qn H QnPH QnPRH QnU Q00J Q00 Q01 139 6661 0004 4S1 p0
212. Q01UCPU and QO2UCPU 6 The range is from 1 to 9 for the QO3UDCPU Q04UDCPU and QO6UDHCP whose first 5 digits of serial number is 10012 or earlier Default 2 Or when setting other than 1 to 9 the register operates as 9 339 gt jsI7 JeysiBay jeloeds xipueddy 8 Debugging Corre Set b sponding Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation When a ACPU E D9000 This register indicates the status of the debug function usage as shown below 0 Forced on off for external I O 1 Executional conditioned device test 2 to 15 Empty fixed at 0 S E R 4 sp840 Debug function Debug function bis He SEPET Status New QnU usage usage LCPU 0 change A Forced ON OFF for external I O Executional conditioned device test 0 Not used 1 Used 1 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 10042 or later 340 9 Device memory error information APPENDICES Number SD927 SD928 Name Device informa tion during RAM ERROR error code 1161 Meaning Device name Explanation This register stores the device name that detected device memory data change Value Device name Value Device name Value Device name 0 Not detected 8 L 16 C contact coil 1 9 B 17 T current value For system use 2 10 F 18 ST current value 3 SM 11 SB 19 C current value 4 SD 12 Vv 20 D 5 X 13 S 21 Ww 6 Y 1
213. QOOUJ Q00U Q01U QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU LCPU All the L series CPU modules e CPU module model Only the specified model Example QO2UCPU L26CPU BT APPENDICES Appendix 1 1 Error codes There are two types of errors errors detected by the self diagnostic function of the CPU module and errors detected during communication with the CPU module The following table shows the relationship between the error detection pattern error location and error code Error detection Error location Error code Reference pattern By the self diagnostic function of the CPU CPU module 1000 to 10000 gt Page 130 Appendix 1 3 to Page 216 Appendix 1 9 module CPU module 40004 to 4FFFy L3 Page 221 Appendix 1 11 Serial icati dul ioe A eno Ogre 7000 to 7FFFy User s manuals for the serial communication module etc CC Link module the built i ink m dule the builtin B000 to BFFFy User s manuals for the CC Link system master local module CC Link function included User s manuals for the Ethernet interface module C0004 to CFFFy QnUCPU User s Manual Communication via Built in Ethernet Port MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In Ethernet Function During communication Ethernet module the built in with the CPU module Ethernet function included CC Link IE Field Network D000 to DFFFY User s manual for the CC Link IE Field Network module module CC Link IE Controller Network nee sontroter Neiw
214. QnPH Or the transition condition for forced transition step corresponding to the value and correct it QnPRH that does not exit in the SFC program was as necessary QnU canceled e Turn on SM321 if it is off LCPU Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed STEP EXE ERROR There were too many simultaneous active steps in blocks that can be designated by the SFC program 4632 Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information Read common information of the error using the Qn H MDiagnostic Timing programming tool to identify the numeric value QnPH e When instruction executed program error location Check the error step QnPRH STEP EXE ERROR corresponding to the value and correct it as QnU There were too many simultaneous active steps in necessary LCPU all blocks that can be designated 4633 Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed 203 666 000P ISI p09 10114 Q xIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy 204 A 8 10 sm 12 15 18 19 20 21 22 CPU operations when an error occurred can be determined with a parameter LED indication varies according to the CPU module status This applies if the function version is B or later
215. S p09 40g XIpueddy gt SI7 p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 6020 OPE MODE DIFF At power on reset the RUN STOP switch settings of the control system and standby system are not the same in a redundant system This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Set the RUN STOP switches of the control system and standby system to the same setting 6030 UNIT LAY DIFF e Ina redundant system the module configuration differs between the control system and standby system The network module mode setting differs between the two systems This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information Module No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset At tracking cable connection At operation mode change e Match the module configurations of the control system and standby system In the redundant setting of the network parameter dialog box match the mode setting of System B to that of System A 6035 UNIT LAY DIFF In a redundant system the CPU module model name differs between the control system and standby system
216. SD311 Pan for inside for 32 bit binary value extended link ry register W extension e This register specifies the amount of processing time for communication with a programming tool or another module Q004 Q00 Time reserved Time reserved The greater the value specified is the shorter the response a01 SD315 for for time for communication with another such as a programming U Qn H communication communication tool or serial communication module is However scan time QnPH processing processing will increase by the specified time QnPRH Setting range 1 to 100ms A setting outside the above range is regarded as no setting New ae at SFC block e While online change inactive block is executed SM329 is Syiah SD329 Ten b ps on this register stores the target SFC block number AMS Qnu 8 haa DUM EI e In other than the above status this register stores FFFFy change number No of modul SD340 k O RSS Indicates the number of mounted Ethernet module installed SD341 1 0 No Indicates I O No of mounted Ethernet module Network QCPU SD342 2 a ia Indicates network No of mounted Ethernet module fe SD343 Ethernet E Group No Indicates group No of the mounted Ethernet module n N SD344 information 5 Station No Indicates station No of mounted Ethernet module SD345 5 io Emot Empty The IP address of the 1st Ethernet module is stored in pi the buffer memory SD346 g S Qn H SD347 Empty Empty An error
217. SD5 Slot No CPU No Base No Block No 1 2 3 4 5 sp3 SD6 1O No 6 11 Pea SD7 SD14 SD8 SD9 SD10 SD11 Empty SD12 SD13 SD14 SD15 1 For a multiple CPU system the module No or CPU No is stored according to an error To determine whether a storage value is a module No or CPU No refer to each error code CPU No 1 1 CPU No 2 2 CPU No 3 3 CPU No 4 4 2 Ifa fuse has been blown or an I O module verification error occurs in a module on the MELSECNET H remote 1 0 station the network No is stored in the upper 8 bits and the station No is stored in the lower 8 bits To determine a fuse blown module or a module where an I O module verification error occurs check the I O No 3 Ifan instruction is executed to the Basic model QCPU on Error common Error common the slot where the module cannot be mounted 255 is Ss Ki QCPU information information stored in SD5 Error om LCPU 4 The definitions of the base No slot No and block No are as follows Base No This number indicates a base unit on which the CPU module is mounted SD15 Base No Definition 0 Indicates the main base unit where a CPU module is mounted 1to7 Indicates the extension base unit The stage number 294 APPENDICES Corre
218. SE with referring to the System Monitor dialog box Individual information 5 i i TENY e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the EDiagnostic Timing aes At power on At reset same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O NO END COVER module intelligent function module END cover No END cover A branch module or extension module Please mcollateralinformation consult your local Mitsubishi representative 2031 Common information Module No Block No y g oe P j ea explaining a detailed description of the e Individual information roblem Diagnostic Timing R i e When an END instruction executed Read common information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value module No Check the module UNIT BAD CONNECT eer corresponding to the value and replace it as LCPU The I O module status is different from that btained at power on ndi i Poweron ae Monitor SD1400 to D1431 using the e The I O module including the intelligent function dule i ty di ames latest programming tool to identify the module of module is nearly disconnected or is completely Which data bit is 1 Check the module and disconnected during running F replace it as necessary e An extension cable is not securely connected R fail Piha CPU module tbuit Securely connect the connector part of an 2040 STAWE ORSA e Se modul builtin extension cable to the module I
219. SM1887 CH1 EA E ON Error removed and CH1 error reset command is turned on e This relay turns on if a warning occurs in OFF No warnin eni SM1888 CH1 warning i 4 9 e This relay turns off when a warning cause ON_ Warning is removed and CH1 error reset command is turned on 285 gt ysIq Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre P s Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Name Meanin Explanat uate caa ADS When Set ACPU CPU m9000 CH1 coincidence e This relay is turned on to reset CH1 i Resets CH1 counter counter value coincidence No 1 SM1890 signal No 1 reset HS f 1 value coincidence No 1 The command is valid while this relay is on command The on time must be held for at least 2ms ey e This relay is turned on to reset CH1 CH1 coincidence Fc ak Resets CH1 counter counter value coincidence No 2 SM1891 signal No 2 reset reeds x 2 gt d value coincidence No 2 The command is valid while this relay is on command r The on time must be held for at least 2ms This relay is turned on to perform oe Controls outputs from pha 39 CH1 coincidence Ch eeindidenca output coincidence output from CH1 coincidence SM1892 output enable 7 output No 1 and CH1 coincidence output No 1 and No 2 command terminai No 2 terminals The command is valid while this relay is on This relay is turned on to preset the counter value 51893 CH1 preset Presets the c
220. STOP gt RUN FILE SET ERROR The file specified wilh a parameter doss not e Read the individual information of the error exist K 5 u using the programming tool to identify the e When using a file in an SD memory card the SD i 4 7 numeric value parameter No Check the drive memory card is being disabled by SM606 SD df d digableringiriell name and file name of the parameter memory cat ore g i able instruction corresponding to the value and correct it as LCPU Collateral information eae rae RUN P 3 3 A necessary Create the specified file and write it Common information File name Drive name Off ooh to the CPU module e Individual information Parameter number ERR K inan sd Cancel the SD memory card forced disable n EDiagnostic Timing i Flicker At power on At reset At writing to programmable instruction controller STOP RUN CPU Status FILE SET ERROR Stop Program memory capacity was exceeded by performing boot operation or automatic write to standard ROM an Hy 8 Collateral information ne Common information File name Drive name QnPH e Individual information Parameter number e Check and correct the parameters boot SRR WDiagnostic Timing setting At power on At reset At writing to programmable Delete unnecessary files in the program controller memory FILE SET ERROR e Choose Clear program memory for boot in the Program memory capacity was exceeded by parameter so that boot is star
221. Switching the OFF eee ee When SM1049 is off characters up to NULL 004 code ber of M9049 SM1049 SM701 ee encountered code ate Output output r e When SM1049 is ON ASCII codes of 16 ON 16 characters characters characters are output output z A e Switched ON to disable the CHG instruction CHG instruction i OFF Enabled Turn this on when requesting program transfer It is M9051 SM1051 x execution s gt disable ON Disable automatically turned off upon completion of the transfer OFF 7 SEG segment When SM1052 is on the SEG instruction is used as M9052 SM1052 vee instruction display an I O part refr sh instruction When ee is off switch ON I O partial the SEG instruction is used as a 7 SEG display refresh instruction OFF Other than Main side P See M9056 SM1056 a set request being requested While a program is running upon completion of ON P Iset being transfer of another program for example a requested subprogram when the main program is running a P OFF Other than and set request is turned on This relay when P I set automatically turns off upon completion of P and Sub side P set M9057 SM1057 x r leet being requested setting q ON P Iset being requested EEF Qn H M9058 SM1058 X Main side P l Momentarily ON at P QnPH set completion set completion This relay turns on for a moment upon completion of i P and setting and immediately turns off M9059 SM1059 S Sub program Pl Mome
222. The power supply 1 indicates the redundant power supply module mounted on the POWER 1 slot of the redundant base unit Q38RB 68RB Q65WRB The power supply 2 indicates the redundant power supply module mounted on the POWER 2 slot of the redundant base unit Q38RB 68RB Q65WRB 2 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 07032 or later However for the multiple CPU system configuration this applies to all CPU modules whose first 5 digits of serial No are 07032 or later 3 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 10042 or later 364 21 Built in I O function APPENDICES Number D1830 D1831 D1832 D1833 Name Functions selected for input signals Meaning Functions selected for input signals Explanation This register stores values indicating functions assigned for input signals Each signal has 4 bit data b15 b12b11 b8b7 b4 b3 b0 SD1830 X3 X24 X1 gt lt X0 gt b15 b12b11 b8b7 b4 b3 b0 D1831 lt X7 Xe X5 X4 gt b15 b12b11 _b8b7 b4 b3 b0 D1832 XBA XAA X9 X8 b15 b12b11 _b8b7 b4 b3 b0 SD1833 XF XE XDI XC Values are stored according to functions as follows 0 General purpose input function e 1 Interrupt input function e 2 Pulse catch function 3 Positioning function 4 High speed counter function D1834 D1835 Functions selected for output signals F
223. This register stores each status of CH2 b15tob8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 on A A A AAAA Addition subtraction 0 Addition 1 Subtraction Underflow detection flag 0 Not detected 1 Detected Overflow detection flag 0 Not detected 1 Detected Sampling flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Frequency measurement flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Rotation speed measurement flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Pulse measurement flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating PWM output flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Fixed to 0 SD1903 CH2 external I O status monitor CH2 external I O status monitor e This register stores a value indicating the external I O signal status of CH2 Unused signal status is fixed at off When Normal Mode is set for Operation Mode Setting high speed counter function parameter a value according to the setting configured for Function Input Logic Setting high speed counter function parameter is stored in the function input status Therefore when a voltage is applied to the function input terminal while Negative logic is set for Function input logic setting this register turns off When other than A Phase B Phase is selected for Count Source Selection high speed counter function parameter the phase A input status and phase B input status are fixed at off b15tob7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b
224. U No 1 CPU t w Tose Reset status e This relay is always off reset status LCPU e Turns off when CPU No 2 is reset OFF No 2 CPU reset e Turns on while CPU No 2 is being reset SM241 No 2 CPU reset cancel including the case where the CPU module is flag ON No 2 CPU removed from the base unit MULTI CPU resetting DOWN error code 7000 is detected on the Q00 a01 1 other CPUs Qn H e Turns off when CPU No 3 is reset QnPH OFF No 3 CPU reset e Turns on while CPU No 3 is being reset QnuU SM242 No 3 CPU reset cancel including the case where the CPU module is flag ON No 3 CPU removed from the base unit MULTI CPU resetting DOWN error code 7000 is detected on the other CPUs e Turns off when CPU No 4 is reset OFF No 4 CPU reset e Turns on while CPU No 4 is being reset New Qn H t SM243 No 4 CPU reset cancel including the case where the CPU module is QnPH flag ON No 4 CPU removed from the base unit MULTI CPU S Status E resetting DOWN error code 7000 is detected on the change QnU other CPUs This relay is off when CPU No 1 is normal Qo0 Qo1 OFF No 1 CPU normal including the case where a continuation error Qn H No 1 CPU error SM244 fla ON No 1 CPU during has occurred QnPH g stop error e This relay is on when CPU No 1 has a stop Qnu error LCPU e This relay is on when CPU No 2 is normal OFF No 2 CPU normal including the case where a continuation error No 2 CPU SM245 ae error ON
225. U module in the following bit pattern O is off 1 is on and 2 is flicker b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3_ to bO Q00J Q00 Se OO OO a E Q01 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Qn H R QnPH 1 RUN 2 ERR 3 USER 4 BAT 1 5 BOOT QnPRH 6 Empty 7 Empty 8 MODE 0 Off 1 Green 2 Orange 1 For the Basic model QCPU 3 to 8 are left empty This register stores the LED status information on the CPU module in the following bit pattern O is off 1 is on and 2 is flicker S Status of t ti t t SD201 LED status SE pis_to_pi2bit to be DA _to bba _to bo Status CPU LED bee ee ee a Fo change 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 QnU 1 RUN 2 ERR 3 USER 4 BAT 5 BOOT 6 Empty 7 Empty 8 MODE 1 For the QOQOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 5 is left empty This register stores the LED status information on the CPU module in the following bit pattern O is off 1 is on and 2 is flicker b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3_ to bO New L L L 1 1 1 1 L L L LCPU lt gt lt p lt p lt p lt gt lt p lt p lt gt 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 RUN 2 ERR 3 USER 4 BAT 5 Empty 6 Empty 7 VO ERR 8 MODE By specifying the LEDs in this register and turning SM202 from off to on the LEDs can be turned off The USER and BOOT LEDs can be specified The LED to be turned off can be specified in the following bit pattern Setting 1 turns off the LED and setting 0 does not turn off the LED Qn
226. U the bits for the third to seventh extension bases are fixed to 0 For the QOOUCPU QO1UCPU and QO2UCPU the bits for the fifth to seventh extension bases are fixed to 0 s Initial New QCPU LCPU Qn H QnPH QnPRH Q00J Q00 Q01 QnU 312 APPENDICES Corre c Number Name Meanin Explanation Ser Dy sponding s e g a When Set ACPU D g p000 The number of slots used is stored in the area corresponding D243 to each base unit as shown below bis tobi2 b11 to b8 b7 to b4 b3 is bO an H SD243 Extension 3 Extension 2 Extension 1 Main No of base SD244 Extension 7 Extension 6 Extension 5 Extension 4 QnPH slots QnPRH SD244 For the QOOUJCPU the bits for the third to seventh extension QnU bases are fixed to 0 For the QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and QO2UCPU the bits for the fifth to seventh extension bases are fixed to 0 The number of slots used is stored in the area corresponding to SD243 No of base each base unit as shown below The number of slots set in the s No of base slots parameter setting Initial slots Q00J Q00 Operation b15 to b12 b11tob8 b7tob4 b3 to b0 Q01 SD244 status SD243 Extension 3 Extension 2 Extension 1 Main SD244 Fixedto0 Fixedto0 Fixed to 0 Extension 4 The number of slots where modules are actually mounted is SD245
227. U module 3041 mc ollateral information If the same error occurs the cause is a hardware Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 177 666 000 S p09 10114 G XIpueddy gt SI p09 10113 xipueddy aa Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ee stig pila saa e Write the parameters configured in the PLC parameter and Network parameter dialog boxes and remote password to a parameter valid drive and power on the system again or reset the CPU module If the same error occurs the cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local PARAMETER ERROR Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed RUN The system file that have stored the remote ar eee an description of the problem Off password Ssttng information Sdamaged e When a valid drive for parameter is set to other ERR Qn H 12 3042 ols O OR than program memory set tne parameter file Flicker QnPH 12 sInidividual informations PARAM at the boot file setting to be able to QnPRH 12 Diagnostic Timing transmit to the program memory CPU Status At power on At reset Write the PLC parameter network parameter Stop and remote password to a parameter valid drive and power on the system again or reset the CPU module If the same error occurs
228. UCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU Amount of Amount of QO3UD E CPU Q04UD E HCPU LO2CPU S anu D118 battery battery LO2CPU P Status LCPU consumption consumption 1 to 3 QO6UD E HCPU L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT change 1 to 4 Q10UD E HCPU Q20UD E HCPU Q13UD E HCPU Q26UD E HCPU 1 to 5 Q50UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU 304 APPENDICES Corre c Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by sponding s ate E M When Set ACPU eee g D9000 This register stores a value indicating a cause that has the battery life prolonging function enabled While this register is other than 0 the battery life prolonging function is enabled Battery life Battery life 0 No factor S i i 1 Factor QnU D119 prolonging prolonging b15 to b2 b1b0 G Status LCPU factor factor Fixed to 0 f change b0 CPU switch setting b1 Backup in execution by latch data backup function to standard ROM D130 e This register stores the number of a fuse blown output D131 module in units of 16 points in the following bit pattern When module numbers have been set by the parameter the SD132 parameter set numbers are stored SD133 p b15b14 b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 SD134 Bit pattern in 1 1 units of 16 SD130 O0 O O yc 0 O O Of 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SD135 points SD131 BA 0o o0
229. UTE I The IRET instruction exists before the FEND instruction of the main routine program Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed CAN T EXECUTE I e The IRET instruction was executed in the fixed scan execution type program e The STOP instruction was executed in the fixed scan execution type program Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Read common information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary 4225 CAN T EXECUTE I The interrupt pointer for the module mounted on the extension base unit is set in the redundant system Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Delete the setting of interrupt pointer for the module mounted on the extension base unit since it cannot be used 4230 INST FORMAT ERR The number of CHK and CHKEND instructions is not equal Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Read common information of the error using the programming tool to i
230. ZE ERROR The tracking capacity exceeded the allowed range This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information Reason s for tracking size excess error e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When an END instruction executed Reexamine the tracking capacity 6111 TRK SIZE ERROR The control system does not have enough file register capacity for the file registers specified in the tracking settings This can be detected from the control system or standby system of the redundant system Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When an END instruction executed Switch to the file registers of which capacity is greater than the file registers specified in the tracking settings CPU Status Continue QnPRH 211 6669 0009 S p09 10114 g XIpueddy gt SI7 p09 10113 xipueddy zy Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action eae Aa fe cos TRK SIZE ERROR File registers greater than those of the standby system were tracked and transmitted from the RUN control system On This can be detected from the standby system of Switch to the file registers of which capacity is ERR 6112 the redundant system greater than the file registers specified in the On Collateral information tracking settings e Common informa
231. a correction SFC device specified 40A3H specification Step range limit exceeded Check the number of settings and make a correction error The specified sequence step No is outside s 40A4H Check the setting contents and make a correction the range 40A5H The specified device is outside the range Check the number of settings and make a correction The block specification pattern and step 40A6H Check the setting contents and make a correction specification pattern were wrong 224 APPENDICES Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action The drive memory specified in SFC file 40BOH ae Check the setting contents and make a correction operation is wrong The SFC program specified in SFC file z 40B1H f f Check the specified file name and make a correction operation does not exist The program specified in SFC file operation is p p 40B2H Check the specified file name and make a correction not an SFC program SFC file related Using online program change of SFC an error attempt was made to execute rewrite operation of the SFC dedicated instruction A0B3H such as the STEP start instruction or Write the program after setting the CPU module to the transition start instruction that shows an SFC STOP status chart SFC dedicated instruction cannot be written during RUN 4100H CPU module hardware fault Change t
232. a eR eA ge era ye 9 MANUAIS PAG EORGANIZATI ON reece sone esc tee reese ee rvre ce ee ey pey ge to So anny eer Sure sore yo 16 TERMS ok Forgery ee eg NP see en SCE ree oe Paes PURER Re Re Ree a ge 17 PAGKIN GIES IP esr E ye eee one a nie nae cor yee ee earapoy Se See tame E E CR Renee B 18 CHAPTER 1 FEATURES 22 CHAPTER 2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 24 2 1 Overall System Configuration 0 0 0 cette teens 24 2 2 Precautions for Configuring a System 0 000 0 ec arrer r errre 25 2 3 Peripheral Configuration 0 2 00 ete tne 28 CHAPTER 3 SYSTEM START UP PROCEDURE 29 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 31 4 1 Installation Environment and Installation Position s aaaea 00 cee cece eee ee 31 4 1 1 Installation environment 0 0 00 eee ete teens 31 41 2 Installation positiOn 5 5 02 alae AG aaa AEE ln eS OG eed en 31 4 2 Mounting the Modules 00 00 cece ete teens 32 4 2 1 Precautions for connecting and mounting modules 0 00000 e eee eee 32 4 2 2 Connecting modules 2x04 dea shs et wedged adh doen absed wit ace os ae lds ed 33 4 2 3 Mounting the modules ona DiNrail 2 0 0 0 eee 34 4 2 4 Changing modules ona DIN rail 0 0 eee 37 4 2 5 Attaching and removing a display unit 0 0 0c eee eee 39 4 2 6 Mounting and removing a terminal block 0 00 0c cece ete 40 4 2 7 Inserting and removing an SD memory card 1 1 0 0 eee 42 A Wingene ala Satcher aes
233. a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 101 Td W034 PESY pue D1d O AUM L EGL sog jeuonouny 104 BurjoeyD E S 1 5 3 3 Ethernet communication 102 1 Direct connection is not possible If Ethernet communication is not possible through direct connection with the programming tool check the following items Check item Action The CPU module is not directly connected to the programming tool with a single cable The setting on the connected device personal computer is incorrect Ethernet port setting e Firewall setting e Communication setting of security software Directly connect the CPU module to the programming tool with a single cable Correct the setting on the connected device In the Transfer Setup setting of the programming tool Ethernet Port Direct Connection is not selected for the PLC side I F PLC Module Correct the Transfer Setup setting When parameters are read after switching to USB connection Disable direct connection to MELSOFT is selected in the Built in Ethernet Port Setting tab Correct the parameter In the Status of Each Connection tab in the Ethernet Diagnostics dialog box MELSOFT Direct Connection is set to the forced deactivation status Disable the forced deactivation In the Error History tab in the Ethernet Diagnostics dialog box an error f
234. a request from another node communications between the CPU module and the Ethernet module failed due to a noise or other causes e Ensure that the operating environment for the system meets the general specifications of the CPU module e Reset the CPU module If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem When MELSEC A Ethernet Module is specified in Destination of the simple PLC communication function an incorrect device is specified e Check the specified device name e Check the specified device No e Check the device assignment parameters of the CPU module destination When MELSEC A Ethernet Module was specified in Destination of the simple PLC communication function a system error occurred The possible cause is malfunction due to noise or other causes or hardware failure e Check that the power supply module and the CPU module are correctly mounted connected e Ensure that the operating environment for the system meets the general specifications of the CPU module e Check whether the power capacity is sufficient e Reset the CPU module If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem When MELS
235. able tubes AS w w 3 Check the terminal layout and install the wires to ia the connector 2 a When the connector is plugged into an I O module an z FG wire needs not to be installed 8 2 Q n 51 Place the connector on one side of the connector 4 cover and put the fixing screws through the screw holes Cover the other connector cover onto the connector Tighten the four screws W 52 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING b AGCON2 The following table shows the specifications of the FCN 363T T005 H used for the AGCON2 i Outside Length of Applicable wire Cross section N A A i p A Crimp height diameter of stripped wire size area of wire i coated wire part AWG24 0 20 to 0 24mm2 1 25 to 1 30 61 2 or less 3 0 to 4 0 AWG26 0 13 to 0 16mm2 1 20 to 1 25 61 2 or less 3 0 to 4 0 AWG28 0 088 to 0 096mm2 1 15 to 1 20 61 2 or less 3 0 to 4 0 Wiring of the AGCON2 requires special tools For usage and adjustment of the tools contact FUJITSU COMPONENT LIMITED c AGCON3 Wiring of the A6CON3 requires special tools For usage and adjustment of the tools contact FUJITSU COMPONENT LIMITED Point 1 Check the terminal layout and press the wires Arrangement for a flat cable is in the order of A1 gt B1 A2eeeee The following figure shows a connector seen from the plug in side against the connector
236. able modules to 10 ISP UNIT LAY ERR Remove the module whose number of points The number of connectable modules has deda exceeds 4096 points RUN exceed a he i g e Replace the module to installed at end with the Off e A module is installed exceeding the I O points of 4096 one whose number of occupied points does not ERR i exceed 4096 points i 2124 A module is installed crossing the I O points of p beet Flicker L26CPU BT e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the 4096 baat A L26CPU PBT 7 p same error code is displayed again the cause CPU Status Collateral information R is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O Stop Common information Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset module intelligent function module END cover branch module or extension module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem SP UNIT LAY ERR The number of connectable modules has exceeded 40 A module is installed exceeding the I O points of 4096 A module is installed crossing the I O points of 4096 Collateral information Common information Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Reduce the number of connectable modules to 40 or less Remove the module whose number of points exceeds 4096 points Replace the last module with the one whose number of occup
237. ables list the crimp tool pressure displacement tools and the types of connectors used for modules a 40 pin connector Type Model Applicable wire size Soldering connector 2 i A6CON1 0 3mm AWG22 stranded straight out type Crimp connector 2 A6CON2 0 088 to 0 24mm AWG28 to 24 stranded straight out type AWG28 stranded Pressure displacement connector r i A6CON3 1 AWG30 solid straight out type Flat cable of 1 27mm pitch Soldering connector 2 A6CON4 0 3mm AWG22 stranded both for straight out and 45 degree types 1 When the A6CON3 is used for the CPU module to connect external devices it can be used only when all I O signal points are used for the general purpose I O function b Crimp tool and pressure displacement tools for 40 pin connectors Type Model Contact Crimp tool FCN 363T T005 H Pressure FCN 367T T012 H locator plate FUJITSU COMPONENT LIMITED displacement FCN 707T T001 H cable cutter http www fcl fujitsu com en tool FCN 707T T101 H hand press For wiring of the connectors and usage of the crimp tool and pressure displacement tools contact FUJITSU COMPONENT LIMITED CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 3 Wiring method a AGCON1 AGCON4 1 Loosen the four fixing screws on the connector and remove the screws Open the connector cover from the connector side 2 Solder the wires and coat them with heat shrink
238. acter LCPU file SD664 8th character 7th character spess aeaeo eH SD666 spD666 3rd character of 2nd character of the extension the extension S Initial This register stores the number of a drive where valid parameters have been stored 0 Drive 0 program memory e 1 Drive 1 SRAM card 2 Drive 2 Flash card ATA card QnU 4 Drive 4 standard ROM Parameter Parameter SD670 enable drive enable drive 4 For the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and QO1UCPU only information No f ag ye drives 0 and 4 are parameter valid drives This register stores the number of a drive where valid parameters have been stored 0 Drive 0 program memory LCPU 329 jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Corre Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by sponding spondin g m When Set ACPU sas 9 D9000 This register stores the execution status of latch data backup in the following bit pattern Presence Restore operation at Status absence of turning power supply backup data ON from OFF 0 No backup data Absent Restoring not executed oo A a ery Restoring executed when Restore ready turning power supply 1 completion ON from OFF the Status of latch ge SR a ee aa Plevingimes d S SD671 data backup Status display 2 Restore execution Restoring not executed Status completion Present function b 40 0000 fb w
239. acter character ae Initial Q01 SD642 SD644 8th character 7th character 1st character of SD645 the extension Q aE 3rd character of 2nd character of S0646 the extension R the extension D SD643 This register stores the file name of the file register selected by the parameter or the QDRSET instruction in ASCII code with an extension New b15 to b8 b7 to b0 Fil ai Fil ie SD641 2nd character 1st character Qn H i 9 regISI9r a S registar SD642 4th character 3rd character QnPH SD644 pone pane SD643 6th character 5th character SnEBH SD644 8th character 7th character Qnu 1st character of SD645 extension 2Ex 3rd character of 2nd character of Shots the extension the extension S Status SD645 This register stores the file name of the file register selected by change the parameter in ASCII code with an extension b15 to b8 b7 to b0 SD641 2nd character 1st character SD642 4th character 3rd character SD646 SD643 6th character 5th character LCPU SD644 8th character 7th character 1st character of SD645 extension 2Ex sp646 3rd character of 2nd character of the extension the extension Qn H S QnPH oar ae a se Status QnPRH D647 File ina File e Hie t the data size of the selected file register change N anu capacity capacity unit 1K word LCPU S Q00J Q00 Initial Q01 Q00J Q00 Q01 S Qn H SD648 to cia pn ana Tins ae stores the block number of the selected file Ses D9035 QnPH ock number ock number register
240. action 0 Addition 1 Subtraction Underflow detection flag 0 Not detected 1 Detected Overflow detection flag 0 Not detected 1 Detected Sampling flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Frequency measurement flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Rotation speed measurement flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Pulse measurement flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating PWM output flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Fixed to 0 S Every END processing New LCPU 370 APPENDICES Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD1883 CH1 external I O status monitor CH1 external I O status monitor e This register stores a value indicating the external I O signal status of CH1 e Unused signal status is fixed at off When Normal Mode is set for Operation Mode Setting high speed counter function parameter a value according to the setting configured for Function Input Logic Setting high speed counter function parameter is stored in the function input status Therefore when a voltage is applied to the function input terminal while Negative logic is set for Function input logic setting this register turns off When other than A Phase B Phase is selected for Count Source Selection high speed counter function parameter the phase A input status and phase B input status are fixed at o
241. action is not effective also take the following two measures To prevent excessive noise avoid installing power cables together with I O cables Connect surge absorbers to noise generating devices such as relays and contactors using the same power supply or take other noise Action reduction measures Point If excessive noise is periodically generated setting the response time shorter may be effective Ex 70ms gt 20ms No1 ndul 10 Buyooysa qnos pS uogoun4 O u ig 2y 104 BuNOOYse qnolL y G 121 15 4 2 Troubleshooting for output circuit 1 A load momentarily turns on from off when the system is powered off When an inductive load is connected 2 Load may turn on from off due to a diversion of back EMF at 1 Shutoff e LO2CPU L26CPU BT Cause e LO2CPU P L26CPU PBT ee lees Back EMF 3 J YO 1 gt Load i E f 2 C Y1 Load 1 Shut off t 24VDC N To suppress the back EMF connect a diode to 3 parallel to the load where back EMF is generated e LO2CPU L26CPU BT p Back EMF fT Load I Action e LO2CPU P L26CPU PBT Back EMF ft Load ji 122 CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 All loads turn on
242. after data have been written s by the number of storable files Stop is set for Status Data logging Operation occurring when number of saved change SM1943 setting No 1 OFF Not ended files is exceeded Data i A end ON Ended Trigger is set for Logging type gang The corresponding bit turns on when the LCPU trigger condition is met data are collected by the number of set times and then the data New are written to the SD memory card This relay also turns on if an error occurs during data logging except data logging error occurred by the execution of online change Data logging This relay turns on when the specified s tting No 1 tri dition i t sm1944 Soting No OFF ON Triggered 99S etre cee Status Data logging e This relay is turned on to meet the trigger a change U trigger condition Data logging Thig relay tums on after trigger logging is triggered This relay remains on even after S setting No 1 OFF Not triggered aat SM1945 S data logging is completed This relay turns off Status After data logging ON Triggered f see cee when trigger logging is suspended or change 99 stopped This relay turns on if a data logging error Data logging occurs OFF N S SM1946 setting No 1 ON me This relay is turned off by the registration of Error Data logging error F the setting or a stop command from LCPU Logging Configuration Tool Data logging This relay is on while buffer memory data are SM1947 sewing Neat Data
243. age number setting is extension 1 Base No 1 When stage number setting is extension 7 Base No 7 Slot No This number is used to identify the slot No of a module where an error occurs The 0 I O slot slot on the right of the CPU slot on the main base unit is defined as Slot No 0 The slot Nos are assigned in sequence numbers in order of the main base unit and then the first extension base unit to 7th extension base unit When the number of slots on base units has been set in the I O assignment tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box the slot Nos are assigned by the number of set slots Block No Block No Definition 0 Indicates the number of main block where a CPU module is mounted 1to3 Indicates the main block where a CPU module is mounted Extension block 1 Block No 1 Extension block 2 Block No 2 Extension block 3 Block No 3 To the next page 3 Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by sponding spondin E P When Set ACPU ee g D9000 SD5 This register stores common information corresponding to the SD6 error code stored in SDO The following ten types of information are stored here SD7 The error common information type can be determined by SD8 common information category code stored in SD4 Values SD9 stored in common information category code correspond to _ the following 1 to 8 SD10 1 Module No SD11 Number Meaning SD12
244. agnostic Timing e When instruction executed Read common information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QCPU LCPU 196 APPENDICES Error Code SD0 Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 4213 CAN T EXECUTE P More than 16 nesting levels are programmed Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Keep nesting levels at 16 or under 4220 CAN T EXECUTE I Though an interrupt input occurred the corresponding interrupt pointer does not exist Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed 4221 CAN T EXECUTE I An IRET instruction does not exist in the executed interrupt program Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Read common information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary 4223 CAN T EXEC
245. ailure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop Qnu L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT QSO0UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU LCPU QCPU LCPU 138 APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 1202 OPE CIRCUIT ERR The operation circuit for sequence processing in the CPU module does not operate normally Collateral information Common Information Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset 1203 OPE CIRCUIT ERR The operation circuit for index modification in the CPU module does not operate normally Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing When an END instruction executed 1204 OPE CIRCUIT ERR The hardware logic in the CPU module does not operate normally Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information BDiagnostic Timing When an END instruction executed 1205 OPE CIRCUIT ERR The operation circuit for sequence processing in the CPU module does not operate normally Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information BDiagnostic Timing When an END instruction executed The cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module
246. aking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 3 9 Positioning function The check items and actions in this section are described in the case of axis 1 For special relay and special register for other channels refer to the following e Special relay gt Page 245 Appendix 2 e Special register gt Page 291 Appendix 3 If a motor does not rotate check the following items Check item The positioning function is not set to the output signal Action Correct the parameter Axis 1 axis operation status SD1844 indicates stopped 1 Axis 1 current feed value SD1840 SD1841 does not change after positioning control is performed Review the program stopped Review the start program The pulse output mode setting does not meet the specifications of the drive unit Set the pulse output mode so that it can meet the specifications of the drive unit The logic of pulse output does not match with the one set for the drive unit Set the drive unit to negative logic If the motor does not rotate even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 15 3 10 High speed count
247. al function modules 2101 installed t except the A1S161 Al61 S1 that can make an mC ollateral Information interrupt start to the CPU module to 12 or less Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR Total of 7 or more MELSECNET MELSECNET B Qn H local station data link module A1SJ71AP23Q 34 A1SJ71AR23Q A1SJ71AT23BQ A QnA Say intelligent communication module A1SD51 Reduce the total number of MELSECNET AD51 H S3 A QnA JEMANET JPCN 1 master MELSECNET B local station data link module module A1SJ71J92 S3 AJ71J92 S3 A QnA A QnA intelligent communication module A QnA 2102 external failure diagnostics module AD51FD S3 JEMANET JPCN 1 master module A QnA and Q QnA paging interface module A1SD21 S1 external failure diagnostics module and Q QnA have been installed paging interface module that have been installed Collateral information to six or fewer Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR e Reduce the number of QI60 A1S161 AI61 S1 e Two or more QI60 A1S161 AI61 S1 modules modules mounted in the single CPU system to are mounted in a single CPU system one RUN e Two or more QI60 A1S161 AI61 S1 modules e Reduce the number of the A1S161 AI61 S1 Off are set to the same control CPU in a multiple modules mounted in the single CPU system
248. and extension module 2 0 ce eee ees 407 Appendix 12 5 Other optionalitems 0 0 eee eee 408 INDEX 410 REVISIONS errs ee tc ct ar ci naa A TEA EES a a ean Nan as famed Nostale Ne a Pra 412 WARRANTY Eeee fst Shea tA eek Ae ees D ok ote ce ek Cs et OR Se te As 413 15 MANUAL PAGE ORGANIZATION In this manual pages are organized and the symbols are used as shown below The following page illustration is for explanation purpose only and is different from the actual pages is used for screen names and items 1 shows operating procedures W shows mouse operations is used for items in the menu bar and the project window shows setting or operating examples QAJ shows reference manuals lt shows reference pages 1 Menu bar A window selected in the view selection area is displayed View selection area 16 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 7 1 1 Setting method The chapter of 1 Settinggarameters the current page is shown erating procedure 1 Open PLC Parameter ialog box XD JProject window gt Parameter gt PLC parameter Select the I O Assignment tab nese cm ct we hats sr moo e Ta Raa osen State sanra S E im item Description Reference Tre Selec the type of the connected made Page 74 Secon 7 12 Modai Name Tna he model name ofthe comedied noe Page 4 Secon 7 13 Panis S
249. and then OPEN processing The specified connection has not completed OPEN processing Reexecute after OPEN processing is completed When MELSEC A Ethernet Module was specified in Destination of the simple PLC communication function the function was executed while CPU exchange timing setting SW7 of the Ethernet module is off and the CPU module on the destination is in the RUN status e Turn on CPU exchange timing setting SW7 of the destination e Set the CPU module on the destination to STOP and execute the function again 232 APPENDICES Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action 41B9H 41BAH 41BCH 41BDH 41BEH 41BFH Ethernet I F Error e Contents of control data is not correct Open instruction was executed through open settings parameter even though parameters are not set for Open settings e Correct the contents of the control data e Configure the open settings parameters or execute the OPEN instruction through control data An error occurred during file transfer to the FTP server e Delete unnecessary files on the FTP server to increase free space e Check the connection status of the FTP server When MELSEC A Ethernet Module was specified in Destination of the simple PLC communication function communications between the CPU module and the Ethernet module failed After the Ethernet module normally receives
250. ange again after confirming switching occurred during online program that communication with the control system CPU 4253H change to the control system CPU module module and standby system CPU module can be online program change to the standby CPU module cannot be executed normally made If it takes time for the communication between the programming tool and either the control system CPU module or standby system CPU module change the value in SD1710 standby system online start waiting time so that errors may be avoided 239 aINPOW Add YM uoneorunwwos Hunnp snos senbe 0 p un s poo 1013 p p xipueddy gt SI p09 10113 xipueddy Error code 7 Error item Error details Corrective action Hexadecimal The tracking cable may not be connected correctly or the tracking communication hardware of the CPU The command cannot be executed since an module may be faulty Check the connection status of 4254H error was detected in the tracking the tracking cable communication hardware If the condition is not restored to normal after the cable connection status is corrected the possible cause is the hardware fault of the CPU module Tracking communication is being prepared when it is The command cannot be executed since 4255H i RA connected Execute the operation again after a while tracking communication is being prepared about 1 second The tracking cable may
251. arameter number FFFF is displayed for the individual information of the error Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset At writing to programmable controller STOP RUN Secure the empty capacity of the standard ROM FILE SET ERROR Standard RAM capacity is insufficient that error history of the module cannot be stored Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset At writing to programmable controller STOP RUN FILE SET ERROR When the extended data register and extended link register are configured in the File Register Extended Setting in the Device tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box the size of the file register file is smaller than that specified in the PLC File tab Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing e STOP gt RUN Secure sufficient space in the standard RAM Correct the size for the file register file in the PLC File tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box Correct the setting for the File Register Extended Setting in the Device tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QnU LCPU 2410 FILE OPE ERROR The specified program does no
252. are written Clock data set j M9025 SM1025 regiest ON Set request to the CPU module after the END instruction a present used execution in the scan where SM1025 is turned on This relay turns on if an error occurs in the clock data OFF No error i M9026 SM1026 Clock data error ON Error SD1025 to SD1028 and is off while there is no error M9028 SM1028 Clock data read OFF Ignored This relay is turned on to read clock data and store request ON Read request them as BCD values into SD1025 to SD1028 e When this relay is turned on in the program all the OFF Batch data communication requests accepted during one Batch i scan are processed in the END processing of that F processing not processing of cond ci d scan Qn H M9029 SM1029 x data ON Batch The batch processing of data communication QnPH communications pees requests can be turned on or off during running requests asin The default is OFF processed one at a time for each END processing in the order in which data communication requests are accepted 267 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy ACPU Special Special Corre Special Relay after Relay for Name Meaning Details sponding Relay Conversion Modification CPU 0 1 d M9030 SM1030 PARON s clock 0 05s 0 2 second M9031 SM1031 5 clock 0 1s 0 1 0 2 1 and 2 second clocks are generated oas The relay turns on or
253. at the ERR and I O ERR LEDs of the CPU module are off Page 90 CHAPTER 15 If both or either of them are on or flashing identify the error with a programming tool or display unit and remove the error cause Execute programs Set the CPU module to RUN and check that the RUN LED of the CPU module turns on End 30 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING This chapter describes the installation and the wiring of modules 4 1 Installation Environment and Installation Position When installing the programmable controller in a control panel fully consider its operability maintainability and environmental resistance 4 1 1 Installation environment Install the programmable controller according to the installation environment shown in the general specifications Page 57 CHAPTER 5 Do not install the programmable controller to the place where e An ambient temperature is outside the range of 0 to 55 C e Ambient humidity is outside the range of 5 to 95 RH e Condensation occurs due to rapid temperature change Corrosive gas or combustible gas is present Conductive powder such as dust and iron powder oil mist salinity or organic solvent is filled The programmable controller is exposed to direct sunlight e A strong electric field or strong magnetic field is generated and The programmable controller is subject to vibration and shock 4 1 2 Installation position T
254. ata length in OS is abnormal System error The protocol information in OS is abnormal System error The address data of communicating module in OS is abnormal System error The protocol information in OS is abnormal System error The protocol specification processing in OS is abnormal System error The typed data in OS is abnormal System error The expedited data processing in OS is abnormal System error The protocol information in OS is abnormal System error The address data of communicating module in OS is abnormal System error The host module address processing in OS is abnormal System error The transmission processing in OS is abnormal System error The connection processing in OS is abnormal System error The connection termination processing is abnormal System error The connection processing in OS is abnormal System error The connection termination processing is abnormal System error The processing order in OS is abnormal e Check whether the power supply module and the CPU module are properly installed to the base unit e Ensure that the operating environment for the system meets the general specifications of the CPU module e Check whether the power capacity is sufficient e Reset the CPU module If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mit
255. ating at when speed is changed with a new speed speed 0 value other than 0 e This relay turns off when SM1860 turns off S e This relay turns on if an error occurs Every END OFF No error e The present error can be checked by r cessi gj SM1865 Axis 2 error RO SD1865 P a f e This relay is turned off by turning on SM1870 e This relay turns on if a warning occurs l OFF No warning e The present warning can be checked by SM1866 Axis 2 warning i SD1866 ON Warning F e This relay is turned off by turning on SM1870 i e This relay turns on when positioning Onka snare i control OPR control JOG operation or S New eeu SM1867 Axis 2 start in bus P absolute position restoration is attempted Instruction busy status y f while the axis 2 is in the busy status The execution ON Start attempted in 7 2 executed start instruction will be ignored U busy status i This relay is reset by the user e This relay turns on when positioning control by the start instruction IPPSTRT2 P IPDSTRT2 P IPSIMUL P IPABRST2 s JOG operation by the JOG start instruction Axis 2 start OFF Not ited Instruct smiges S4 sa inca IPJOG2 or OPR control by the OPR start _ struction instruction ON Being executed i execution instruction IPOPR2 P is started Status change e This relay turns off when positioning g control OPR control or JOG operation is completed e Turning on this relay will turn off SM1865 OFF
256. ation HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Remove the module mounted on the slot whose number of I O points exceeds 2048 points Replace the module with the one whose number of occupied points does not exceed 2048 points APPENDICES Error i LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU SP UNIT LAY ERR i yaa Pian 2 As mit A ear Remove the module mounted on the 25th slot slot The Pee ae or later slot The 17th slot or later slot for the A module is mounted on the slot whose number i ter than th ber of slot ified at 90047 Rana sae ae er pie ee fF a Remove the module mounted on the slot P 9 Is an B a A 8 i s eee se ihe whose number is greater than the number of pee 7 TE ERRO A so eee DUM i slots specified at Slots in Standard setting of of I O points exceeds 1024 points 256 points eae the base setting Q00s Q00 001 re A ja fanaa b Remove the module mounted on the slot O y H ae Sass ae a eae whose number of I O points exceeds 1024 fa eae ees points POSON points greater than or equal to 256 points for os i i a eer the Q00J os arera Nes abit bes e Replace the module with the one whose Common information g i A number of occupied points does not exceed Individual information 4604 ola ithin 256 points for the Q00J BDiagnostic Timing points within points for the At power on At reset e Reduce the number of connect
257. ation error e This relay remains on even after the system S Error returns to normal Turns on if there is at least one output module whose fuse has blown Blown fuse OFF Normal This relay remains on even after the system SM60 ON Module with X M9000 QCPU detection returns to normal blown fuse Output modules on remote I O stations are also checked e This relay turns on if the status of the I O module differs from that registered at power on 1 O modul if OFF N SM61 ESRAS eNe This relay remains on even after the system M9002 error ON Error QCPU returns to normal I O modules on remote I O stations are also LEPU checked Annunciator OFF Not detected This relay turns on if at least one annunciator ele detection ON Detected F turns on M9009 This relay turns on if an error is detected by S Instruction an H OFF Not detected the CHK instruction execution SM80 CHK detection panned AEA QnPH ON Detected This relay remains on even after the system New QnPRH returns to normal This relay is turned on to clear an error set to SM84 E OFF ON E LCPU rror clear gt rror clear SD84 and SD85 Corresponds to SM90 M9108 SD90 Corresponds to SM91 M9109 SD91 Corresponds to SM92 SD92 M9110 SM93 oe T M9111 e Goes when Startup of OFF Not started measurement ot st p SM94 monitoring timer monitoring timer eee s to transition monitoring U M9112 Qn H for step transition reset R Enabled onl ON Started
258. ay is always on QnPRH Qnu 2 LCPU OFF No drive 4 QCPU SM623 Drive 4 fl This relay is al i met ee ON Drive 4 present E ed eon LCPU Qn H This relay is on while a file stored in the drive QnPH Drive 3 4 in OFF Not used SM624 rete ee ee ae 3 standard RAM or the drive 4 standard QnPRH 9 l ROM is being used QnU LCPU New Ss Q00J Q00 Q01 OFF File register not Qn H i f used This relay is on while a file register is being QnPH SM640 Fil t rO ee ae ON File register in used QnPRH use Qnu 2 LCPU OFF File register not RR SM650 Gonifentuse used i This relay is on while a comment file is being S Status QnPRH ON File register in used ise change QnU LCPU OFF Int eae e This relay is on during boot operation Qn H GN B atoperadoniae lo This relay turns off when the boot QnPH f P specification switch is turned off QnPRH progress SM660 Boot operation OFF ee memory Q00J Q00 001 oe Ses a This relay is on during boot operation Qnu 3 LCPU progress Latch data backup OFF Not completed We a ane Sees sist e eae QnuU SM671 to standard ROM Not complete g e standar iScompIete EA n ON Completed Time when the backup is completed is LCPU completion flag stored in SD672 or later 259 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre f s Set by sponding Corresponding Number Name Meanin Explanation g P When Set ACPU CPU M m9000 l OFF
259. b0 Boot operation QBT b8 Not used b1 Parameters QPA b9 Error history QFD b2 Device comments QCD b10 Not used b3 Device initial value QDI b11 Local device QDL b4 File register QDR b12 b5 Sampling trace QTD b13 b6 Not used b14 Not used Not used Not used Not used b7 Not used b15 S Status change Corre sponding ACPU D9000 New Corre sponding CPU Qn H QnPH QnPRH QnU LCPU Qn H QnPH QnPRH Qnu 2 Qn H QnPH QnPRH 324 APPENDICES Corre ea Number Name Meaning Explanation Serby sponding sponding When Set ACPU CPU D9000 This register stores the usage status of a memory card in the following bit pattern Each bit is on while the memory card is being used b0 Boot operation QBT 1 b8 Not used b1 Parameters QPA b9 Not used b2 Device comments QCD b10 Not used b3 Device initial value QDI 2 b11 Local device QDL b4 File register QDR b12 Not used b5 Sampling trace QTD b13 Not used QnuU 2 b6 Not used b14 Not used b7 Backup data QBP 3 b15 Not used 1 This bit turns on at boot start and turns off at the completion 2 This bit turns on when the writing of initial device values is started and turns off at the completion 3 This bit can be used when the first five digits of the serial Memory card Memory card No is 10102 or later S
260. b15 to b8 b7 to b4b3 to b0 0 Drive 1 RAM type 1 0 Does not exist 1 SRAM card 0 Does not exist 1 SRAM 2 ATA card 3 Flash card Drive 2 ROM type 1 1 For the QQOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU the drive 1 RAM type and drive 2 ROM type are fixed at 0 This register stores a value indicating the type of used memory card in the following bit pattern b15 to 0 b8 b7 to b4b3 to bd a _ Drive 1 RAM type 0 Does not exist Fixed to 0 0 Does not exist 4 SD memory card Drive 2 ROM type SD602 Drive 1 Memory card RAM capacity Drive 1 capacity This register stores the drive 1 storage capacity unit 1K byte Free space value after formatting is stored SD603 Drive 2 Memory card ROM capacity Drive 2 capacity This register stores the drive 2 storage capacity unit 1K byte 1 For the Q2MEM 8MBA a value stored to this register depends on the product control number of the ATA card For details refer to the following User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection for the CPU module used Set by When Set S Initial and card removal SD604 Memory card use conditions Memory card use conditions This register stores the usage status of a memory card in the following bit pattern Each bit is on while the memory card is being used
261. b2 b1 bO SD778 0 4 t A I O refresh CC Link refresh MELSECNET H refresh Automatic refresh of intelligent function modules Automatic refresh of CPU shared memory Fixed to 0 for Redundant CPU Execution non execution of communication with programming tool e Refresh between multiple CPUs by the COM instruction is performed under the following conditions Data reception from another CPU When b4 of SD778 is 1 Data transmission from host CPU When b15 of SD778 is 0 Select whether or not each processing is performed when the COM instruction is executed Designation of SD778 is made valid when SM775 turns ON b15b14 _ to b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 SD778 0 I O refresh CC Link refresh Refresh of CC Link IE Controller Network and MELSECNET H Automatic refresh of intelligent function modules Automatic refresh of CPU shared memory Fixed to 0 for Redundant CPU Service processing communication with a programming tool HMI or other external devices e Refresh between multiple CPUs by the COM instruction is performed under the following conditions Data reception from another CPU When b4 of SD778 is 1 Data transmission from host CPU When b15 of SD778 is 0 When b2 of SD778 is 1 both the CC Link IE Controller Network and MELSECNETIHH perform a refresh Therefore when refresh point is large processing time for the COM instruction is extended Selects whether or not the data
262. base point 0 is stored at power on or reset of the CPU module An OP address is stored at the completion of machine OPR control This register is cleared to 0 when speed control in speed position switching control is started e When the current feed value is changed the value after current value change is stored e The current position read from a servo amplifier is stored at the completion of absolute position restoration 2 1 Range 2147483648 to 2147483647 pulses 2 Since the internal update cycle of the storage value is 1ms the information of the current feed value may be older than the actual command position by 1ms at maximum depending on the refresh timing at END processing D1842 D1843 Axis 1 current speed Current speed This register stores the current speed Fractions are not stored If the current speed is slower than 1 pulse s 0 may be displayed me 1 Range 0 to 200000 pulses 2 Since the internal update cycle of the storage value is 1ms the information of the current speed value may be older than the actual command position by 1ms at maximum depending on the refresh timing at END processing D1844 Axis 1 axis operation status Axis operation status This register stores the axis operating status e 1 Error occurring e 0 Standing by e 1 Stopped e 2 In JOG operation e 3 In OPR e 4 In position control e 5 In speed position control speed speed control in
263. base unit 4122 unit from the standby system at separate mode e Delete the instruction for accessing the QnPRH 5 was executed intelligent function module mounted on the Collateral information extension base unit from the standby system Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed OPERATION ERROR Instructions to read SFC step comment S P SFCSCOMR and SFC transition condition comment S P SFCTCOMR are executed for the n H comment flein AIA card Target comment file is to be other than the QnPH 2 4130 Collateral information eee Common information Program error location commenti EATS cara QNPRH e Individual information Qnu WDiagnostic Timing RUN e When instruction executed When an END Off On instruction executed ERR OPERATION ERROR Flicker On The SFC program is started up by the instruction while the other SFC program has not yet been CPU Status completed Check the SFC program specified by the Stop Continue 4131 Collateral information instruction Or check the executing status of the e Common information Program error location SFC program e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed OPERATION ERROR An Operation was performed with special values of input data 0 unnormalized number nonnumeric Qnu is performed LCPU 4140 Collateral information e Common information Program error location Read the i
264. be compared is exceeding the specified device range CHK instruction OFF Conditions e Remains as originally set when OFF Qn H SM710 priority ranking priority Priority for the CHK instruction is changed QnPH flag ON Pattern priority when on QnPRH SM715 EI flag OFF During DI This relay is on while the El instruction is QCPU ON During El being executed LCPU This relay turns on when all data conditions New are met for the DBKCMP instruction Initial Block comparison 2 F OFF Mismatch found execution type program and scan execution SM716 Except an ON No mismatch type program or standby type program interrupt program hove y executed from initial execution type program or scan execution type program S Instruction Qnu 2 This relay turns on when all data conditions execution LCPU l are met for the DBKCMP instruction Block comparison i S5M717 Interrupt OFF Mismatch found Interrupt program fixed scan execution type id ON No mismatch program or standby type program executed prog from interrupt program or fixed scan execution type program This relay turns on when all data conditions Block comparison OFF Mismatch found are met for the DBKCMP instruction SM718 Interrupt program ON lt Nomism t h Interrupt program 145 or standby type Qnu s 145 program that was executed from interrupt program 145 This relay turns on only during first scan after Qn H OFF Comment read the processing of the
265. be n a alee alt tk cles aT ad pra fae oie 82 gt Specifications s irre had dah Road G8 Aes De ee hie ee ea CHAPTER 9 BRANCH MODULE AND EXTENSION MODULE 69 70 72 9 1 Part Names 2032 200 pania a eerie eerie Gant dade Set ee he ee Wt Peete 2 9 27 Specifications eie os c4 bees 2G ke ee eB eu ee 28 ne ST ey CHAPTER 10 RS 232 ADAPTER 72 73 74 10 1 Part Name S ci seneu ae hoe ebay se eee yea eee ees 10 2 Sp cifications i resni 4 dsese panda heen See dA eee ps eee 10 3 Connecting a RS 232 Cable at All Times 0 0000 c cee eee CHAPTER 11 DISPLAY UNIT 74 74 75 76 Tt Part Names o bc dete Se ete ie ech Alene bk low heed die E T 11225 SpeCiHications i a e ek UY dinate edad oie ede bk fel a a acc Y CHAPTER 12 SD MEMORY CARD 76 76 78 12 1 2PantiNames ices notes glen ea ae ee aed Ward av ed Pacts Sad eek 12 2 Specifications zi uis cia Cae sea Wa ee ae Pea a 12 3 Forced Disablement of SD Memory Card 0 000 cee eee CHAPTER 13 BATTERY 78 78 80 81 1351 SPeOCHICATIONS aeyn san torss oor soaks gh a sre as Sod ise a ae educate 81 CHAPTER 14 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 83 14 1 Daily Inspection seere Sia a 0000 cc ett 83 14 2 Periodic Inspection s tirei a a cence nnn eee 85 14 3 Battery Replacement Procedure o nnana 0c ccc een eens 86 14 4 Operation Restart After Being Stored 000 000 c eee eee 89 CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING
266. ber is later than the one set in the on a 3 ee a 5 oe ie bs ie i Base setting on the I O assignment tab of CPU Status points greater than greater than or PLC parameter in GX Developer Sto 2124 the Q00UJ is assigned p i QO00UJ Q00U Q01U A medulsi tedon heaoti hich YO Remove the module mounted on the slot for a Hed tae i a 9 G i which I O points greater than 1024 greater ae iene oe i es 5 sa er than 256 for the Q00UJ is assigned on homies tian SMET man e Replace the end module with the one whose 256 for the QOOUJ A Bath A oir mColiat ralitne ti number of occupied points is within 1024 eee eee within 256 for the QOOUJ Common information e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR i i S e moumed om nea gin Slotorater e Remove the module mounted on the 37th slot HE dia id teaxieans x or later slot j ee MOOCA NE SOEN ROSS nan Hil se Remove the module mounted on the slot is greater than the number of slots specified at Slatel in Standard Sati Kheb iti whose number is greater than the number of Slots in is anda rd setting of the Base setting slots specified at Slots in Standard setting of A module is mounted on the slot whose number A the base setting of I O points exceeds 2048 points QO02UCPU 158 A module is mounted on the slot whose number of I O points strides 2048 points Collateral information Common information Individual inform
267. bet a eck a ae ra aan teed 44 4 3 1 Wiring to power supply modules 000000 c eee tte teens 44 4 3 2 Wiring to an 18 point screw terminal block 0000000 c eee 47 4 3 3 Wiring to a spring clamp terminal block 000 000 cece eee eee 48 4 3 4 Witing to connectors eena i ae are eat ane eR eS ed atte ea ee alee a 49 4315 Connecting extension cables endeca on Seales baka eae EE Re he 2 ae Nee ee Ea 55 4 3 6 Grounding wc scot oars ood hide hee aeons Snails EEREN E AAE d cared eens 56 CHAPTER 5 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 57 CHAPTER 6 CPU MODULE 59 61 Pan Names sts 2ac2 n as a eo tale Rane a Sa chk fate nate thea ns aa dace ssuitia A R N 59 6 2 Specifications a reer a nce Let ee te tn Wed ba ee Pe 61 6 3 Hardware Operation ccc eee od as Ae Beek Sie thn bens ya ee ae 64 6 3 1 Switch operation after a program is written to the CPU module 64 6 3 2 Reset operation asid a as aie kera kabann niai desis ab A ae eh ae 65 12 CHAPTER 7 POWER SUPPLY MODULE 66 7 1 Patt Names ee veac e mare siete aap aid Rivas Gar eR aw ee Se Rada 2 Specifications 4 2390 2cueg ih eee an he es Sea 2A Specification list 25 403 2 49 3 ee aay Aes Ses eA ee A i 7 2 2 Details on items in specifications 0000 00 eee eee 7 2 3 Precautions for power capacity 0000 e cee eee CHAPTER 8 END COVER 66 67 67 68 68 69 8 1 Part Names tachan damian
268. blem EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset AC DC DOWN A momentary power supply interruption has RUN occurred On The power supply went off ERR QCPU 1500 Collateral information Check the power supply Off Common Information LGRY Individual Information CPU Status EDiagnostic Timing Continue Always SINGLE PS DOWN The power supply voltage of either of redundant power supply modules on the redundant base unit an H dropped Check the power supplied to the redundant power 10 1510 Collateral information supply modules mounted on the redundant base QnPH Common Information Base No Power supply No unit RUN QnPRH e Individual Information On Qnu t EDiagnostic Timing ERR Always On SINGLE PS ERROR On the redundant base unit the one damaged CPU Status redundant power supply module was detected The cause is a hardware failure of the redundant Continue Qn H 1520 Collateral information power supply module Please consult your local QnPH 10 Common Information Base No Power supply No Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed QnPRH e Individual Information description of the problem Qnu 17 EDiagnostic Timing Always 145 6661 0001 S1 p09 10114 XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy ae Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Aa SN anes BATTERY ERROR The battery voltage in the CPU module has dropp
269. c x orre Number Name Meanin Explanation Serby sponamng spondin E P When Set ACPU ee 9 D9000 SD5 5 If a module is not mounted on any slots as set FFy is SD6 stored 307 6 If FFFF is stored in SD6 I O No this indicates that the I O No cannot be identified due to such as overlap of an I SD8 O No in the I O assignment setting of the PLC Parameter SD9 dialog box In this case identify the error location using SD10 SD5 FFFF is stored in SD6 also for a branch module 11 The number found by dividing the head I O number by 16 SD11 is stored SD12 2 File name drive name SD13 ___ Number Meaning Example File name i ABCDEFGH IJK D14 ee Dive b15 tob8 b7 to b0 _ l 42H B 41H A File name 44H D 43x C ASCII code 8 characters 46H F 45H E SD10 Extension 7 __2EH een eae Xtension H 49H I 2EH SD11 ASCII code 3 characters DP 4BH K 4AH J SD13 SD14 Empty SD15 3 Time value set Number Meaning SD5 Time 14s units 0 to 9994s SD6 Time 1ms units 0 to 65535ms SD7 Error common Error common SD8 S Naw QCPU information information SD9 Error LCPU SD10 SD11 Empty SD12 SD13 SD14 SD15 gt i ke SD15 4 Program error location ia 3 Number Meaning S SD5 wo SD6 File name w SD7 ASCII code 8 characters 3 SD8 2 SD9 Extension 7 ss 2EH SD10 ASCII code 3 characters a SD11 Pattern 8 Q SD12 Block No SD13 Step No transition condition a SD14 Seq
270. c refresh setting or other parameter setting was made to the Delete the automatic refresh setting or other intelligent function module under control of another parameter setting of the intelligent function Qo00 Q01 8 station module under control of another CPU 8 3303 Collateral information e Change the setting to the automatic refresh Qn H Common information File name Drive name setting or other parameter setting of the Quik e Individual information Parameter number intelligent function module under control of the Qnu 8 EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller host CPU 187 666 000 S1 p09 10114 G xIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy a Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action na cee bac sa REMOTE PASS ERR The head I O number of the target module of the an Hy 8 remote password is set to other than Oy to OFFO QnPH Collateral information Change the head I O number of the target module e Common information to be within the Oy to OFFO range QNPRH e Individual information anu EDiagnostic Timing LCPU e At power on At reset STOP RUN REMOTE PASS ERR The head I O number of the target module of the remote password is set to other than Oy to O7E0y Collateral information Change the head I O number of the target module Common information to be within the 0 to O7EO range QO2UCPU 3400 e I
271. c value program error location Correct module special function module was nearly the FROM TO instruction corresponding to the removed completely removed or mounted value as necessary QCPU during running The cause is a hardware fault of the intelligent Collateral information function module special function in the access Common information Module No Slot No destination Please consult your local Individual information Program error location Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed EDiagnostic Timing description of the problem e When instruction executed 2111 e Read the individual information of the error using the programming tool to identify the ISP UNIT ERROR numeric value program error location Correct the FROM TO instruction corresponding to the The location designated by a link direct device a JO O is not a network module value as necessary aa literair ti i e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Sree ARERO same error code is displayed again the cause LCPU 26 Common information Module No Slot No Individual information Program error location EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed STOP gt RUN is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O module intelligent function module END cover branch module or extension module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 155 666Z 000Z S
272. cable is securely A inserted 48 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 4 3 4 Wiring to connectors 1 Precautions Connectors for external devices A6CONDO must be crimped pressed or correctly soldered e Plug connectors for external devices A6GCOND securely to the module and tighten the two screws e Use copper wires having temperature rating of 75 C or more for the connectors e Tighten the connector screws within the following specified torque range Screw type Tightening torque range Connector screw M2 6 0 20 to 0 29Nem To use the high speed counter function built in I O function in 1 phase input connect the pulse input cable to A phase line Do not connect the module to the connector terminal block converter module A6TBD If not I O signals of the CPU module short resulting in damage to the module or cables or malfunction due to poor connection e Place the cables in a duct or clamp them If not dangling cable may swing or inadvertently be pulled resulting in damage to the module or cables or malfunction due to poor connection Point To make the wiring comply with the EMC and Low Voltage Directives Page 383 Appendix 7 Even when compliance with the EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directives is not required configuring the system that complies with the EMC Directive may reduce external noise Bum t JOJOOUUOD 0 BUI PEP 49 50 2 Applicable connectors The following t
273. cal Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 4 If the switching hub is reconnected to the personal computer or CPU module or is replaced with another it will take time to read the MAC addresses In that case retry after a little while or reapply power to the hub If a dummy UDP message is sent by the socket communication function the switching hub may learn the MAC addresses again 2 Devices on the Ethernet network have the ARP cache which is the correspondence table of the IP address and MAC address When a device on the network is replaced with a device of the same IP address their MAC addresses stored in each ARP cache become inconsistent This may cause abnormal communication The ARP cache is updated when the device is reset or after a certain period of time has elapsed The time required for update differs depending on devices 4 Communication is slow or unstable CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING If communication is slow or unstable check the following items Check item Action IP addresses are duplicated Correct the duplicate IP address es The duplicate IP addresses are checked in the following way e By using the Find CPU function e By disconnecting a device from the network and performing a PING test to the IP address of the disconnected device If a response message is returned the same IP address exists in the network The number of
274. caused by unapproved modifications etc to the product by the user 3 When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user s device Failure that could have been avoided if functions or structures judged as necessary in the legal safety measures the user s device is subject to or as necessary by industry standards had been provided 4 Failure that could have been avoided if consumable parts battery backlight fuse etc designated in the instruction manual had been correctly serviced or replaced 5 Failure caused by external irresistible forces such as fires or abnormal voltages and Failure caused by force majeure such as earthquakes lightning wind and water damage 6 Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by scientific technology standards at time of shipment from Mitsubishi 7 Any other failure found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the user 2 Onerous repair term after discontinuation of production 1 Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven 7 years after production of the product is discontinued Discontinuation of production shall be notified with Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins etc 2 Product supply including repair parts is not available after production is discontinued 3 Overseas service Overseas repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi s local overseas FA Center Note that the repair conditions at each FA Center may differ 4 Exclusion of loss in opp
275. ce the Ethernet interface modules up to Common information Module No Slot No two or less in the entire system RUN e Individual information Off EDiagnostic Timing ERR 2106 e At power on At reset Flicker SP UNIT LAY ERR Five or more MELSECNETIH and CC Link IE CPU Status controller network modules in total are mounted Stop in the entire system e Reduce the MELSECNET H and CC Link IE e Five or more Ethernet interface modules are controller network modules up to four or less in mounted in the entire system the entire system nu 29 Collateral information e Reduce the Ethernet interface modules up to Common information Module No Slot No four or less in the entire system e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR e Three or more CC Link IE controller network modules are mounted in the entire system e Reduce the CC Link IE controller network e Five or more MELSECNET H and CC Link IE 5 7 modules up to two or less in the entire system 15 controller network modules in total are mounted Qn H j Reduce the total number of the 47 i the entire system MELSECNET H and CC Link IE controller SME E E AO ae No Slot No network modules up to four or less in the entire QnPRH r d system e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR e Five or more MELSECNET H modules have been installed e Five or more Ethernet interface mo
276. center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem The character on the screen is incorrect even though the language setting is correct Or any character that is not applicable has been displayed If the display unit is not recovered even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 3 12 Transmission from an external device If no response is returned from an external device check the following items Check item Action e Adjust the service processing time in the parameter setting More than one external device is communicating with the e Adjust the Check at Communication Time or Retry CPU module Times value Check the condition of the cables connected device personal computer and CPU module Refer to the troubleshooting section of the following manual The data logging function is used I MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Data Logging Function If communication cannot be performed even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 3 13 Operating status of the CPU module If it takes time for the CPU module to switch the operating status check the following item Check item Action Refer
277. cessary Q00J Q00 Q01 Common information Module No Slot No For f ERR Monitor SD150 to SD157 using the Remote I O network Giasteolie identiti due wh Flicker On 2000 Network No Station No programming ool to identify the module whose he S data bit it is 1 Then check the module and e Individual information it CPU Status Diagnostic Timing replace it as necessary Stop When an END instruction executed 4 Continue Read common information of the error using UNIT VERIFY ERR the programming tool to identify the numeric I O module information power ON is changed value module No Check the module I O module or intelligent function corresponding to the value and replace it as module special function module not installed necessary Qn H properly or installed on the base unit e Monitor SD1400 to SD1431 with the QnPH Collateral information programming tool to identify the module whose QnPRH Common information Module No Slot No For data bit it is 1 Then check the module and QnuU Remote I O network Network No Station No replace it as necessary p Individual information When a GOT is bus connected to the main EDiagnostic Timing base unit or extension base unit check the Always connection status of the extension cable and the grounding status of the GOT UNIT VERIFY ERR RUN During operation a module was mounted on the Off On slot where the empty setting of the CPU module ERR was made During ope
278. ch between transfer source file and e Check the setting of the password 32 for the 2213 destination file transfer source file and destination files LCPU The password 32 is not configured for the transfer source file while it is configured for the destination file Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Delete the boot setting from the parameter file of the SD memory card 163 666z 000Z S p09 10114 y xIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy ay Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action mae eee as ta RESTORE ERROR The device information number of points backed up by the device data backup function is different from that configured in the PLC Parameter dialog box Set the number of device points at the time of Perform a restoration per power on and reset until backup to be identical to the device point value 2220 the number of device points is identical to the set in the PLC Parameter dialog box Then turn value set in the PLC Parameter dialog box or until on from off or reset the power supply the backup data are deleted Delete the backed up data turn the power Collateral information supply from off to on and reset Common information File name Drive name e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset QnU LCPU RESTORE ERROR RUN The dev
279. cking the specified file name 7 fae Execute again after changing the condition of the 4137H The specified file is read only j specified file Simultaneously accessible files exceeded the F 7 4138H Execute again after decreasing file operations maximum File related 4139 Siros The size of the specified file has exceeded Execute again after checking the size of the specified that of the existing file file 413AH The specified file has exceeded the already Execute again after checking the size of the specified existing file size file The same file was simultaneously accessed 413BH f Execute again after a while from different programming tools 413CH The specified file is write inhibited Execute again after changing the file condition Execute again after increasing the capacity of the 413DH The specified file capacity cannot be secured yx specified drive memory Operation is disabled for the specified drive 413EH Execute again after changing the target drive memory memory 413FH The file is inhibited from write to the standard Execute again after changing the specified drive RAM memory Intelligent Operation was executed for the intelligent 9 P A 9 Execute the operation again from the control CPU of the 414AH function function module of the non control group in the f target module module multiple CPU system giie specification The I O address of the specified CPU module Execute aga
280. cleared by RST F or LEDR instruction If another F number has been detected the clearing of SD1009 causes the next number to be stored in SD1009 344 APPENDICES Special ACPU maior Special Corre Special ae Register for Name Meaning Details sponding Register s Modification CPU Conversion Step number If an operation error occurred during execution of an D9010 SD1010 x at whieh application instruction the number of the step having the operation error error is stored The contents of SD1010 are updated upon has occurred every operation error Error step If an operation error occurred during execution of an Step number application instruction the number of the step having the at which error is stored D9011 D1011 x Qn H operation error Because the step number is stored in SD1011 when SM1011 aia has occurred turns from off to on the data in SD1011 are not updated unless SM1011 is cleared by a user program The I O control mode that has been set is returned in any of the following numbers VO trol VO trol D9014 SD1014 x Sana sea 0 Both input and output in direct mode mode mode number Nee 1 Input in refresh mode output in direct mode 3 Both input and output in refresh mode Operation status of a CPU module is stored as shown below b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0 aia TE Tra i I I i
281. click If the hooks are beyond the reach use a tool such as a driver Release the module joint levers on the modules Release the levers on the module to be changed and on the module on the right of the changed module 4 Disconnect the modules by sliding them individually 5 Change the modules 37 s jnpo y BupunoN zy e1 NIG uo s jnpow BulBueUD zy 38 6 Slide the modules and plug the connectors 7 Lock the module joint levers 8 Lock the DIN rail hooks and attach the DIN rail stopper lt gt Page 34 Section 4 2 3 Point Do not slide modules from the edge of the DIN rail when mounting them Doing so may damage the metal part located on the back of the module CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 4 2 5 Attaching and removing a display unit This section describes a procedure for attaching a display unit on the CPU module Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before attaching or removing a display unit After removing the display unit always attach a display unit dummy cover for protecting the connector 1 Attachment procedure 1 Release the display unit hook on the module top The hook clicks when released 2 Remove a display unit dummy cover Keeping the USB connector cover open will ease removal of the unit 3 Embed the display unit straight into the CPU module 4 Lock the display unit hook s jnpo y Bujunoy zy
282. contact is on PAUSE status OFF PAUSE not in M9041 SM1041 SM204 contact effect ON PAUSE in effect OFF STOP noti STOP status nen This relay turns on when the RUN key switch or Qn H Menas SMISE ene contact e RUN STOP switch is set to STOP QnPH ON STOP in effect j 4 QnU OFF Sampling trace This relay turns on after execution of the TRACE LCPU Sampling ace fc progress instruction and upon completion of sampling trace M9043 SM1043 SM805 ae sans performed the number of times preset by the completed ON Sampling trace as parameter Reset when TRACER instruction is completed executed OFE Deeshatteset If SM1045 is turned on the watchdog timer is reset M9045 SM1045 M Watchdog timer WDT when the ZCOM instruction and batch processing of Qn H WDT reset ON Resets WDT data communication requests are executed Use QnPH this when scan time exceeds 200ms 268 APPENDICES ACPU Special Special Corre Special Relay after Relay for Name Meaning Details sponding Relay Conversion Modification CPU OFF Trace not in Qn H M9046 SM1046 SM802 Sampling trace egies This relay is on during execution of sampling trace aki ping ON Trace in y 2 ore i Qnu progress LCPU OFF S ling t Samping trace EE Sampling trace is not executed unless SM1047 is M9047 SM1047 SM801 i ine a ON ae ina Hae turned ON Sampling trace is cancelled when cae iSite SM1047 turns off started
283. ction executed BLOCK EXE ERROR Startup was attempted at a block that does not e Read common information of the error using Q009 Q00 Q01 8 exist in the SFC program the programming tool to identify the numeric Qn H 4621 Collateral information value program error location Check the error QnPH Common information Program error location step corresponding to the value and correct it QnPRH e Individual information as necessary QnU Diagnostic Timing e Turn on SM321 if it is off LCPU e When instruction executed STEP EXE ERROR The step specified inithe SFC program is already Read common information of the error using the activated F A F g programming tool to identify the numeric value Qn H 4630 ECollateral mformation 3 program error location Check the error step QnPH Common information Program error location j ead A corresponding to the value and correct it as QnPRH e Individual information WDiagnostic Timing NESOSSAIY e When instruction executed STEP EXE ERROR Startup was attempted at the step that does not RUN exist in the SFC program Off Or the step that does not exist in the SFC ERR program was specified for end Flicker Forced transition was executed based on the e Read common information of the error using Q00J Q00 Q01 8 transition condition that does not exit in the SFC the programming tool to identify the numeric CPU Status Qn H 4631 program value program error location Check the error Stop
284. cutive numbers beginning with RO of block No 1 when to designate device numbers Extension file individual E F xtension file register registerfor devices from 0 Qn H x j j to Block No 1 D9037 SD1037 x designation of extension file 16383 area QnPH device number register are directly 16384 Block No 2 accessed SD1037 SD1036 S ee Device No BIN data _ gt __ to ea 347 jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Special ACPU 3 Special Corre i Register 3 s 3 5 Special ier Register for Name Meaning Details sponding Register P Modification CPU Conversion D9038 SD1038 SD207 Priorities 1 to 4 This register stores priority of errors to be indicated by the ERROR LED on or flash by using cause numbers Configuration of the priority setting areas is as shown below b15 to b12b11 to b8 b7 to b4 b3 to b0 LED display SD207 Priority 4 Priority 3 Priority 2 i Priority 1 D9039 SD1039 SD208 priority ranking Priorities 5 to 7 SD208 Priority 7 Priority6 Priority 5 For details refer to the following User s manual of the CPU module used Ra Type ACPU QCPU A A Mode Programming Manual Fundamentals To operate the STRA or STRAR instruction of a sampling esnie Oo eE e E D9044 SD1044 x pang during 3 To trace lina t condition steal akan zs When Each scan is selected 0 When a timing is specified setting value Unit 10ms e T
285. d E id Device specified as the trigger condition and then or in error register The data logging function cannot be executed 4273H because the sampling trace function is being Hold the sampling trace to register the data logging performed 240 APPENDICES Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action 4274H 4275H 4276H 4277H 4278H 427AH 427BH 427CH 427DH 427EH 427FH 4280H Data logging Trigger loggings have registered exceeding the number of trigger loggings collectable in the data logging buffer e Increase the capacity of the data logging buffer e Reduce the number of records set for the trigger logging Auto logging is being performed After the auto logging replace the SD memory card and execute again The specified command cannot be executed because the data logging function is being performed i e logging saving the logging data completing on hold or in error Stop the data logging and then execute the command The number of stored files has exceeded the value set in advance The number of files stored in the storage destination memory has exceeded the setting value Delete files or change the storage destination and then register The number of stored files has reached to the maximum The number of stored files has reached to the maximum of FFFFFFFF Delete files or change the sto
286. d by other functions with SP FWRITE instruction was accessed Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Stop the file accessed with other functions to execute SP FWRITE instruction Stop the access with other functions and the SP FWRITE instruction to execute at same time 4101 OPERATION ERROR The number of setting data dealt with the instruction exceeds the applicable range The storage data and constant of the device specified by the instruction exceeds the applicable range e When writing to the host CPU shared memory the write prohibited area is specified for the write destination address The range of storage data of the device specified by the instruction is duplicated The device specified by the instruction exceeds the range of the number of device points e The interrupt pointer No specified by the instruction exceeds the applicable range A link direct device intelligent function module device and cyclic transmission area device are specified for both S and D with the BMOV instruction The target station s network No specified by the network dedicated instruction does not exist There are no link direct devices JO D Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed OP
287. d character 41st character New SD759 SD759 44th character 43rd character o SD760 46th character 45th character SD760 SD761 48th character 47th character SD761 SD762 50th character 49th character Spa SD763 52nd character 51st character SD764 54th character 53rd character SD763 SD765 56th character 55th character SD764 SD766 58th character 57th character ene SD767 60th character 59th character SD768 62nd character 61st character SD766 SD769 64th character 63rd character SD767 SD768 SD769 This register stores the limit of each PID loop as shown below SD774 b15 to b8 b7 to b1 b0 RAO SD774 Loop8 to Loop2 Loop1 Q01 PID limit setting 0 With limit for complete sees This register stores the limit of each PID loop as shown below U aa 1 Without limit nana derivative Qn H b15 b1 bO QnPRH and SD774 Loop16 to Loop2 Loop1 SD775 one SD775 Loop32 to Loop18 Loop17 LCPU 336 APPENDICES Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD778 Refresh processing selection when the COM CCOM instruction is executed bO to b14 0 Refresh not performed 1 Refresh performed b15 0 Service processing performed 1 Service processing not performed Selects whether or not the data is refreshed when the COM instruction is executed Designation of SD778 is made valid when SM775 turns ON b15b14 _ to b5 b4 b3
288. d i La j i ae e Configure a correct password for reading authorize it 32 has failed in accessing when it is f h and then access 4401H required for reading A e Access the file with the method that is applicable to The password format for the password 32 is 4 the file password 32 incorrect Password authorization for the file password f a BE Kii Configure a correct password for writing authorize it 32 has failed in accessing when it is pa and then access 4402H Security required for writing i A e Access the file with the method that is applicable to The password format for the password 32 is the file password 32 incorrect Both passwords for reading and for writing that Configure a correct password for both reading and for 4403H are set upon Create Change Delete or 7 writing authorize them and then access Disable do not match the previous ones Format the drive including the target file by formatting 4404 A file error was detected before or after the CPU module memory H performing Create Change or Delete e Write the target file to the CPU module again and then register or cancel the file password 32 again 242 APPENDICES Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action After the values in Device of PLC Parameter of the CPU module where the simple PLC Power off and on the CPU module Or reset the CPU
289. d is set to Stopper 3 this register always stores 0 1 Range 0 to 2147483647 pulses D1870 Axis 2 Data No of positioning being executed Data No of positioning being executed This register stores the data No of positioning being executed A storage value will be held until the next control starts 0 is stored when JOG operation or machine OPR control is started e 1 is stored when high speed OPR control is started is stored when positioning control is started by the IPDSTRT1 or IPDSTRT2 instruction If an error occurs at the start of positioning control the previous value will be held S Every END processing SD1880 SD1881 CH1 current value CH1 current value This register stores the current counter value of CH1 at END processing When the ICCNTRD1 instruction is executed this register is updated by the current value at that moment The current value is updated at END processing and by the ICCNTRD1 instruction only when Normal Mode is set for Operation Mode Setting high speed counter function parameter The range of a value that can be read is from 2147483648 to 2147483647 S Every END processing Instruction execution SD1882 CH1 status monitor CH1 status monitor This register stores each status of CH1 b15tob8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 on A A AAA A a Addition subtr
290. d the command to the supported connection destination specification nek heen combination Redundant CPU specification and the command is unsupported System switching cannot be made since the f p Switch systems after the online module change has 425CH module mounted on the extension base unit is been completed being replaced online Operation mode cannot be changed since the s f i Change the operation mode after the online module 425DH module mounted on the extension base unit is change has been completed being replaced online Data logging is being performed logging Register the data logging to the memory where a data 4270H saving the logging data completing on hold logging is being performed Alternatively stop the data or in error with a different memory logging being performed and register again The specified data logging is already being Stop the data logging Alternatively write delete or 4271H performed logging saving the logging data register to the setting number where no data logging is completing on hold or in error being performed 4 F ae ice par Change the trigger condition Alternatively stop the Data logging The trigger logging with Device specified as l E i trigger logging being performed logging saving the a trigger condition is being performed logging 7 f 4272H logging data completing on hold or in error with saving the logging data completing on hol
291. dentify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QCPU LCPU QnPRH 12 Qn H QnPH 197 666 000P ISI p09 10114 Q XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action PED Status Corresponding CPU CPU Status SD0 INST FORMAT ERR The number of IX and IXEND instructions is not equal 4231 ECollateral information QCPU Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing R When instruction executed Read common information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value INST FORMAT ERR program error location Check the error step The configuration of the check conditions for the z R OEK asia See corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary Alternatively a CHK instruction has been used in a 4235 low speed execution type program Qn H Collateral information QnPH Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed MULTI COM ERROR The multiple CPU high speed transmission dedicated instruction used in the program specifies the wrong CPU module Or the setting in the CPU module is incompatible with the multiple CPU high speed transmiss
292. detected only the first annunciator detected can be cleared For details on clearing errors refer to the following J User s manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals for the CPU module used APPENDICES Appendix 1 11 Error codes returned to request source during communication with CPU module If an error occurs at communication request from a programming tool intelligent function module or network system the CPU module returns an error code to the request source This error code is not stored in SDO because the error is not the one detected by the self diagnostic function of the CPU module When the request source is a programming tool a message and an error code are displayed on the programming tool When the request source is an intelligent function module or network system the CPU module returns an error code corresponding to the requested processing Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action e Connect the serial communication cable correctly 4000H Serial communication sum check error e Take noise reduction measures e Check the command data of the MC protocol etc 4001H Unsupported request was executed e Check the CPU module model name selected in the programming tool e Check the command data of the MC protocol etc 4002H Unsupported request was executed e Check the CPU module model name selected in the programming tool
293. detected in the e Check whether the system other than the QnPRH backup mode standby system is on or not and if it is not on The control system has not started up in the power it on redundant system e Check whether the system other than the e The control system has developed a stop error standby system has been reset or not and if it is in the redundant system has been reset unreset it e The CPU module in the debug mode was e Check whether the system other than the connected to the operating standby system standby system has developed a stop error or 6310 e The error occurred at a startup since the not and if has developed the error remove the redundant system startup procedure was not error factor set the control system and standby followed system to the same operating status and This can be detected from the standby system of restart the redundant system e When the CPU module in the debug mode was RUN Collateral information connected to the control system operating in the Off Common information backup mode make connection so that the ERR e Individual information control system and control system are combined Flicker EDiagnostic Timing correctly Always e Confirm the redundant system startup CPU Status procedure and execute a startup again Stop 6311 CONTROL SYS DOWN e As consistency check data has not transmitted from the control system in a redundant system the other system cannot start as a standby system e
294. dule and the intelligent function module other modules and base units for a hardware fault 222 APPENDICES Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action The request contents cannot be executed 4050H because the memory card write protect switch Turn off the memory card write protect switch is on a Check the following and make it countermeasures The specified device memory cannot be 4051H e Is the memory one that can be used accessed R ls the specified drive memory correctly installed The specified file attribute is read only so the Do not write data in the specified file 4052H Protect error f data cannot be written Or change the file attribute Check the specified drive memory An error occurred when writing data to the 4053H P Or reexecute write after changing the corresponding specified drive memory drive memory Check the specified drive memory An error occurred when deleting the data in poan X y L 4054H P Or re erase after replacing the corresponding drive the specified drive memory memory The online debug function such as online e Finish the operation of another programming tool and change sampling trace and monitoring then execute the function 4060H condition setting and the data logging function If the operation of another programming tool is on are being executed with another programmin
295. dule that cannot be specified in the instruction dedicated to the multiple CPU system was specified Collateral information Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information Program error location EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed STOP gt RUN Read individual information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary 2118 SP UNIT ERROR When the online module change setting is set to be enabled in the PLC parameter in a multiple CPU system intelligent function module controlled by other CPU using the FROM instruction intelligent function module device UD GD is specified Collateral information Common information Module No Slot No Individual information Program error location BDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed When performing the online module change in a multiple CPU system correct the program so that access will not be made to the intelligent function module controlled by the other CPU When accessing the intelligent function module controlled by the other CPU in a multiple CPU system set the online module change setting to be disabled by parameter RUN Off On ERR Flicker On CPU Status Stop Continue Q00J Q00 Q01 8 Qn H 8 QnPH Q00J Q00 Q01 8 Qn H 8 QnPH QnU Q00J Q00 Q01 8 Qn H 8 Qn
296. dules are as follows The Universal model QCPU whose serial number first five digits is 10102 or later QOO0UJCPU QOO0UCPU Q01UCPU 3 The relevant modules are as follows The Universal model QCPU whose serial number first five digits is 10102 or later QOOUCPU Q01UCPU 4 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No 5 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No 6 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No 7 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No 8 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 07032 or later is 06082 or later is 07012 or later is 04012 or later is 05032 or later 9 The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU QOODUCPU Q01UCPU and QO2UCPU 10 The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU 41 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 12052 or later 8 Debugging APPENDICES Corre 5 z Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Nam Mean Explanati ciate x GEE AP aneen When Set ACPU CPU M9000 OFF Not ready Turns on when the trace preparation is S Status SM8s00 Trace preparation ON Ready completed change New e When this relay is turned on while the CPU module is set to RUN a trace will be OFF Suspend started S Status SM801 T tart TASEA ON Start e When this relay is turned off a trace is change U Mente stopped The related special relays will all turn off SM802 Trace executionin OF
297. dules have e Reduce the number of MELSECNET H an H been installed modules to four or less QnPH Collateral information e Reduce the number of Ethernet modules to four QnPRH Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset or less 153 666Z 000Z S p09 10114 y XIpueddy gt SI7 p09 10113 xipueddy Error A y LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code Fer pe x ewe iy CPU Status CPU SP UNIT LAY ERR Two or more MELSECNET H modules were installed Two or more Ethernet modules were installed e Reduce the MELSECNET H modules to one or Three or inore CC kink modules were installed less a00J Q00 Q01 Collateral information e Reduce the Ethernet modules to one or less Common information Module No Slot No e Reduce the CC Link modules to two or less e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing 2106 e At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR The same network number or same station number is duplicated in the MELSECNET H Q00J Q00 001 network system Qn H Collateral information Check the network number and station number QnPH Common information Module No Slot No ae QnPRH e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT LAY ERR The start X Y set in the PLC parameter s I O assignment settings is overlapped w
298. dules which operate at 50VAC 75VDC or higher rated input voltage are developed in accordance with EN61010 1 However the modules which operate at less than 50VAC 75VDC rated input voltage are not targeted for the Low Voltage Directive compliance 2 Precautions when selecting MELSEC L series products a Power supply module Power supply modules which operate at 100VAC or 200VAC rated input voltage internally have hazardous voltage peak voltage higher than or equal to 42 4V Therefore insulation between the primary and secondary circuits is reinforced for CE marked power supply modules b I O modules I O modules which operate at 100VAC or 200VAC rated input voltage internally have hazardous voltage peak voltage higher than or equal to 42 4V Therefore insulation between the primary and secondary circuits is reinforced for CE marked I O modules I O modules which operate at 24VDC or less rated input voltage are not targeted for the Low Voltage Directive compliance c GOT Use a CE marked GOT s ayo q BBeyo A Mo7 pue OWA Z xipueddy d Products not subject to the Low Voltage Directive The following modules are not targeted for the Low Voltage Directive compliance because the circuits in the modules operate at the voltage of 5VDC or less e CPU module including built in I O part e SD memory card n BBeyo MO Bu YM jdwo9 0 s nse n ZZ xIpueddy e Display unit e RS 232 adapter End cover Intelligent function m
299. during power on When changing base unit the network type switch RESET to RUN e The mode switch of MELSECNET H module 12 If an error occurs even after taking the above is outside the range measures the cause is a hardware failure Collateral information Please consult your local Mitsubishi Common information File name Drive name representative explaining a detailed description Individual information Parameter number of the problem BDiagnostic Timing Set the mode switch of MELSECNET H e At power on At reset STOP gt RUN module within the range LINK PARA ERROR The link refresh range exceeded the file register RUN an Hy 8 capacity Off QnPH Collateral information Change the file register file for the one that ERR QnPRH Common information File name Drive name enables entire range refresh Flicker 18 e Individual information Parameter number Qnu R EDiagnostic Timing CPU Status Lopu 6 e When an END instruction executed Stop LINK PARA ERROR e When the station number of the MELSECNET H module is 0 the PLC to PLC network parameter has been set When the station number of the MELSECNETI H correct the type dt st lion numberof h Qn H 3101 module is othe hanO the femore masier MELSECNET H module in the network parameter oor parameter setting has been made QnPRH g g to meet the used system Collateral information QnU Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number HDiagn
300. e 1 Modules can be interconnected Using connectors on the both sides of modules modules can be interconnected Therefore expanding a system in a minimum space is possible 2 The built in functions allow system cost reduction The following built in functions allow constructing a small scale system using CPU module alone Interrupt input function General purpose input function Pulse catch function Positioning function lt General purpose output function High speed counter function The L26CPU BT and L26CPU PBT support the built in CC Link function For the details on the built in functions refer to the following MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In I O Function MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In Ethernet Function MELSEC L CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual 22 3 4 5 6 CHAPTER 1 FEATURES Use of a display unit improves operation By attaching a display unit the following operations can be performed without a personal computer e Checking and changing device values and checking wiring after device value change e Displaying and setting the time e Checking and changing values set for intelligent function modules e Checking an error message and error detail information For details refer to the following MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals An SD memory card is supported An SD memory card sl
301. e Special ae Register for Name Meaning Details sponding Register s Modification CPU Conversion This register stores the last two digits of the year and the month in BCD as shown below Clock dat i D9025 D1025 Clock data ock data b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bo Example year month bona toto if i 1 1 1 1987 July por 8707 Year Month This register stores the day and the hour in BCD as shown below Clock data b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0 Example D9026 SD1026 Clock data Ta TT 4 EEN E day hour ER e ee fel ve pep o a a a al ASTO Day Hour This register stores the minute and the second in BCD as shown below Qn H Clock data b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0 Example QnPH D9027 D1027 Clock data minute aaa ok a E TT 35 min 48 sec anu second pe Pp 8548 LCPU Minute Second This register stores the day of the week in BCD as shown below b15 tob12 b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0 Example i T T T T T T T T T t 1y eee eye A po d i iai doa iy o QOS Clock dat D9028 SD1028 Clock data Saa j Day ofthe week day of week o Sunday Always set 0 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday D9035 D1035 sp648 E oension file Use block No eee the block No of the extension file register being used register in BCD code D9036 D1036 x Designate the device number for the extension file register for direct read and write in 2 words at SD1036 and SD1037 in BIN data Device number Use conse
302. e read relevant manuals carefully and ensure the safety before the operation Especially in the case of a control from an external device to a remote programmable controller immediate action cannot be taken for a problem on the programmable controller due to a communication failure To prevent this configure an interlock circuit in the program and determine corrective actions to be taken between the external device and CPU module in case of a communication failure An absolute position restoration by the positioning function may turn off the servo on signal servo off for approximately 20ms and the motor may run unexpectedly If this causes a problem provide an electromagnetic brake to lock the motor during absolute position restoration Design Precautions N CAUTION Do not install the control lines or communication cables together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 100mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise During control of an inductive load such as a lamp heater or solenoid valve a large current approximately ten times greater than normal may flow when the output is turned from off to on Therefore use a module that has a sufficient current rating After the CPU module is powered on or is reset the time taken to enter the RUN status varies depending on the system configuration parameter settings and or program size Design circuits so that th
303. e 3D1 is not stored in SD1595 New QnPRH Memory copy to OFF Memory copy not This relay is on during memory copy from the i SM1596 other sistern executed control system to the standby system S Starting to Liniije ON Memory copy e This relay turns off when memory copy is copy finish 9 executed complete OFF M t Memory copy to Se da This relay turns upon completion of memory SM1597 other system P copy from the control system to the standby S finish U ON Memory copy completion flag system completed C tents of OFF C tandard SON oui HR an If set to on by user the standard ROM data is SM1598 during memory ON Standard ROM not copied to the other system while memory U copy data is not copied copy is executing 276 4 The information of the host CPU module is stored 13 Redundant system other system CPU information APPENDICES The special relay SM1600 to SM1649 is valid when the redundant system is in backup mode and is invalid in separate mode All bits are set to off for stand alone systems Corre c Set by sponding ae Number Name Meaning Explanation sponding When Set Host CPU smMoo This relay turns on if an error is detected by error SM1600 Other system OFF No error check for redundant system This relay turns on error flag ON Error when any of the SD1600 bits turns on This relay turns off when an error is clear
304. e QnU derivative LCPU 262 APPENDICES Corre A Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Nam Meanin Explanat aa s me Zp anano When Set ACPU CPU M m9000 OFF Perf link Select whether link refresh i ill b erforms lin elect whether link refres processing wi e Q004 Q00 201 refresh performed or not when only communication Qn H i ON Performs no link with the CPU module is made at the Selection of g g 4 QnPH refresh execution of the COM instruction refresh processing during OFF Performs refresh Q00J Q00 Q01 1 SM775 lt COM CCOM processes other Qn H instruction Select whether to perform refresh processes than an I O PH4 execution refresh other than an I O refresh set by SD778 when Qn the COM or CCOM instruction is executed QnPRH ON Performs refresh QnU OFF Local devi Enable disable cates Set whether the local device of the subroutine U SM776 local device at program called at execution of the CALL Qn H ON Local device 7 Pas h CALL instruction is valid or invalid QnPH enabled QnPRH OFF Local devi x Enabiedisanle ioe Set whether the local device at execution of cue SM777 local device in Be re LCPU ON Local device the interrupt program is valid or invalid interrupt program enabled Q00J Q00 Q01 1 PID bumpless E 3 Specifies whether to match the set value SV Qn H 8 SM794 processing for OFF lt Matched with the process value PV or not in the i
305. e user s manual If power is shut off the CPU module is reset or the SD memory card is removed during an access to the SD memory card data in the SD memory card may corrupt Stop accessing to an SD memory card and then power off the CPU module reset the CPU module or remove an SD memory card All of SD memory card operations can be disabled by SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction and whether the SD memory card is disabled or not can be checked by SM607 SD memory card forced disable status flag gt Page 80 Section 12 3 It is recommended to back up important data at a regular basis by saving data to other media such as CDs or DVDs 19 suoyeoyioads ZZL 12 3 Forced Disablement of SD Memory Card note12 1 All of SD memory card operations can be disabled by SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction This section describes the detailed specifications of SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction e By turning on SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction an SD memory card installed on the CPU module can be disabled even when SD604 Memory card use conditions is on Whether the SD memory card is forcibly disabled or not can be checked by SM607 SD memory card forced disable status flag e To cancel the forced disable status of SD memory card perform either of the following operations e Power off and then on the CPU module e Reset the CPU module e Turn off SM606 SD memory card fo
306. e whose first 5 digits of serial No is 09042 or later LINK PARA ERROR Different network types are set between the control station and the normal station CC IE Control Ext Mode Normal Mode e The parameter in which CC IE Control Ext Mode is set for Network Type was transferred to the CPU module that does not support the send points expansion function e The parameter in which CC IE Control Ext Mode is set was backed up to a memory card or GOT and then restored to the CPU module that does not support the send points expansion function Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset STOP gt RUN Set the same network type CC IE Control Ext Mode Normal Mode for the control station and the normal station Do not use the parameter in which CC IE Control Ext Mode is set for Network Type for the CPU module that does not support the send points expansion function Or use the CPU module and the CC Link IE Controller Network module that support the send points expansion function in the same network RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QnU LCPU 26 Qn H 15 QnPH QnPRH QnU LCPU 26 QCPU QnPRH QnU QnU 182 APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Sta
307. e EMC Directive The EMC Directive sets two requirements for compliance emission conducted and radiated electromagnetic energy emitted by a product and immunity the ability of a product to not be influenced by externally generated electromagnetic energy This section summarizes the precautions for machinery constructed with the MELSEC L series modules to comply with the EMC Directive These precautions are based on the requirements of the EMC Directive and the harmonized standards However they do not guarantee that the entire machinery constructed according to the descriptions complies with the EMC Directive The manufacture of the machinery must determine the testing method for compliance and declare conformity to the EMC Directive 1 EMC Directive related standards a Emission requirements Standard Test item Test description Value specified in standard 30 to 230MHz QP 40dBuV m measured at 10m distance 230 to 1000MHz QP 47dBuV m The electromagnetic wave which the product emits to the external space is CISPR16 2 3 Radiated emission s ayo q eBeyo A Mo7 pue OWA Z xipueddy measured EN61131 2 2007 measured at 10m distance CISPR16 2 1 e 0 15 to 0 5MHz QP 79dB CISPR16 1 2 The noise level which the product Mean 66gb emits to the power line is measured Conducted emission 0 5 to 30MHz QP 73dB Mean 60dB 4 QP Quasi Peak value Mean Average value 2 P
308. e Take noise reduction measures Diagnostic Timing Reset the CPU module and run it again If the When an END instruction executed same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please PECE cenit aoe pa narmal terminated consult your local Mitsubishi representative ad P 9 E y explaining a detailed description of the ue to noise or other reason roblem The SFC program cannot be normally P terminated due to noise or any similar cause Qo0u Q00 Q01 8 1020 The SFC program cannot be normally QnPH terminated for any other reason QnU Collateral information LCPU Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing When SFC program is executed 133 6661 000L S p09 10114 XIpueddy gt SI p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 1035 MAIN CPU DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing e Always CPU UNIT DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information Failure information HDiagnostic Timing e Always 1036 MAIN CPU DOWN R
309. e entire system will always operate safely regardless of the time Installation Precautions N WARNING Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before mounting or removing a module Failure to do so may result in electric shock or cause the module to fail or malfunction Installation Precautions N CAUTION Use the programmable controller in an environment that meets the general specifications in this manual Failure to do so may result in electric shock fire malfunction or damage to or deterioration of the product To interconnect modules engage the respective connectors and securely lock the module joint levers Incorrect interconnection may cause malfunction failure or drop of the module Do not directly touch any conductive parts and electronic components of the module Doing so can cause malfunction or failure of the module Securely connect an extension cable to the connectors of a branch module and an extension module After connections check that the cable is inserted completely Poor contact may cause malfunction Wiring Precautions A WARNING Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before wiring Failure to do so may result in electric shock or cause the module to fail or malfunction After installation and wiring attach the included terminal cover to the module before turning it on for operation Failure to do so may result in electric shock
310. e intelligent function module Ws l24y 24 W APPENDICES Appendix 1 Precautions for Battery Transportation When transporting lithium batteries follow the transportation regulations 1 Regulated models The batteries for the CPU module are classified as shown below Classification for Product name Model Supply status transportation Q7BAT Lithium battery Dangerous goods Battery Q7BAT SET Lithium battery with holder Q6BAT Lithium battery Non dangerous goods 2 Transport guidelines Products are packed in compliance with the transportation regulations prior to shipment When repacking any of the unpacked products for transportation make sure to observe the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations IMDG International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code and other local transportation regulations For details consult with the shipping carrier gt uoneyodsues Ajayeg 10 suolneseid 0 xIpueddy 403 Appendix 11 Handling of Batteries and Devices with Built In Batteries in EU Member States This section describes the precautions for disposing of waste batteries in EU member states and exporting batteries and or devices with built in batteries to EU member states 1 Disposal precautions In EU member states there is a separate collection system for waste batteries Dispose of batteries properly at the local community waste collection recycling center The symbol shown below is printed on the batte
311. e serial number and function version can be checked on the Product Information List screen D Diagnostics gt System Monitor gt Product Information List Serial number Function version Production number Product Information List Sort Order by Installation Order by Type Name Vv Block Slot Type Series Model Name Point Serial No ver Production Number Yo Address Jo PU Display Modde LeDSPU o CPU CPU Lo2cPU 111110000000000 A 110610000000000 a CPU Built in 1 0 Lo2cPu 16Point 0000 111110000000000 A 110610000000000 a 0 Intelli L60AD4 16Point 0010 111110000000000 A 1 Intelli L60DA4 16Point 0020 111110000000000 A END Cover L6EC o o 0 o Create CSV File The serial number of the module is displayed in the Serial No column The function version of the module is displayed in the Ver column If the module supports the production number display the serial number production number printed on the rating plate of the module is displayed in the Production Number column Point The serial number displayed on the Product Information List screen of the programming tool may differ from that on the rating plate or on the front of the module The serial number on the rating plate or on the front of the module indicates the management information of the product The serial number displayed on the Product Information List screen indicates the functional i
312. e unusable module from the A 2128 i i QnPRH 15 Common information Module No Slot No extension base unit e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset SP UNIT VER ERR In a multiple CPU system the control CPU of the intelligent function module incompatible with the Change the intelligent function module for the multiple CPU system is set to other than CPU tible with th Itiple CPU t ae one compa i ie wi e multiple system Q004 Q00 001 y function version B 2150 Collateral information x QnPH y a Change the setting of the control CPU of the x Common information Module No Slot No f f j Qnu 18 N i intelligent function module incompatible with e Individual information i tisie CPU tento CPUC Diagnostic Timing S a SYSTE Ber At power on At reset At writing to programmable controller SP UNIT VER ERR Either of the following modules incompatible with the redundant system has been mounted in a redundant system Ensure that the module supports the use in a e MELSECNET H modules A redundant system when using any of the following e Ethernet modules Modol s 2151 e CC Li j PRH CC Link IE Qonitroller Network modules MELSECNET H modules Qn Collateral information Ethernet medules Common information Module No Slot No i RUN a c e CC Link IE Controller Network modules off e Individual information Diagnostic Timing FR e At power on At reset At writing to programmable Flicke
313. e whose number of I O points exceeds 16 points aoe i only the bit corresponding to the I O module number within 1 VOverify the number of I O points occupied by the module in SD157 error present increments of 16 points turns on Ex when a 64 point module is mounted on the slot 0 only bO turns on when an error is detected Not cleared even if the blown fuse is replaced with a new one The storage value is cleared by clearing the error s1 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 07032 or later 2 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 10042 or later 3 This applies to Universal model QCPUs except for the Built in Ethernet port QCPU 4 The following lists the relevant modules having RS 232 connector Universal model QCPU whose serial number first five digits is 13062 or later QOQ2UCPU whose serial number first five digits is 10102 or later QOOUJCPU QO0UCPU Q01UCPU 305 2 System information Number SD200 Name Status of switch Meaning Status of CPU switch Explanation This register stores the status of the CPU module switches in the following bit pattern b15 to b12 b11 to P8 b7 to p4 b3 to pO 1 L 1 1 l L 1 L l 1 1 L lt 4 et gt md gt 3 Empty 2 1 0 RUN 1 CPU switch status 1 STOP 2 L CLR 2 Memory Gate Always OFF switch b8 through b12 correspond to SW1 through SW5 of system setting switch
314. each in JIS B 3502 and intermittent X Y and Z 2 IEC 61131 2 vibration ete sms directions Under continuous 5 to 8 4Hz 1 75mm vibration 8 4 to 150Hz 4 9m s2 2 Shock resistance Compliant with JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131 2 147m s2 3 times each in X Y and Z directions Operating No corrosive gases atmosphere Operatin p a i 0 to 2000m altitude Installation Inside a control panel location Overvoltage 9 ll or less category Pollution 3 2 or less degree Equipment class Class 4 2 3 Point To make the programmable controller comply with the EMC and Low Voltage Directives refer to gt Page 383 Appendix 7 Do not use or store the programmable controller under pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure of altitude Om Doing so may cause malfunction When using the programmable controller under pressure please consult your local Mitsubishi Electric representative This indicates the section of the power supply to which the equipment is assumed to be connected between the public electrical power distribution network and the machinery within premises Category Il applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities The surge voltage withstand level for up to the rated voltage of 300V is 2500V This index indicates the degree to which conductive material is generated in terms of the environment in which the equipment is u
315. ead the individual information of the error using i s iiti A the programming tool Check the error in the CPU ollateral information Common information Module No CPU No Module and remove theertor e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing i At power on At reset RUN Off pect CPU DOWN ee ha Reset the CPU module and RUN it again Ifthe ERR mee denen oo initial same error is displayed again this suggests the Flicker icati P y 9 hardware fault of any of the CPU modules Fac abet PRR i CPU modul Please consult your local Mitsubishi CPU Status a one na ith Ai ee aa ve representative explaining a detailed description Stop Qoo qo1 8 set a e wi e multiple system was of the problem an Hy BCilat 1 inf ti Remove the CPU module from the main base QnPH ollateral information nee A Common information Module No CPU No Uniti le does Hot suppor the multiple CPU Individual information system configuration Or replace the CPU 7002 Diagnostic Timing i module incompatible with the multiple CPU At power on At reset system with the compatible one MULTI CPU DOWN There is no response from the target CPU module in a multiple CPU system during initial communication HCollateral information Qnu 18 Common information Module No CPU No e Individual information i i Diagnostic Timing Reset the CPU module and RUN it again If the At power on At reset same error is displayed again this suggests the hardware fault of an
316. eaning SD5 Base No SD7 SD6 Power supply No SD8 SD7 SER SD8 SD9 SD9 SD0 an SD11 Empty n H SD11 Siz 4 SD13 QnPH SD12 SD14 QnPRH SD15 2 QnU 1 Power supply 1 fault 2 Power supply 2 fault Power Redundant power supply module SD13 supply mounted on POWER 1 slot of redundant module 1 base unit Q38RB Q68RB Q65WRB Power Redundant power supply module supply mounted on POWER 2 slot of redundant module 2 base unit Q38RB Q68RB Q65WRB SD14 8 Tracking transmission data classification This register stores a data type during tracking Error common Error common Number eT S New information information SD6 Error SD7 SD8 SD9 SD10 Empty SD11 SD12 SD13 SD14 SD15 spis 10 The description of the data type is as follows QnPRH b15 b14tob6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO_ Each bit 0 Not sent e y 1 Being sent Device data Signal flow PIDINIT S PIDINIT instruction data SFC execution data System switching request Operation mode change request System data 298 APPENDICES Corre Number Meaning SD16 SD17 File name SD18 ASCII code 8 characters SD19 SD20 Extension 6 2EH SD21 ASCII code 3 characters SD22 Pattern 7 SD23 Block No SD24 Step No transitio
317. ect a resistor R so that a current across the resistor may be greater than or equal to 0 83mA Calculate the resistance value R of a connected resistor as follows IR Iz Z Input impedance R Iz 1 5 R lt x Z Input impedance x 3 8 6 87 kQ Ip lt Input imp nan Calculation example The resistance value R lt 6 87kQ must be met lt Checking a connected resistor by calculating the power capacity gt When the resistor R is 6 2kQ for example the power capacity W of the resistor R is calculated as follows Input voltage A ae ie vol age _ 26 4 0 112 W R 6200 Since the resistor requires the power capacity of 3 to 5 times as large as the actual power consumption the resistor connected to the terminal should be 6 2kQ and 1 2 to 1W Off voltage when the resistance R is connected is calculated as follows 1 x 2 33 mA 5 49 V 6 2 kQ 3 8 kQ This meets the condition less than or equal to the off voltage of the CPU module 8V 120 CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING b Case 2 By using two power supplies a sneak path has been configured DC input Cause Lam CPU Peo ey module E1 gt E2 Use one power supply To prevent a sneak path connect a diode as shown below DC input Action CPU module 2 A signal incorrectly inputs data Cause Noise has been taken as input data Set the response time longer Ex ims gt 5ms If this
318. ection function to shut off the circuit and stop the system when the current exceeding the specified value flows into the 5VDC circuit The POWER LED of the power supply module turns off due to no voltage supply when this function is activated To restart the system shut off the power and remove the cause of the problem such as insufficient current or short circuit After the cause is removed wait for a few minutes and then supply power to the system again When the output current is back to normal the system starts initially 2 Overvoltage protection Overvoltage protection works as a protection function to shut off the circuit and stop the system when the voltage of 5 5VDC or higher is applied to the SVDC circuit The POWER LED of the power supply module turns off when this function is activated To restart the system shut off the power wait for a few minutes and then supply power to the system again Then the system starts initially If the system does not restart and the POWER LED remains off replace the power supply module 3 Allowable momentary power failure time The system detects an input voltage down and stops its operation when a momentary power failure occurs Allowable momentary power failure time is the period of time that the system can continue its operation after power is restored If power fails exceeding this period of time the system can either continue its operation or start initially depending on the load of the power
319. ecution 7 programming tool Access the data again after the current one is completed ALFA Program was written beyond the area where Execute again after reducing either the already written the program can be executed program or newly written program 41FB The specified file is already being manipulated Execute again after the currently performed operation is y from the programming tool completed MFC An attempt was made to erase the drive The specified drive memory is being used and cannot H memory being used be erased 41FDH There are no data written to the Flash ROM Write a file by executing write to PLC Flash ROM The memory card has not been inserted Or the SD memory card lock switch is not e Insert or re insert the memory card AIFE slid down e Slide the SD memory card lock switch down The SD memory card is being disabled by e Cancel the SD memory card forced disable SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction instruction 41FFuH The memory card type differs Check the memory card type 236 APPENDICES Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action 4200H 4201H 4202H 4203H 4204H 4210H 4211H 4212H 4213H 4214H 4215H 4216H 4217H 4218H 4219H 421AH 421BH 421CH 421DH Online module change related error The requested processing cannot be performed because online module change is disabled by parameter set
320. ed e For remote operation set the parameter to Enable remote reset An attempt was made to remote start the e The program including the CHK instruction cannot be 408CH program which uses the CHK instruction as a executed at low speed Execute again after checking low speed program the program e Check whether the model of the used CPU module is correct or not 408DH The instruction code that cannot be handled e The program where online change was attempted exists includes the instruction that cannot be handled by the CPU module specified for the project Check the program and delete the instruction e Write the program after setting the CPU module to the STOP status e The starting position of online program change is not d Rate specified with the correct program step No Check e The write step is illegal j whether the programming tool supports the model and 408EH The program differs from that stored in the at version of the CPU module that is specified for the CPU module 4 project e Read the program from the CPU module to match it with that of the programming tool and then execute online change again 40A0H A block No outside the range was specified Check the setting contents and make a correction A number of blocks that exceeds the range 40A1H p Check the number of settings and make a correction was specified A step No that is outside the range was 40A2H S a Check the setting contents and make
321. ed This relay turns on if a diagnostic error occurs in the CPU module in the other system Also turns SM1610 Other system OFF No error off when an annunciator turns on and when an smo diagnostics error ON Error error is detected by the CHK instruction e The SMO status for the CPU module in the other system is reflected OFF No self e This relay turns on if a sslrdiagnosti s error occurred in the CPU module in the other system Other systems diagnostics error Excluding error detections by an annunciator SM1611 self diagnostics occurred SM1 Sitor ON Self diagnostics and the CHK instruction S Every END i 9 e The SM1 status for the CPU module in the other processing error occurred system is reflected QnPRH OFF No common error i 3 formation e This relay turns on when there is error common Other system ras n information data for an error occurred in the SM1615 common error ON Sen Sior CPU module in the other system SM5 information D e The SM5 status for the CPU module in the other information i system is reflected presen OFF No individual ranean T e This relay turns on when there is error individual Error individual risen information for an error occurred in the CPU SM1626 information for ON ks Sitor module in the other system SM16 other systems K 7 e The SM16 status for the CPU module in the information other system is reflected presen Standby system ORE toON ia e oe ie ea system
322. ed The format information data of the specified i 41E7H After backing up the data in the CPU module execute drive memory is abnormal programmable controller memory format o The file information data may be corrupted The format information data of the specified i 41E8H After backing up the data in the CPU module execute drive memory is abnormal programmable controller memory format 41E9nH The specified file is being accessed Execute again after some time 41EBH The file name is specified in a wrong method Execute again after checking the file name z The file information data may have been corrupted The file system of the specified drive 41ECH After backing up the data in the CPU module execute memory is logically corrupted programmable controller memory format The specified drive memory does not have i Execute again after deleting unnecessary files or continuous free space 41EDH a e executing programmable controller memory The free space for file is sufficient but the wee ao arrangement continuous free space is insufficient DEn Creation of power failure backup for the Execute again after checking whether the memory card specified drive memory was unsuccessful has been installed 235 Npow Add YM UOHeo UNWIWOD Hunnp snos zs nb 0 peusNjes s poo 10113 xipueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error code
323. ed If a send range is not necessary delete the applicable send range 176 APPENDICES ace Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action S ae A uee PARAMETER ERROR e In a multiple CPU system the online module change parameter multiple CPU system parameter settings differ from those of the reference CPU e Ina multiple CPU system the online module change setting is enabled although the CPU e Match the online module change parameter module mounted does not support online with that of the reference CPU Qn H 3014 module change parameter If the CPU module that does not support online QnPH e In a multiple CPU system online module module change is mounted replace it with the 56 change parameter was corrected and then it CPU module that supports online module Qnu was written to the CPU module change Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller PARAMETER ERROR In a multiple CPU system configuration the CPU verified is different from the one set in the parameter setting Read the individual information of the error using Collateral information the programming tool to identify the numeric 3015 e Common information File name Drive name value parameter No CPU No Check the e Individual information Parameter number CPU parameters and its configu
324. ed below stipulated level Change the battery ane lead connector of the CPU module battery Engage the battery connector when a program is not connected memory standard RAM or the back up power 1600 The lead connector of the CPU module battery function is uaed QCPU is not securely engaged e Check the lead connector of the CPU module RUN bere mCollateral information A for looseness Firmly engage the connector if it On Common Information Drive Name 7 ai is loose ERR e Individual Information WDiagnostic Timing on e Always CPU Status BATTERY ERROR Continue Voltage of the battery on memory card has dropped below stipulated level Qn H Collateral information QnPH 1601 Common Information Drive Name ae QnPRH e Individual Information Qnu 9 HDiagnostic Timing e Always FLASH ROM ERROR The number of writing to flash ROM standard RUN ROM and system securement area exceeds On 100 000 times ERR 1610 Number of writings A 100 000 times Change the CPU module On QnU Collateral information LCPU Common Information ee k CPU Status e Individual Information 5 WDiagnostic Timing Continue e When writing to ROM BUS TIMEOUT ERR An error was detected on the system bus Reset the CPU module and run it again If the e Self diagnosis error of the system bus same error code is displayed again the cause is a e Self diagnosis error of the CPU module hardware failure of the CPU module I O module 1700 Collateral inf
325. ed disable i e This relay is turned off to cancel the SD instruction i n memory card forced disable instruction OFF Not being disabled by SD B EEEN e This relay turns on when an SD memory X ze card is disabled by turning on SM606 SD disable y SD memory card Gstciction memory card forced disable instruction S Status SM607 forced disable b e This relay turns off when the forced disable LCPU ON Being disabled i change status flag by SD merio status of SD memory card is canceled by y ry turning off SM606 SD memory card forced card forced A 7 disable instruction disable instruction 258 APPENDICES Corre y p Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Nam Meanin Explanati cua e mg AR PRATO When Set ACPU CPU M9000 This relay is turned on to enable the OFF Remove insert insertion and removal of a memory card Qn H Memory card a prohibited Turned OFF by the system after the QnPH SM609 remove insert i S U rable as ON Remove insert memory card is removed QnPRH 9 enabled e This relay can be used while both SM604 Qnu 1 and SM605 are off Drives 3 and 4 OFF U bl SM620 MES San eS This relay is always on usable flags ON Use enabled QCPU Drives 3 and 4 OFF Not protected LCPU SM621 wee ae SSPE This relay is always off protection flag ON Protected Q00J Q00 Q01 S Initial a OFF No drive 3 g n SM622 Drive 3 flag ON Drive 3 present This rel
326. ed to 0 executed execute Refresh via CC Link 1 Communication IE Field Network P A Fixed to 0 with peripheral Communication with device is display unit Execution nonexecution nonexecuted of communication with programming tool The mask patterns masked by the IMASK instruction are stored as follows b15 b1 bO SD781 SD781 163 to 149 148 Q004 Q00 to SD782 179 to 165 164 Q01 SD785 to to SD785 1127 to 1113 1112 New MA POLED Ol Th k patt ked by the IMASK instructi tored gt IMASK Mask pattern e mas E erns masked by the instruction are store During instruction as follows execution b15 b1 bO SD781 163 to 149 148 Qn H SD9 SD782 179 t 165 164 RU to 2 QnPRH SD793 to QnU LCPU SD793 1255 to 1241 1240 4 The QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU cannot use SD786 to SD793 This register stores the limit of each PID loop as shown below SDA b15 to b8 b7 b1 bO Qo ag SD794 Loop8 to Loop2 Loop1 Q01 PID limit setting 0 With limit for incomplete 1 Without This register stores the limit of each PID loop as shown below U derivative limit Qn H 4 SD794 b15 b1 bO QnPRH to SD794 Loop16 to Loop2 Loop1 anu SD795 SD795 Loop32 to Loop18 Loop17 LCPU 338 APPENDICES Corre Set by Corre sponding y Number Name Meaning Explanation When ACPU sponding Set D9000 CPU Maximum number of Specifies the maximum number of blocks used for the multiple blocks used fo
327. eddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 2173 SYSTEM LAY ERR The number of modules connected in the main block exceeds 10 The number of modules connected in the extension blocks exceeds 11 Collateral information Common information Module No Block No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset e Reduce the number of modules connected in the main block to 10 or less e Reduce the number of modules connected in the extension blocks to 11 or less 2174 SYSTEM LAY ERR The number of extension blocks exceeds 3 Collateral information Common information Module No Block No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset e Reduce the number of extension blocks to 3 or less SYSTEM LAY ERR The number of extension blocks exceeds 2 Collateral information Common information Module No Block No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Reduce the number of extension blocks to 2 or less 2175 SYSTEM LAY ERR An END cover that does not support an extension system is connected in an extension system Collateral information Common information Module No Block No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset e Replace the END cover with one that supports an extension system
328. em Counter value coincidence No n does not turn on If CH1 counter value coincidence No n SM1881 SM1884 does not turn on in normal mode check the following items Check item Action CH1 coincidence signal No n reset command SM1890 SM1891 is on Turn off this relay In ring counter the coincidence output No n point setting value is configured outside the count range Configure the coincidence output No n point setting value within the count range by Coincidence output point write instruction If CH1 counter value coincidence No n does not turn on even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem Counter value coincidence No n does not turn off If CH1 counter value coincidence No n SM1881 SM1884 does not turn off in normal mode check the on width of CH1 coincidence signal No n reset command SM1890 SM1891 If the on width of CH1 coincidence signal No n reset command is longer than or equal to 2ms and CH1 counter value coincidence No n does not turn off the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 6 7 CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING Coincidence output signal No n does not turn on while counter value coi
329. en JOG operation is completed This relay remains off when position control is stopped S Instruction execution Status change SM1842 Axis 1 OPR request OFF ON Machine OPR control completed Machine OPR control started This relay turns on when the CPU module is powered on is reset or is set from STOP to RUN or the drive unit ready signal turns off or machine OPR control is started This relay turns off when machine OPR control is completed S Every END processing SM1843 Axis 1 OPR completion OFF ON Not completed Completed This relay turns on when machine OPR control is completed This relay turns off when OPR control positioning control absolute position restoration or JOG operation is started or the CPU module is set from STOP to RUN or the drive unit ready signal turns off S Instruction execution Status change SM1844 Axis 1 speed 0 OFF ON Operating at speed other than 0 Operating at speed 0 This relay turns on when JOG operation or speed control in speed position switching control set at a speed of 0 is started This relay turns on when speed is changed with a new speed value of 0 and turns off when speed is changed with a new speed value other than 0 This relay turns off when SM1840 turns off SM1845 Axis 1 error OFF ON No error Error This relay turns on if an error occurs The pr
330. en an annunciator F is turned on by the OUT F or SET F D9125 SD65 instruction the F numbers are stored from SD64 to SD79 in D9126 chronological order SD66 The number of an annunciator F turned off by the RST F D9127 SD67 instruction is deleted from SD64 to SD79 and F numbers D9128 SD68 stored later than the register where the deleted F number was D9129 Ee stored are shifted upward SD69 When the LEDR instruction is executed the contents of SD64 D9130 SD70 to SD79 are shifted upward by 1 After 16 annunciators have D9131 SDa been detected detection of the 17th will not be stored from l D9132 QCPU SD64 through SD79 SET SET SET RST SET SET SET SETSET SET SET SD73 F50 F25 F99 F25 F15 F70 F65 F38F110F151F210 LEDR SD74 Tabet Al iat sD62 0 50 507501507501 50 50 50150150 50199 Number 3 detected Pee or detected Instruction etection f SD75__ annunciator n mber soes 02 13 213 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 Number of execution sp76 numbers detected SD77 sp64 0 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 99 spe5 0 0 25 25 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 15 SD78 spe6 0 0 0 99 0 15 15 15 1515 15 15 70 spe7 0 0 0 0 0 0 70 70 70 70 70 70 65 SD68 65 65 38 SD69 of ofofof o fo 38 38 38 110 sD70 o o o o o o o o 410 110 110 151 New sD71 o o o o o o o o o 1511511210 Number SD72 ofofofofofofo 0 0 210 0 detected sD73 0 o o o o o o o ofolfo SD79 sp74fo o o o o o ojo ojojo S
331. er function The check items and actions in this section are described in the case of CH1 For special relay and special register for other channels refer to the following e Special relay gt Page 245 Appendix 2 e Special register gt Page 291 Appendix 3 1 Pulses are not counted If pulses are not counted in normal mode check the following items Check item When a voltage is applied to the pulse input terminal the LED corresponding to the input does not turn on Action The possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem The count enable command remains off Turn on the count enable command The set pulse input mode differs from the actual pulse input method Correct the parameter Pulses are input at a speed faster than the speed configured at counting speed setting Input pulses at a speed slower than or equal to the speed configured at counting speed setting If pulses are not counted even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 2 Pulses are not normally counted If pulses are not normally counted in normal mode check the following items Check item Action An input pulse waveform does not meet the
332. er is 09102 or later 17 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 10042 or later 18 This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QQOUJCPU 19 This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and QO01UCPU 20 This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QOQ0DUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and Q02UCPU 21 This applies to the Built in Ethernet port QCPU 26 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 13012 or later 28 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 13072 or later 31 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 13102 or later 171 666Z 000Z S p09 10114 y XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Appendix 1 5 Error code list 3000 to 3999 The following table shows the error messages the error contents and causes and the corrective actions for the error codes 3000 to 3999 Error Error Contents and Cause Code Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU PARAMETER ERROR In a multiple CPU system the intelligent function module under control of another CPU is specified in the interrupt pointer setting of the PLC parameter Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable cont
333. er setting is not configured in the PLC system setting of Q00J Q00 Q01 7 the PLC Parameter dialog box QnPRH Correct the interrupt setting of the network QnU parameter RUN Correct the interrupt setting of the intelligent Off function module buffer memory ERR VO INT ERROR Correct the basic program of the QD51 Flicker An interrupt request was detected from the module e Correct the interrupt pointer setting in the PLC f for which Interrupt Pointer Setting has not been System tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box CPU Status configured in the PLC Parameter dialog box Take measures not to issue an interruption from Stop 1311 Collateral information the modules where the interrupt pointer setting Common Information is not configured in the PLC System tab of the e Individual Information PLC Parameter dialog box MDiagnostic Timing e Correct the Interrupt Setting of the network e During interrupt parameter Correct the interrupt setting of the intelligent LCPU function module buffer memory e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O module intelligent function module END cover branch module or extension module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem LAN CTRL DOWN 1320 The H W self diagnostics detected a LAN co troller tail re The cause is a failure of the CPU m
334. er stores the sequence step number of transfer D9054 D1054 x number where condition and operation output in the SFC program where sequence step error occurred error 84 occurred e This register stores the number of the step where a status latch was executed When a status latch was executed in a main sequence program the step No is stored Status latch Status latch e When a status latch was executed in a SFC program the D9055 D1055 SD812 execution step execution step block number and step number are stored number number Block No Step No BIN BIN Upper 8 bits Lower 8 bits 348 APPENDICES Special ACPU maior Special Corre Special ae Register for Name Meaning Details sponding Register s Modification CPU Conversion Data check of PLC oa ES The serial communication module automatically reads and D9072 SD1072 x communication 7 writes data in a single loopback test to perform communication oe check communication check module Sets the time check time of the data link instructions ZNRD Register for ZNWR for the MELSECNET 10 D9085 D1085 x setting time 1 s to 65535 s Setting range 1s to 65535s 1 to 65535 Qn H check value Unit second QnPH Default 10s If 0 has been set Microcomputer subroutine Depends on For details refer to the following D9090 D1090 x input data area
335. er supply module CPU QnPH redundant power supply module failure in both x f A systems and or the redundant base unit failure module main base iinit extension Base unit ar QNPRH y detested extension cable Please consult your local QnU Jo i a i ti Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed R pica lane description of the problem 1009 e Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing e Always CPU UNIT DOWN A a pena nithe Power Supply Correct the voltage waveform applied to the module or module ower supply module e The voltage waveform that is outside the as aes module and run it again If the specificatignis applied to the power supply same error code is displayed again the cause is module and an error is detected 3 LCPU j a hardware failure of the power supply module Collateral information RUN k or CPU module Please consult your local Common Information i cs i a off Individual Information Failure information Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed ERR 5 oe Se ag i description of the problem TIR WDiagnostic Timing Flicker e Always END NOT EXECUTE CPU Status Entire program was executed without the Stop execution of an END instruction When the END instruction is executed it is read as another instruction code e g due to noise 1010 The END instruction has been changed to QCPU another instruction code somehow LCPU Collateral information Common Information d f Individual Information
336. er that Each bit b15 b2 b1 b0 0 OFF SD1600 Fixed to 0 1 ON tracking cable is not connected or damaged L Power OFF reset watchdog timer error or hardware failure occurred s System error System error in other system SD1600 y A i y i gt Other system stop error Every END information information except watchdog timer processit error gt Bit turns on when failing to connect with other system The following causes are shown below Tracking H W failure Host system WDT error Cannot recognize other system therefore causing error If any of bO b1 b2 and b15 is on the other bits are off In the debug mode bO b1 b2 and b15 are all off Reason s for system switching is stored When a system is switched the reason for system switching is stored in SD1601 of both systems e This register is initialized with zero 0 stored when the system is powered on from off or is reset The following shows the values stored in this register e 0 Initial value control system has never been QnPRH itched System System switched SD1601 switching switching ods on reset H W failure or watchdog timer error It It Dear ee 2 Stop error except for watchdog timer error 3 A system switching request from network module Ss e 16 Control system switching instruction when system e 17 System switching request from a programming tool is switched 1 When the system is switched upon the power off or reset of the control system
337. er to Page 398 Appendix 8 5 Outputs may remain on or off due to a failure of a component such as a transistor in an output circuit Configure an external circuit for monitoring output signals that could cause a serious accident In an output circuit when a load current exceeding the rated current or an overcurrent caused by a load short circuit flows for a long time it may cause smoke and fire To prevent this configure an external safety circuit such as a fuse Configure a circuit so that the programmable controller is turned on first and then the external power supply If the external power supply is turned on first an accident may occur due to an incorrect output or malfunction Configure a circuit so that the external power supply is turned off first and then the programmable controller If the programmable controller is turned off first an accident may occur due to an incorrect output or malfunction For the operating status of each station after a communication failure refer to relevant manuals for each network Incorrect output or malfunction due to a communication failure may result in an accident When changing data from a peripheral device connected to the CPU module to the running programmable controller configure an interlock circuit in the program to ensure that the entire system will always operate safely For other controls to a running programmable controller such as program modification or operating status chang
338. eric value ERR module y 7 program error location Check the error step Flicker 4002 Collateral information i i corresponding to the value and correct it as Common information Program error location ect necessary CPU Status e Individual information d EDiagnostic Timing op At power on At reset STOP RUN When instruction executed e When instruction executed SFC program INSTRCT CODE ERR The number of devices for the dedicated instruction sp cified by the program is incorrect QCPU Collateral information f LCPU Common information Program error location 4003 ae f e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN When instruction executed e When instruction executed SFC program INSTRCT CODE ERR The device which cannot be used by the dedicated instruction specified by the program is specified HCollateralCollateral information Common information Program error location 4004 ss k e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset STOP RUN When instruction executed e When instruction executed SFC program 190 APPENDICES Error Code SD0 Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 4010 MISSING END INS There is no END FEND instruction in the program Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information H
339. erlock Qnu gt completed i a araon for accessing CPU No 4 when the multiple CPU pep synchronous setting is set to asynchronous completed OFF Online module change is not in SM235 Online module progress This relay is on during online module change for S During online change flag ON Online module host CPU module change change in progress QnPH OFF Online module p z This relay is on only for one scan after Online module change S When online f completion of online module change SM236 change complete incomplete i module change J This relay can be used only in the scan flag ON Online module is complete execution type program for host CPU change complete 249 Corre Corre A Set by sponding 3 Numbe Nam Meanin Explanation spondin TAAA 5 RHS apane When Set ACPU ponding CPU M9000 s OFF Device range Selects whether to check a device range during Device range SM237 heck checked execution of the BMOV FMOV or DFMOV U Qnu 6 inhibit fla ON Device range not instruction only when the conditions for subset LCPU g checked processing are established OFF No 1 CPU reset e Turns off when CPU No 1 i beset a00 a01 1 e Turns on while CPU No 1 is being reset f No 1 CPU reset cancel i s Qn H 1 including the case where the CPU module is flag ON No 1 CPU y QnPH SM240 r s t removed from the base unit The other CPUs z 9 are also put in reset status Qn
340. erted or removed At write Set when data is written to the CPU module CPU module supporting the special register QCPU All the Q series CPU modules Q00J Q00 Q01 Basic model QCPU Qn H High Performance model QCPU Corresponding QnPH Process CPU CPU QnPRH Redundant CPU QnU Universal model QCPU QO0UJ Q00U Q01U QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU e LCPU All the L series CPU modules CPU module model Only the specified model Example QO2UCPU L26CPU BT jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Corresponding Special register 09000 supported by the ACPU D9000 format change indicates the one whose application ACPU has been changed Incompatible with the Q00J Q00 Q01 and QnPRH D9000 e New indicates the one added for the QCPU or LCPU For details on the following items refer to the following For network related items Manuals for each network module e For SFC programs MELSEC Q L QnA Programming Manual SFC Point Do not change the values of special register set by system using a program or by test operation Doing so may result in system down or communication failure 291 1 Diagnostic information Corre Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by sponding spondin E P When Set ACPU pe g D9000 e This register stores the error code of an error detected by D9008 Diagnostic Diagnosis error SDO diagnostics format err
341. es External I O devices External I O devices Ground the FG wire of 2 mm or more at the The length between the connector shortest length Securely provide grounding on the QD72P3C3 side to the control panel QD72P3C3 and the shielded cables should be the shortest possible Example of processing for a shielded cable To protect the wires cover the connector pins Take off the insulating tube of each shield and with the heat shrinkable insulation tubes electrically connect the shields of the cables Exposing the wires may cause a malfunction with conductive tapes by the affect of static electricity Cover the conductive part with insulating tape Solder the shield of any of the shielded cables to the FG wire 389 BANIBIIG OWA 24 uM Ajdwoo 0 sainseayy Z xIpueddy s ayo q eBBeyo Mo7 pue JWI Z xipueddy 390 Wiring example when using a duct problematic example and modification example K Relay Relay Drive Drive unit unit Relay Control panel Programmable controller Noise source Power system etc J Modified Relay Relay Relay Control panel Programmable controller Noise source Power system etc Drive unit
342. es CPU module QnUCPU Another term for the MELSEC Q series Universal model QCPU Programming tool A generic term for GX Works2 and GX Developer GX Works2 GX Developer The product name of the software package for the MELSEC programmable controllers GX Configurator SC A setting and monitoring tool added in GX Developer for serial communication modules GX Configurator AD A setting and monitoring tool added in GX Developer for A D converter modules GX Configurator DA GX Configurator CT A setting and monitoring tool added in GX Developer for D A converter modules A setting and monitoring tool added in GX Developer for high speed counter modules GX Configurator QP A setting and monitoring tool for positioning modules The abbreviation for Control amp Communication Link CC Link A field network system where data processing for control and information can be simultaneously performed at high speed CC Link IE A generic term for CC Link IE Controller Network and CC Link IE Field Network Intelligent function module A MELSEC L series module that has functions other than input or output such as A D converter module and D A converter module I O module The abbreviation for the MELSEC L series I O module Head module The abbreviation for the LI72GF15 T2 CC Link IE Field Network head module CC Link IE module A generic term for a CC Link IE Controller Network module and a
343. es for switching system at control system are as follows e System switching by SP CONTSW instruction e Check the status of the standby system and 6220 e System switching request from network module resolve the error Collateral information Complete the online module change Common information Reason s for system switching e Individual information Reason s for system switching failure RUN EDiagnostic Timing On e At switching execution ERR STANDBY SYS DOWN On Any of the following errors was detected in the Check whether the standby system is on or not Backupanede and if it is not on power it on CPU Status The standby system has not started up in the Continue Check whether the standby system has been redundant System reset or not and if it has been reset unreset it The standby system has developed a stop error Check whether the standby system has inthe redundant system developed a stop error or not and if it has 6300 y E A A ne a developed the error remove the error factor and This can be detected from the control system of E PPA CPU module in the debug mode was the r dungant system connected to the control system operating in the aE EE aa backup mode make connection so that the individual information control system and standby system are Diagnostic Timing combined correctly e Always The standby system exists but the control CONTROL SYS DOWN system does not exist Any of the following errors was
344. esent error can be checked by SD1845 This relay is turned off by turning on SM1850 SM1846 Axis 1 warning OFF ON No warning Warning This relay turns on if a warning occurs The present warning can be checked by SD1846 This relay is turned off by turning on SM1850 S Every END processing SM1847 Axis 1 start in busy status OFF ON No start attempted in busy status Start attempted in busy status This relay turns on when positioning control OPR control JOG operation or absolute position restoration is attempted while the axis 1 is in the busy status The executed start instruction will be ignored e This relay is reset by the user S Instruction execution IU LCPU 282 APPENDICES Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU M9000 Corresponding CPU SM1848 Axis 1 start instruction OFF Not executed ON Being executed This relay turns on when positioning control by the start instruction IPPSTRT1 P IPDSTRT1 P IPSIMUL P IPABRST1 JOG operation by the JOG start instruction IPJOG1 or OPR control by the OPR start instruction IPOPR1 P is started e This relay turns off when positioning control OPR control or JOG operation is completed S Instruction execution Status change SM1850 Axis 1 error reset OFF ON Resets the Axis 1 error OFF
345. eset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 1101 RAM ERROR The sequence program storing program memory in the CPU module is faulty Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset When an END instruction executed 1102 RAM ERROR e The work area RAM in the CPU module is faulty e The standard RAM in the CPU module is faulty Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset When an END instruction executed Take noise reduction measures Reset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the a CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QnU LCPU QS0UDEHCPU Q100UDEHCPU LCPU Lcpu 28 QCPU LCPU QCPU LCPU 134 APPENDICES ae Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action on aoe ees RAM ERROR The device memory in the CPU module is faulty Collateral information Common Information QCPU Individual Information
346. ess Up to two solderless terminals can be connected to one terminal block Solderless terminals Terminal block with insulation sleeve e Use UL approved solderless terminals and for processing use a tool recommended by their manufacturer e Tighten the terminal screws of the power supply module within the range of 0 66 to 0 89N m Use the following wire to the power supply module Applicable wire size Material Temperature rating 0 75 to 2mm AWG18 to 14 stranded Copper 75 C or more e Inputting a signal with a different voltage may cause malfunction of the module and failure of the connected devices e Use an online UPS uninterruptible power supply with a power distortion factor of 5 or less or a line interactive UPS If a standby UPS is used use a Mitsubishi low capacity UPS FREQUPS FW F series hereinafter FW F series Example FWF10 0 3K 0 5K Do not use any standby UPS other than the FW F series UPS 4 Use the FW F series UPS whose serial number starts with P or later or ends with HE SERIAL Q00000000 t Starts with P or later SERIAL B00000000 HE t Ends with HE Select a power supply for the power supply module having enough power capacity The power capacity should be twice or more as great as the current consumption of the power supply module Point To make the wiring comply with the EMC and Low Voltage Directives refer to gt Page 383 Appendix 7 46 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLAT
347. est to the CPU module that controls the specified module An error occurred in the setting of the initial setting parameter of the intelligent function module Resume processing after checking the contents of the intelligent function module buffer memory Cannot be executed as the parameter file has been rewritten System switching occurs during the online module change Operation cannot be performed Operation is interrupted Connect the programming tool to the new control system to check the status of the online module change According to the status of online module change take procedures for it 237 BINPOW Add YM UOHeo UNWIWOD Hunnp 8odinos Jsenbe 0 peusNjes SEpoOd 10113 xipueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action The information of the online module change cannot be sent to the standby system When The tracking cable may be faulty or the standby system may have an error Check the mounting status of the tracking cable or 421EH the system switching occurs during the online replace the tracking cable Online module module change the online module change e Check the status of the standby system When a stop change related may not be continued error was detected by the standby system perform error troubleshooting The module mounted on the extension base e Set the connection destination of a program
348. eter will be indicated with the LED without condition APPENDICES Corre c Number Name Meanin Explanation Ser Dy sponding s pak g R When Set ACPU ale g D9000 This register stores the year last two digits and month in BCD as shown below Clock dat b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bo Example SD210 Clock data ocs data rr iT TE To July 1993 D9025 year month or boro ua ty br E pope PP e 9307H Year Month This register stores the day and hour in BCD as shown below b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0 Example D211_ Clock data es pope jae s a aoa e og seen 10am D9026 day hour E E a O A a E A 3110H Day Hour This register stores the minute and the second in BCD as shown below Clock data b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0Example S Request QCPU SD212 Clock data minute EE TE TE o1 35min 48s IU D9027 LCPU second a A a E a 3548H Minute Second This register stores the year first two digits and day of week in BCD as shown below b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0 Example oaa fort fioa J ott a 1998 Friday I if l 1 i l uf i i l l if pe i E a E 1905H Clock data is rs i D213 Clock data higher digits of Day of the week nanan year day of O Sunday week Higher digits of year 19 or 20 1 Monday
349. ette numberof pots assigned i each Sat Page 74 Seon 714 San XY Speci a sar VO number fr each siot Page 74 Seaton T15 Sakasti Configure the switch setting of the buit in VO or inteligent function modules Page 74 Section 7 1 8 BF wan S rer Tina Depts S gf The section of i pam E RE the current page is shown g g a Setting Start X Y enables modification on the start VO numbers assigned to connected modules Ex When 1000 is specified in Start X Y to the slot where a 16 point module is connected the assignment Tange of an input module is changed to X1000 to X100F tails refer to the following A PELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals Point Set the type of the connected module in Type Setting a different type results in SPUNIT LAY ERR intelligent function module the I O points must also be the same in addition to the I O assignment setting C fPage 30 Section 4 2 2 Point Pshows notes that requires attention shows useful information 73 The mouse operation example is provided below For GX Works2 ME MELSOFT Series GX Works2 Unset Project PRG MAIN Edit Find Replace Compile View Online Debug i Project Diagno D Online gt Write to PLC Select Online on the menu bar and then select Write to PLC Navigation Project Parameter Intelligent Function Module Global Device Comment Program Setting
350. evant intelligent function module BS BeL Ras tesia CPU Status e There is no network No specified by the i P Stop P d Reset the CPU module and run it again If the network dedicated instruction Or the relay ae Continue LCPU i network Post same error code is displayed again the cause aein a ne as eesti is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O pana PEREA No Slot No module intelligent function module END cover e Individual information Program error location Drench moudle Or extension module Pi6asg Diagnostic Timing consult your local Mitsubishi representative e When instruction executed STOP RUN explaining a detailed description of the problem Sak EARR netw rk Modulate Read the individual information of the error using ne i 3 the programming tool to identify the numeric specified by the network dedicated instruction H 2 value program error location Check the 2113 mCollateral information intelligent function module special function Qn H Common information FFFF fixed i 4 apne QnPH 2 Ingividual inkortnaticht Piboram error loesti n module dedicated instruction instruction for a Diagnostic Timing g network corresponding to the value and correct it e When instruction executed STOP gt RUN as necessary SP UNIT ERROR An instruction which on execution specifies other RUN Saione nias been used forspecifying the host Read individual information of the error using the Off On g CPU An instructio
351. f the CPU module Then store them in the battery holder Fix the connectors to the connector stopper of the holder 6 Close the battery holder and mount the CPU module to the DIN rail CHAPTER 14 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 14 4 Operation Restart After Being Stored When operation is restarted after the programmable controller has been stored under the following conditions data in the standard RAM of the CPU module may be corrupted Before restarting operation format the standard RAM using a programming tool After that write the backup data to the standard RAM e When stored without a battery installed e When stored exceeding the guaranteed battery life If the latch data backup to standard ROM function is used latch data can be held without using a battery For this reason when programmable controller operation is restarted after being stored the data before storage can be used For the formatting method of the standard RAM refer to the following Operating manual for the programming tool used Point Before storing a programmable controller back up all data stored in each memory ACPU module checks the status of the following data when the module is powered on or reset When the module detects an error data will be initialized e Data in the standard RAM Error history e Latch data latch relay devices in latch setting range set in the parameter special relay SM900 to SM999 and special register SD900 to
352. f 24VDC power supply for internal consumption of the output module power consumption for the output points simultaneously turned on 4 Not applicable for the power supply module which does not have the 24VDC power output Power 24VDC is externally supplied 401 402 2 Power consumption of 5VDC logic circuit sections in all modules including the CPU module The power consumption of the 5VDC output circuit in the power supply module is the power consumption of each module Woy I5y x 5 W 3 Total of 24VDC average power consumption of the output modules power consumption for the output points simultaneously turned on The average power of the 24VDC external power supply is the total power consumption of each module Woay loay 24 x Simultaneous on rate W 4 Voltage drop in the output section of the output module power consumption for the output points simultaneously turned on Wout lout Varop Output points x Simultaneous on rate W lout Output current current in actual use A Varop Voltage drop of each output module V 5 Average power consumption of input section in the input module power consumption for the input points simultaneously turned on Win lin X E x Input points x Simultaneous on rate W lin Input current effective value for AC A E Input voltage voltage in actual use V 6 Power consumption of the external power supply section to the load s connected to th
353. f online program change change 410B The registration of monitoring condition was Execute the registration of monitoring condition again ki canceled because of online program change after the online program change e Write the file containing the overwritten data to the When the program cache memory was read it program cache memory again 410DxH was detected that the program memory data e Turn off and then on or reset the system and transfer had been overwritten the program memory data to the program cache memory 41101 Since the CPU module is in a stop error Execute the request again after resetting the CPU status it cannot execute the request module CPU module 5 The requested operation cannot be performed i error Execute the request again after the other CPU modules 4111H since the other CPU modules have not yet started in the multiple CPU system have started 225 aINPOW Add UM UOHeo uUNWWOD BulNp Sdinos Jsenbe o pausNjes s poo 10113 xipueddy gt SI7 p09 10113 xipueddy Error code j Error item Error details Corrective action Hexadecimal 4121H The specified drive memory or file does not Execute again after checking the specified drive exist memory or file 4122H The specified drive memory or file does not Execute again after checking the specified drive exist memory or file Execute programmable controller memory format to make the drive memory normal 4123H The speci
354. f the CPU module but indicates its On status the error code and error information are not ERR 6200 stored into SDO to 26 put are stored into the error off log every system switching To check the error informati n obtain the error log CPU Status using the programming tool Noierror Collateral information Common information Reason s for system switching e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e Always QnPRH STANDBY The control system has been switched to the standby system in a redundant system Detected by the CPU that was switched from the control system to the standby system Since this error code does not indicate the error RUN information of the CPU module but indicates its On status the error code and error information are not ERR 6210 stored into SDO to 26 pur are stored into the error X off log every system switching To check the error information obtain the error log CPU Status using the programming tool Nevertire Collateral information Common information Reason s for system switching e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e Always 213 6669 0009 S p09 10114 g XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy a Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ma Aa te aes CAN T SWITCH The system cannot be switched due to a standby system error tracking cable failure or online module change being executed in the separate mode Caus
355. ff b15tob7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 on A A AAA A Phase Z input status 0 OFF 1 ON Function input status 0 OFF 1 ON L Latch counter input status 0 OFF 1 ON Phase A input status 0 OFF 1 ON Phase B input status 0 OFF 1 ON Coincidence output No 1 0 OFF 1 ON Coincidence output No 2 0 OFF 1 ON Fixed to 0 S Every END processing New LCPU 371 jsI7 19 S16 Y jeloeds X pu ddy Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD1884 CH1 operation mode monitor CH1 operation mode monitor This register stores a value indicating the operation mode for high speed counter of CH1 set by the parameter 0 Not used e 1 Normal mode e 2 Frequency measurement mode e 3 Rotation speed measurement mode e 4 Pulse measurement mode e 5 PWM output mode SD1885 CH1 counter type monitor CH1 counter type monitor e This register stores a value indicating the counter type for high speed counter of CH1 set by the parameter e Counter selection is disabled fixed at 0 when a value stored to CH1 operation mode monitor SD1884 is other than 1 normal mode e 0 Linear counter e 1 Ring counter SD1886 CH1 selected counter function CH1 selected counter function e This register stores
356. fied drive memory does not have Execute again after increasing the free space of the enough free space drive memory The drive memory capacity differs between f nee Execute again after checking the drive memory copy 412FH the drive memory copy destination and copy a destination and copy source source The drive memory type differs between the k ae Execute again after checking the drive memory copy 4130H drive memory copy destination and copy ot oe destination and copy source source The file name of the file copy destination is the f f 4131H Execute again after checking the file names same as that of the copy source 226 APPENDICES gt Error code A X A A f Error item Error details Corrective action Hexadecimal 4132H The specified number of files does not exist Execute again after checking the specified data 4133 The specified drive memory has no free Execute again after increasing the free space of the H space drive memory The attribute specification data of the file is A y 4134H Execute again after checking the specified data wrong 4135 The date time data of the peripheral device Execute again after checking the clock setting of the H personal computer is beyond the range peripheral device personal computer 4136H The specified file already exists Execute again after che
357. fied drive memory is abnormal In the case of the Flash ROM check the data to be written to the Flash ROM and write them to the Flash ROM Execute programmable controller memory format to make the drive memory normal 4124H The specified drive memory is abnormal In the case of the Flash ROM check the data to be written to the Flash ROM and write them to the Flash ROM The specified drive memory or file is 4125H f Execute again after a while performing processing The specified drive memory or file is 4126H f f Execute again after a while performing processing 4127H File password mismatch Execute again after checking the file password 4128H File related File password mismatch with copy destination Execute again after checking the file password errors Cannot be executed since the specified drive y 4129H Execute again after changing the target drive memory memory is ROM Cannot be executed since the specified drive 412AH Execute again after changing the target drive memory memory is ROM 412BH The specified drive memory is write Execute again after changing the write inhibit condition inhibited or drive memory 412CH The specified drive memory is write Execute again after changing the write inhibit condition inhibited or drive memory 412DH The specified drive memory does not have Execute again after increasing the free space of the enough free space drive memory 412EH The speci
358. file password 32 of the specified file e Check the system area capacity of the user setting wo specified for programmable controller memory format 4067H Monitor communication was unsuccessful S e Execute again after checking the communication route such as the communication cable 4068H Operation is disabled because it is being Finish the operation of another programming tool and performed with another programming tool then execute again The drive memory number that cannot be pe i 406AH a Check the specified drive and specify the correct drive handled other than 0 to 4 was specified Circuit inaui The program not yet corrected and the one Read the program from the CPU module to match it with ircuit inqui 4070H sae ae corrected by online program change are that of the programming tool and then execute online different change again 223 aINPOW Add UM UOHeo UNWIWOD BulNp snos Jsenbe o paeusNjes s poo JOU xipueddy gt SI7 p09 10113 xipueddy Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action 4080H Request data error Check the request data that has been specified 4081H The sort subject cannot be detected Check the data to be searched Ae Complete the processing for a request from another The specified command is executing and 4082H programming tool and then execute the command therefore cannot be executed e
359. formation File name Flicker e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing CPU Status e STOP gt RUN Stop SFC PARA ERROR Other than Scan and Wait is set for Execute Type in the Program tab of the PLC Parameter Qn H dialog box QnPH 3203 Collateral information QnPRH Common information File name QnU e Individual information Parameter number LCPU EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN SP PARA ERROR The start I O number in the intelligent function module parameter set on GX Configurator differs from the actual I O number Collateral information QCPU 3300 Common information File name Check the parameter setting LCPU Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller 186 APPENDICES aie Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action S ae iar as SP PARA ERROR e The refresh setting of the intelligent function module exceeded the file register capacity e The intelligent function module set in GX Q00J Q00 Q01 Configurator differs from the actually mounted Change the file register file for the one which Qn Hy module allows refresh in the whole range QnPH Collateral information Check the parameter setting QnPRH Common information File name e Check the auto refresh setting QnU Individual information Parameter number LCPU EDiagnostic Timi
360. g box Parameter dialog box QnPH mCollateral Information e Resolve the endless loo caused by jum QRR Common information Time value set ii P y Jump QnU e Individual information Time value actually ra TSON LCPU measured e If the error persists even after the actions BDiagnostic Timin mentioned above are taken the possible cause a Ausys 9 is a hardware failure of the system Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 5000 explaining a detailed description of the problem WDT ERROR a oisit ofthe standby system i Since power off of the standby system increases S cH ie the control system scan time reset the WDT e The tracking cable is disconnected or connected Rental ff tne thestanab value taking the increase of the control system j hes o OT OLS ig tne sellany scan time into consideration zA ae Ki ble i i a Byih If the tracking cable was disconnected during 3 s T ca Sys Der RORNTEG SITNE operation securely connect it and restart the QnPRH S a Hats phe aa CPU module If the same error code is displayed ae Ste value set again the cause is a hardware failure of the ce i aes tracking cable or CPU module Please consult e Individual information Time value actually oe E your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a measured detailed description of the problem RUN EDiagnostic Timing P P Off Always ERR e Read the individual information of the error Flicker using the programming tool t
361. g cable or CPU module Please consult Individual information Time value actually 5 ne a measured your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a Diagnostic Timing detailed description of the problem e Always 205 6669 0009 S p09 10114 Z xipueddy gt SI p09 10113 xipueddy Error LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU PRG TIME OVER The program scan time exceeded the constant scan time specified in the PLC RAS tab of the Qn H PLC Parameter dialog box QnPH Collateral information A QnPRH Common information Time value set ae QnU e Individual information Time value actually LCPU measured i APY A feu e Review the constant scan setting time EDiagnostic Timing ibe f Always To secure sufficient excess time correct the value for Constant scanning and Low Speed PRG TIME OVER toads Program Execution Time in the PLC Parameter The low speed program execution time specified dialog box in the PLC RAS setting of the PLC parameter i exceeded the excess time of the constant scan Qn H 5010 Collateral information QnPH Common information Time value set OnPRH e Individual information Time value actually measured RUN EDiagnostic Timing On Always ERR PRG TIME OVER On The program scan time exceeded the constant scan setting time specified in the PLC RAS setting CPU Status Co
362. g floating point data SD1501 j time Floating points data SD1501 SD1500 Process Process control control SD1502 asiniction instr ction This register indicates the oela oran error occurred by g executing a process control instruction detail error detail error code code S Process Process Error control control D1503 aciruction instruction Shows the error process block that occurred in the process control instruction generated generated error location error location SD1506 Dumm Used ti ify d devi b trol i y Durnmydevige se o specify dummy devices by a process contro D1507 device instruction bO Bumpless This register stores whether to enable functions for process Function function control instructions availability availability U lection fi tting for th b15 b14 to b2 b1 b0 SD1508 Stele iris EAR D1508 0 0 0 11 0 process S PIDP control instrunction Bumpless function availability for the instruction 0 Enabled S PIDP instruction 1 Disabled Default 0 Corre sponding ACPU D9000 New Corre sponding CPU QnPH QnPH QnPRH 17 Redundant system host system CPU information The special register SD1510 to SD1599 is valid only for redundant systems All bits are set to 0 for stand alone systems Corre E orre Set by sponding 3 Number Name Meaning Explanation When Set ACPU ea D9000 The LED status of BACKUP C
363. g hold resume with that programming tool to complete tool the operation and then execute the function again e Register an online debug function such as online baad change sampling trace and monitoring condition Communication of the online debug function j aai 4061H setting and then establish a communication was unsuccessful f EN e Execute again after checking the communication route such as the communication cable 4063H The registered number of locked files Finish the file access from another programming tool exceeded the maximum value and then execute again f e Check the settings for the online debug function such Settings for the online debug function such as 7 D i ak as online change sampling trace and monitoring Online online change sampling trace and monitoring oy i 4064H j a j condition setting and data logging function registration condition setting and for the data logging he e Execute again after checking the communication error function are incorrect pe route such as the communication cable 4065H The device allocation information differs from Check the device assignment parameters of the CPU the parameter module or the device assignment of the request data IN e Correct the drive keyword of the specified drive The specified drive keyword file password or H 4066H A e Correct the file password of the specified file file password 32 is incorrect i e Correct the
364. gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy 9 Conversion from A series to Q or L series The special relay M9000 to M9255 for ACPU corresponds to the special relay SM1000 to SM1255 for QCPU or LCPU after the A to Q L conversion Note that the Basic model QCPU and Redundant CPU do not support the A to Q L conversion All bits in this area of the special relay are turned on or off by system cannot be turned on or off by user using a program To turn on or off the bit by user correct the program using the special relay for QCPU or LCPU The special relay M9084 M9200 to M9255 however includes the areas that can be turned on or off by user For those areas the bit can be turned on or off by user in the converted special relay SM1084 SM1200 to SM1255 as well For details on the special relay for ACPU refer to the following LI User s manual for the CPU module used Type MELSECNET MELSECNET B Data Link System Reference Manual Point To use the converted special relay in the High Performance model QCPU Process CPU Universal model QCPU or LCPU check Use special relay special register from SM SD1000 under A PLC Compatibility Setting Project window gt Parameter gt PLC Parameter gt PLC System Note that the processing time will increase when the converted special relay is used How to read the Special Relay for Modification column e If the special relay number for QCPU or LCPU is provided correct t
365. he CPU module Please consult 1435 EDiagnostic Timing your local Mitsubishi representative explaining Always a detailed description of the problem Reset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a 1436 MULTI C BUS ERR failure of the CPU module Please consult your The error of the Multiple CPU high speed main local Mitsubishi representative explaining a RUN base unit is detected The error of the Multiple detailed description of the problem Off CPU high speed bus is detected Take noise reduction measures ERR Collateral information e Check the main base unit mounting status of the Flicker Qnu 20 Common Information CPU module ay j Individual information e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the CPU Status MDiagnostic Timing same error code is displayed again the cause is Stop At power on At reset a failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem MULTI C BUS ERR An error of the multiple CPU high speed main base unit was detected An error of the multiple CPU Reset the CPU module and run it again If the high speed bus was detected same error code is displayed again the cause is a 1439 Collateral information failure of the CPU module Please consult your Common Information local Mitsubishi representative explaining a e Individual Information detailed description of the pro
366. he CPU module Serial communication connection was 4101H Check the CPU module series executed for a different CPU module series 030 An attempt was made to erase the Flash ROM Execute again after setting the CPU module to the during use of the file register STOP status f Execute online program change again or write the The instruction written during RUN is wrong or 4103H illegal program after setting the CPU module to the STOP i 9 status 4105H CPU module internal memory hardware fault Change the CPU module The command cannot be executed since the f spec Sas tie Execute the operation again after the CPU module has 4106H CPU module is performing system initialization started processing An attempt was made to perform the operation A Do not execute the function unsupported by the target 4107H of the function unavailable for the target CPU CPU module module model name Other errors Execute device monitor test again Before execution Operation cannot be made normally by device 7 o 4108H check that access is not made to the access prohibited monitor test area The specified operation cannot be executed 4109 since the monitoring set the condition for Execute the request again after deregistering the H other application in same computer is in monitoring condition on the same screen execution AOA The specified command cannot be executed Execute the request again after the online program j because o
367. he present in 32 bit binary When the index value exceeds 100 thousand times FLASH ROM ERROR error code 1610 occurs The index value will Standard Write count be counted even after it exceeds 100 thousand ROM write index up to 50680 count index present 4 The write count does not equal to the index value Since the maximum write count of the flash ROM has been increased by the system 1 is added to the index value when the total write data size after the previous count up reaches about 1M byte 332 APPENDICES Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD689 Backup error factor Backup error factor This register stores the cause of an error that occurred during backup Op No error 1004 Memory card not inserted 200 Backup data size exceeded 3004 Memory card write protect setting 4004 Memory card write error 500 Backup data read error program memory 503 Backup data read error standard RAM 504 Backup data read error standard ROM 510p Backup data read error system data 600 Backup preparation was performed while latch data was being backed up to the standard ROM 6014 Backup preparation was performed during online change 602 Backup preparation was performed while a FTP client connected to the CPU module in FTP connection is present Error
368. he program using it means that the converted special relay can be used X means that the special relay cannot be used in QCPU or LCPU ACPU Special Special Corre Special Relay after Relay for Name Meaning Details sponding Relay Conversion Modification CPU e Turns on if there is at least one output module OFE Normal ee ees el after the condition ani M9000 SM1000 Fuse blown ON Module with y QnPH Diowniiise returns to normal 4 Output modules on remote I O stations are also a checked for blown fuse This relay turns on if the status of the I O module differs from that registered at g aia remains on even after the system aniei 1 0 module OFF Normal 4 H QnPH M9002 SM1002 veriyenor ON Error returns to normal 4 I O modules on remote I O stations are also Onu LCPU checked e This relay is reset only when SD1116 to SD1123 are reset This relay turns on if a momentary power failure within 20ms occurs during use of an AC power Qn H supply module QnPH This relay is reset when the CPU module is Qnu powered off and then on OFF AC DOWN not This relay turns on if a momentary power failure within 10ms occurs when using an AC power AC DOWN detected M9005 SM1005 supply module LCPU detection ON AC DOWN This relay is reset when the CPU module is detected 266 powered off and then on e This relay turns on if a momentary power failure bcd F Qn H within 10ms occu
369. he special relay SM is an internal relay whose application is fixed in the programmable controller For this reason the special relay cannot be used in the same way as other internal relays are used in sequence programs However the bit of the special relay can be turned on or off as needed to control the CPU module The following table shows how to read the special relay list Item Description Number Special relay number Name Special relay name Meaning Contents of special relay Explanation Detailed description of special relay Set side and set timing of special relay lt Set by gt e S Set by system e U Set by user using a program programming tool GOT or test operation from other external devices e S U Set by both system and user lt When Set gt Set by The following shows the set timing when the special relay is set by system When Set e Every END processing Set during every END processing e Initial Set during initial processing after power on or status change from STOP to RUN Status change Set when the operating status is changed Error Set if an error occurs e Instruction execution Set when an instruction is executed e Request Set when requested by a user using the special relay When system is switched Set when the system is switched between the control system and the standby system CPU module supporting the special relay QCPU All the Q series CPU modules Q00J Q00 Q0
370. heck item Action An input pulse waveform does not meet the performance specifications Input pulses meeting the performance specifications Shielded twisted pair cables are not used for pulse input wiring Change the cables with shielded twisted pair cables Noise reduction measures are not taken in the control panel or to adjacent devices Take noise reduction measures Install the pulse input cables alone in a duct and wire the Distance between the power equipment and the pulse input cables is short cables away from power cables by 100mm or more in the control panel Pulses are input at a speed faster than the speed configured at counting speed setting Input pulses at a speed slower than or equal to the speed configured at counting speed setting If a rotation speed is not normally measured even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 14 Pulses are not measured If pulses are not measured in pulse measurement mode check if CH1 pulse measurement start command SM1898 is on If pulses are not measured even if this relay is on the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 15 Pulses are not normally measured
371. hen instruction executed Continue SFCP EXE ERROR The active step information at presumptive start of the SFC program is incorrect Collateral information 4610 3 Common information Program error location e Individual information Read common information of the error using the RUN Diagnostic Timing programming tool to identify the numeric value On STOP gt RUN program error location Check the error step ERR Qn H SFCP EXE ERROR corresponding to the value and correct it as On QnPH Key switch was reset during RUN when necessary QnPRH presumptive start was designated for SFC The program is automatically subjected to an CPU Status program initial start Continue 4611 Collateral information 202 Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e STOP gt RUN APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action EER oe Corresponding CPU CPU Status SD0 BLOCK EXE ERROR Startup Was executed at a block in the SFC Read common information of the error using the program that was already started up i y F A Qn H g j programming tool to identify the numeric value 4620 ECollateralinformation 3 program error location Check the error step gar Common information Program error location 4 i QnPRH nA i corresponding to the value and correct it as e Individual information Qnu 22 Diagnostic Timing necessary e When instru
372. hen power is supplied again to the system after all modules except for the power supply module were removed Repeatedly supply power to the system returning the modules back to the system one by one The last module mounted immediately before the POWER LED turned off is failed If the POWER LED does not turn on even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 15 1 2 When the MODE LED does not turn on 92 Check the following Check item Action The forced ON OFF is set Cancel the forced ON OFF registration The MODE LED turns on when power is supplied to the system again after the power supply module was replaced The original power supply module has a problem Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem The MODE LED does not turn on even when power is supplied to the system again after the power supply module was replaced AC power is not supplied to the power supply module Supply AC power to the power supply module The CPU module or any other module mounted has a problem Repeatedly supply power to the system returning the modules back to the system one by one The last module mounted immediately before the MODE LED turned off is failed A branch module is co
373. his register stores the block No of the extended file register used as a work area for executing the SFC Workareaifor Block number program D9049 SD1049 x SFC of extension e This register stores 0 when SM320 is off and when file register empty area of 16K bytes or smaller is used 16K byte or less is too small to be used as block No 1 for an extended file register This register stores an error code of the error occurred in the SFC program 0 No error SFC program pote 80 SFC program parameter error D9050 SD1050 x prog generated by Pa PrO AER Qn H error number SFG proar m 81 SFC code error QnPH prad 82 Number of steps of simultaneous execution exceeded 83 Block start error 84 SFC program operation error e This register stores the number of the block in the SFC Bioaknumber rogram where an error occurred D9051 SD1051 x Error block where error iia For error 83 the number of the block where the program occurred was started is stored e This register stores the number of the step in the SFC Step number program where error 83 occurred D9052 SD1052 E t h ree are e For error 80 81 and 82 0 is stored e For error 83 the block starting step number is stored T iti aai This register stores the number of the transition condition in D9053 SD1053 x Error transition n mb r where the SFC program where error code 84 occurred For error codes 80 81 82 and 83 0 is stored error occurred Error Sequence step This regist
374. his relay is off while the module is in the execution M9104 ti t iti d duri l OFF When transition is con inuous ransi on moi eor uring 003 300 Continuous executed continuous transition and is on when s SM324 transition ON When no continuous transition is not executed Q01 prevention flag i tanisition e This relay is always on while the CPU module S Status New Qn H is operating not in the continuous transition change QnPH mode QnPRH QnU 252 APPENDICES Corre Set by sponding corre Number Nam Meani Explanation spondi S ae bball hie When Set ACPU pong na CPU M m9000 Select whether the coil outputs of the active steps are held or not at the time of a block stop The initial value is set to off when the output mode at a block stop is off in the parameter Q00J Q00 SM325 Output mode at OFF OFF setting and it is set to on when the coil outputs S Initial U M9196 Qo block stop ON Preserves are set to be held Qn H When this relay is turned off all coil outputs are QnPH turned off QnPRH e When this relay is turned on the coil output QnuU state is held LCPU Select the device status at the time of switching SFC devi OFF Clear devi SM326 Se rey A 3 from STOP to program write and then to RUN U mode ON Preserves device All devices except the step relay Qn H OFF Hold step output QnPH Sabita eni turned OFF If this relay is off the coil output tur
375. hone 421 0 51 7580 611 UK Hatfield Herts AL10 8XB fax 372 06 518149 Fax 421 0 51 7580 650 Phone 44 0 1707 27 61 00 Beijer Electronics OY FINLAND INEA RBT d 0 0 SLOVENIA u n n vila z Jubijana ie oaie CORPORATION JAPAN phone 358 0 207 463 540 Phone 386 0 1 513 8116 eee f Fax 358 0 207 463 541 Fax 386 0 1 513 8170 8 12 1 chome Harumi Chuo Ku Tokyo 104 6212 UTECO GREECE Beijer Electronics AB SWEDEN Phone 81 3 622 160 60 5 Mavrogenous Str Box 426 dol L624 18073 Pr mer 3021120 900 Poe erry 35 86 00 one one MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION Inc USA Fay 439 211 1206 999 Fax 46 0 40 93 23 01 500 Corporate Woods Parkway Vernon Hills IL 60061 MELTRADE Kft HUNGARY Omni Ray AG SWITZERLAND Phone 1 847 478 21 00 Fert utca 14 Im Sch rli 5 Fax 1 847 478 22 53 HU 1107 Budapest CH 8600 D bendorf Phone 36 0 1 431 9726 Phone 41 0 44 802 28 80 Fax 36 0 1 431 9727 Fax 41 0 44 802 28 28 Beijer Electronics SIA LATVIA GTS TURKEY Ritausmas iela 23 Bayraktar Bulvari Nutuk Sok No 5 LV 1058 Riga TR 34775 Yukar Dudullu Umraniye ISTANBUL Phone 371 0 784 2280 Phone 90 0 216 526 39 90 Fax 371 0 784 2281 Fax 90 0 216 526 3995 Beijer Electronics UAB LITHUANIA CSC Automation Ltd UKRAINE Savanoriu Pr 187 4 B M Raskovoyi St LT 02300 Vilnius UA 02660 Kiev Phone 370 0 5 2323101 Phone 380 0 44 49433 55 Fax 370 0 5 232 2980 Fax 380 0 44 494 33 66 Systemgr
376. ial relay SM 256 points l0 to 1255 The fixed scan interval for the system interrupt pointer 128 to 131 can be set by parameter 0 5 to 1000ms in increments of 0 5ms Default 128 100ms 129 40ms 130 20ms 131 10ms 2048 points SMO to SM2047 The number of device points is fixed Special register SD 2048 points SDO to SD2047 The number of device points is fixed Function input FX 16 points FXO to FX F The number of device points is fixed Function output FY 16 points FYO to FY F The number of device points is fixed Function register FD 5 points FDO to FD4 The number of device points is fixed Link direct device Device that directly accesses the link device Dedicated to CC Link IE Field Network Specification format JOO XOO JOO YOO JOO SBOo JOO WOooO JOO swoo Intelligent function module device Device that directly accesses the buffer memory of an intelligent function module Specification format JOO GOO Latch data retention during power failure range 8192 points LO to L8191 by default The latch range can be set for the devices B F V T ST C D W and R by parameter 62 CHAPTER 6 CPU MODULE Point For details on the devices refer to the following 1 MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals suojeoyloads Z 9 63 6 3 Hardware Operation This section describes the hardware o
377. ibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the product within the gratis warranty term the product shall be repaired at no cost via the sales representative or Mitsubishi Service Company However if repairs are required onsite at domestic or overseas location expenses to send an engineer will be solely at the customer s discretion Mitsubishi shall not be held responsible for any re commissioning maintenance or testing on site that involves replacement of the failed module Gratis Warranty Term The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for one year after the date of purchase or delivery to a designated place Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi the maximum distribution period shall be six 6 months and the longest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall be eighteen 18 months The gratis warranty term of repair parts shall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs Gratis Warranty Range 1 The range shall be limited to normal use within the usage state usage methods and usage environment etc which follow the conditions and precautions etc given in the instruction manual user s manual and caution labels on the product 2 Even within the gratis warranty term repairs shall be charged for in the following cases 1 Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or handling carelessness or negligence by the user Failure caused by the user s hardware or software design 2 Failure
378. ic Timing measures the cause is a hardware failure At power on At reset STOP gt RUN Please consult your local Mitsubishi RUN representative explaining a detailed description Off of the problem ERR 3100 Check the network parameters and actual Flicker LINK PARA ERROR g mounting status and if they differ make them Although ihe Coan IE module is mounted i matched If any of the network parameters is CPU Status network parameter for the CC Link IE module is corrected write it to the CPU module Stop not set Collateral information LCPU 26 Common information File name Drive name ifan error occurs PUR after taking the above t s measures the cause is a hardware failure Individual information Parameter number g aa Diagnostic Timing Please consult your local Mitsubishi ae At power on At reset STOP gt RUN representative explaining a detailed description of the problem LINK PARA ERROR In a multiple CPU system the MELSECNET H under control of another CPU is specified as the Delete the MELSECNET H network parameter head I O number in the network setting parameter of the MELSECNET H under control of another aQoo ao1 of the MELSECNET H CPU Qn Hy Collateral information e Change the setting to the head I O number of QnPH Common information File name Drive name the MELSECNET H under control of the host Qnu 18 Individual information Parameter number CPU EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN
379. ice information backuped by the device oft data backup function is incomplete The power ERR may have been off or the CPU module may have Flicker been reset during performing the backup Do not return the data when this error occurs Also CPU Status 2221 delete the incomplete device information at the Reset the CPU module and run it again Stop time of this error occurrence Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset RESTORE ERROR The model name of the restoration destination CPU module is different from the one of the backup source CPU module Execute a restore for the CPU module whose 49 2225 Collateral information name is same as the backup source CPU eae Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset module 164 APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 2226 2227 RESTORE ERROR e The backup data file is corrupted The backup data file does not match the check code e Reading the backup data from the SRAM card did not end successfully e Since the write protect switch of the SRAM card is set to on write inhibited the checked Restore for the first time only setting cannot be performed Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnos
380. idence point CH2 gt coincidence output No 1 point No 1 setting value is met S Every END OFF Coincidence This relay turns on when current value of processing Stoina f Gainer ae een SM1903 I t Nee i ON Greater than This relay turns off when current value of f coincidence point CH2 lt coincidence output No 2 point No 2 setting value is met This relay turns on when current value of S CH2 counten OFF Not detected cna coincidence output No 2 point Status New LCPU SM1904 value coincidence ON Detected setting value is met change No 2 e This relay is turned off by turning on CH2 Every END coincidence signal No 2 reset command processing OFF Coincidence This relay turns on when current value of See eee ee SM1905 value smaller g ue DA ka No 2 ON Smaller than e This relay turns off when current value of coincidence point CH2 gt coincidence output No 2 point No 2 setting value is met This relay turns on when a preset request CH external by phase Z preset terminal of CH2 is SM1906 reset phase Z OFF Not detected detected A a ee ON Detected e This relay is turned off by turning on CH2 S a external preset phase Z request detection Every END clear command processing e This relay turns on if the CH2 error occurs OFF No error e This relay turns off when an error cause is SM1907 CH2E p ON Error removed and CH2 error reset command is turned on e This relay turns on if a
381. ied points does not exceed 4096 points Reset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O module intelligent function module END cover branch module or extension module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem L26CPU BT 28 L26CPU PBT 28 159 666Z 000Z S po9 10114 y XIpueddy gt jSI p09 10113 xipueddy a Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action fee eee a Ua e Reduce the number of connectable modules to 10 a ae modules has Pareles ete mogul whore numer oF points ceeded 10 exceeds 1024 points e A module is installed exceeding the I O points of Replace ne module wiin fheone whose 4024 number at occupied points does not exceed A module is installed crossing the I O points of eons 7 z LO2CPU 4024 e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the LO2CPU P same error code is displayed again the cause eee is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O Individual information module intelligent function module END cover Diagnostic Timing branch module or extension module Please At power on At reset consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the 221 problem e Reduce the number of connectable modules to 30 or less SP UNIT LAY ERR Remove the module whose nu
382. ight 0 19kg 0 23kg 0 45kg Point When different models of extension cables are used in combination select cables so that the overall distance becomes 3 0m or less 4 3 6 Grounding Observe the following e Provide independent grounding when possible Ground the FG and LG terminals to the protective ground conductor dedicated to the programmable controller ground resistance 100Q or less If independent grounding cannot be provided employ 2 Shared grounding shown below Programmable A Programmable Programmable i controller ingen controller Equipt controller Equipment Grounding Grounding 1 Independent grounding Recommended 2 Shared grounding Allowed 3 Common grounding Not allowed e Use thick cables up to 2mm Bring the grounding point close to the programmable controller as much as possible so that the ground cable can be shortened 56 CHAPTER 5 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 5 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS This chapter describes the general specifications of a programmable controller Item Specifications Operating ambient temperature 0 to 55 C Storage ambient temperature 25 to 75 C Operating ambient humidity Storage ambient humidity Vibration resistance 5 to 95 RF non condensing Constant N Frequency Half amplitude Sweep count acceleration Compliant with Under 5 to 8 4Hz 3 5mm 10 times
383. ile SD255 to SD259 D265 Informati to enat Data configuration is the same as that of the 1st module an H n D255 to SD259 SD269 module QnPH D270 Informati QnPRH alse Data configuration is the same as that of the 1st module 3 to from 4th SD255 to SD259 QnU SD274 module 313 gt jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD280 D281 CC Link error Error detection status This register stores error detection status in the following bit pattern Information of 1 b4 b3 to bO Information of 2 b8 b7 _to Information of 3 b15 to b12b11 to Empty 1st module 2nd module 3rd module 4th module 1 When Xn0 of a mounted CC Link module turns on the corresponding bit is set to 1 on 2 When either Xn1 or XnF of a mounted CC Link module turns off the corresponding bit is set to 1 on 3 When a mounted CC Link module is not able to communicate with the CPU module the corresponding bit is set to 1 on The above modules are numbered in order of the head I O numbers However the one where parameter setting has not been made is not counted This register stores error detection status in the following bit pattern Information of 1 gt b4 b3 to _ bO Information of 2 b8 b7 _to Information of 3 lt
384. iled description of the 1105 RAM ERROR pean The CPU shared memory in the CPU module is faulty Qn H Collateral information QnPH Common Information QnPRH e Individual Information QnU BDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Check the battery to see if it is dead or not If RAM ERROR dead replace the battery The program memory was corrupted due to battery Take noise reduction measures exhaustion Format the program memory write all files to the Collateral information PLC then reset the CPU module and RUN it Qn H 1106 Common Information again QnPH 2 e Individual Information If the same error code is displayed again the QnPRH EDiagnostic Timing STOP gt RUN When an END instruction executed cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 135 6661 000L S p09 10114 XIpueddy gt SI p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 1107 1108 RAM ERROR The work area RAM in the CPU module is faulty Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset 1109 RAM ERROR The work area RAM in the CPU module is faulty Collateral information Common Information e Individual Informat
385. iming Continue e Always 2 For the Basic model QCPU it can be turned on and off by the LED control function For the High Performance model 8 9 18 20 23 24 30 31 CPU Process CPU Redundant CPU Universal model QCPU and LCPU it can only turned on The manual of the CPU module used function explanation program fundamentals This applies if the function version is B or later This applies to the CPU modules when the first five digits of the serial number is 04012 This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QQOUJCPU This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and QO02UCPU The product name is the Bus interface driver software package of MELSEC Q series compatible PC CPU module The Basic model QCPU does not have the USER LED USER LED turns on This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 13102 or later Appendix 1 10 Clearing an error 220 An error can be cleared as far as the CPU module continues its operation regardless of the error RON Remove the error cause Store the error code to be cleared in SD50 Turn on SM50 The error is cleared When the error in the CPU module is cleared the special relay and special register or LEDs relating to the error return to the status before the error If the same error occurs after clearing the error the error will be registered to the error history again When multiple annunciators are
386. immunity The product is immersed in the magnetic field of an induction coil EN61000 4 6 High frequency noise is applied to 0 15 to 80MHz 80 AM modulation Conducted RF immunity power lines and signal lines 1kHz 10Vrms EN61000 4 8 50 60Hz 30A m EN61000 4 11 Voltage dips and interruption immunity Power voltage is momentarily interrupted 0 0 5 period starting at zero crossing 0 250 300 period 50 60Hz 40 10 12 period 50 60Hz e 70 25 30 period 50 60Hz 384 4 Programmable controller is an open type device a device designed to be housed in other equipment and must be installed inside a conductive control panel 2 The accuracy of an analog digital converter module may temporary vary within 10 APPENDICES 2 Installation in a control panel Programmable controller is an open type device and must be installed inside a control panel This ensures safety as well as effective shielding of programmable controller emitted electromagnetic noise 4 Modules on the remote station in each network must be also installed inside the control panel However the waterproof type remote station can be installed outside the control panel a Control panel e Use a conductive control panel e Mask off the area used for grounding when securing the top or bottom plate to the control panel using bolts To ensure electrical contact between the inner plate and the control panel mask
387. in after checking the I O address of the H error is wrong specified CPU module 41501 An attempt was made to format the drive Do not format the target drive memory as it cannot be File related protected by the system formatted errors An attempt was made to delete the file i 4151H Do not delete the target file as it cannot be deleted protected by the system 227 Npow Add UM UOHeo UNWIWOD Hunnp snos zs nb 0 paeusNjes s poo 10113 p p xipueddy S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error code 7 Error item Error details Corrective action Hexadecimal The registered number of forced inputs 4160H x Deregister the unused forced inputs outputs outputs exceeded the maximum value Execute again after securing the area that enables The multiple block online change system file i f 7 4165H multiple block online change at the time of does not exist programmable controller memory format Due to unsuccessful online change files previously 4166 Online change files is disabled because itis occurred for some reason example communication q being executed from the same source failure the processing is kept incomplete Forcibly perform another online change files Due to unsuccessful online change files from another source previously occurred for some reason example ae 2 communication failure the processing is kept Online change files is disabled because itis 4167H
388. in the multiple CPU the PLC parameter dialog box and the number setling of the PLG parameter dialog box of mounted CPU modules including CPU Q00J Q00 Q01 8 7031 MCollateral information empty Qnu es ara Ree e Make the type specified in the I O assignment Diagnostic Timing setting of the PLC parameter dialog box lt At power on At reset consistent with the CPU module configuration CPU LAY ERROR The number of CPU modules mounted in a multiple CPU system is wrong Configure a system so that the number of 7032 Collateral information mountable modules of each CPU module does not Q00u Q00 Q01 8 Common information Module No CPU No exceed the maximum number of mountable Qnu 8 e Individual information modules specified in the specification EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset CPU LAY ERROR The CPU module has been mounted on the RUN inapplicable slot i e Mount the CPU module on the applicable slot Off Q00J Q00 Q01 8 7035 Ppa isa AAG ia No Slot No e Remove the CPU module from the slot where a ERR QnPRH ead A CPU module cannot be mounted Flicker QnU e Individual information BDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset Sia Status CPU LAY ERROR A The host CPU No set by the multiple CPU setting and the host CPU No determined by the mounting Mount the mounting slot of the CPU module position of the CPU module are not the same correctly 7036 Collateral information e Correct the host CPU No set by the multiple
389. information Heeei CPU Status QnU Common information Program error location y Stop LCPU e Individual information Continue EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed OPERATION ERROR The configuration of the PID dedicated instruction 8 a Q00J Q00 Q01 is incorrect Qn H 4103 Collateral information n H Common information Program error location QnPRH e Individual information Qnu EDiagnostic Timing LCPU e When instruction executed OPERATION ERROR RUN PLOADP PUNLOADP PSWAPP instructions were ORO executed while setting program memory check Delete the setting for the program memory ERR Collateral information check i 12 4199 Common information Program error location e When using the program memory check delete Fiekenon SNERI e Individual information PLOADP PUNLOADP PSWAPP instructions Ae ati CPU Status HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Stop Continue OPERATION ERROR RUN 33 or more multiple CPU dedicated instructions Off On aoo qo1 were executed from one CPU module Using the multiple CPU dedicated instruction ERR Qn H 4107 Collateral information completion bit provide interlocks to prevent one Flicker On QnPH e Common information Program error location CPU module from executing 33 or more multiple QOOUCPU Individual information CPU dedicated instructions CPU Status Q01UCPU Diagnostic Timing Stop QO02UCPU e When instruction executed Continue 193 66
390. information category Data format is the same as SD4 category code The value in SD4 of the CPU module on other system is reflected e Stores the common information corresponding to the error Other system nae D1615 co Error code stored in this system CPU SD5 to to Somm n common Data composition is the same as SD5 to SD15 SD15 D1625 information information The values in SD5 to SD15 of the CPU module on other system are reflected Stores the individual information corresponding to the error Other system he D1626 Smor Error code stored in this system CPU SD16 to to ee individual Data composition is the same as SD16 to SD26 sp1636 ndividual information The values in SD16 to SD26 of the CPU module on other one information system are reflected e This register stores the error code of the error to clear by Standby clearing a standby system error Error code of The standby system error is cleared by turning SM1649 from D1649 ae anor the error to off to on after storing the error code of the error to clear command be cleared The least significant digit ones place of the error code in this register is ignored The errors corresponding to error codes 4100 to 4109 are cleared by storing 4100 in this register This register Stores the operating Pau of the CPU module on oe END QnPRH the other system in the following bit pattern processing When communications with other systems are disabled or the system is in the debug mode
391. ing the Find CPU function and correct the IP address es Correct the IP address of the programming tool personal computer so that it differs from the address of the CPU module e Disconnect a device from the network and perform a PING test to the IP address of the disconnected device If a response message is returned the same IP address exists in the network Correct the IP address es The specified protocol is incorrect Ethernet Port Direct Connection is selected The specified IP address or host name is incorrect Correct the Transfer Setup setting If Ethernet communication cannot be performed even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a failure of the connected device Refer to the check items in Page 103 Section 15 3 3 3 3 Ethernet communication is not possible with the connected device If Ethernet communication is not possible with the connected device check the following items Check item An error has occurred in a hub Action Remove the error from the hub The setting on the connected device personal computer is incorrect IP address setting e Ethernet port setting e Firewall setting e Communication setting in security software Correct the setting on the connected device IP addresses are duplicated e Correct the IP address of the connected device so that it differs from the address of the CPU module e Disconnect a device from the
392. ion EDiagnostic Timing e Always 1110 TRK CIR ERROR A fault was detected by the initial check of the tracking hardware Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset 1111 TRK CIR ERROR A tracking hardware fault was detected Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset The cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 1112 1113 TRK CIR ERROR e A tracking hardware fault was detected during running e The tracking cable was disconnected and reinserted without the standby system being powered off or reset The tracking cable is not secured by the connector fixing screws e The error occurred at a startup since the redundant system startup procedure was not followed Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e During running e Start after checking that the tracking cable is connected If the same error code is displayed again the cause is the hardware failure of the tracking cable or CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem Confirm the redundant system startup procedure and execute a startup again F
393. ion Use the COM instruction in a program For details on the COM instruction refer to the following LC MELSEC Q L Programming Manual Common Instruction Too many settings are configured for one communication target module in the simple PLC communication setting Reduce the number of settings or one communication target module Put several settings into one setting as much as possible The time taken for communications other than the simple PLC communication is long in the communication source and or destination CPU module s set for the simple PLC communication Increase the service processing count and time i Increase the value in Time reserved for communication processing SD315 2 e Use more modules to process general data at a time Check the status of devices such as cables hubs and The load of Ethernet communication is high The quality of Ethernet communication is low routers on the Ethernet network and reduce the load or improve the communication quality 4 This applies to the LCPU and the Universal model QCPU 2 This applies to the Basic model QCPU High Performance model QCPU Process CPU and Redundant CPU 3 This applies to the QnACPU CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 15 3 6 General purpose I O function 1 An input signal does not turn on If an input signal does not turn on check the following items Check item Action The general purpose input function is not
394. ion dedicated instruction e The reserved CPU is specified e The uninstalled CPU is specified The head I O number of the target CPU 16 n1 is outside the range of 3E0H to 3E3H RUN 4350 e The CPU module where the instruction cannot Off be executed is specified ERR e The instruction is executed in a single CPU Flicker system The host CPU is specified CPU Status e The instruction is executed without setting the Stop Use multiple CPU high speed communication Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information Read common information of the error using the Diagnostic Timing programming tool to identify the numeric value e When instruction executed program error location Check the error step Qnu 29 MULTI COM ERROR corresponding to the value and correct it as The multiple CPU high speed transmission necessary dedicated instruction specified by the program cannot be executed to the specified target CPU module The instruction name is wrong 4351 The instruction unsupported by the target CPU module is specified Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed MULTI COM ERROR The number of devices for the multiple CPU high speed transmission dedicated instruction specified by the program is wrong 4352 Collateral information Common information Program error location e Ind
395. ion with SD memory card and then execute backup restoration with SD memory card is cee in being performed g Complete the preparation for backup and then execute 4333H Not ready for backup again Insert a memory card with a backup file stored and then 4334H Backup file does not exist l execute again The specified function cannot be executed Complete the latch data backup function and then 4335H Maintenance A i because latch data are being backed up execute again The specified function cannot be executed 4336 because a FTP client is being FTP connected Disconnect all FTP connections to the CPU module and j to the CPU module via the built in Ethernet then execute again port Power off and then on or reset the CPU module and 4337H Module error collection file does not exist i then execute again Readout of module error collection data has e Retry the operation 4338H been failed when opening the screen to e Increase the number of module error collections to be display the data or when updating the data stored Readout of module error collection data was i yee as Enable the module error collection function by 4339H failed because the function is disabled by i parameter settings and then execute again parameter settings 4400 The file protected by a password 32 has been Configure a correct password authorize it and then R opened without using the password access Password authorization for the file passwor
396. is displayed again the cause i Jore Was mo response trom fie intelligent is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O function module 2 module intelligent function module END cover LCPU Ban eas Hae No Slot No branch module or extension module Please lt Individualdnformation 2 consult your local Mitsubishi representative Diagnostic Timing explaining a detailed description of the At power on At reset problem SP UNIT LAY ERR The CPU module configuration in the multiple CPU System is either ofthe following Mount modules on the available slots so that There are empty Slots bewcon ie QCPUa d the empty slots will be located on the right hand QCPU motion controller i side of the CPU module i AIE E U Remove the modules mounted on the left of the 2126 motion controller is mounted on the left hand E E Ho aa ek occ a 160 side of the High Performance model QCPU Process CPU Collateral information Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset or Process CPU on those slots Mount the motion CPU on the right hand side of the High Performance model QCPU Process CPU APPENDICES Error 4 I LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU SP UNIT LAY ERR The unusable module is mounted on the extension base unit in the redundant system Collateral information e Remove th
397. is register stores the usage status of the drives 3 and 4 in the following bit pattern b15 to b5 b4 to b0 2 pee aE Q00J Q00 Boot operation QBT Q01 0 Not used 1 In use File register QDR 0 Not used 1 In use This register stores the usage status of the drives 3 and 4 in the following bit pattern Each bit is on while the corresponding drive is being used b0 Boot operation QBT b8 Not used b1 Parameters QPA b9 Error history QFD Qn H b2 Device comments QCD b10 SFC trace QTS QnPH b3 Device initial value QDI b11 Local device QDL QnPRH b4 File register QDR b12 Not used b5 Sampling trace QTD b13 Not used b6 Not used b14 Not used b7 Not used b15 Not used This register stores the usage status of the drives 3 and 4 in the following bit pattern Each bit is on while the corresponding drive is being used Drive 3 4 use Drive 3 4 use b0 Not used b8 Module error log 2 8 SD624 conditions conditions b1 Parameters QPA b9 Not used Status New b2 Device comments QCD b10 Not used change b3 Device initial value QDI 1 b11 Local device QDL b4 File register QDR b12 Not used QnU b5 Sampling trace QTD b13 Not used b6 Not used b14 Not used b7 Not used b15 Not used 1 This bit turns on when the writing of initial device values is started and turns off at the completion 2 This bit can be used when the first five digits of the serial No is 11043 or later
398. ists the file name The file information data may be corrupted The format information data of the specified 41D6H i After backing up the data in the CPU module execute drive memory is abnormal programmable controller memory format The file inf tion dat b ted The format information data of the specified Se ee eee may Spor Ape 41D7H i After backing up the data in the CPU module execute drive memory is abnormal programmable controller memory format 41D8xH The specified file is being accessed Execute again after a while AIDE The specified drive memory is write Execute again after canceling the write protect of the protected specified drive memory e Execute again after checking whether the memory 41E0 The specified drive memory is abnormal or card has been installed H does not exist e After backing up the data execute programmable File related controller memory format errors e After backing up the data execute write to PLC Flash ROM 41E1H Access to the flash ROM was unsuccessful e Execute again after checking whether the specified drive is the Flash ROM card and whether the memory card size is correct e Execute again after checking whether the memory card has been installed 41E4H Access to the memory card was unsuccessful Execute again after replacing the memory card e After backing up the data execute programmable controller memory format a The file information data may be corrupt
399. ith the one for Make the PLC parameter s I O assignment setting another module 3 Pa R again so it is consistent with the actual status of collateral information the intelligent function module special function ae Common information Module No Slot No 9 P iy i z modules e Individual information Diagnostic Timing RUN At power on At reset off Configure the start X Y again in the I O ERR 2107 Assignment tab of the PLC Parameter dialog Flicker ats errand pie A inthe 1 0 Assi itp box according to the intelligent function module Be ae Sgn tran H i i SAS a and I O modules connected CPU Status a aramee Aa og DOTS OVE ARPS e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Stop with that for another module fos A K same error code is displayed again the cause mc collateral Information is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O Lory Common information Module No Slot No 4 y oe i module intelligent function module END cover e Individual information 2 A acts branch module or extension module Please EDiagnostic Timing xe 3 lt At power on At reset consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem SP UNIT LAY ERR e Network module A1SJ71LP21 A1SJ71BR11 A1SJ71AP21 A1SJ71AR21 or A1SJ71AT21B dedicated for the A2USCPU has been installed e Network module A1SJ71QLP21 or A1SJ71QBR11 dedicated for the Q2ASCPU has been installed e Network module AJ71LP21
400. iting word monitor registration and monitor command 4033H Writing cannot be done because the specified Do not write the data in the specified device and do not device is for system use turn on or off Since the completion device for the target station CPU Cannot be executed since the completion module cannot be turned ON by the SREAD instruction 4034H device for the dedicated instruction cannot be SWRITE instruction execute again after setting the turned ON operating status of the target station CPU module to the RUN status 4040H The request contents cannot be executed in Check whether the specified module is the intelligent the specified intelligent function module function module having the buffer memory The access range exceeds the buffer memory Check the header address and access number of points 4041H 7 range of the specified intelligent function and access using a range that exists in the intelligent Intelligent module function module function PTE A a z AR e Check that the specified intelligent function module is module The specified intelligent function module 4042H aa operating normally specification cannot be accessed ATA Check the specified module for a hardware fault 40434 The intelligent function module does not exist Check the I O No of the specified intelligent function in the specified position module joai A control bus error occurred during access to Check the specified intelligent function mo
401. its 0 to 65535ms SD18 ea Seige SD19 Error individual Error individual SD20 S New QCPU information information SD21 Error LCPU SD22 Empty SD23 SD24 SD25 SD26 4 Program error location SD26 299 jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds X pu ddy Corre c A orre Number Name Meanin Explanation Setby sponding spondin P When Set ACPU pe 9 D9000 5 Parameter No 6 Annunciator number 7 CHK instruction malfunction number Number Meaning Number Meaning SD16 Parameter No 8 SD16 No SD17 SD17 SD18 SD18 SD19 SDi9 QCPU SD20 SD20 SD21 Empty SD21 Empty LCPU D22 SD22 D23 SD23 SD24 SD24 SD25 SD25 SD26 SD26 8 For details of the parameter No refer to the following RA User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals for the CPU module used 8 Reason s for system switching failure Number Meaning SD16 System switching prohibition condition 9 SD17 SD18 SD19 SD20 SD21 Error individual Error individual SD22 Empty S SD26 i SD23 New information information SD24 Error SD25 SD26 9 The following shows the description O Normal switching completion default 1 Tracking cable fault cable QnPRH removal cable fault internal circuit fault hardware fault 2 Hardware failure power OFF reset or watchdog timer error occurring in standb
402. itten is larger than the memory capacity e Secure sufficient free space in the memory Organize the target memory If data cannot be written to the CPU module even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem Read from PLC If data cannot be read from the CPU module to the programming tool check if the target memory has been correctly set After making sure that the target memory has been correctly set reset the CPU module and then read data from the CPU module again If data cannot read from the CPU module the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 15 3 2 Boot operation If a boot operation cannot be performed from the SD memory card check the following items Check item Action An error has occurred in the CPU module Remove the cause of the error gt Page 94 Section 15 2 The file has not been set in the Boot File tab in the parameter The file has not been set in the Program tab in the parameter Set the file The file to be used has not been stored in the SD memory card Store the file to be used If a boot operation cannot be performed even after taking the above actions the possible cause is
403. ividual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed 198 APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action EED as Corresponding CPU CPU Status SD0 MULTI COM ERROR The device which cannot be used for the multiple CPU high speed transmission dedicated instruction specified by the program is specified 4353 Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed MULTI COM ERROR The character string which cannot be handled by the multiple sais high speed transrission Read common information of the error using the dedicated instruction is specified A i s 3 programming tool to identify the numeric value 4354 Collateral information t 20 Common information Program error location program PAT locaton Cheek the Ba Step QnU nee corresponding to the value and correct it as e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing necessary e When instruction executed MULTI COM ERROR The number of read write data number of request receive data for the multiple CPU high speed transmission dedicated instruction specified by the 4355 program is not valid Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed RUN SFCP CODE ERROR kan No SFCP or SFCPEND instruction in SFC Flicke
404. lag ON Carry ON Carry flag used in application instruction When SM1016 turns on and remote RUN mode is M9016 SM10146 x Data memory OFF Ignored aerated from a computer all the data memory clear flag ON Output claered including the latch range except for the special relay Qn H and special register is cleared QnPH When SM1017 turns on and remote RUN mode is M9017 SM1017 Data memory OFF Ignored acuyated from a computer all the uala memory that clear flag ON Output claered is not latched except for the special relay and special register is cleared M9020 SM1020 7 User timing This relay repeatedly turns on and off at the clock No 0 specified scan intervals User timing When the CPU module is powered on or reset this M9021 SM1021 clock No 1 relay is set to on from off to start the clock Set the intervals of on off by DUTY instruction M9022 SM1022 Yser timing clock No 2 H DUTY n1 n2_ SM1020 User timin M9023 SM1023 clock No y n2 scan n2 scan n1 On scan interval e a en2 Off scan interval n1 scan When SM1020 to SM1024 are specified for the DUTY instruction in programs if the CPU type is Qn H User timing changed from the High Performance model QCPU QnPH M9024 SM1024 4 clock No 4 or Process CPU to the Universal model QCPU or QnU LCPU they are replaced with SM420 to SM424 LCPU For the Universal model QCPU and LCPU SM1020 to SM1024 cannot be specified OFF Ignored Clock data stored in SD1025 to SD1028
405. le Change the Qn H Common information File name Drive name parameters of all CPUs in the multiple CPU Qnu 31 e Individual information Parameter number system RUN EDiagnostic Timing Off At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to ERR programmable controller Flicker PARAMETER ERROR The parameter set number of CPU modules differs CPU Status from the actual number in a multiple CPU system The number of CPU modules in the multiple CPU Stop Collateral information system must be the same as the value derived as m 3010 Common information File name Drive name follows the number of CPU modules set in the ony e Individual information Parameter number multiple CPU setting the number of PLC enki Diagnostic Timing empty slots set in the I O assignment At power on At reset STOP gt RUN At writing to programmable controller PARAMETER ERROR Multiple CPU setting or control CPU setting differs from that of the reference CPU settings ina ae ae ce Match the multiple CPU setting or control CPU Qo00 Q01 8 3012 z eee PENES hamelDivenamne setting in the PLC parameter wiih that of the Qn Hy e Individual information Parameter number rerereroe CPU CPUNG 1 Settings QnU WDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN At writing to programmable controller 175 666 000 ISI p09 10114 G XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error A LED Status Correspo
406. le failure or internal circuit failure 2 H W failure power off reset watchdog timer error on the standby system e 3 H W failure power off reset WDT error on the control system Reason s for 4 Preparing tracking communication system Reason s 5 Communication timeout S D1589 switching for system 6 Stop error on the standby system except for watchdog timer when system o failure switching p is switched conditions failure No 7 Operation differs between both systems detected only in the back up mode 8 During memory copy from control system to standby system 9 Performing program online change e 10 Detecting a failure of network module on the standby system e 11 System is being switched QnPRH e Resets to 0 when host system is powered on Zero is stored in this register upon completion of system switching e When system switching is requested from a network module in the host system the bit corresponding to the module that received the request turns on Each bit b15 to b11 to b1 b0 0 OFF Network Network spiso 0 foa alo ton module head modulehead Module 0 CPU module is invalid address address as it is 2 slot model S SD1590 which which Module 1 Module on right side of Error Status CPU module requested requested to change system system Module11 Module at rightmost y j end of 12 slot base switching switching Q312B The system turns off the bit after the error is removed by a user Ne
407. lock 53 SM1765 SM1765 Block 54 SM1766 SM1766 Block 55 _ _ This relay turns on SM1767 OFF Transfer SM1767 Block 56 only for one scan wane Transfer tri leted S Stat sm1768 aster ager ee SM1768 Block 57 upon completion of a Status New QnPRH completion flag ON Transfer i fer for th change SM1769 completed SM1769 Block 58 Tar SETTORE relevant block SM1770 SM1770 Block 59 SM1771 SM1771 Block 60 SM1772 SM1772 Block 61 SM1773 SM1773 Block 62 SM1774 SM1774 Block 63 SM1775 SM1775 Block 64 280 15 Redundant power supply module information APPENDICES Corre 4 Set by sponding Corresponding Number Name Meaning Explanation When Set ACPU CPU M9000 OFF No redundant e Turns ON when one or more redundant power supply power supply modules with input power module with OFF are detected input power OFF e Turns on Ip any of SD1780 bits is on Power supply off dut cted Turis off if all bits of SD1780 ale off SM1780 i e This relay turns off when the main base detection flag ON Redundant ae f 3 power s pbly unit is not the redundant main base unit module with Q30RB 3 When the multiple CPU system is input power OFF dstected configured the flags are stored only to the CPU No 1 e Turns ON when one or more faulty redundant power supply modules are OFF No faulty detected redundant power Turns on if any of SD17871 bits is on Powe
408. loeds z xipueddy Corre Corre Set by sponding A Numbe Nam Meanin Explanation spondin TENA S m sas When Set ACPU ae CPU M9000 This relay stores information on whether an RS 232 adapter is connected or not Connection of OFF Not connected an R372932 adapter is checked at ihe time of a SM310 RS 232 adapter initialization and if it is connected this relay turns S Initial LCPU ON Connected PETE ray ean on The on off status set during initialization is held until the power is turned off and on again or the system is reset e This flag is enabled when the time reserved for communication processing is set in SD315 e Turns ON to delay the END processing by the A time set in SD315 in order to perform communication communication processin reserved time OFF Without delay NAS 9 l l Q00J Q00 SM315 The scan time increases by the period set in U delay enable ON With delay D315 Q01 disable fl eee eae Turns OFF to perform the END processing New without a delay of the time set in SD315 when there is no communication processing Defaults to OFF e This relay indicates whether the CC Link module is started and all the data are refreshed by the automatic CC Link start function e This relay is on when all the data are refreshed Automatic CC OFF Not activated by the automatic Cech start function i S Initial SM319 3 i e Then the automatic CC Link start function is not processing and LCPU
409. lowing errors were detected in the redundant system Remove the bus connection cable for the GOT e The base unit other than the QEOWRB is t dtoth iene t No 4 connected to the main base unit nee a 3 A ssa A e Use the Q6GOWRB fixed to the extension stage e The base unit is connected to any one of the No 1 extension stages No 2 t0 No 7 although the e Use the redundant CPU compatible with the Q6OWRB does not exist in the extension stage i No 4 extension base unit for the other system a ah fag CpU medilesi iid Do not use the Q50B QA1S50B QA1S60B 2012 ne OMe EISE moc ASRANG QA6LIB or QAGADP AS5LIB AGLIB for the base with the extension base unit init 7 The QSEIB QA1S50B on SGEIB QAGEIB 6t Use the main base unit which has the same QA6ADP A50B A60B is connected Th ber otse orik nk it f number of slots b HERE r ii gees TORU RERA VENSE e The cause is a hardware failure of the RUN a LA cane n d Q6OWRB Please consult your local Off n se ae a TEA Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed ERR aad description of the problem Flicker Collateral information Common information Base No ee fe Si CPU Status e Individual information z ee Stop EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset QnPRH 15 BASE LAY ERROR Stage number of the Q6OWRB is recognized as ae than extension stage No 1 in the redundant The cause is a hardware failure of the Q6OIWRB system F A Please consult your local Mitsubishi 2013 m
410. m Stop Collateral information 2 Format the CPU module program memories of Common information File name both systems For both systems specify the seat ae i see QnPRH e Individual information same values for the size of the area which is EDiagnostic Timing used for enabling writing multiple program At power on At reset At tracking cable blocks to the CPU module during running connection At changing to backup mode At completion of write during RUN At system switching At switching both systems into RUN FILE DIFF In the redundant system the valid parameter drive setting SW2 SW3 set by the DIP switches differs beween the Control system and standby system Match the valid parameter drive settings SW2 6001 mc olla toral information SWS for both the control and standby systems Common information i e Individual information usingithe DIP switches EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset At tracking cable connection At operation mode change OPE MODE DIFF The operational status of the control system and standby system in the redundant system is not the RUN same On cl nlecant De detected from the standby system of Synchronise the operation statuses of the control ERR 6010 the redundant system On i system and standby system Collateral information Common information CPU Status e Individual information Continue EDiagnostic Timing Always 207 6669 0009
411. m standby system SM1591 disable flag at switching Reason s for system switching estan ee OFF Error is detected System switching with a programming tool y by new standby System switching using dedicated instruction U system at system System switching by the intelligent function switching module OFF Disabl Enable disable S0 VSS f This relay stores whether to enable manual system switching ees SM1592 user system ON E ble user switching using a programming tool or the system switching switching instruction SP CONTSW 275 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre Corre Set by sponding Number Name Meanin Explanation spondin g P When Set ACPU eames CPU M9000 This relay sets the behavior of the system after the 3 stanby CPU in the separate mode accessed the Setting to access i buffer memory of an intelligent function module extension base OFF Error SM1593 nit fstandb ON Tohored mounted on an extension base unit A 2y OFF OPERATION ERROR error code 4112 system CPU i is returned ON No processing U When SM1595 is turned on from off memory copying from the control system to the standby OFF Start memory Memory copy to system starts Note that memory copy does not SM1595 other system start copy start even after SM1595 was turned on from off if ON Nomemory copy Be ake flag a ia the I O No of the copy destination standby nen system CPU modul
412. mation Ensure that the parameter file version is QPA Common information File name Drive name and the file contents are parameters e Individual information Parameter number RUN EDiagnostic Timing Off At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to ERR programmable controller Flicker Read the individual information of the error CPU Status using the programming tool to identify the Stop numeric value parameter No Check the PARAMETER ERROR parameters corresponding to the value and The contents of the parameter are broken j s correct them as necessary 15 Collateral information a 3 Qn H i a i e Write the modified parameter items to the CPU 3005 Common information File name Drive name i QnPH 17 S ees module again and power on the programmable e Individual information Parameter number QnPRH 17 P Tae i controller or reset the CPU module n EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN If the same error occurred the cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem Delete the setting of the QO2CPU s high speed PARAMETER ERROR interrupt i ae ste at ie Ha 3 eee To use high speed interrupts change the CPU RNE AES E SA A G A module to one of the Q02H Q06H Q12H T Gn d interrupt is set wh SPIERE Page pecan SITUR SSE WOSNa To use a multiple CPU system delete the QA1S60B or QA6LIB is used a i i N let ins
413. mber of points The es connectable modules has exceeds 1024 points exceede 3 f e A module is installed exceeding the I O points of Replace ine last Module with ihe one whose 1024 number oF occupied points does not exceed e A module is installed crossing the I O points of f ot module and run it again If the Lo2zcpu 1024 g same error code is displayed again the cause Lo2cPu P 8 piers A DET O is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O vindividual information module intelligent function module END cover Diagnostic Timing branch module or extension module Please At power on At reset consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem RUN SP UNIT LAY ERR ot e A module which the QCPU cannot recognise ERR has been installed e Install a usable module Flicker e There was no response from the intelligent e The intelligent function module special function function module special function module module is experiencing a hardware fault CPU Status Collateral information Please consult your local Mitsubishi Stop QPU Common information Module No Slot No representative explaining a detailed e Individual information description of the problem EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset 2125 SP UNIT LAY ERR Connect an applicable module e A module which the LCPU cannot recognize has Reset the CPU module and run it again If the been connected a 3 same error code
414. meet the Q30DB is not used sh A ERR conditions for using the Multiple CPU high e Points other than 0 is set to the send range for a i Flicker ihe COU modulet blo with Itiol speed transmission function 9 MORES pasate g Owi RUED S Set the send range of CPU that does not nu 29 CPU high speed transmission function 3 i CPU Status H correspond to multiple CPU compatible area at Points other than 0 is set to the send range for the j X fea Stop J i 0 point when performing automatic refreshing in CPU module incompatible with the multiple CPU multiple CPU compatible area Collateral information Common information Module No CPU No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset MULTI EXE ERROR The Q172 H CPU N or Q173 H CPU N is mounted to the CPU slot or slots 0 to 2 This may Check the QCPU and Motion CPU that can be result in a module failure used in a multiple CPU system and change the 7013 Collateral information system configuration QnU Common information Module No CPU No e Remove the Motion CPU incompatible with the e Individual information multiple CPU system EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset MULTI CPU ERROR In a multiple CPU system an error occurred in the CPU module where All station stop by stop error RUN of CPU was not selected in the operating mode i R On 8 setting Beane r Q00 Q01 The CPU module wh 4 Read the individual informa
415. meter number HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Delete the CC Link network parameter of the CC Link module under control of another station Change the setting to the start I O number of the CC Link module under control of the host station LINK PARA ERROR Although one or more CC Link modules were configured in the Network Parameter dialog box no CC Link modules are installed in the system The start I O number in the common parameters is different from that of the actually mounted module The station type of the CC Link module count setting parameters is different from that of the actually mounted station Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN LINK PARA ERROR e Although two or more CC Link modules were configured in the Network Parameter dialog box only one CC Link modules are installed in the system The start I O number of the common parameter specified in the Network Parameter dialog box does not correspond to the system e The station type specified in the Network Parameter dialog box for CC Link does not correspond to the system Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN LINK PARA ERROR CC Link module whose station ty
416. ming tool 421F y unit cannot be replaced online when the to the present control system connection destination is set to the standby e Perform the online module change to the module system in the separate mode mounted on the extension base unit again Any of the following unsupported operations was executed for the standby system 42404 Operation mode change Execute the operation again after changing the transfer e System switching setup to the control system Memory copy from control system to standby system Communication cannot be made since the 42414 standby system has been powered off or reset Request communication after powering on the standby or is in a user watchdog timer error or CPU system or setting its Reset switch to the neutral position module hardware fault status BRASA Cannot be executed since the tracking cable is Communication with the standby system j f disconnected or faulty Execute again after checking the 42424 cannot be made since the tracking cable is f A 4 faulty or disconnected tracking cable for disconnection or changing it for a normal one 42434 The command cannot be executed since the Execute again after removing the stop error of the standby system is in stop error standby system The command cannot be executed since the Execute again after placing the standby system in the 4244H operation status differs from that of the same operation status RUN STOP as the control standby system system
417. module CC Link RUN ERR L RUN and L ERR Power supply module I O module I MELSEC L CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual L gt Page 90 CHAPTER 15 CHAPTER 14 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 14 2 Periodic Inspection This section describes items that must be inspected once or twice every 6 to 12 months The items must be inspected as well when the equipment has been relocated or modified or wiring layout has been changed Checkbox MOOOODUODUODUOOOUOoOo Is the ambient temperature within 0 to 55 C Is the ambient humidity within 5 to 95 RH Is there no corrosive gas Is the voltage across 100VAC terminals within 85 to 132VAC Is the voltage across 200VAC terminals within 170 to 264VAC Is the voltage across 24VDC terminals within 15 6 to 31 2VDC Are the modules securely installed Is there no dust or foreign matter Is the BAT LED of the CPU module off Has the battery been used not exceeding five years Are SM51 and SM52 off Is an error history not updated Are SD526 and SD527 maximum scan time values within the range specified for the system 85 uo o dsu DIPOWeadg ZYL 14 3 Battery Replacement Procedure 86 Data in the memory is backed up for a while by a capacitor even after the battery is removed from the CPU module However replace the battery quickly because the data may be erased after the backup power time three minutes is elapsed 1 Pre pr
418. mon information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e STOP gt RUN 4502 SFCP FORMAT ERR The structure of the SFC program is illegal e STEPI instruction does not exist in the block of the SFC program Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Write the program to the CPU module again using the programming tool 4503 4504 SFCP FORMAT ERR The structure of the SFC program is illegal e The step specified in the TSET instruction does not exist Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing STOP RUN SFCP FORMAT ERR The structure of the SFC program is illegal The step specified in the TSET instruction does not exist In jump transition the host step number was specified as the destination step number Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When SFC program is executed SFCP FORMAT ERR The structure of the SFC program is illegal The step specified in the TAND instruction does not exist Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When SFC program is executed e Write the program to the CPU module again using the pr
419. mory card is inserted or removed Flickeron If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a failure of the memory card Please CPU Status consult your local Mitsubishi representative Stop explaining a detailed description of the problem Continue ICM OPE ERROR 2301 e The QCPU file does not exist in the Flash card Qn H Collateral information QnPH Common information Drive name e Write the QCPU file the Flash card QnPRH e Individual information 15 EDiagnostic Timing QnuU e When memory card is inserted or removed ICM OPE ERROR SRAM card failure is detected It occurs when automatic format is not set e Writing parameters was performed during Format SRAM card after changing battery of setting file registers SRAM card Collateral information Before operation set the parameter for the file Qnu Common information Drive name register to Not available and write it to the e Individual information CPU module HDiagnostic Timing e When memory card is inserted or removed When writing to the memory card ICM OPE ERROR A memory card that cannot be used with the CPU Qn H module has peen installed Format the memory card QnPH 2302 mC ollatoral Information e Reformat the memory card QnPRH Common information Drive name 49 e Individual information Check thememoryicard QnU LCPU EDiagnostic Timing e When memory card is inserted or removed 166 APPENDICES
420. ms can be checked by the file name of the e Verify the CPU module by either of the following error common information procedures 1 or 2 to clarify the differences e The program is different between the files of both systems Correct File name QPG wrong files and write them to the CPU module The PLC parameters network parameters again redundant parameters are different 1 After reading the programs and parameters of File name PARAM QPA System A using GX Developer or PX The remote password is different Developer verify them with those of System File name PARAM QPA B e The intelligent function module parameters are 2 Verify the programs and parameters of GX different Developer or PX Developer saved in the 6000 File name IPARAM QPA offline environment with those written to the e The device initial values are different CPU modules of both systems File name QDI e When the size of the area which is used for RUN e The size of the area which is used for enabling enabling writing multiple program blocks to the Off writing multiple program blocks to the CPU CPU module during running do not match ERR module during running do not match perform either of corrective actions 1 or 2 Flicker File name MBOC QMB 1 Using the memory copy function copy the This can be detected from the standby system of program memory from the control system to CPU Status the redundant system the standby syste
421. n C Points Start G Start End Device Name Sym Radix Device Point Start End ut a m a192 lo FFF ao 4 4 Enter the start I O number in the Buffer Memory Link relay a i6 8192 jo FFF eb i Start Address field F utero AR Boano E us o 5 Click the OK button and then execute Read Device Data Detail Setting x lt lt from PLC Device Selection IF Interna Device Memory Defaut Input Column C Boints Start G Start End Device Name Sym Radix Device Point Start End M ut x 16 8192 jo FRR T7 output iy i6 s192 fo FFF T internal relay to s192 fo ior atcha k io s192 o fior T finkreis g m e192 fo FFF A F io fase lo 2097 T7 Special ink relay ke fie oss o FF T7 edge relay lv io os o 2097 z I ink Memory aE Board No E ue fo Point When using a file register also save file register data 125 eyeq Bunes gc 3 Saving system configuration data The following describes a procedure for saving data XW Diagnostics gt System Monitor a 1 Click the Product information ist button 2 Click the _ lt esecsvrie button 1119610000000000 a 1110610000000000 a 126 CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 Saving error log The following describes a procedure for saving data XW Diagnostics gt System Mo
422. n H OFF No drive 1 This relay is on while a RAM is being QnPH SM602 D 1fl INS a ae ON Drive 1 present inserted QnPRH Qnu Qn H This relay is on while a ROM is being QnPH inserted QnPRH 3 i Qnu SM603 Drive 2 flag Oe No drive ON Drive 2 present This relay is on while a SD memory card is being inserted This relay is on while a SD LCPU memory card is being inserted regardless of the availability and the type of the card Qn H f i ee QnPH smeo4 Memory card in OFF Not used This relay is on while a memory card is being S Status New QnPRH use flag ON Inuse used change 4 QnU LCPU Qn H This relay is turned on to disable the insertion T QnPH and removal of a memory card QnPRH OFF Remove insert Qnu Memory card SM605 remove insert enabled l This relay is turned on to disable the insertion prohibit flag ON Removeinsert and removal of a memory card This relay prohibited turns on when a compatible SD memory card S Status tab is inserted and set to be enabled with the SD change memory card lock switch This relay does not turn on while ICM OPE ERROR occurs OFF SD memory card e This relay is turned on to expete me SD forsed disabi memory card forced disable instruction SD memory card taneehinstractich When there are any functions accessing to SM606 forced disable an SD memory card the process of U LCPU i ON SD memory card ee instruction disablement is held until it is completed forc
423. n No SD25 Sequence step No L SD26 Sequence step No H 6 For extension names refer to the table on Page 296 7 The description of the bit pattern is as follows 1514 to 4 3 2 1 0 Bit number 0 0 to 0 0 Not used l SFC block designation present 1 absent 0 SFC step designation present 1 absent 0 SFC transition designation present 1 absent 0 To the next page z Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Setiby sponding spondin E M When Set ACPU eee g D9000 SD16 e This register stores individual information corresponding to SD17 the error code stored in SDO There are the following eight different types of information are S8b18 stored SD19 e The error individual information type can be determined by SD20 individual information category code stored in SD4 Values a stored in individual information category code correspond to SD21 the following 1 to 8 12 and 13 SD22 1 Empty SD23 2 File name drive name Example File name SD24 Number Meaning ABCDEFGH IJK SD25 SD16 Drive b15 to b8 b7 to b0 SD17 42H B 41H A SD18 File name 44H D 43H C SD19 ASCII code 8 characters 46H F 45H E SD20 48H H 47H G S D21 Extension 6 2EH 49H I 2EH SD22 ASCII code 3 characters 4BH K 4AH J SD23 SD24 SD25 Empty SD26 3 Time value actually measured Number Meaning SD16 Time 14s units 0 to 9994s SD17 Time 1ms un
424. n SM93 monitoring c d 4 4 U SD94 timer setting F number Tor a F b tti Ti time limit D9112 Qn H timer set value SM94 number setting imer time limi value and ane ovit 0 to 255 setting QnPH spos Enabled only Corresponds to 1 to 255s D9113 QnPRH when SFC error SM95 1s units SD96 program exists Corresponds to Turning on any of SM90 to SM99 while a D9114 SM96 step is running will start the timer and if SD97 Corresponds to the transition condition for the step next SM97 to the active step is not met within the Ta Corresponds to timer limit the set annunciator F turns Ran SM98 Om sp99 Corresponds to 303 jsI7 Ja siBay jeloeds xipueddy Corre 3 Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Setby sponding spondin P When Set ACPU p 9 D9000 Stores the au transmission This register stores the transmission speed specified in the Transmission za gt beets 3 SD100 speed sterade speed specified serial communication setting parameter nae 9 in the serial 96 9 6kbps 192 19 2kbps 384 38 4kbps communication 576 57 6kbps 1152 115 2kbps setting This register stores the value indicating the communication setting specified in the serial communication setting parameter b15 to b6 b5 b4 b3 to bO Stores the er communication 7 Communication setting specified t S SD101 setting storage SnO SPs Q00 a01 in the serial Since this area is reserved for Since this area is Po
425. n percentage 0 to 100 SD694 execution status display e 0 is stored at the start of restoration In automatic status restoration 0 Before restoration is stored at the completion Percentage of restoration e This register stores the maximum number of executions of eee ene the writing to standard ROM instruction SP DEVST per day aR oe When the number of executions of the writing to standard standard eeadaig ROM instruction exceeds the number of times set by SD695 anu SD695 ROM ROM OPERATION ERROR error code 4113 occurs U LCPU instruction instruction e The setting range of this register is 1 to 32767 If 0 ora co Sount value outside the range has been set OPERATION ERROR error code 4113 occurs at execution of the writing New to standard ROM instruction SD696 Available Available A a This register stores a free space value in a memory card in 32 4 S5607 memory in memory in bit binary QnU memory card memory card Free memory SD696 card space at Fab aac backup lower This register stores a free space value in a SD memory card if Sard spaceiat bits the free space is insufficient for storing the backup data and LCPU backup Free memory resulting in a backup error unit byte This register is cleared to sS Spgs card space at 0 when backup is completed Backup in backup operation upper bits Backup data SD698 size lower Backup gata PiS This register stores backup data size in 32 bit binar
426. n that does not allow the host x Q00J Q00 Q01 CPU to b ified programming tool to identify the numeric value ERR ig 2114 Z SPSS i a program error location Check the error step Flicker On Qn H Collateral information QnPH Common information Module No Slot No corresponding to the value and correct it as i i QnU e Individual information Program error location neeweealy SRE Salus Stop Continue EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed STOP RUN 156 APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 2115 SP UNIT ERROR An instruction which on execution specifies the host CPU has been used for specifying other CPUs An instruction that does not allow other stations to be specified Collateral information Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information Program error location HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed STOP RUN 2116 SP UNIT ERROR e An instruction that does not allow the under the control of another CPU to be specified is being used for a similar task e Instruction was executed for the A or QnA module under control of another CPU Collateral information Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information Program error location EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed STOP RUN 2117 SP UNIT ERROR A CPU mo
427. n the CPU module Pa is switched from STOP to RUN Masiu Maximumscan This register stores the maximum scan time excluding the SD534 Soan ime tor time ms time taken to the first scan of a low speed execution type low speed value program The time is measured in increments of 100us axaciition SD534 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 Maximum scan SD535 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 Every END SD535 type time us value A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module processing New epee is switched from STOP to RUN END Stores the time from the end of a scan program to the start of SD540 processing the next scan The time is measured in increments of END time ms 100us processing value SD540 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 ie time END SD541 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 Q SD541 processing A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module time us value is switched from STOP to RUN END Stores the time from the end of a scan execution type D540 processing program to the start of the next scan The time is measured time ms in increments of 100us in icrements of 1us for the Universal Qn H END value model QCPU and LCPU QnPH processing SD540 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 QnPRH time END SD541 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 0 to 999 QnU SD541 processing for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU LCPU time us value
428. n the same way as other internal registers are used in sequence programs However data can be written to the special register to control the CPU module as needed Data is stored in binary format if not specified The following table shows how to read the special register list Item Description Number Special register number Name Special register name Meaning Contents of special register Explanation Detailed description of special register Set side and set timing of special register lt Set by gt S Set by system e U Set by user using a program programming tool GOT or test operation from other external devices S U Set by both system and user lt When Set gt The following shows the set timing when the special register is set by system Every END processing Set during every END processing Set by e Initial Set during initial processing after power on or status change from STOP to RUN When Set Status change Set when the operating status is changed e Error Set if an error occurs e Instruction execution Set when an instruction is executed Request Set when requested by a user using the special relay When condition occurs Set when the condition is triggered When system is switched Set when the system is switched between the control system and the standby system When RUN STOP RESET switch changed Set when the RUN STOP RESET switch is changed Card removal Set when a memory card is ins
429. nal cables to from external devices 18 DIN rail hook A hook used to mount the module to a DIN rail An area for configuring a CC Link system Only the L26CPU BT and L26CPU PBT have this part 19 Built in CC Link part For details refer to the following RA MELSEC L CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual 60 CHAPTER 6 CPU MODULE 6 2 This section describes the specifications of a CPU module Specifications 1 Hardware specifications Item LO2CPU LO2CPU P L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT Control method Stored program repeat operation I O control mode Refresh mode Direct mode is available by specifying the direct access input output DX DY Programming language sequence control language Processing speed sequence instruction LD X0 Function block relay symbol language MELSAP3 SFC MELSAP LL structured text ST logic symbolic language 40ns 9 5ns MOV DO D1 80ns 19ns Constant scan 0 5 to 2000ms Setting is available in increments of 0 5ms by parameter Program size Memory capacity Program memory drive 0 20K steps 80K bytes 260K steps 1040K bytes 80K bytes 1040K bytes Memory card RAM drive 1 Memory card ROM drive 2 Depends on the SD SDHC memory card used Standard RAM drive 3 128K bytes 768K bytes Standard ROM drive 4 512K bytes 2048K bytes Program memory 64 files 252 files Memory card RA
430. ncidence No n is on If Coincidence output signal No n does not turn on while CH1 counter value coincidence No n SM1881 CSM1884 is on in normal mode check the following items Check item Action Counter CH1 Coincidence Output No n is not selected in F p Correct the parameter Output Signal Function Selection CH1 coincidence output enable command SM1892 i Turn on this relay remains off If Coincidence output signal No n does not turn on even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem Coincidence detection interrupt does not occur If coincidence detection interrupt does not occur in normal mode check the following items Check item Action Used is not selected for Coincidence Detection Interrupt A Correct the parameter Setting The usage of the program execution control instruction is Correct the program incorrect Before th t function is performed turn off this relay b CH1 counter value coincidence No n SM1881 SM1884 gt preset function IS performed turn ol tais relay DY turning on CH1 coincidence signal No n reset command remains on SM1890 SM1891 If coincidence detection interrupt does not occur even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult
431. ncomplete ON _ Not matched man ai a QnPRH derivative QnU LCPU This relay turns on when the number of the Block information remaining blocks in the dedicated instruction N ging raultibie transmission area used for the multiple CPU New ae h p ecc OFF Block is secured high speed transmission dedicated g A r ON Block set by instruction target CPU CPU No 1 is less SM796 transmission ie dedicated SD796 cannot be than the number of blocks specified in secured SD796 This relay is on when an instruction is instruction for f f gt CPU No 1 executed and is off while an END processing 3 is being executed or when free space is 2 available in the area S This relay turns on when the number of the D a remaining blocks in the dedicated instruction ke Block information R i D transmission area used for the multiple CPU Q using multiple aay f CPU high speed OFF Blockis secured high speed transmission dedicated S When z 9 is ON Block set by instruction target CPU CPU No 2 is less instruction END A D SM797 transmission ARA Qnu SD797 cannotbe than the number of blocks specified in processing lt dedicated h ae m instruction for secured SD797 This relay is on when an instruction is executed a CPU No 2 executed and is off while an END processing is being executed or when free space is available in the area This relay turns on when the number of the 3 remaining blocks in the dedicated i
432. nding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU PARAMETER ERROR Multiple CPU auto refresh setting is any of the followings in a multiple CPU system Hi an nies prae as Fann f Check the following for the refresh setting in the Svice AUSSE OSE NAN a mu R ee Multiple CPU settings dialog box and correct it specified for the refresh starting device tect A i pee e When specifying the bit device specify a e The device specified is other than the one that P 8 b ified multiple of 16 for the refresh starting device Qn H May Pe Spence ae e Specify the device that may be specified for the QnPH The number of send points is an odd number j i refresh device Collateral information i Set the number of send points to an even Common information File name Drive name b e Individual information Parameter number NUAGE WDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller PARAMETER ERROR In a multiple CPU system the multiple CPU auto refresh setting is any of the following e The total number of transmission points is greater than the maximum number of refresh Check the following for the refresh setting in the RUN points Multiple CPU settings dialog box and correct it i ae BAe Off Q00 Q01 8 Collateral information e The total number of transmission points is ERR Common information File name Drive name within the maximum number of refresh points ae 3013 Fa
433. ndividual information EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset STOP RUN REMOTE PASS ERR For the start I O number of the module targeted by the remote password the value outside the following range is specified Correct the start I O number value of the module QOOJCPU Oy to 1E0 targeted by the remote password within the QOOCPU Q01CPU Oy to 3E04 following range Q00J Q00 Q01 8 ECollateral information QOOJCPU Op to 1E04 Common information QOOCPU Q01CPU 0 to 3E0 e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing RUN e At power on At reset STOP gt RUN Off REMOTE PASS ERR ERR Position specified as the head I O number of the Flicker remote password file is incorrect due to one of the following reasons CPU Status Module is not loaded Stop Other than a the intelligent function module I O module e The intelligent function module installed is other Install th ial ferent dul g than a serial communication module or Ethernet re communication iis rata f Qn H Ethernet module of function version B or later in QnPH module i yo the position specified with the start I O No of the QnPRH e The function version of the serial communication remote password Qnu module and Ethernet module installed is A The intelligent function module where remote password is available is not mounted Collateral information 3401 Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN REM
434. ndividual information of the error using e Individual information the programming tool to identify the numeric Diagnostic Timing value program error location Check the e When instruction executed intelligent function module dedicated instruction OPERATION ERROR corresponding to the value and correct it as Overflow occurs at operation necessary Collateral information 4141 Common information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed 195 666 000P ISI p09 10114 Q XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code SD0 Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 4200 FOR NEXT ERROR The NEXT instruction was not executed although a FOR instruction has been executed Alternatively there are fewer NEXT instructions than FOR instructions Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed 4201 FOR NEXT ERROR The NEXT instruction was executed although no FOR instruction has been executed Alternatively there are more NEXT instructions than FOR instructions Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Read the individual information of the error using the programmi
435. ne for online have been on hold during the online program change Also S D1710 program program the control system is set to accept another request of online initial change change program change for redundancy 1U standby standby When both systems are powered on 90 seconds are set to system system D1710 as the default value Set the value within the range 90 to 3600 seconds When the setting is 0 to 89 seconds it is regarded as 90 seconds for operation If the setting is outside the allowed range it is regarded other than 0 to 3600 seconds for operation The waiting time for a start of online program change to the standby system CPU module is checked according to the D1710 setting during online change of multiple blocks and online change of batch of files for redundancy 20 Redundant power supply module information The special register SD1780 to SD1789 is valid only for redundant power supply systems All bits are set to 0 for stand alone power supply systems Corre c A orre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by sponding spondin P When Set ACPU PE g D9000 This register stores status of the redundant power supply module Q63RP and Q64RP with input power off in the following bit pattern Input power OFF Input power OFF detection status of detection status of Each bit power supply2 power supply 1 0 Input power ON status b15 to b9 b amp b7 to _b1b0 APES gis D1780 to to 1
436. ned yet o Wait until the connection is completed Check the corresponding bit in SD1282 An error was detected in Ethernet Diagnostics Remove the cause of the error A parameter or a setting data for SOCOPEN is incorrect Correct the parameter or setting data Correct the execution condition or remove the cause of the The SOCRCV instruction was not executed Check the start i error that is identified by the error code in the completion contact and failure device status area of the SOCOPEN instruction The connected device has an error Correct the error of the connected device 3 The open processing is not completed If the open processing is not completed check the following items a Passive open Check item Action The parameter is incorrect Correct the parameter The connected device has an error Correct the error of the connected device b Active open Check item Action An error was detected in the Ethernet diagnostics Remove the cause of the error A parameter or a setting data for SOCOPEN is incorrect Correct the parameter or setting data Correct the execution condition or remove the cause of the The SOCRCV instruction was not executed eta 7 error that is identified by the error code in the completion Check the start contact and failure device i status area of the SOCRCV instruction The connected device has an error Correct the error of
437. network and perform a PING test to the IP address of the disconnected device If a response message is returned the same IP address exists in the network Correct the IP address es The SD RD LED of the CPU module is not flashing during communication Confirm the wiring The ERR LED was turned on or flashing when power is reapplied Remove the cause of the error gt Page 94 Section 15 2 When parameters are read after switching to USB connection the Built in Ethernet Port Setting is incorrect Correct the parameter In the Status of Each Connection tab in the Ethernet Diagnostics dialog box MELSOFT Direct Connection is set to the forced deactivation status Disable the forced deactivation In the Error History tab in the Ethernet Diagnostics dialog box an error for direct connection is detected Take corrective actions according to the error code lt gt Page 221 Appendix 1 11 103 uolediunwwos JeuUJaUuIy EEG s4013 JeuoNouN 104 BurjoeyD E S 104 Check item Action The number of connections with devices personal computers exceeds the number set in parameter the number of MELSOFT connection for each TCP and UDP in the open setting Connect devices personal computers within the number of connections set in parameter A device was powered off with the TCP IP connection open The TCP IP connection is left open Perform the following e Wait for a minute
438. nformation of the product The functional information of the product will be updated when a function is added uOIsJe UO OUNY pue JequNN enes Burjoeuy G xipueddy 381 Appendix 6 Applicable Software Versions The following table shows applicable software versions used for a system configuration Software version Software LO2CPU L26CPU BT LO2CPU P L26CPU PBT GX Works2 Version 1 20W or later Version 1 62Q or later GX Developer Version 8 88S or later GX Configurator AD Version 2 11M or later GX Configurator DA Version 2 11M or later Not supported GX Configurator SC Version 2 21X or later GX Configurator QP Version 2 34L or later GX Configurator CT Version 1 29AF or later The applicable software versions differ depending on an intelligent function module to be used 382 APPENDICES Appendix T EMC and Low Voltage Directives Compliance with the EMC Directive which is one of the EU directives has been mandatory for the products sold within EU member states since 1996 as well as compliance with the Low Voltage Directive since 1997 To prove the compliance manufactures must issue an EC Declaration of Conformity and the products must bear a CE marking 1 Sales representative in EU member states The authorized representative in EU member states will be Company name Mitsubishi Electric Europe BV Address Gothaer Strasse 8 40880 Ratingen Germany Appendix 7 1 Measures to comply with th
439. ng At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller SP PARA ERROR The intelligent function module s refresh parameter setting is outside the available range Collateral information 3301 Common information File name e Check the parameter setting QCPU an g PANA 4 Check the auto refresh setting LCPU Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller SP PARA ERROR The setting of the refresh parameter range crosses RUN over the boundary between the internal user ofi device and the extended data register D or i extended link register W Set the refresh parameter range so that it does PRR not cross over the boundary between the internal Flicker QnU Collateral information j i Common information File name user device and the extended data register D or LCPU o i eine 4 extended link register W CPU Status Individual information Parameter number Stop EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller SP PARA ERROR The intelligent function module s refresh parameter are abnormal Collateral information 3302 Common information File name Check the parameter setting beaks Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller SP PARA ERROR In a multiple CPU system the automati
440. ng The following two types of ground terminals are available Use the ground terminals in grounded status Terminal type Application Ensures the safety of the programmable controller and Protective ground D improves the noise resistance Functional ground A Improves the noise resistance 396 APPENDICES 6 External wiring a 24VDC external power supply For the 24VDC I O modules or the intelligent function modules requiring an external power supply connect an external power supply of which insulation between the 24VDC circuit section and the hazardous voltage circuit section is reinforced b External devices For the external devices connected to the programmable controller use the one of which insulation between the interface circuit section to the programmable controller and the hazardous voltage circuit section is reinforced if the device internally has a hazardous voltage circuit section c Reinforced insulation Reinforced insulation means an insulation having the following withstand voltage Rated voltage of hazardous voltage Surge withstand voltage 1 2 50us 150VAC or less 2500V 300VAC or less 4000V Overvoltage category Il source IEC 664 gt s ayo q BBeyo A Mo7 pue OWA Z xipueddy BAHOSIIG BBeyo MO Bu YM jdwo9 0 s nse n ZZ XIpueddy 397 Appendix 8 General Safety Requirements 398 When a programmable controller is powered on or off normal control o
441. ng file is saved Since a file was switched during a retry a new data logging file is saved e Correct File switching timing in the Save screen to reduce the frequency of file switching e Correct the number of sampled data and Sampling interval in the Sampling screen to reduce the number of sampled data e Correct the settings in the CSV output screen to reduce the file size Check connection with the FTP server File transfer failed due to the stop operation of file transfer Check that data logging is not started from LCPU Logging Configuration Tool before file transfer is completed A file transfer test was executed from another LCPU Logging Configuration Tool during execution of a file transfer test Execute the file transfer test again after the ongoing test is completed 241 aINPOW Add YM UOHeo UNWIWOS BulNp snos Jsenbe 0 pausNjes s poo 10113 xipueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action The processing is being executed from the Ensure that the CPU module change function backup restoration with SD memory card is not being 4330 same source performed from the same source and then execute again The specified command cannot be executed _ Finish the CPU module change function backup because the CPU module change function 4332H restorat
442. ng tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding the value and correct it as necessary 4202 FOR NEXT ERROR More than 16 nesting levels are programmed Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Keep nesting levels at 16 or under RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QCPU LCPU 4203 FOR NEXT ERROR A BREAK instruction was executed although no FOR instruction has been executed prior to that Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed 4210 4211 CAN T EXECUTE P The CALL instruction is executed but there is no subroutine at the specified pointer Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed CAN T EXECUTE P There was no RET instruction in the executed subroutine program Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed 4212 CAN T EXECUTE P The RET instruction exists before the FEND instruction of the main routine program Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDi
443. nitor 1 Click the _ SytemErorHistory button 2 Click the _ eecsv ie _ button Error History 8 55 2009 12 09 18 15 17 2009 12 09 18 05 31 eyeq Bunes G G 127 APPENDICES Appendix d Error Code List 128 When an error occurs at power on at switching from STOP to RUN or during RUN the CPU module indicates the error LED indication and a message on a display device by the self diagnostic function and stores the error information in the special relay SM and special register SD When an error occurs at communication request from a programming tool intelligent function module or network system to the CPU module the CPU module returns the error code 4000 to 4FFF p to the request source This section describes errors that may occur in the CPU module and corrective actions for the errors 1 How to read the error code list The following describes how to read Appendix 1 3 Error code list 1000 to 1999 to Appendix 1 9 Error code list 7000 to 10000 The list contains errors in QCPU and LCPU a Error code common information and individual information The error code is stored in SD0 The common information is stored in SD5 to SD15 The individual information is stored in SD16 to SD26 b Corresponding CPU e QCPU All the Q series CPU modules Q00J Q00 Q01 Basic model QCPU Qn H High Performance model QCPU QnPH Process CPU QnPRH Redundant CPU e QnU Universal model QCPU
444. nizes with the BAT LED SM51 Battery low latch ON Battery low e This relay turns on if the battery voltage of the CPU module drops below the rated S Error value N 00J Q00 Q01 This relay remains on even after the battery ow S S Q voltage returns to normal Synchronous with the ERR LED OFF Normal e This relay has the same Sppelligavons as acpu SM52 Battery low those of SM51 except that this relay turns off M9006 ON Battery low LCPU after the battery voltage returns to normal 246 APPENDICES Corre A r Set by sponding Corresponding Number Name Meaning Explanation When Set ACPU CPU m9000 This relay turns on if a momentary power failure within 20ms occurs during use of an AC acPU power supply module This relay is reset when the CPU module is powered off and then on OFF AC DC DOWN This relay turns on if a momentary power SM53 ACIDO DOWN not detected failure within 10ms occurs during use of an AC M9005 LCPU detection ON AC DC DOWN power supply module This relay is reset when detected the CPU module is powered off and then on This relay turns on if a momentary power failure within 10ms occurs during use of a DC power supply module This relay is reset when the CPU module is powered off and then on QCPU e This relay turns on if an operation error LCPU OFF Normal occurs SM56 Ol ti M9011 paR Se ON Oper
445. nnected to another branch module using an extension cable Connection of the extension cable is incorrect Connect the cable correctly If the MODE LED does not turn on even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 15 1 3 When the RUN LED does not turn on Check the following Check item Action The ERR LED of the CPU module is flashing An error exists Check the error using a display unit or a programming tool C Page 94 Section 15 2 The ERR LED of the CPU module is on The module is affected by excessive noise Take noise reduction measures gt Page 383 Appendix 7 The remote STOP operation remote PAUSE operation or STOP instruction is being executed When the remote STOP or remote PAUSE operation is being executed execute the remote RUN operation When the STOP instruction is being executed change the operating status of the CPU module from STOP to RUN If the RUN LED does not turn on even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 93 uo WIN JOU SBOP GST NNY ou UsUM EVG Ajjensi wayshg eu Buryseyd 1S 15 2 Checking the Error Details
446. not be connected correctly or the tracking communication hardware of the CPU The command cannot be executed since a module may be faulty Check the connection status of 4256H time out error occurred in tracking the tracking cable communication If the condition is not restored to normal after the cable connection status is corrected the possible cause is the hardware fault of the CPU module The command cannot be executed since the The command cannot be executed since the host 4257 host system CPU module is in a watchdog system is in a watchdog timer error or CPU module Redundant timer error or CPU module hardware fault hardware fault status Execute again after checking the system related status host system status error Execute again after completing the operation mode 4258 Operation mode being changed from backup change by changing the status from STOP to RUN using H mode to separate mode the RUN STOP switch of the CPU module whose RUN LED is flickering or remote operation Operation mode is being changed with 4259 another programming tool in the Execute again in the same communication route as the R communication route different from the one one where the operation mode change was executed currently used Although the communication was made via the intelligent function module mounted on the ee oe RA Change the combination of the connection destination extension base unit the combination of the E 425BH ome te specification an
447. not provide sufficient shielding effects Install a ferrite core to the cable in the position immediately before the cable is extended out of the control panel If the installation position is not appropriate the ferrite core will not produce any effect Install a ferrite core to each power cable as shown below Ferrite core used for the tests conducted by Mitsubishi NEC TOKIN ESD SR 250 Example 393 BANIBIIG OWA 24 uM Ajdwoo 0 sainseayy Z xipueddy s ayo q eBBeyo Mo7 pue JWI Z xipueddy b Noise filter power supply line filter Noise filter is effective for reducing conducted noise in the 10MHz or less frequency Use of a noise filter can suppress noise The installation precautions are described below Do not bundle the cables on the input side and output side of the noise filter If bundled the output side noise will be induced into the filtered cable on the input side Input side Input side power supply side power supply side Induction Output side device side Output side device side Noise will be induced when the input Separately install the input and and output cables are bundled output cables Ground the ground terminal of the noise filter to the ground point of the control panel with the shortest ground wire possible approximately 10cm c Insulation transformer Isolation transformer is effective for reducing conducted noise especially lightning surge Lightning
448. ns off when the S Initial U QnPRH SM327 cto Sree cleared step held after transition SC SE or ST reaches QnU P ON Hold step output the end step LCPU held Q00J Q00 Qao1 Select whether clear processing will be performed or not if active steps other than the ones being held exist in the block when the end step is reached OFF Clear processing e When this relay turns OFF all active steps are U Q00J Q00 Clear processing 4 7 SM328 moda when end is performed forcibly terminated to terminate the block qo1 1 2 ON Clear processing When this relay is ON the execution of the QnU step is reached A is not performed block is continued as is LCPU If active steps other than the ones being held do not exist when the end step is reached the steps being held are terminated to terminate the block Online change n F y A p E OFF Not executed This relay is on while online change inactive S Status SM329 inactive block f Qnu 8 ON Being executed block is executed change status flag Select whether the low speed execution type 2 New program will be executed in the asynchronous mode or in the synchronous mode e Asynchronous mode this relay is turned off Operation mode OFF Asynchronous The operation of the low speed execution type SM330 for low speed mode program is performed continuously within an U Qn H execution type ON Synchronous excess time QnPH program mode Synchronous mode this relay is turned
449. nsert the RUN I O built in CC Link ooh Lon Naa Off Ma eton dist A th connector until it clicks ks fae a rte O NAISON Omer CAUSOS Take noise reduction measures ERR x wee oe e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Flicker Collateral information See A same error code is displayed again the cause e Common information Module No Slot No f CPU Status _ i is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O e Individual information EARE Stop A PEE module intelligent function module END cover EDiagnostic Timing Always branch module or extension module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem Connect the extension cable EXT CABLE ERR e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the An extension cable is disconnected same error code is displayed again the cause Collateral information is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O 2050 e Common information Module No Block No module intelligent function module END cover Lcopu 28 e Individual information branch module or extension module Please EDiagnostic Timing consult your local Mitsubishi representative When an END instruction executed explaining a detailed description of the problem SP UNIT LAY ERR The slot where the QI60 is mounted was assigned as other than an intelligent function module or interrupt module in the I O assignment tab of the an H 2100 PLC parame
450. nstruction Block information race 5 transmission area used for the multiple CPU using multiple 7 Teni f CPU high speed OFF Block is secured high speed transmission dedicated 3 p ON Block set by instruction target CPU CPU No 3 is less SM798 transmission Wena dedicated SD798 cannot be than the number of blocks specified in s p secured SD798 This relay is on when an instruction is Instructondior executed and is off while an END processin CPU No 3 9 is being executed or when free space is available in the area 263 Corre P s Set by sponding Corresponding Number Name Meanin Explanation g P When Set ACPU CPU m9000 This relay turns on when the number of the F 2 remaining blocks in the dedicated instruction Block information ae y 5 transmission area used for the multiple CPU using multiple s Ai CPU high speed OFF Block is secured high speed transmission dedicated S When g P ON Block set by instruction target CPU CPU No is less instruction END f SM799 transmission A New Qnu dedicated SD799 cannot be than the number of blocks specified in processing instruction for secured SD799 This relay is on when an instruction is executed CPU No 4 executed and is off while an END processing is being executed or when free space is available in the area 264 This applies to the CPU module of function version B or later 2 The relevant mo
451. nt system i Make communication again after establishing the The redundant system is not established syslen 4249H Control system standby system or System A y y oe e Execute again after changing the transfer setup System B not yet definite mets request destination module I O number to No settings have been made 03FFn The command that could not be processed was executed when the transfer setup Execute again after changing the transfer setup request 424AnH request destination module I O number is destination module I O number to No settings have Control system Standby system System A been made 03FF System B The command cannot be executed since Manual system switching is inhibited by the manual 424Buy system switching is inhibited by the manual system switching enable flag SM1592 Execute again system switching enable flag SM1592 after turning ON SM1592 424C The specified command cannot be executed Execute again after the online program change 7 during online program change operation operation is finished e Execute again after changing to the backup mode 424D The transfer setup or function unavailable for Execute again after changing the transfer setup a the debug mode was used request destination module I O number to System A or control system AD4E The control system standby system specifying This function cannot be executed since it is not s method is not supported supported rates Although system swi
452. ntarily ON at P set completion set completion OFF Other than Sub program 2 when P I set M9060 SM1060 P I set request being requested While a program is running upon completion of ON P Iset being transfer of another program for example a requested subprogram when the main program is running a P OFF Other than and set request is turned on This relay when P I set automatically turns off upon completion of P and Sub program 3 no set M9061 SM1061 x leer aieet being requested setting q ON P Iset being requested OFF Read ti t A8UPU A8PUJ Dee ng When this is turned on the search time in the M9070 SM1070 x required search A8UPU A8PUJ can be shortened In this case the ime 3 O ese te scan time is extended by 10 time shortened ee This relay sets whether or not to check the following ea M9084 SM1084 x Error check executed 9 P IEN Check for fuse blown ON No error check e Check of battery Collation check of I O module e This relay turns on when the detail factor of the M9091 SM10914 S Operation error OFF No error operation error D stored into SD1091 7 details flag ON Error This relay remains on even after the condition returns to normal 269 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy ACPU Special Special Corre Special Relay after Relay for Name Meaning Details sponding Relay Conversion Modification CPU OFF SFC prog
453. ntinue hes oon aie e Review the constant scan setting time in the aaah ae a on PLC parameter so that the excess time of Q00J Q00 Q01 Common information Time value set H constant scan can be fully secured e Individual information Time value actually measured EDiagnostic Timing e Always PRG TIME OVER The scan time of the low speed execution type program exceeded the low speed execution watch time specified in the PLC RAS setting of the PLC Read the individual information of the error using parameter dialog box the programming tool to identify the numeric value Qn H 5011 Collateral information time Check the value and shorten the scan time QnPH Common information Time value set e Individual information Time value actually measured EDiagnostic Timing e Always Change the low speed execution watch time in the PLC RAS setting of the PLC parameter dialog box 206 Appendix 1 8 Error code list 6000 to 6999 APPENDICES The following table shows the error messages the error contents and causes and the corrective actions for the error codes 6000 to 6999 and Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ie nae E Go FILE DIFF In a redundant system the control system and standby system do not have the same programs and parameters e Match the programs and parameters of the The file type detected as different between the two control system and standby system syste
454. ntroller parameters corresponding to the value and correct them as necessary PARAMETER ERROR ae a e Rewrite corrected parameters to the CPU When Use the following file is selected for File a i module reload the CPU power supply and or Register in the PLC File tab of the PLC Parameter reset the module dialog box and Capacity is not set the file ifthe same error occurs the cause is a register file does not exist in the specified memory hardware failure Please consult your local Qnu 8 2002 HCollateral information Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed LCPU Common information File name Drive name She e Individual information Parameter number desoription of the problem WDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN At writing to programmable controller PARAMETER ERROR When Use the following file is selected for a device data storage file in the PLC File tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box and Capacity is not set the device data storage file does not exist in the specified memory QnU Collateral information LCPU Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller 173 666 000 ISI p09 10114 G xIpueddy gt jSI7 p09 10113 xipueddy Error f y LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Ca
455. o ojo Wa 0ojo ojojojojo jojojo SD136 indicating the RAARAR AAA RAR RAR RAR RAR RAR RAR RAR RAR RAR RAR RARRAARAA Fuse blown aoe sD137 0 0 0 o e olojolo lojolo A 0 0 0 module _____ Indicates fuse blow blown 0 No blown For a module whose number of output points exceeds 16 fuse points only the bit corresponding to the output module 1 Blown fuse thi number within the number of output points occupied by the SD137 resent New P module in increments of 16 points turns on Ex wnen a 64 point module is mounted on the slot 0 only b0 turns on when the fuse has blown e Not cleared even if the blown fuse is replaced with a new one The storage value is cleared by clearing the error S Q00J Q00 Error Q01 SD150 If the status of the I O module changes from that obtained at Ba SD151 power on the module No unit 16 points is stored in the ia following bit pattern When I O module numbers have been A SD152 set by the parameter the parameter set numbers are stored ia SD153 b15b14b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO L SD154 Bit pattern in sp15 0 0 o o lolo o o olo olo o o o ey 2 units of 16 7 D SD155 s015 0 0 0 0 o0 oxy 0jojojo ojojojojo points 120 haahaahaa han F spise aa RAnnnn AAA RAR AARAA e D a indicating me D157 0 ey 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 n I O module modules with TE fo verify error verify errors ______ Indicates an I O module verify error T G 0 No I O verify For a modul
456. o the use of the PRODUCT in e Nuclear Power Plants and any other power plants operated by Power companies and or any other cases in which the public could be affected if any problem or fault occurs in the PRODUCT e Railway companies or Public service purposes and or any other cases in which establishment of a special quality assurance system is required by the Purchaser or End User e Aircraft or Aerospace Medical applications Train equipment transport equipment such as Elevator and Escalator Incineration and Fuel devices Vehicles Manned transportation Equipment for Recreation and Amusement and Safety devices handling of Nuclear or Hazardous Materials or Chemicals Mining and Drilling and or other applications where there is a significant risk of injury to the public or property Notwithstanding the above restrictions Mitsubishi may in its sole discretion authorize use of the PRODUCT in one or more of the Prohibited Applications provided that the usage of the PRODUCT is limited only for the specific applications agreed to by Mitsubishi and provided further that no special quality assurance or fail safe redundant or other safety features which exceed the general specifications of the PRODUCTs are required For details please contact the Mitsubishi representative in your region INTRODUCTION Thank you for purchasing the Mitsubishi MELSEC L series programmable controllers This manual describes the specifications of the hardware
457. o ensure good ventilation and ease module change provide clearance between the module top bottom and structures parts as shown below JUSWUOJIAUS UONEeISU LLP uoI ISOd UOHE e Su pue JUSWUOMAUZ UOHE eISU py H l or more pf Programmable ELLE EEE EEE EEE LEE TL Y 30mm controller f f Control el panel Door Io i iS i Y ai PGE Uf 7 30mm A or more 2 Yj Wh MAU IHI H III HI j E TIPI YAY I YUU YEE MW y y WY 50mm or more 50mm or more 20mm or more 1 3 1 When using connectors for external devices provide clearance of 80mm or more 2 When using the Q7BAT provide clearance of 45mm or more 3 When connecting an extension cable provide clearance of 140mm or more 31 4 2 Mounting the Modules This section describes how to interconnect modules and how to mount them on a DIN rail Point Modules must be mounted on a DIN rail Connect an END cover on the right of the terminal module 4 2 1 Precautions for connecting and mounting modules Do not directly touch any conductive parts and electronic components of the module Doing so can cause malfunction or failure of the module After the first use of the product module display unit and terminal block the number
458. o identify the numeric value time Check the value and CPU Status WDT ERROR shorten the scan time Stop The scan time of the program exceeded the ae A PA WDT val ified inthe PLC RAS tab of th Change the initial execution monitoring time or me ae we a nee ap or the WDT value in the PLC RAS tab of the PLC eis ve y Parameter Collateral information QCPU F r Check the execution number of the interrupt Common information Time value set ied th betor LCPU Individual information Time value actually program ane TOCUCO TA OGCurTENce Numero measured interruption BDiagnostic Timin If the error persists even after the actions miner g mentioned above are taken the possible cause is a hardware failure of the system Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 5001 explaining a detailed description of the problem WDT ERROR i A eer or tne Standby syster is Since power off of the standby system increases mya to ed the control system scan time reset the WDT e The tracking cable is disconnected or connected y neared ff dinate tana value taking the increase of the control system Vs a a alata scan time into consideration Bi ae ki ble i A d by th If the tracking cable was disconnected during 7 be P Sa E SRPMS He operation securely connect it and restart the QnPRH Say A TP Aa CPU module If the same error code is displayed pee Se ante value set again the cause is a hardware failure of the el A trackin
459. ocedure Perform the following before replacing the battery e Back up the program and data e Supply power to the CPU module for 10 minutes or longer 2 Q6BAT replacement procedure 1 Remove a CPU module from the DIN rail and open the battery holder located at the bottom of the CPU module 2 Take out the battery from the battery holder The battery connector is disconnected at shipment Connector of CPU module Connector of 4 battery 3 Connect the lead connector of the new battery to that of the CPU module Then store them in the battery holder Connector Fix the connectors to the connector stopper of the Connector stopper holder CHAPTER 14 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 4 Close the battery holder and mount the CPU module to the DIN rail INp 201d JUBWaDR dey M yeg EPL 87 88 3 Q7BAT replacement procedure Connector of CPU module Connector of battery lt Battery holder ex Connector Connector stopper 1 Remove the CPU module from the DIN rail and open the battery holder located at the bottom of the CPU module 2 Take out the battery from the holder 3 Disengage the latches on the battery holder sides to open the holder and remove the Q7BAT 4 Putthe new Q7BAT into the holder in correct orientation and close the holder so that the battery cable is pulled out from the hole on the joint 5 Connect the connector of the new battery to that o
460. ock units Setting can be made between 1 and 32767 U 2nms clock 2nms clock Stores value n of 2nms clock Default is 30 SD415 setting units Setting can be made between 1 and 32767 Qn H e This register is incremented by 1 for each scan of a scan QnPH execution type program after the CPU module is set to RUN QnPRH Not incremented for each scan of an initial execution type QnU Kumpar of program LCPU SD420 Scan counter counts in each Count repeats from 0 to 32767 to 32768 to 0 New scan e This register is incremented by 1 for each scan after the CPU S module is set to RUN Every END Q00J Q00 Q01 Count repeats from 0 to 32767 to 32768 to 0 processing e This register is incremented by 1 for each scan of a low Number of speed execution type program after the CPU module is set to D430 EHE counts ineach RUN may scan e Count repeats from 0 to 32767 to 32768 to 0 e Used only for low speed execution type programs 319 gt jsI7 Ja siBey jeloeds xipueddy 4 Scan information Corre z Corre Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by sponging sponding When Set ACPU CPU D9000 Qn H Execution Program No in Program number of program currently being executed is stored S eae SD500 Status QnPRH program No execution as BIN value change QnU New LCPU Low speed Low speed exeautioiiype Program number of low speed excution type program No Qn
461. odule Please 94 Collateral information Pi QnU cee consult your local Mitsubishi representative Common Information laini Aciaioda ot fth bl LCPU Individual Information explaining a detailed description of the problem 1321 EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset 140 APPENDICES Error 8 LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU SP UNIT DOWN There was no response from the intelligent function module special function module in the initial processing When the unsupported module is mounted e The size of the buffer memory of the intelligent remove it function module special function module is If the corresponding module is supported this invalid suggests the intelligent function module special QCPU e The unsupported module is mounted function module CPU module and or base unit is Collateral information expecting a hardware fault Please consult your Common Information Module No Slot No local Mitsubishi representative explaining a e Individual Information detailed description of the problem EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset When intelligent function module is accessed 1401 SP UNIT DOWN There was no response from the intelligent function module in e initial processing l When an unsupported module is connected The buffer memory size of the intelligent function dilis invalid disconnect the mod
462. odule END cover e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power ON At reset branch module or extension module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 4 CPU operations when an error occurred can determined with a parameter LED indication varies according to the status of the CPU module 3 The BAT LED turns on or flashes if the BATTERY ERROR occurs 6 Intelligent function module operations when an error occurred can be selected with a parameter from either to stop or continue 7 This applies when the function version is A or later 8 This applies when the function version is B or later 10 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 04101 or later 12 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 07032 or later 13 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 08032 or later 15 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 09012 or later 17 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 10042 or later 19 This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and QO01UCPU 20 This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and Q02UCPU 21 This applies to the Built in Ethernet port QCPU 27 This applies to the Universal model QCPU whose serial number first five digits
463. odule in Main Block and click System Monitor p Monitor Status SS the Detailed Information button sot CPU Model n2cPUs Fain block EA Parameter END Cover lec Close Print Product Information List Syster Error History 2 Detailed information of the selected module is displayed D2CPUIO 1000 MainblockPLcdt ooo 111110000000000 A 110610000000000 a For details on the module detailed information refer to the following MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In I O Function User s manual for the intelligent function module used 96 CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 3 Ethernet diagnostics When a programming tool is connected to the CPU module over Ethernet check error details in the Ethernet Diagnostics dialog box and remove the error cause Diagnostics gt Ethernet Diagnostics Ethernet Diagnostics r Target Module Setting Change IP Address Display Module No isemodule z WO Addtess cooo G cpu pic no z DEC CHEX Status of Each Connection Connection Status Time Setting Status z ar Host Station Error Destination Destination Command Year Month Day Timne Port No Code IP Address Port No Code
464. odule whose first 5 digits of serial No is 13102 or later 341 jsI7 Je siBay jeloeds xipueddy 10 Redundant CPU information host system CPU information Sate Corre 7 Set by sponding y Number Name Name Explanation When Set ACPU goes pooo PY This register stores a value indicating the completion status of the latest memory data copy from the control system to the standby system History of Latest status of 1 The value same as the SD1596 value is stored at memory copy memory copy completion or abend of the memory data copy from the S SD952 from control from control control system to the standby system Status New QnPRH system to system to 2 Since data have been backed up in case of power failure change standby system standby system this register holds the value indicating the latest memory data copy status from the control system to the standby system 3 This register is cleared to 0 by latch clear 342 1 This applies to the Built in Ethernet port QCPU 11 Remote password count APPENDICES Corre y Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by eponding spondin E P When Set ACPU oo g D9000 Direct SD979 MELSOFT connection SD980 Connection 1 to to 16 SD995 MELSOFT Count of unlock This register stores the number of mismatched password S 4 SD997 connection processing entries Status New Qn using UDP port failures Range 0 to OFFFE OFFFFy
465. odules optional Gi Main block eeoce eoocce eecce END cover with ERR terminal optional eer Extension cable E D E L D Extension cable T To Extension block 2 4 For available SD memory card models refer to _ Page 78 CHAPTER 12 eeeecccesccccce eee eee Cee eee SD memory card 1 optional Ceeccccccccccccccccees Branch module Power INPUT 100 240vac A soot ova TERTS Sumit svoe sa Extension block 1 ecooo evcee impur N i L Point A head module is not available for the system using the MELSEC L series CPU module 24 CHAPTER 2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 2 2 Precautions for Configuring a System This section describes precautions for configuring a system 1 Number of extension blocks and connectable modules The number of extension blocks differs depending on the CPU module used Accordingly the maximum configuration in a system differs The following table lists the number of extension blocks and connectable modules Number of j Number of connectable i CPU module used extension 4 Maximum number of modules 2 modules blocks 30 modules LO2CPU e Main block 9 modul Up to 2 blocks ain log modules LO2CPU P e Extension block 1 10 modules e Extension block 2 11 modules Main block Up to 10 modules Extension block Up to 11 modules Ao modules e Main block 9 modules L26CPU BT Up to 3 blocks e
466. odules are also not targeted for the Low Voltage Directive compliance because the rated voltage of the modules is 24VDC or less 395 3 Power supply Power supply modules are designed to meet the overvoltage category II Confirm that the power supply to a programmable controller meets the overvoltage category Il 4 Control panel a Protection against electric shock The control panel must be handled as shown below to protect a person who does not have adequate knowledge of electrical installation form an electric shock e Lock the control panel so that only a person who is trained and has acquired enough knowledge of electrical installation can open the panel e Design the control panel so that the power supply is automatically shut off when the panel is opened Use the control panel whose protection degree is IP20 or higher for the purpose of electric shock protection b Protection from dust and water The control panel needs to be dustproof and waterproof Insufficient dustproof and waterproof lower the dielectric withstand of the control panel possibly causing dielectric breakdown The insulation of Mitsubishi programmable controllers is designed to be used in a pollution degree 2 environment Use them in an environment of pollution degree 2 or below The pollution degree 2 environment can be achieved when the programmable controller is installed inside the control panel whose protection degree is IP54 or equivalent 5 Groundi
467. oe i a 24VDC AC all L61P CPU module AC 112811 L63P CPU module o 7 Ho D R Loe x if Fuse Ol FG oh EG paki Of LG t Ok LG 11 DG H OH INPUT O 4 INPUT a ene let 100 240VAG X OP ea I bd Connect to 24VDC L61P Extension module L63P Extension module terminals of I O module that requires 24VDC internally Ok FG Ok FG 100 200VAC Oh LG 24vDC Oh LG O H INPUT PPN Or INPUT Oj 100 240VAC O 24V l 246 Ground wire all Ground wire ail Grounding Grounding 44 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 2 Precautions The following describes precautions for wiring to power supply modules Wire cables of the power supply for the programmable controller I O power supply and motor power supply separately as shown below Programmable Isolation Main controller power transformer power supply supply i i 100VAC ean a Programmable 200VAC 9 Q 2 controller Relay terminal block L j I O power supply N O O I O equipment Motor power supply Pa O O Motor equipment Inside a control panel Considering the rated current and inrush current of the power supply module connect a breaker having appropriate sensing property or an external fuse causing proper blowout When using a single programmable controller connecting a breaker around 10A or an external fuse is recommended To minimize a voltage drop use thick power cables up to 2mm twist the cables closely and connec
468. of an error is set by a cause number For the Basic model QCPU only the annunciator cause number 7 is available SD207 Priorities 1 to 4 For the Universal model QCPU and LCPU specify whether to D9038 enable or disable LED indication of the error that has priority when an error occurs The setting areas for priorities are as follows b15 to b12 b11 to b8 b7 to b4 b3 to bO SD207 Priority 4 i Priority 3 i Priority 2 i Priority 1 SD208 Priority8 Priority 7 Priority6 Priority 5 o D209 Priority 12 Priority 11 Priority 10 Priority 9 D9039 SD208 Priorities 5 to 8 Priority 11 is valid when Redundant CPU is used format Priority 12 is valid when LCPU is used change Q00J Q00 i Default value pa LED display SD207 43214 00004 for Basic model QCPU U eee priority ranking D208 8765 0700 for Basic model QCPU 0765 for OnPRH Redundant CPU Qnu SD209 00A94 00004 for Basic model QCPU 0B09 for LCPU Redundant CPU CBAQ for LCPU e No indication if 0 is stored For the Basic model QCPU the ERR LED lights up upon SD209 Priorities 9 to turn on of the annunciator if 7 is stored in any of Priorities 1 Kiew 310 12 to 11 For the Basic model QCPU the ERR LED does not light up upon turn on of the annumciator if 7 is not stored in any of Priorities 1 to 11 However even if 7 is stored the error which makes CPU module operation stop including the error that is specified with a param
469. of connections disconnections is limited to 50 times in accordance with IEC 61131 2 Exceeding the limit may cause malfunction Do not drop or apply strong shock to the module case terminal block and connectors Do not remove the printed circuit board of the module from the case Doing so may cause failure of the module and or printed circuit board To prevent consumption of the CPU module battery the battery connector is disconnected at shipment Connect the battery connector before using the CPU module for the first time gt Page 86 Section 14 3 32 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 4 2 2 Connecting modules This section describes a procedure for connecting modules with an example of how to connect the LO2CPU with the L61P Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before connecting or disconnecting modules 1 Connecting modules 1 Torelease the module joint levers located at the top and bottom of the LO2CPU Slide the levers toward the front side of the module Release 2 Insert the connector of the power supply module into that of the CPU module so that they are securely engaged 3 To lock the module joint levers Slide the levers toward the back side of the module Make sure that the modules are securely connected sajnpow Huljosuu0D ZZY seinpoyy y BupunoN zy 2 Disconnecting modules Disconnect the modules in the reverse manner of 1 Point Failu
470. of the remote password again The port for communication use is at remote password locking status Execute communication after unlocking the remote password processing Requested for a wrong module to unlock remote password e Stop transmitting from several modules simultaneously when setting a remote password and using User Datagram Protocol UDP in MELSOFT connection The MELSOFT connection can be used with Transmission Control protocol TCP when setting a remote password Communication error occurred in direct connection e Do not specify the direct connection when using other connection setting e Do not turn off the CPU power during communication reset the power and plug out the cable in direct connection File operation is disabled because the File Transfer Protocol FTP function is in operation Online operation requiring a file access is performed with a programming tool while the File Transfer Protocol FTP function is in operation Retry after the operation for FTP function is completed System error The setting data in OS is abnormal Transmission to the receiving modules is unsuccessful e Ensure that the power supply module and the CPU module are properly installed to the base unit e Ensure that the operating environment for the system meets the general specifications of the CPU module e Check whether the power capacity is sufficient e Reset the CPU module If the
471. off not for each scan but also during a scan if the time has elapsed When the CPU module is powered on or reset this M9032 SM1032 1 second clock 05s relay is set to on from off to start the clock 0 5s M9033 SM1033 2 second clock Tei 1s e This relay repeatedly turns on and off according to the number of seconds specified in SD414 2n minute Default n 30 Qn H M9034 SM1034 clock 1 minute ns The relay turns on or off not for each scan but also n H 9 ns A R QnPH clock during a scan if the time has elapsed 4 When the CPU module is powered on or reset this QnU relay is set to on from off to start the clock LCPU M9036 SM1036 Always ON ON OFF e This relay is used for initialization or as a dummy contact of application instructions in the program M9037 SM1037 Always OFF ON SM1036 and SM1037 are turned on or off OFF regardless of the key switch setting on the front face of the CPU module The states of SM1038 and SM1039 change depending on the key switch setting When it is set to STOP the relay is ON for 1 scan _ i M9038 SM1038 ON 1 off When it is set to other than STOP SM1038 is only after RUN i scan f OFF on for one scan only and SM1039 is off for one scan only RUN flag After M9039 SM1039 RUN OFF for1 ON sen 1 scan scan only OFF OFF PAUSE PAUSE bl H M9040 SM1040 SM206 a aia disabled a ON PAUSE enabled This relay is on when the CPU module is in PAUSE i status or when the PAUSE
472. ogram error location 2 _ Please consult your local Mitsubishi e Individual Information representative explaining a detailed description of EDiagnostic Timing the problem e Always Take noise reduction measures For GX Works2 select Transfer cache memory to program memory in the Options dialog box RAM ERROR For GX Developer select Online change T C Data in the program memory of the CPU module 3 Ere OVEN TittER setting value change program memory transfer i settings in the Options dialog box 1163 mC cllateralinformation Format the program memory write all files to the gny Common Information LCPU e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 137 6661 0001 S p09 10114 Eg XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 1164 RAM ERROR The destruction of the data stored in the standard RAM is detected Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information HDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed 1166 RAM ERROR The internal memory in the CPU module is faulty
473. ogramming tool Read common information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary Write the program to the CPU module again using the programming tool 4505 SFCP FORMAT ERR The structure of the SFC program is illegal e In the operation output of a step the SET Sn BLmSn or RST Sn BLmSn instruction was specified for the host step Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Read common information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop Qn H QnPH QnPRH Q00J Q00 Q01 8 Qn H QnPH QnPRH QnU LCPU Qn H QnPH QnPRH Qo00u Qo00 a01 8 QnU LCPU Q00J Q00 Q01 8 Qn H QnPH QnPRH QnU LCPU Q00J Q00 Q01 8 QnU LCPU 201 666 000P ISI p09 10114 Q XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error LED Status Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action bs Corresponding CPU CPU Status SD0 SFCP FORMAT ERR The structure of the SFC program is illegal RUN In a reset step the host step number was off specified as
474. ogramming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary RUN Off On ERR Flicker On CPU Status Stop Continue Qn H QnPH QnPRH QnU LCPU APPENDICES aie Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ae man pie FILE OPE ERROR The SEC pice aan tile cannot be speciNed withthe Read individual information of the error using the Qn H program x 3 programming tool to identify the numeric value QnPH 2412 mCollateral information program error location Check the error step RUN QnPRH Common information File name Drive name A i e Individual information Program error location corresponding to the value and consort as Of On anu Diagnostic Timing Terao aly ERR LERU e When instruction executed Flicker On FILE OPE ERROR Read individual information of the error using the CPU Status The file specified in the program was not written programming tool to identify the numeric value Stop Collateral information program error location Check the error step oy Qn H 2413 Common information File name Drive name corresponding to the value and correct it as Conte QnPH e Individual information Program error location necessary QnPRH EDiagnostic Timing Check to ensure that the designated file has not e When instruction executed been write protected CAN T EXE PRG Any of the program files are using a device that
475. ommon information Program error location ERR naividual information Flicker On EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed CPU Status OPERATION ERROR Stop In a multiple CPU system the link direct device Continue JO O was specified for the network module Delete from the program the link direct device a00 a01 8 under control of another station which specifies the network module under an Hy 8 Collateral information control of another CPU ve Common information Program error location e Using the link direct device specify the network t a e Individual information module controlled by the own station QnU EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed OPERATION ERROR The module No network No station No specified for the dedicated instruction is wrong The link direct device JO Q setting is incorrect e The module No network No number of 4102 character strings exceeds the range that can be QCPU specified LCPU Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing RUN When instruction executed Off On Read common information of the error using the ERR OPERATION ERROR AS programming tool to identify the numeric value i The character string specified by a dedicated Flicker On f program error location Check the error step instruction cannot be used for the character string corresponding to the value and correct it as WCollateral
476. on Redundant System e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e During running RAM ERROR e Take noise reduction measures TBS memory of thie CPU module n ane Multiple Reset the CPU module and run it again If the CPU high speed transmission area is faulty ere F same error code is displayed again the cause is 1150 mCollaterel information a hardware failure of the CPU module Please Qnu 29 Common Information y Ae A j fi consult your local Mitsubishi representative e Individual Information a g a Diagnostic Timing explaining a detailed description of the At power on At reset problem RUN RAM ERROR e Take noise reduction measures Off The program memory in the CPU module is Format the program memory write all files to the ERR overwritten CPU module and run it again Flicker 1160 Collateral information If the same error code is displayed again the Common Information Program error location 2 cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module CPU status e Individual Information Please consult your local Mitsubishi Stop EDiagnostic Timing representative explaining a detailed description At program execution of the problem QnU RAM ERROR LCPU The data of the device memory built in the CPU Take noise reduction measures module is overwritten If the same error code is displayed again the 4164 Collateral information cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Common Information Pr
477. on The operation of the low speed execution type program is not performed continuously but performed from the next scan even if there is excess time This relay stores the information on whether the Normal SFC Bey SM331 eoan OFF Not executed normal SFC program is in execution or not prog 3 ON Being executed Used as an interlock for execution of the SFC execution status 7 H k control instruction Qn H 3 Program This relay stores the information on whether the QnPH execution OFF Not executed SFC program for program execution QnPRH SM332 management SFC ON B inaexecuted management is in execution or not program g Used as an interlock for execution of the SFC S Status execution status control instruction change e This relay stores the status information on the intelligent function module access instruction ON indicates completion that was just executed This data is overwritten Qn H Access execution 3 R A 5 SM390 fla of intelligent function if the intelligent function module access QnPH y module access instruction is executed again QnPRH Used by the user in a program as a completion bit 253 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre A Set by sponding Gorre Number Name Meaning Explanation When Set ACPU sponding M9000 cpu GINT instruction OFF Not executed Sl res the execution status of the S P GINT SM391 execution ON Execution
478. on Mode Online Check the cable status between the test station and equipment connected to the test station port MAC Address 00 00 70 B1EF 79 Start or stop the network data link Module Error Check the event histories occurred on network Enable the reserved station Also check the station No set as the reserved station From the list Temporary error invalid station settingjrestare Also check the station No set as temporarily ignored station from the list Start the system monitor in the selected station and check thee selected station PLC status Start the selected station remote operation and change PLC I Status for the selected station For details on CC IE Field diagnostics refer to the following MELSEC L CC Link IE Field Network Master Local Module User s Manual 15 3 Checking for Functional Errors CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING If the CPU module has a functional problem check the following items and perform troubleshooting If the ERR LED or I O ERR LED of the CPU module is on or flashing eliminate the error using a display unit or a programming tool gt Page 94 Section 15 2 Function Error status Reference Write to PLC Data cannot be written to the CPU module Page 101 Section 15 3 1 1 Read from PLC Data cannot be read from the CPU module Page 101 Section 15 3 1 2 Boot operation A boot operation cannot be performed from
479. on Setby sponding spondin P When Set ACPU pe 9 D9000 Bit pattem This register has the same bit pattern as that of SD51 sey After an alarm is detected the alarm bit turns on the alarm 7 bit turns off if an error is detected the error bit turns on SD52 Battery low where battery New Woltase dra Universal model QCPU only 9 P This register stores 0 turns off when the battery voltage occurred QCPU returns to normal LCPU Number of A value stored in this register is incremented by 1 whenever the input volt falls t below 85 AC 165 DC AC DC DOWN times for AC DC pin ydltage falls 10 OF Delon 85 AS powar 65 s SD53 i power of the rating during operation of the CPU module D9005 detection DOWN z Error detectio e The counter repeats increment and decrement of the value 0 32767 gt 32768 0 Number of Number of Val tored here is the t station I O ber of th SD60 module with module with ee ea eee D9000 QCPU module with the blown fuse blown fuse blown fuse VO modul VO modul 18 e mo se The lowest I O number of the module where the I O module SD61 verify error verify error te ae D9002 verification number took place number module number sp62 Annunciator Annunciator This register stores the number of the annunciator F number D9009 number number detected first Number of Number of SD63 ak we S gm z This register stores the number of detected annunciators D9124 annunciators annunciators SD64 Wh
480. on if an error is detected by diagnostics Also turns on if an error is Q00J Q00 Q01 detected by an annunciator QnU This relay remains on even after the system LCPU returns to normal e This relay turns on if an error is detected by self diagnostics Remains off if an error is Qn H detected b jati the CHK i eteci y an annunciator or the M9008 QnPH instruction QnPRH OFF No self diagnosis This relay remains on even after the system S Error SM1 Self diagnostic errors returns to normal error ON Self diagnosis This relay turns on if an error is detected by self diagnostics Remains off if an error is Q00J Q00 Q01 detected by an annunciator QnU This relay remains on even after the system LCPU returns to normal OFF No error common SM5 Error common information This relay turns on if error common information information ON Error common data exists when SMO turns on New information OFF No error QCPU individual LCPU SM16 Error individual ea ee This relay turns on if error individual information eat information data exists when SMO turns on ON Error individual information SM50 Error reset OFF gt ON Error reset Conducts error reset operation U e This relay turns on if the battery voltage of Qn H the CPU module or the memory card drops QnPH below the rated value elow e rate ya ue M9007 QnPRH This relay remains on even after the battery Qnu voltage returns to normal LCPU OFF Normal e Synchro
481. on only SM1270 function SNTP 3 ON Time setting when Use has been set for the time setting client execution en function function in the time setting parameter Qnu execution R ti U SRA This relay is turned on to clear the password OFF Normal SM1273 smatch Scit ON Clear accumulated number of mismatched remote f password entries SD979 to SD999 clear The IP address setting stored in SD1292 to IP address SD1297 are written to the IP address storage i OFF Ignored SM1292 storage area write area flash ROM of the CPU module when ON Write request A Piia request the END instruction is executed in the scan where this relay is turned on e This relay turns on when writing to the IP IP address address storage area flash ROM is swz storadearea wie OFF Not completed completed S r PA ON Completed e This relay turns off when the END k instruction is executed in the scan where New SM1292 is turned off S Status change e This relay turns on when writing to the IP IP address OFF Normal address storage area flash ROM fails SM1294 storage area write ON Error e This relay turns off when the END error instruction is executed in the scan where 32 SM1292 is turned off QnU IP address The IP address storage area flash ROM is OFF Ignored Eroa SM1295 storage area cleared when the END instruction is executed U ON Clear request 3 clear request in the scan where this relay is turned on
482. on when all systems run normally Turns off opens when power is off or when a stop error occurs on the CPU module including when a CPU module is reset 3 Serial number display Displays the serial number printed on the rating plate 4 Terminal block mounting screw A screw used to mount or remove a terminal block 5 DIN rail hook A hook used to mount the module to a DIN rail Point When the L6EC ET is connected to an extension block a system error cannot be detected using the ERR terminal The ERR terminal is always off 69 SOWEN Hed 4 8 8 2 Specifications 1 Performance specifications Item L6EC L6EC ET ERR terminal Available _ gt Page 69 Section 8 1 Rated switching voltage pane 24VDC 0 5A Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA Response time 7 OFF to ON 10ms or less ON to OFF 12ms or less Mechanical 20 million or more Life Electrical 100 thousand or more for rated switching voltage and current Surge suppressor None Fuse None External connection system Spring clamp terminal block Applicable wire size 0 3 to 2 0mm AWG22 to 14 Stranded wire single wire H 90mm 90mm External dimensions 13mm 28 5mm D 95mm 95mm Internal current consumption 0 04A 0 06A Weight 0 06kg 0 11kg 70 2 Applicable solderless terminals The following table shows applicable solderless terminals for an ERR terminal of the L
483. or details refer to the QNPRHCPU User s Manual Redundant System 1115 TRK CIR ERROR A fault was detected by the initial check of the tracking hardware Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset The cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QnPRH Qn H QnPH S QnPRH 1 QnPRH 136 APPENDICES ae Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ca ao a TRK CIR ERROR e A tracking hardware fault was detected during running The tracking cable was disconnected and Start after checking that the tracking cable is reinserted without the standby system being connected If the same error code is displayed powered off or reset again the cause is a hardware failure of the e The tracking cable is not secured by the tracking cable or CPU module Please consult 1116 connector fixing screws your local Mitsubishi representative explaining QnPRH e The error occurred at a startup since the a detailed description of the problem redundant system startup procedure was not Confirm the redundant system startup followed procedure and execute a startup again For Collateral information details refer to the QNPRHCPU User s Manual Common Informati
484. or at least 2ms e This relay is turned on to count down pulses SM19144 CH2 count down Counts down pulses The commana is valid while ng Pulse input command mode is either 1 phase multiple of n or 1 phase multiple of n A phase only The command is valid while this relay is on SM1915 CH2 count enable Starts counting e This relay is tumed on to sla counting command The command is valid while this relay is on e This relay is turned on to start the selected U New LCPU counter function e When the count disabling function is selected the command is valid while this relay is on CH2 counter e When the latch counter function or the z Starts the selected Pea SM1916 function selection sampling counter function is selected the counter function 4 p start command command is valid at the rise of this relay off gt on The on time must be held for at least 2ms e When the count disabling preset function or the latch counter preset function is selected the command is invalid e This relay is turned on to reset CH2 CH external external preset phase Z request reset phase Z Resets CH2 external detection SM1917 3 k preset phase Z The command is valid at the rise of this request detection satel command request detection relay off gt on e The on and off time must be held for at least 2ms CH2 pul puss Starts pulse e This relay is turned on to measure pulses SM1918 measurement i 3 f measuremen
485. or direct connection is detected Take corrective actions according to the error code gt Page 221 Appendix 1 11 In the Host Station Detailed Setting dialog box in the Transfer Setup setting increasing the Check at Communication Time or Retry Times value enables communication e Adjust the Check at Communication Time or Retry Times value Check the condition of the cables connected device personal computer and CPU module The connected device personal computer does not support the direct connection Connect a hub If Ethernet communication cannot be performed even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 4 When two or more Ethernet ports are enabled in the network connections setting on the personal computer communication by direct connection is not possible In the setting leave only one Ethernet port enabled for direct connection and disable the other Ethernet ports direct connection CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 Ethernet communication is not possible when using a method other than If Ethernet communication is not possible when using a method other than direct connection with the programming tool check the following items Check item Action IP addresses are duplicated e Check the duplicate IP addresses us
486. orK E0004 to EFFFy CC Link IE Controller Network Reference Manual module MELSECNET H F000 to FFFF Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual network module n H For QnA Q4AR MELSECNET 10 Network System Reference Manual 4 Error codes are classified into three levels Minor error Errors that allow a CPU module to continue its operation such as a battery error e Moderate error Errors that may cause a CPU module to stop its operation such as a WDT error Error code 1300 to 10000 e Major error Errors that may cause a CPU module to stop its operation such as a RAM error Error code 1000 to 1299 Whether the CPU module continues or stops its operation can be checked in the CPU Status column of the Error code list Page 130 Appendix 1 3 to Page 216 Appendix 1 9 2 If an error code not described in the list is detected please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative Sepod 10113 xipueddy S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Appendix 1 2 Reading error codes Error codes can be read using a programming tool For details on the operating method refer to the following 2 Operating manual for the programming tool used 129 Appendix 1 3 Error code list 1000 to 1999 The following table shows the error messages the error contents and causes and the corrective actions for the error codes 1000 to 1999 ae Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action H as eas MAIN CPU DOWN
487. ormation or display unit is faulty Please consult your EDiagnostic Timing local Mitsubishi representative explaining a Always detailed description of the problem DISPLAY ERROR RUN A failure was detected in the display unit On in a initial processing ERR 2901 MCollateral information On LCPU e Common information e Ensure that the display unit is securely e Individual information attached to the CPU module CPU Status Diagnostic Timing e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Continue At power on At reset same error code is displayed again the cause DISPLAY ERROR is a failure of the CPU module or display unit A failure was detected in the display unit Please consult your local Mitsubishi during operation representative explaining a detailed 2902 Collateral information description of the problem Common information e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing e Always 4 CPU operations when an error occurred can be determined with a parameter LED indication varies according to the CPU status 6 Intelligent function module operations when an error occurred can be selected with a parameter from either to stop or continue 7 This applies when the function version is A or later 8 This applies when the function version is B or later 10 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 04101 or later 15 This applies when the first five digits of the serial numb
488. ormation intelligent function module END cover branch Common Information module or extension module Please consult e Individual Information your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a Diagnostic Timing detailed description of the problem e Always e Disconnect the extension block UNIT BUS ERROR e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the An error was detected on the system bus MOR y same error code is displayed again the cause is An error was detected in the connected module a hardware failure of the CPU module 1 0 1710 ECollateral information module intelligent function module END cover Common Information Module No Slot No RUN Individual Information branch module or extension module Please off sed a acd consult your local Mitsubishi representative EDiagnostic Timing a Sigs ERR Always explaining a detailed description of the Flicker LCPU problem END COVER ERR CPU Status A failure was detected on the END cover Stop Collateral information e Securely connect the connector part of an 4990 e Common information Module No Block No extension cable to the module Insert the e Individual Information connector until it clicks Diagnostic Timing e Replace the END cover At power ON At reset When an END instruction Reset the CPU module and run it again If the executed same error code is displayed again the cause is SYSTEM RST ERR a hardware failure of the CPU module
489. orrect the parameter uonoun O eSodind jeseued 9 E G s4013 jeuonouny 104 BuryoeyD E S A voltage greater than or equal to the input on voltage is not applied between the input terminal and the COM terminal Check wiring with external devices and correct it The interrupt pointer 1 number is incorrect The El instruction is not executed Correct the program The interrupt program is set to be disabled by the IMASK instruction If the interrupt program does not run even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 109 15 15 110 3 8 Pulse catch function If pulses are not detected check the following items Check item Action The pulse catch function is not set to the input signal A voltage greater than or equal to the input on voltage is not applied between the input terminal and the COM terminal Correct the parameter Check wiring with external devices and correct it The input response time is improperly set Set the input response time shorter than the pulse width Detectable pulses are not input If the pulse width is shorter than the minimum input response time the pulse signals are not detected Set the pulse width longer or use the high speed counter function If pulses are not detected even after t
490. orresponding to the value and correct it as necessary RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QCPU LCPU Qn H QnPH QnPRH Qnu 9 LCPU QOOUJ Q00U Q01U QCPU LCPU 191 666 000P ISI p09 10114 Q XIpueddy gt SI7 p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code SD0 Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 4100 OPERATION ERROR The instruction cannot process the contained data Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Read common information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary OPERATION ERROR An error occurred on the SP FREAD or SP FWRITE instruction during accessing the ATA or SD memory card Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Take measurements against noise e Reset and restart the CPU module If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the ATA card or SD memory card Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem OPERATION ERROR The file being accesse
491. ors code A A P Contents identical to latest error history information change This register stores the year last two digits and the month when the SDO data is updated in 4 digit BCD SD1 b15 to b8 b7 to bo Example October 1995 Year 0 to 99 Month 1 to 12 9510H This register stores the day and the hour when the SDO data is GePu Clock time for Clock time for updated in 4 digit BCD Error LCPU SD2 diagnosis error diagnosis error b15 to b8b7 to bo Example 10 a m on 25th New bead aaa Day 1 to 31 Hour 0 to 23 2510H This register stores the minute and the second when the SDO data is updated in 4 digit BCD SD3 b15 to b8 b7 to bo Example 35 min 48 sec Minutes 0 to 59 Seconds 0 to 59 3548H 292 APPENDICES Corre Set by sponding When Set ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU Number Name Meaning Explanation Error information is stored in Error common information SD5 to SD15 and Error individual information SD16 to SD26 e This register stores a category code indicating an error information type b15 to b8 b7 to bO Individual information category codes Common information category codes The common information category codes store the following codes 0 No error e 1 Module No QCPU Slot No CPU No base No LCPU Slot No Block No e 2 File name drive name e 3 Time value set 4 Program error location e 5 Reason s for system
492. ortunity and secondary loss from warranty liability Regardless of the gratis warranty term Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation of damages caused by any cause found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi loss in opportunity lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi products special damages and secondary damages whether foreseeable or not compensation for accidents and compensation for damages to products other than Mitsubishi products replacement by the user maintenance of on site equipment start up test run and other tasks 5 Changes in product specifications The specifications given in the catalogs manuals or technical documents are subject to change without prior notice 413 Microsoft Windows Windows NT and Windows Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Pentium is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the United States and other countries SP Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation The SD logo and SDHC logo are trademarks bis i All other company names and product names used in this manual are trademarks or registered SD H trademarks of their respective companies SH NA 080890ENG H 414 MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection MODEL LCPU U HH E MODEL 13JZ36 SH NA 080890ENG H 1110 MEE sfa MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION HEAD OFFICE T
493. ory card 5 SD LED On green An SD memory card is being oea Flashing green An SD memory card is being prepared Off An SD memory card is not used A switch that controls the operating status of the CPU module RUN Status for performing sequence program operations 6 RUN STOP RESET switch STOP Status for stopping sequence program operations RESET Status for resetting a CPU module C Page 65 Section 6 3 2 7 SD memory card lock switch A switch that disables card access while an SD memory card is being inserted or removed 8 SD memory card slot A slot where an SD memory card is inserted 9 USB connector A connector for peripherals supporting USB connector type miniB 10 Built in Ethernet port A connadior for Ethernet supporting devices RJ 45 connector Devices can be connected using twisted pair cables for Ethernet 11 Serial number display Displays the serial number printed on the rating plate 12 Module joint levers Levers for connecting two modules 13 Display unit hook A hook for fixing a display unit to the CPU module 14 Battery connector pin A pin for connecting a lead wire for the battery The lead wire is disconnected at the factory to save the battery 15 Display unit dummy cover A dummy cover used when a display unit is not connected 16 Batte A battery for the backup power function which backs up data in standard RAM and latch devices at Y power failure 17 Connectors for external devices 40 pins A connector for I O sig
494. osed Modules are securely connected Module joint levers are properly locked Terminal screws of modules are properly tightened Solderless terminals are physically out of contact and away from each other Cable connectors are tightly connected Terminal cover of the power supply module is securely attached OMOUOUOUOUOO uopo dsu ed pY 83 84 2 LED indication status Checkbox Is the MODE LED of the CPU module lit green Is the RUN LED of the CPU module lit green Is the ERR LED of the CPU module off Is the USER LED of the CPU module off Is the BAT LED of the CPU module off Is the I O ERR LED of the CPU module off Is the RUN LED for CC Link lit green Is the ERR LED for CC Link off Is the L RUN LED for CC Link lit green Is the LERR LED for CC Link off Le a oO YO OO When an input signal is on are all the corresponding LEDs on When an output signal is on are all the corresponding LEDs on Is the POWER LED of the power supply module lit green Are the indicators of the input module correctly lit when the input signal is on Are the indicators of the output module correctly lit when the output signal is on When an LED indication error is detected perform troubleshooting according to the error location Error location Reference CPU MODE RUN ERR USER and BAT Built in function I O ERR XO to XF and YO to Y7 L gt Page 90 CHAPTER 15 CPU
495. ostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN LINK PARA ERROR The refresh parameter for the CC Link IE module Qn H is outside the range QnPH 7 Collateral information Set the refresh parameter within the range of n Common information File name Drive name device setting QnPRH e Individual information Parameter number QnU Diagnostic Timing Lcpu 6 At power on At reset STOP RUN 180 APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 3101 LINK PARA ERROR The refresh parameter of MELSECNET H and MELSECNET 10 is outside the setting range The setting of the network refresh range crosses over the boundary between the internal user device and the extended data register D or extended link register W Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Set the refresh parameter within the range of device setting Set the network refresh range so that it does not cross over the boundary between the internal user device and the extended data register D or extended link register W LINK PARA ERROR A multi remote I O network was configured using a module that does not support the MELSECNET H multi remote I O network Collateral information Common information File name Drive name
496. ot is equipped With an SD memory card the following functions can be performed e Data logging function Boot operation from an SD memory card e Data backup to an SD memory card e Restoration of backup data For details on each function refer to the following MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Data Logging Function The CPU module can be directly connected to the Ethernet network Ethernet standard interface for personal computers can be used as a communication interface By using the Ethernet ports and hubs multiple connection of peripherals such as personal computers on which a programming tool has been installed and GOTs is possible without changing cables For details on the function refer to the following MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In Ethernet Function A system can be extended using branch modules and extension modules Up to 40 modules can be connected to a system using branch modules and extension modules 23 CHAPTER 2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION This chapter describes overall system configuration precautions for system configuration and peripheral configuration 2 1 Overall System Configuration This section describes overall system configuration using a MELSEC L series CPU module Display unit optional END cover I O modules or e intelligent function Power supply module RS 232 adapter Branch module m
497. otocol e Correct the port number of the CPU module to avoid duplication The IP address setting of the target device for OPEN processing is invalid Correct the IP address Specify A B or C for the class Connection was not established in OPEN processing for TCP connection e Check the behavior of the target device e Check OPEN processing of the target device e Correct the port number of the CPU module and the IP address port number and open processing method of the target device e Check whether the cables are securely connected Data length is out of permissible range 2046 bytes for the Built in Ethernet port QCPU whose serial number first five digits is 12051 or earlier and 10238 bytes for 12052 or later Transmission failed due to timeout of retransmission e Correct the data length e If the data is longer than the range split the data and send them e When the data length is 2047 to 10238 bytes use the Built in Ethernet port QCPU whose serial number first five digits is 12052 or later e Review the IP address and Ethernet address of the target device e Check whether the target device has the ARP function If not communicate with the one that has the ARP function e Check the behavior of the target device e The line may be congested with packets Resend data after a while e Check the cable and devices such as a hub and router on the line to the target device e Check tha
498. ounter The command is valid at the rise of this command value relay off on e The on and off time must be held for at least 2ms e This relay is turned on to count down pulses SM1894 CH1 count down Counts down pulses The commana is valid while ng Pulse input command mode is either 1 phase multiple of n or 1 phase multiple of n A phase only The command is valid while this relay is on SM1895 CH1 count enable Starts counting e This relay is tumed on to sla counting command The command is valid while this relay is on e This relay is turned on to start the selected U New LCPU counter function e When the count disabling function is selected the command is valid while this relay is on CH1 counter e When the latch counter function or the Starts the selected Pea SM1896 function selection sampling counter function is selected the counter function 4 p start command command is valid at the rise of this relay off gt on The on time must be held for at least 2ms e When the count disabling preset function or the latch counter preset function is selected the command is invalid e This relay is turned on to reset CH1 Chi external external preset phase Z request reset phase Z Resets CH1 external detection SM1897 p k preset phase Z The command is valid at the rise of this request detection re etcommahd request detection relay off gt on e The on and off time must be held for at leas
499. oup UKRAINE 2 M Krivonosa St UA 03680 Kiev MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC Phone 380 0 44 490 92 29 Fax 380 0 44 248 88 68 Mitsubishi Electric Europe B V FA European Business Group Gothaer Stra e 8 D 40880 Ratingen Germany FACTORY AUTOMATION Tel 49 0 2102 4860 Fax 49 0 2102 4861120 info mitsubishi automation com www mitsubishi automation com
500. ox 21 R Jo o Francisco do Casal 87 89 Ph chia I iama BG 1756 Sofia PT 3801 997 Aveiro Esgueira AFRICAN REPRESENTATIVE WEA a Phone 359 0 2 817 6000 Phone 351 0 234 303 900 ant Fax 359 0 2 97 4406 1 Fax 351 0 234 303 910 CBI Ltd SOUTH AFRICA MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V POLAND INEA RBT d o o CROATIA Sirius Trading amp Services stl ROMANIA Private Bag 2016 Poland Branch a 5 ZA 1600 Isando Krakowska 50 Losinjska 4a Aleea Lacul Morii Nr 3 Phone 27 0 11 977 0770 Pa da Bali HR 10000 Zagreb RO 060841 Bucuresti Sector 6 alas Fee Arkae 2 o Phone 385 0 1 36 940 01 02 03 Phone 40 0 21 430 40 06 ax 27 0 Fax 48 012 6304701 Fax a 36 940 03 ni l Fax 40 E 430 40 02 l UA EERON Russia AutoCont CS s r o ZECH REPUBLIC INEA RBT d 0 0 ERBIA 52 bid 3 Kosmodamiansk haf Technologick 374 6 Izletnicka 10 R BOSA Me amlanskaya Nab 6 Noor CZ 708 00 Ostrava Pustkovec SER 113000 Smederevo ade ih Phone 420 595 691 150 Phone 381 0 26 615 401 E Rete Fa wan 595691 es 381 0 26 615 401 m MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V SPAIN oe PENMANE Prue ai LOVAKIA aan ei DK 4000 Roskilde SK 911 01 Trencin ayes saii Cugat del Vall s Barcelona Phone 45 0 46 75 76 66 Phone 421 0 32 743 0472 Phone 902 131121 34 935653131 Pend RE Se Fax 34 935891579 re jjer Parone Eesti 0U ESTONIA ane pol sr o Pre ov SLOVAKIA MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V A iinn ey faa baa UK Brondi a Phone 372 0 6 518140 P
501. p09 10114 y xIpueddy gt SI7 p09 10113 xipueddy Error f H LED Status Corresponding Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU SP UNIT ERROR The module other than intelligent function module special function module is specified by the intelligent function module special function module dedicated instruction Or it is not the Read the individual information of the error using corresponding intelligent function the programming tool to identify the numeric module special function module value program error location Check the e There is no network No specified by the intelligent function module special function QCPU network dedicated instruction Or the relay module dedicated instruction instruction for a target network does not exit network corresponding to the value and correct it Collateral information as necessary Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information Program error location EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed STOP gt RUN 2112 RUN ISP UNIT ERROR Read the individual information of the error Orn using the programming tool to identify the The module other than intelligent function eae sie es e sean Check ERR module was specified with an intelligent function inet p 9 a e Flicker On module dedicated instruction Or there is no Ine Intelligent function module dedicated 5 f instruction corresponding to the value and rel
502. pe is set to master station compatible with redundant function is mounted on the extension base unit in the redundant system CC Link module whose station type is set to master station extension base is mounted on the main base unit in the redundant system Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Correct and write the network parameters If the error occurs after correction it suggests a hardware fault Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining the detailed description of the problem RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop QCPU qQo0 ao1 8 Qn H QnPH Qnu 8 QCPU LO2CPU LO2CPU P L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT QnPRH APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 3106 LINK PARA ERROR The CC Link link refresh range exceeded the file register capacity Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing e When an END instruction executed Change the file register file for the one refresh enabled in the whole range LINK PARA ERROR The network refresh parameter for CC Link is out of range Collateral information Common information File name e Indi
503. peration of a CPU module 6 3 1 Switch operation after a program is written to the CPU module This section describes the switch operation after a program is written to the CPU module 1 When a program is written to the CPU module in the STOP status a Run the CPU module clearing data in the device memory Reset the CPU module gt Page 65 Section 6 3 2 b Run the CPU module retaining data in the device memory 1 Set the RUN STOP RESET switch to the RUN RUN STOP RESET position switch Flashing 2 Check that the RUN LED flashes BAT USER 3 Set the RUN STOP RESET switch to the STOP RUN STOP RESET position switch 4 Set the RUN STOP RESET switch to the RUN RUN STOP RESET position again switch 2 When a program is written to the CPU module in the RUN status online change The switch operation is not required Data in the device memory is not cleared 4 When a program is written to the program memory during boot operation write the same program to the boot source memory If not written an old program will be executed at next boot operation For details on the boot operation refer to the following 7 MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals Point When a program is written to the CPU module which has been stopped by the remote STOP operation from a programming tool the CPU module runs by the remote RUN operation from the programming
504. performance specifications Input pulses meeting the performance specifications Shielded twisted pair cables are not used for pulse input wiring Change the cables with shielded twisted pair cables Noise reduction measures are not taken in the control panel or to adjacent devices Take noise reduction measures Distance between the power equipment and the pulse input cables is short In ring counter the preset function is perfomed outside the count range Install the pulse input cables alone in a duct and wire the cables away from power cables by 100mm or more in the control panel Perform the preset function within the count range of the ring counter Pulses are input at a speed faster than the speed configured at counting speed setting Input pulses at a speed slower than or equal to the speed configured at counting speed setting If pulses are not normally counted even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 111 uolouny Jajunoo peeds uBiH OL e SL sog feuoNouN 104 BurjoeyD E S 112 3 The current value cannot be replaced with the preset value If the current value is not preset in normal mode check the following items a When not using the preset at coincidence output function Check item Action The on width
505. planation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD240 Base mode 0 Automatic mode 1 Detail mode Stores the base mode SD241 Extension stage number Number of extension blocks 0 Main base only 1to7 Extension stage number 0 Main only 1 to 3 Number of extension blocks Stores the maximum number of the extension bases being installed This register stores the maximum number of connected extension blocks SD242 A Q base differentiation Base type differentiation 0 QA B is installed A mode 1 Q B is installed Q mode b7 b2 b1 bO Fixed to 0 to Main base unit L gt st extension base Fixed to 0 when the to base is not 2nd extension base installed Tih extension base Installed Q base presence absence Base type differentiation 0 Base not installed 1 Q B is installed b4 b2 b1 bO Fixed to 0 to Main base unit 1st extension base 2nd extension base to 4th extension base A Q base differentiation Base type differentiation 0 QA1S B QA B and QA6ADP A B are installed Base not installed 1 Q B is installed b7 b2 b1 bO Fixed to 0 to Main base unit _____ 1st extension base Fixed to 0 when the to base is not installed gt 2nd extension base 7th extension base For the QOOUJCP
506. plies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and Q02UCPU 189 666 000 S p09 10114 G XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Appendix 1 6 Error code list 4000 to 4999 The following table shows the error messages the error contents and causes and the corrective actions for the error codes 4000 to 4999 Error LED Stat Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Satus Corresponding CPU CPU Status SD0 INSTRCT CODE ERR The program contains an instruction code that cannot be decoded e An unusable instruction is included in the program 4000 Collateral information QCPU Common information Program error location LCPU e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset STOP RUN When instruction executed e When instruction executed SFC program INSTRCT CODE ERR The program contains a dedicated instruction for Q004 200 00178 SFC although it is not an SFC program Qn H Collateral information He 4001 Common information Program error location Qn e Individual information QnPRH EDiagnostic Timing Qnu At power on At reset STOP RUN When LCPU instruction executed INSTRCT CODE ERR e The name of dedicated instruction specified by the program is incorrect RUN Tie dedicated Ae nr by ie 4 Read common information of the error using the Off Pret CANNON ne eh ene ed are sea ae programming tool to identify the num
507. pplication A connector for an extension cable Signals are sent to and received from an 1 Extension connector OUT i extension module 2 Serial number display Displays the serial number printed on the rating plate 3 DIN rail hook A hook used to mount the module to a DIN rail 2 Extension module No Name Application A connector for an extension cable Signals are sent to and received from a branch 1 Extension connector IN module 2 Serial number display Displays the serial number printed on the rating plate 3 DIN rail hook A hook used to mount the module to a DIN rail 72 9 2 Specifications CHAPTER 9 BRANCH MODULE AND EXTENSION MODULE Item L6EXB L6EXE H 90mm 90mm External dimensions 28 5mm 28 5mm D 95mm 95mm Internal current consumption 0 08A 0 08A 0 12kg 0 13kg Weight 73 suojeoyioads Z 6 CHAPTER 10rs 232 ADAPTER This chapter describes the specifications of an RS 232 adapter 10 1 Part Names No Name Application 1 RS 232 connector 2 Module joint levers A connector for peripherals supporting RS 232 Levers for connecting two modules 3 Serial number display Displays the serial number printed on the rating plate 4 DIN rail hook A hook used to mount the module to a DIN rail 10 2 Specifications Item L6ADP R2 Maximum transmission speed 115 2kbps H 90mm
508. put and FG batched terminal 510VAC per minute altitude 0 to 2000m Between the input and LG batched terminal and the output and FG batched terminal Insulation resistance 10MQ or higher by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Between the input and LG batched terminal and the output and FG batched terminal between the input terminal and the LG terminal between the output terminal and the FG terminal Noise immunity e By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us noise width and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency e Noise voltage IEC 61000 4 4 2KV e By noise simulator of 500Vp p noise voltage 1us noise width and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency e Noise voltage IEC 61000 4 4 2KV Operation indication LED Normal On green error Off Fuse Built in User unchangeable Terminal screw size M3 5 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Applicable solderless terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 t hickness 0 8mm or less Two solderless terminals can be connected to one terminal Applicable tightening torque 0 66 to 0 89Nem H 90mm External dimensions 45mm D 95mm Weight 0 32kg 0 29kg 4 For details on the items refer to gt Page 68 Section 7 2 2 67 ysl UoHeoyIOadS pZ suojeoyioads ZZ 7 2 2 Details on items in specifications This section describes details on the items in the specifications 1 Overcurrent protection Overcurrent protection works as a prot
509. put pulses at a speed slower than or equal to the speed configured at counting speed setting If a frequency is not measured even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 11 A frequency is not normally measured CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING If a frequency is not normally measured in frequency measurement mode check the following items Check item Action An input pulse waveform does not meet the performance specifications Input pulses meeting the performance specifications Shielded twisted pair cables are not used for pulse input wiring Change the cables with shielded twisted pair cables Noise reduction measures are not taken in the control panel or to adjacent devices Distance between the power equipment and the pulse input cables is short Take noise reduction measures Install the pulse input cables alone in a duct and wire the cables away from power cables by 100mm or more in the control panel Pulses are input at a speed faster than the speed configured at counting speed setting Input pulses at a speed slower than or equal to the speed configured at counting speed setting If a frequency is not normally measured even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubi
510. r controller 5 CPU Status e Disconnect the module that cannot be Stop SYSTEM LAY ERR recognized A module which the LCPU cannot recognize is e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the connected same error code is displayed again the cause 2170 Collateral information is a hardware failure of the CPU module I O LCPU Common information module intelligent function module END cover e Individual information branch module or extension module Please EDiagnostic Timing consult your local Mitsubishi representative At power on At reset explaining a detailed description of the problem SYSTEM LAY ERR The branch module is not connected on the right of the CPU module or the extension module e The branch module is not connected on the left e Connect the branch module on the right of the 2171 of the END cover CPU module or the extension module Collateral information Connect the branch module on the left of the Common information Module No Slot No END cover Individual information EDiagnostic Timing ag At power on At reset LCPU SYSTEM LAY ERR More than one branch module is connected on the same block 2172 Collateral information e Disconnect branch modules other than the first Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset one 161 666Z 000Z S p09 10114 y xIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipu
511. r program Qn H jaog m Oolateralinformation CPU Status QnPH Common information Program error location ae i y Stop QnPRH e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e STOP gt RUN CAN T SET BL The block number designated by the SFC program exceeds the range Collateral information 4410 A Common information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN Write the program to the CPU module again using CAN T SET BL the programming tool Block number designations overlap in SFC Q00J Q00 Q01 8 program Qn H Collateral information QnPH na Common information Program error location QnPRH e Individual information QnU HDiagnostic Timing LCPU At power on At reset STOP RUN CAN T SET S A step number designated in an SFC program exceeds the range 4420 Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN 199 666 000P S EPO 10114 Q xIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error LED Stat Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action CPU RE Corresponding CPU SD0 8 CAN T SET S Q00J Q00 Q01 The number of steps in the SFC program exceeds Correct the program so that the number of steps Qn H the total number of step relays in the SFC program may not exceed the total
512. r 1 10 compatible CC Link dedicated cable Shield Use the specified Ver 1 10 compatible CC Link dedicated cable Use the FG terminals of the CC Link module and CC Link stations as shown below to connect to the FG line inside the control panel Master module Remote module Local module AT witey Terminating resistor Terminating resistor Ver 1 10 compatible CC Link dedicated cable Ver 1 10 compatible CC Link dedicated cable 387 BANIBIIG OWA 24 uM Ajdwoo 0 sainseayy Z xIpueddy s ayo q eBBeyo Mo7 pue JWI Z xipueddy d Grounding cables with a cable clamp Use a shielded cable for external wiring and ground the shield of the shielded cable to the control panel with the AD75CK cable clamp Mitsubishi Ground the shield within 20 to 30cm from the module Inside the control panel Module 20 to 30cm AD75CK For details on the AD75CK refer to the following AD75CK type Cable Clamping Instruction Manual e Connectors for external devices When using connectors for external devices with any of the following modules take the noise reduction measures described below e CPU module e High speed counter module Positioning module 388 APPENDICES Wiring example when using shielded cables The following figure shows the example of wiring using AGCON1 for noise reduction Connector A6CON1 Shielded External I O devic
513. r CPU high speed transmission dedicated instruction target the multiple CPU CPU No 1 When the multiple CPU high speed CPU high transmission dedicated instruction is executed to the CPU No 1 SD796 speed and the number of empty blocks of the dedicated instruction transmission transmission area is less than the setting value of this register dedicated SM796 is turned ON which is used as the interlock signal for instruction consecutive execution of the multiple CPU high speed setting for CPU transmission dedicated instruction No 1 Maximum number of Specifies the maximum number of blocks used for the multiple blocks used for CPU high speed transmission dedicated instruction target the multiple CPU CPU No 2 When the multiple CPU high speed CPU high transmission dedicated instruction is executed to the CPU No 2 SD797 speed and the number of empty blocks of the dedicated instruction transmission Maximum number transmission area is less than the setting value of this register dedicated of blocks range SM797 is turned ON which is used as the interlock signal for instruction for dedicated consecutive execution of the multiple CPU high speed setting for CPU instructions transmission dedicated instruction No 2 Range 1 to 7 At N ama Default 2 Or e N w ony number of when setting Specifies the maximum number of blocks used for the multiple blocks used for Other than 1 to 7 CPU high speed transmission dedicated instruction target the
514. r L6ADP R2 1 in a main block CC Link system master local module LJ61BT11 2 2 modules 4 3 3 modules 4 CC Link IE Field Network master local rodie LJ71GF11 T2 4 2 modules 8 4 modules 4 25 3 Some intelligent function modules and network modules occupy the spaces for two modules Before configuring a system check the number of modules occupied by one module in the user s manual for the module used 4 This is the number of modules that can be set in parameters using a programming tool By using dedicated instructions the maximum number of these modules can be connected For details on dedicated instructions refer to the manual for each module 5 To connect this module check that the serial number first five digits of the CPU module is 13012 or later If more than one branch module is connected to the same block the CPU module detects SYSTEM LAY ERR error code 2172 2 Configuring a system using a branch module and an extension module a Connecting position The following table describes the positions of a branch module and an extention module in a system Module Connected block Connected position Main block On the right of a CPU module or on the left of an END cover Branch module Extension block On the right of an extension module or on the left of an END cover Main block Not connectable Extension module Extension block On the right of a power supply module b CPU module Use a
515. r individual SD23 Failure information 2 information information SD24 CRC value that is read SD25 Failure information 3 SD26 CRC value that is calculated 6 For extension names refer to the table on Page 296 13 Parameter No CPU No Number Meaning SD16 Parameter No 16 U SD17 CPU No 1 to 4 SD18 New SD19 SD20 SD21 SD22 Empty QnU SD23 SD24 SD25 SD26 16 For details of the parameter No refer to the following User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals for the CPU module used Error number SD50 Error reset that performs Stores error number that performs error reset error reset If a battery voltage drops the corresponding bit stores 1 turns on e This register remains on even after the battery voltage returns to normal b15 to b3 b2 bi b0 Bit pattern 0 i QCPU R ads tt or fo Battery iow inating a e 5 LoPu attery low D51 latch where battery SRAM card battery alarm Error voltage drop 1 gt SRAM card battery error occurred 4 These bits are not available for the Basic model QCPU and LCPU If an alarm occurs data can be held within the time specified for battery low e The error indicates full discharge of a battery 301 jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Corre 3 Corre Number Name Meanin Explanati
516. r supply supply module e Turns off if all bits of SD1781 are off SM1781 failure detection detected e This relay turns off when the main base flag ON Faulty redundant unit is not the redundant main base unit power supply Q38RB Qn H module detected When the multiple CPU system is S Every END ne QnPH 3 configured the flags are stored only to the processing QnPRH CPU No 1 anu 4 Momentary power Turns ON when a momentary power failure failure detection of the input power supply to the power pM47e2 flag for power supply 1 or 2 is detected one or more supply 1 1 times After turning on this relay remains on even if the power supply recovers from the momentary power failure OFF No momentary e Turns off the flags SM1782 and SM1783 power failure of the power supply 1 and 2 when the CPU detected module starts Momentary power ON Momentary e When the input power to one of the failure detection power failure redundant power supply modules turns SM1783 flag for power supply 2 2 detected OFF the corresponding flag turns OFF e This relay turns off when the main base unit is not the redundant main base unit Q38RB When the multiple CPU system is configured the flags are stored only to the CPU No 1 4 The power supply 1 indicates the redundant power supply module mounted on the POWER 1 slot of the redundant base unit Q38RB Q68RB Q65WRB 2 The power supply 2 indicates the redundant power
517. rage destination and then register Common setting file does not exist A data logging is being performed logging in execution logging data are being saved completing on hold or in error in the same file storage destination Data logging file transfer function settings are mistaken A data logging setting file is corrupt A data logging file to be transferred was deleted during transfer by file switching e Reading of a data logging file failed A data logging file was accessed while the SD memory card has been forcibly set to be disabled e Write the common settings to the target memory e Register the data logging to the memory where the common settings are stored Stop the data logging destined for the same storage and then register Alternatively change the storage destination of the file and then register e Check settings of the data logging file transfer function e Write the settings with LCPU Logging Configuration Tool again e Correct File switching timing and Number of saved files in the Save screen e Check that data logging files are not deleted using LCPU Logging Configuration Tool e Check that an SD memory card is inserted e When the SD memory card lock switch is on the upper position slide it down and check that the SD LED turns on e If the SD memory card has been forcibly disabled cancel the setting Since a file was switched before file transfer a new data loggi
518. rams Fresen not used This relay is on when an SFC program has been M9100 SM1100 SM320 absence of SFC y peg ON SFC programs registered and is off when no program is registered program used The same value as in SM1100 is set as the initial OFF SFC programs value This relay turns on when an SFC program Start stop SFC sto is registered M9101 SM1101 SM321 R p This relay is turned off to stop SFC program program ON SFC programs h start execution This relay is turned on to resume the SFC program execution In the SFC setting of the PLC parameter dialog box M9102 SM1102 SM322 SFC program OFF Initial start Initial sett is set for the SFC program start mode start status ON Resume start At initial start OFF At continue start ON OFF Continuous Lanna ees net Set whether to enable or disable continuous M9103 SM1103 SM323 transition for the blocks where continuous transition continuous ON Continuous 3 ee aa Pi bit of the SFC information device is not set transition transition effective e This relay is off during operation in the continuous OFF When transition transition mode or during continuous transition Continuous sted di hil ti t ition i i M9104 SM1104 SM324 transition is complete and is on while continuous transition is no suspension ti ON When no performed p 9 transition This relay is always on while the CPU module is operating not in the continuous transition mode Step transition
519. ranon Empty Classification Operation status s status 4 mounted END Qo0 Q01 0 Not mounted rocessin 7 No 3 CPU 1 Mounted P 9 QnU n error 30999 operation L0 Normal 0 RUN status 1 Minor fault 2 STOP 2 Medium fault 3 PAUSE 3 Major fault 4 Initial Fu Reset Fu Reset SD399 No 4 CPU Qanu operation statu 318 4 Function version is B or later 2 The Universal model QCPU except the QQOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 3 The Universal model QCPU except the QODOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and QO2UCPU 4 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 08032 or later 15 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 09012 or later 6 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 10042 or later I The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU 8 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 12052 or later 9 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 13072 or later 3 System clock counter APPENDICES Corre 4 Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Seely sponding spondin 9 a When Set ACPU ee g D9000 i Sete ne Number of e This register is incremented by 1 for each second after the S SD412 ounie counts in 1 CPU module is set to RUN Status D9022 second units Count repeats from 0 to 32767 to 32768 to 0 change QCPU LCPU SD414 2n second 2n second Stores value n of 2n second clock Default is 30 clock setting cl
520. ration do not mount a module on the Bey P es Flicker On Q00J Q00 Q01 8 2001 Collateral information slot where the empty setting of the CPU module F Sat n common information Module No CPU No was made CPU Status e Individual information A pee Stop EDiagnostic Timing 5 Always Continue BASE LAY ERROR e More than applicable number of extension base units have been used RUN Q004 Q00 001 8 e When a GOT was bus connected the CPU Off Use the allowable number of extension base QnPRH module was reset while the power of the GOT ERR units or less QOoOUJ 2010 was OFF Flicker g p Power on the programmable controller and QO0UCPU Collateral information GOT again Common information Base No a CPU Status Qo1UCPU e Individual information Stop Q02UCPU EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset 148 APPENDICES Error A i LED Status Corresponding E Contents and Cause Corrective Action EAH rror Conten u orrective Actio CPU Status CPU BASE LAY ERROR The QA1S301B QA1S50B QA1S60B QA6LB or QA6ADP A50B A60B was used as the base Q004 Q00 001 8 unit Do not use the QA1S30B QA1S50B 2011 Collateral information QA1S6L1B QA6LB or QA6ADP ASUIB AGLIB ila Common information Base No as the base unit Snr en e Individual information QnU EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset BASE LAY ERROR The GOT is bus connected to the main base unit of the redundant system The fol
521. ration corresponding to No the value and correct them as necessary EDiagnostic Timing RUN At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to Off programmable controller ERR PARAMETER ERROR Flicker Qnu 20 The CPU module incompatible with multiple CPU synchronized boot up is set as the target for the CPU Status synchronized boot up in the Multiple CPU Stop Synchronous state setting Delete the CPU module incompatible with 3016 mCollateral information i multiple CPU synchronized boot up from the Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number CPU seung No EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset At writing to programmable controller Write the parameters configured in the PLC parameter and Network parameter dialog boxes PARAMETER ERROR and remote password to a parameter valid drive The parameter file is damaged 3 f and power on the system again or reset the CPU Collateral information Hadie 3040 Common information i a 2 i If the same error occurs the cause is a hardware e Individual information Diagnostic Timing failure 3 oe At power on At reset Please consult your local Mitsubishi n H 2 representative explaining a detailed description 42 of the problem QnPH QnPRH 2 PARAMETER ERROR Write the intelligent function module parameter to Parameter file of intelligent function module is a the parameter valid drive and power on the damaged i g F system again or reset the CP
522. rced disable instruction e After the disable instruction by turning on SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction instructions affected by the on off status of SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction are invalid until SM607 SD memory card forced disable status flag turns on SM606 status is valid SM606 status is invalid SM606 status is valid Forced enable instruction by off status instruction by on status SM606 ee SD memory card OFF t f l forced disable instruction Forced disable i SM607 SD memory card forced OFF disable status flag e When accessing to an SD memory card by each function while the SD memory card is forcibly being disabled a CPU module operates similarly as when an SD card is not installed For FREAD FWRITE COMRD P QCDSET P instructions being different from when an SD card is installed no processing is performed e When an SD memory card is installed the SD memory card lock switch is slid up SD memory card is not available and SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction is on perform all of the following operations to make the SD card available Slide the SD memory card lock switch down Make the SD memory card available e Turn off SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction e If an SD memory card is forcibly disabled while writing a file from an external device writing the file may fail In this case cancel the
523. rdware failures of the CPU module itself and of the SD memory card by the self diagnostic function However failures which occur in a part such as an I O control part may not be detected In this case depending on the failure all input or output points may turn on or off or normal operation and safety of the control target device may not be ensured Even though Mitsubishi programmable controllers are manufactured under strict quality control they may fail due to some reasons Provide fail safe circuits external to the programmable controller so that no machine is damaged and no accident occurs APPENDICES Appendix 9 Calculating Heating Value of Programmable Controller The ambient temperature inside the control panel where a programmable controller is installed must be 55 C or less It is necessary to know the average power consumption heating value of the equipment and devices installed inside the control panel when designing a heat release structure of the panel This section describes the calculation method of the average power consumption of a programmable controller system Calculate a rise in ambient temperature inside the control panel according to the power consumption Appendix 9 1 Calculating the average power consumption The total of the power consumption calculated for each block is the power consumption of the entire programmable controller system W Wew Wsy Waay Wout Win Ws W Calculate a heating value
524. re to securely lock the module joint levers may cause malfunction failure or drop of the module The metal parts of a module such as the back side may be heated to a high temperature immediately after the power is turned off Therefore be careful not to burn yourself when disconnecting a module 33 4 2 3 Mounting the modules on a DIN rail This section describes a procedure for mounting the modules on a DIN rail 1 Mounting procedure 1 Pull down DIN rail hooks on the back of the modules until they click 2 Hang the upper tabs of the modules on a DIN rail and push the modules in position 3 Lock the DIN rail hooks to the DIN rail to secure the modules in position Pull the hooks up until they click If the hooks are beyond the reach use a tool such as a driver 4 Loosen the screw on DIN rail stopper Hook 34 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 5 Hitch the bottom hook of the DIN rail stopper to the bottom of the DIN rail Hitch the hook according to the orientation of the arrow on the front of the stopper Hitch the hook to t bottom of the DIN rail 6 Hitch the upper hook of the DIN rail stopper to the Hitch the hook to 1 top of the DIN rail pet the DINirall Z 17 7 Slide the DIN rail stopper up to the left side of the pel modules stopper DIN rail 8 Tighten the screw on the DIN rail stopper with a DIN rail stopper driver s jnpo y B
525. ries and packaging of batteries and devices with built in batteries used for Mitsubishi programmable controllers 1 4 This symbol is for EU member states only The symbol is specified in the new EU Battery Directive 2006 66 EC Article 20 Information for end users and Annex II The symbol indicates that batteries need to be disposed of separately from other wastes 2 Exportation precautions The new EU Battery Directive 2006 66 EC requires the following when marketing or exporting batteries and or devices with built in batteries to EU member states To print the symbol on batteries devices or their packaging e To explain the symbol in the manuals of the products a Labelling To market or export batteries and or devices with built in batteries which have no symbol to EU member states on September 26 2008 or later print the symbol shown in 1 on the batteries devices or their packaging b Explaining the symbol in the manuals To export devices incorporating Mitsubishi programmable controller to EU member states on September 26 2008 or later provide the latest manuals that include the explanation of the symbol If no Mitsubishi manuals or any old manuals without the explanation of the symbol are provided separately attach an explanatory note regarding the symbol to each manual of the devices Point The requirements apply to batteries and or devices with built in batteries manufactured before the enforcement date of
526. rive name e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN MISSING PARA There is no parameter file in the program memory When using a parameter file in an SD memory card the SDmemory card es being disabled by e Write parameter files to the program memory of SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction he ee toaules N LCPU A p Cancel the SD memory card forced disable RUN Collateral information i Common information Drive name instruction oi ie s ERR Individual information y EDiagnostic Timing Flicker At power on At reset STOP gt RUN BOOT ERROR CPU Status The contents of the boot file are incorrect Sop Q00J Q00 Q01 Collateral information One 2210 Common information Drive name Check the boot setting ane e Individual information QnPRH EDiagnostic Timing Qnu At power on At reset LCPU BOOT ERROR File formatting is failed at a boot e Reboot an H Collateral information e The cause is a hardware failure of the CPU QnPRH 2211 Common information Drive name module Please consult your local Mitsubishi QnU e Individual information representative explaining a detailed LCPU EDiagnostic Timing description of the problem At power on At reset BOOT ERROR The file was booted from the SD memory card to the program memory or standard ROM but it was not booted to the CPU module due to either of the following reasons The passwords for the password 32 do not mat
527. rless terminals refer to the yoo q euw M S uiod g8 ue 0 BULA CEvV specifications of each module 3 Wire the solderless terminals to the 18 point screw terminal block For terminal layout refer to the specifications of each module 47 4 3 3 Wiring to a spring clamp terminal block 1 Precautions A bar terminal is recommended for the spring clamp terminal block e Tighten the terminal block mounting screw within the following specified torque range Screw type Tightening torque range Terminal block mounting screw 0 20 to 0 30Nem e To use a bar terminal use an applicable solderless terminal for a module and crimp an applicable size wire by using an applicable crimp tool For applicable solderless terminals and applicable wire size refer to the user s manual for the module used Only one terminal can be connected to one terminal block e Keep the cable wiring length to 30m or less 2 Connecting and disconnecting cables 1 Insert the flathead screwdriver to the open close Insertion hole button and fully press the button The insertion hole opens For using the bar terminal the cable can be inserted without pressing the open close button Open close button o Insert the cable to the insertion hole or pull off the cable To connect the cable fully insert the cable Remove the flathead screwdriver from the open 2 3 close button To connect the cable check that the
528. rminal L6EC ET 45 DIN rail center 45 Unit mm swe jeuondo J8UIO GZ xIpueddy SUOISUBWIG JeUJa xXy Z xipueddy Unit mm 409 INDEX A Allowable momentary power failure time 68 B Battery consumption value 377 Battery replacement 0000000 86 Cc Cable clamp 02 6 eee ee ee ee 388 Calculating heating value 401 GO LINK cated a ete oh esta ae a A igo aes 17 CE Mark 24 2 00ecn2gd band adae obdd wedls weds 383 Connecting modules 0005 33 CPU module Device specifications n oonan nna 62 Hardware specifications 005 61 E EMC Directive 00 cee eee das 383 Emission 0 0 0000 c eee eee eens 383 F Fail safe circuit 0 0 ce es 398 Ferrite cores as Geek le Pee oats Akela 393 Function version 000 cece eee ees 380 l WO module 0 e a a eee 17 IMMUNITY see a ah ee ie hd eee a 384 Inrush current 0 ccc es 68 Installation environment 0000 eee 31 Insulation transformer 0 0 00 cee eee 394 Intelligent function module 0005 17 L Low Voltage Directive 200 395 M MC protocol nacenan a e a eee 17 N New EU Battery Directive 404 NOISE filter acs Sar a sae eA Ad aw ar ald wel es 394 Number of extension blocks and connectable modules Heya thd wld Ana rbed dagen E RAMA A lalaha
529. rogram name is entered in the Program tab of the Qn H PLC Parameter dialog box Enter the program names in the Program tab of QnPH Collateral information the PLC Parameter dialog box Or delete QnPRH Common information File name Drive name unnecessary programs QnU e Individual information LCPU EDiagnostic Timing oi At power on At reset STOP RUN CAN T EXE PRG There are three or more program files The program name differs from the program contents e Delete unnecessary program files Collateral information e Match the program name with the program Q00J Q00 Q01 Common information File name Drive name e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN contents 169 666Z 000Z S p09 10114 y xIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy a Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action mae ae pcan CAN T EXE PRG The program file is incorrect Or the contents of the file are not programs Collateral information Ensure that the program version is QPG and QCPU Common information File name Drive name the file contents are programs LCPU e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN 2502 CAN T EXE PRG The program file is not the one for the redundant CPU Create a program with GX Developer or PX Collateral information Developer specifying the redundant CPU QnPRH
530. rogrammable controller is an open type device a device designed to be housed in other equipment and must be installed inside a conductive control panel The tests were conducted with the programmable controller installed in a control panel applying the maximum applicable input voltage to the power supply module BANISIIG OWA 24 uM Ajdwoo 0 seinseayy Z xipueddy 383 b Immunity requirements Standard Test item Test description Value specified in standard EN61131 2 2007 EN61000 4 2 Electrostatic discharge immunity An electrostatic discharge is applied to the enclosure of the equipment 8kV Air discharge 4kV Contact discharge EN61000 4 3 Radiated radio frequency electromagnetic field immunity An electric field is radiated to the product 80 AM modulation 1kHz 80 to 1000MHz 10Vm e 1 4 to 2 0GHz 3Vm 2 0 to 2 7GHz 1Vm EN61000 4 4 Fast transient burst Burst noise is applied to power lines and signal lines AC DC power I O power and AC I O unshielded lines 2kV DC I O analog and communication Surge immunity lines and signal lines immunity lines 1kV AC power AC I O power and AC I O unshielded lines 2kV CM 1kV DM EN61000 4 5 Lightning surge is applied to power DC power and DC I O power lines 0 5kV CM 0 5kV DM DC I O AC I O shielded analog 2 and communication lines 1kV CM Power frequency magnetic field
531. roller e Specify the head I O number of the intelligent function module under control of the host CPU Delete the interrupt pointer setting of the parameter PARAMETER ERROR The PLC parameter settings for timer time limit setting the RUN PAUSE contact the common pointer number general data processing number of empty slots system interrupt settings baud rate setting and service processing setting are outside the range for the CPU module Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller PARAMETER ERROR In a program memory check the check capacity has not been set within the range applicable for the 3000 CPU module Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller PARAMETER ERROR The parameter setting in the individual information of the error SD 16 is invalid Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller PARAMETER ERROR The ATA card is set to the memory card slot when the specified drive for the file register is set
532. ror Contents and Cause Corrective Action oa B Be lt CHK gt ERR Error detected by the CHK instruction 30 RUN The portion of the error message indicates On the numbers of contact and coil that have been Read the individual information of the error using ERR Qn H 9010 detected the programming tool to identify the numeric value of QnPH Collateral information error number Check the program corresponding QnPRH Common teengi Program error location to the value CPU Status e Individual information Failure No 3 i te ae Continue EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed BOOT Ok Storage of data onto ROM was completed RUN normally in automalic write to Stennett ROM Use the DIP switches to set the valid parameter om BOOT LED also flickers i ERR Qn Hy 9020 miCollateral information drive to the standard ROM Then switch power on Flicker OnPH Common information again and perform boot operation from the OPPE e Individual information standard ROM CPU Status EDiagnostic Timing Stop e At power on At reset CONT UNIT ERROR In the multiple CPU system an error occurred in RUN the CPU module other than the Process CPU and Off High Performance model QCPU To check the details of the error connect a ERR 8 10000 Collateral information programming tool to the corresponding CPU Flicker Qn H Common information module Sokn e Individual information CPU Status EDiagnostic T
533. rs during use of a DC power QnPH supply module u e This relay is reset when the CPU module is on LCPU powered off and then on APPENDICES ACPU Special Special Corre Special Relay after Relay for Name Meaning Details sponding Relay Conversion Modification CPU This relay turns on when the battery voltage drops M9006 SM1006 Battery low OFF Normal to or below the specified ON Battery low It turns off when the battery voltage returns to normal This relay turns on when the battery voltage drops OFF Normal to or below the specified Qn H M900 SM 109 7 Batey low latch ON Battery low This relay remains on even after the battery QnPH voltage returns to normal Qnu di i i i i A LCPU M9008 SM1008 SM1 Self diagnosis OFF No error qng relay turns on if an error is detected by self error ON Error diagnostics OFF No F number This relay turns on when the OUT F or SET F Annunciator detected instruction is executed M9009 SM1009 SM62 detection ON F number It turns off when the SD1124 value is cleared to detected zero This relay turns on when an operation error occurs Ol ti OFF N duri ti f lication instructi Anth M9011 SM10114 SM56 peration error No error uring execu ion of an application instruction QnPH flag ON Error This relay remains on even after the system 4 returns to normal Qnu OFF Carry OFF n PA a M9012 SM1012 SM700 Carry f
534. rted This relay remains off when JOG operation is completed This relay remains off when position control is stopped S Instruction execution Status change SM1862 Axis 2 OPR request OFF Machine OPR control completed ON Machine OPR control started This relay turns on when the CPU module is powered on is reset or is set from STOP to RUN or the drive unit ready signal turns off or machine OPR control is started This relay turns off when machine OPR control is completed S Every END processing New LCPU 283 gt ysIq Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre P s Set by sponding Corresponding Number Name Meanin Explanation g P When Set ACPU CPU m9000 e This relay turns on when machine OPR control is completed s e This relay t ff when OPR control Axis 2 OPR OFF Not completed 5 ay SSOR ae bis Instruction SM1863 j positioning control absolute position completion ON Completed ee execution restoration or JOG operation is started or Status change the CPU module is set from STOP to RUN 9 or the drive unit ready signal turns off e This relay turns on when JOG operation or OFF Operating at speed control in speed position switching control set at a speed of 0 is started speed other than This relay turns on when speed is changed SM1864 Axis 2 speed 0 0 a 3 i 3 A with a new speed value of 0 and turns off ON Oper
535. s Minimum value SD524 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 Q00J Q00 scan time E SD525 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 Q01 SD525 Minimum scan A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module time us value is switched from STOP to RUN Maximumscan This register stores the maximum scan time The time is SD526 time ms measured in increments of 100us Maximum value SD526 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 Q00J Q00 scan time SD527 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 S Q01 SD527 Maximumscan A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module Every END time ps value is switched from STOP to RUN processing Minimum scan e This register stores the minimum scan time except that of an D9017 SD524 time ms initial execution type program The time is measured in format value increments of 100us in icrements of 1us for the Universal change Qn H a model QCPU and LCPU QnPH Minimum eee SD524 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 QnPRH Minimum scan SD525 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 0 to 999 QnU SD525 for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU New LCPU time us value A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module is switched from STOP to RUN 320 APPENDICES Corre Set by sponding carte Number Name Meaning Explanation sponding When Set ACPU CPU D
536. s esnea se meien ey levees ede nee O ee dis Gc bees 291 Appendix Battery Wines ctaccs cc 0 setos es 5 bactaela cece saaick ste aston Shans aren drapes ad dna Lobia nas eas Mesacavardatees 377 Appendix 4 1 Battery lifedist 2 occ doves sete aves Sees we ate os ete ee eS 378 Appendix 5 Checking Serial Number and Function Version 0000 0c e eee eens 380 Appendix 6 Applicable Software Versions 2 0 2 0 000 c cette eee 382 Appendix 7 EMC and Low Voltage Directives 000 eee eee 383 14 Appendix 7 1 Measures to comply with the EMC Directive 000000000 0 383 Appendix 7 2 Measures to comply with the Low Voltage Directive 22 5 395 Appendix 8 General Safety Requirements nnan annann 0c ects 398 Appendix 9 Calculating Heating Value of Programmable Controller 0000 00 401 Appendix 9 1 Calculating the average power consumption 0 0000 eee eee 401 Appendix 10 Precautions for Battery Transportation 0 0000 cece eee eee eee 403 Appendix 11 Handling of Batteries and Devices with Built In Batteries in EU Member States 404 Appendix 12 External Dimensions 0 00 0000 ence nen n enn eae 405 Appendix 12 4 CPU modules 2 2 05 sam tak hie ote ttle eh da cele tanita aly a dee 405 Appendix 12 2 Power supply module 2 0 0 eee eee 406 Appendix 12 3 Display unit ros cerr tio nee r gE a e doe aed wae eee 407 Appendix 12 4 Branch module
537. s the information of the current speed value may be older than the actual command S position by 1ms at maximum depending on the Every PND New LCPU refresh timing at END processing processing This register stores the axis operating status 1 Error occurring e 0 Standing by e 1 Stopped e 2 In JOG operation e 3 In OPR e 4 In position control SD1864 Axis 2 axis Axis operation e 5 In speed position control speed speed operation status status control in speed position switching control 6 In speed position control position position control in speed position switching control e 7 Decelerating axis stop ON e 8 Decelerating JOG start OFF 9 In high speed OPR e 10 In speed control e 11 Analyzing e This register stores the error code of the present axis error D1865 Axis 2 error code Error code e If another error occurs while an axis error occurs the latest error code is not stored e This register is cleared to 0 by turning on SM1870 e This register stores the warning code of the present Axis 2 warning 4 ASAE i SD1866 Warning code e If another axis warning occurs the latest warning code code is written to this register e This register is cleared to 0 by turning on SM1870 368 APPENDICES Corre 7 Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set Py sponding spondin p When Set ACPU pE 9 D9000 This register stores the on off status of external I O signals
538. s not start even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem terminal 9 The latch counter function cannot be performed using the latch counter input If the latch counter function cannot be performed using the latch counter input terminal LATCHn in normal mode check if Latch Counter is set in Input Signal Function Selection in the parameter If this item is selected the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 10 A frequency is not measured If a frequency is not measured in frequency measurement mode check the following items Check item Action When a voltage is applied to the pulse input terminal the LED corresponding to the input does not turn on The possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem The frequency measurement flag of CH1 SD1882 b4 does not indicate operating 1 Execute Frequency measurement instruction The set pulse input mode differs from the actual pulse input method Pulses are input at a speed faster than the speed configured at counting speed setting Correct the parameter In
539. s of the detected in the Multiple CPU high speed bus CPU module 1431 Collateral information e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the anu 29 Common Information Module No CPU No same error code is displayed again the cause is e Individual Information a failure of the CPU module Please consult EDiagnostic Timing your local Mitsubishi representative explaining At power on At reset a detailed description of the problem MULTI C BUS ERR whe communication tme our with othar CPUS Reset the CPU module and run it again If the detected in the Multiple CPU high speed bus PY g same error code is displayed again the cause is a 1432 mCollateral information failure of the CPU module Please consult your Common Information Module No CPU No e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 144 APPENDICES ae Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action aon aoe ees MULTI C BUS ERR Take noise reduction measures 1499 The communication error with other CPU is Check the main base unit mounting status of the detected in the Multiple CPU high speed bus CPU module 1434 Collateral information Reset the CPU module and run it again If the Common Information Module No CPU No same error code is displayed again the cause is e Individual Information a failure of t
540. s only or to receive all slave stations in the CC QnPRH Link IE Controller Network Effective for the batch refresh also effective for the low speed cyclic Specify whether to receive only arrival station QnU or all stations in the MELSECNET H or CC Link IE Controller Network OFF Operative network Turns on when lf belongs to the standby network 7 SM255 If no specification has been made it is set to the S Initial ON Standby network r operative network MELSECNET 10 For refresh from the network module to the CPU SM256 MELSECNET H OFF Reads module set whether to read data from the module 1 ON Does not read network module to a device such as B and W or information not U OFF Writes For refresh from the CPU module K the network SM257 module set whether to write data in a device ON Does not write such as B and W to the network module or not OFF Operative network Turns on when it belongs to the standby network SM260 If no specification has been made it is set to the S Initial ON Standby network operative network New MELSECNET 10 For refresh from the network module to the CPU SM261 MELSECNET H OFF Reads module set whether to read data from the module 2 ON Does not read network module to a device such as B and W or information not U OFF Writes For refresh from the CPU module ie the Geneon SM262 x module set whether to write data in a device ON Does not write such as B and W to the network
541. s that of the 1st module status of 3rd SD380 module Instruction D383 reception Data configuration is the same as that of the 1st module status of 4th SD380 module jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy 317 Corre z Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Sot by sponding spondin g H When Set ACPU eae 9 D9000 SD393 Number of The number of CPU modules that comprise the multiple CPU Q00 Q01 1 multiple CPUs system is stored 1 to 3 Empty also included QnU This register stores information on the CPU module types of CPU No 1 to No 3 and whether or not the CPU modules are mounted b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bO SD394 _ Empty 0 CPU No 3 l CPU No 2 CPU No 1 CPU mountin ae 2 SD394 i ie Qo00 Q01 information L S CPU module mounted or CPU module type Initial not mounted 0 Programmable 0 Not mounted controller CPU 1 Mounted 1 Motion CPU 2 PC CPU module 4 C Controller module Multiple CPU A system Multiple CPU Ina multiple CPU system configuration the CPU number of the New pale SD395 information host CPU is stored number QnPH CPU No 1 1 CPU No 2 2 CPU No 3 3 CPU No 4 4 QnU No 1 CPU 4 a os Q00 Q01 SD396 operation The operation information of each CPU No is stored QnU status The information on the number of multiple CPUs indicated in n SD393 is stored No 2 CPU SD397 ti b15 b14 to b8 b7 to b4 b3 to bO Ope
542. s with off at t S Stat SM409 0 01 second clock o ooss is relay starts with off a pewer on or Tese Status QnPRH 0 005s of the CPU module Note if the specified change Qnu time has elapsed on off status will change LCPU even during program execution 255 s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy Corre 2 Set by sponding Corresponding Numb Nam Me Expl n umber e aning xplanatio When Set ACPU CPU M m9000 SM410 0 1 second clock 0 05s M9030 0 05s SM411 0 2 secondidock aie This relay repeatedly turns on and off at the M9031 0 1s specified interval aa e This relay starts with off at power on or reset of the CPU module Note if the specified time has elapsed on off status will change SM412 1 second clock 0 5s A i M9032 05s even during program execution QCPU LCPU SM413 2 second clock is POOU M9033 4s change This relay repeatedly turns on and off at the interval specified in SD414 unit second M9034 This relay starts with off at power on or reset SM414 2 d clock fi t pee ie 13 of the CPU module Note if the specified ae time has elapsed on off status will change 9 even during program execution This relay repeatedly turns on and off at the an H interval specified in SD415 unit ms QnPH This relay starts with off at power on or reset SM415 2 lock N PRH mimep aoe MEIE of
543. same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem e Check the receiving module operation e Check the status of the lines such as cables hubs and routes connected to receiving modules e Some line packets may be engaged Retry to communicate a little while later e The receiving module may have no free space in receive area TCP window size is small Check whether the receiving module processes receive data or whether the CPU module does not send unnecessary data e Check whether the settings of the subnet mask pattern and the default router IP address of the CPU module and the receiving modules are correct or whether the class of the IP address is correct Communication with receiving modules caused a time out error e Check the receiving module operation e Check the status of the lines such as a cable a hub and a route to receiving modules e Some line packets may be engaged Retry to communicate a little while later Communication with receiving modules was interrupted e Check the receiving module operation e Check the status of the lines such as cables hubs and routes connected to receiving modules 229 aINPOW Add YM UOHeo UNWIWOD BulNp snos Jsenbel o pausNjes s poo 1013 xipueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error code Hexadecimal
544. sed Pollution level 2 is when only non conductive pollution occurs A temporary conductivity caused by condensing must be expected occasionally 57 Memo 58 CHAPTER 6 CPU MODULE CHAPTER 6 cpu MODULE This chapter describes the specifications and hardware operation of a CPU module 6 1 Part Names 14 16 Battery holder bottom surface SOWeN Hed 9 No Name Application Indicates the mode of the CPU module On green Normal operation mode Flashing green Force mode when the function is active The forced on off function for external I O the executional conditioned device test function or the CPU module change function with SD memory card is MODE LED active Indicates the operating status of the CPU module On green The module is operating normally in the RUN status RUN LED Flashing green The write to PLC operation is performed when the CPU module is in the STOP status Then the CPU module is switched to the RUN status without resetting Off The CPU module is in the STOP status or a stop error has been detected 1 Indicates the battery status or latch data backup status of the CPU module On green Restoration of latch data backup to standard ROM is completed The LED is on for five seconds BAT LED Flashing green Latch data backup to standard
545. set to the input Correct the parameter signal A voltage greater than or equal to the input on voltage is not Check wiring with external devices and correct it applied between the input terminal and the COM terminal If the input signal does not turn on even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 2 The OUT LED does not turn on If the OUT LED does not turn on check the following items Check item Action The general purpose output function is not set to the output Correct the parameter signal The device Y is not on in the monitor screen of a programmiiig tool Correct the program The output number is incorrect Correct the output number When forced output is performed from a programming tool while the CPU module is in the STOP status the OUT LED Correct the program corresponding to the output turns on If the OUT LED does not turn on even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 15 3 7 Interrupt input function If an interrupt program does not run check the following items Check item Action The interrupt input function is not set to the input signal C
546. shi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 12 A rotation speed is not measured If a rotation speed is not measured in rotation speed measurement mode check the following items Check item Action When a voltage is applied to the pulse input terminal the LED corresponding to the input does not turn on The rotation speed measurement flag of CH1 SD1882 b5 does not indicate operating 1 The possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem Execute the rotation speed measurement instruction The set pulse input mode differs from the actual pulse input method Correct the parameter Pulses are input at a speed faster than the speed configured at counting speed setting Input pulses at a speed slower than or equal to the speed configured at counting speed setting If a rotation speed is not measured even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 115 uolouny Jajunoo peeds uBbiH O S s4013 jeuonouny 104 BuryoeyD E S 116 13 A rotation speed is not normally measured If a rotation speed is not normally measured in rotation speed measurement mode check the following items C
547. speed position switching control e 6 In speed position control position position control in speed position switching control e 7 Decelerating axis stop ON e 8 Decelerating JOG start OFF 9 In high speed OPR e 10 In speed control e 11 Analyzing D1845 Axis 1 error code Error code e This register stores the error code of the present axis error If another error occurs while an axis error occurs the latest error code is not stored e This register is cleared to 0 by turning on SM1850 SD1846 Axis 1 warning code Warning code e This register stores the warning code of the present axis warning e If another axis warning occurs the latest warning code is written to this register e This register is cleared to 0 by turning on SM1850 S Every END processing New LCPU 366 APPENDICES Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD1847 SD1848 SD1849 Axis 1 external I O signal Axis 1 movement amount after near point dog ON External I O signals Movement amount after near point dog ON e This register stores the on off status of external I O signals When an OPR method with the OPR retry function Near point dog method Count 1 Count 2 is performed a value indicating the status of the upper limit signal or the lower limit signal is stored to the f
548. ssed to the CPU Perform operation for the module that can execute the module specified function The specified route is not supported by the i oa e Check whether the specified route is supported or not specified CPU module version 4B03H PA e Check whether the CPU module is mounted The communication target CPU module is connected or not not mounted The specified transfer setup request NA In the target setup an illegal value is set as the head I O 4B04nH destination module I O number is not supported number of the target module 243 aINPOW Add YM UOHeo uUNWIWOS BulNp snos Jsenbe 0 paeusNjes s poo 10113 xipueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error code i Error item Error details Corrective action Hexadecimal The specified device is unavailable for the 4C00H Check the request data contents motion CPU or outside the device range 4c08 Multiple CPU There are a total of 33 or more DDWR and Execute again after reducing the number of DDWR and H related error DDRD requests DDRD requests to be executed simultaneously The specification of the requested CPU 4C09H module No is illegal Check the request data contents 244 1 To check logging status use LCPU Logging Configuration Tool For operation refer to the following 1 MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Data Logging Function APPENDICES Appendix 2 Special Relay List T
549. ssigned for X Stores the number of points currently set for X devices Number of points assigned for Y Number of points assigned for M Stores the number of points currently set for Y devices Stores the number of points currently set for M devices Number of points assigned for L Number of points assigned for B Stores the number of points currently set for L devices Stores the number of points currently set for B devices Number of points assigned for F Stores the number of points currently set for F devices Number of points assigned for SB Stores the number of points currently set for SB devices Number of points assigned for V Number of points assigned for S Stores the number of points currently set for V devices Stores the number of points currently set for S devices Number of points assigned for T Stores the number of points currently set for T devices Number of points assigned for ST Stores the number of points currently set for ST devices Number of points assigned for C Number of points assigned for D Stores the number of points currently set for C devices Stores the number of points currently set for D devices Number of points assigned for W Stores the number of points currently set for W devices Number of points assigned for SW Stores the number of points currently set for SW devices s Initial
550. stalled AJ65BT 64RD3 AJ65BT 64RD4 e AJ65BT 68TD For the cable connected to the power supply terminal of the AJ65SBT RPS AJ65SBT RPG or AJ65BT 68TD attach a ferrite core with attenuation characteristic equivalent to that of the ZCAT3035 1330 from TDK Corporation Twist the cable around the ferrite core by one as shown below APPENDICES 13 CC Link LT module Use the module under the installation environment of Zone A For the specified Zones of the following products refer to the manual provided with each product e CL1Y4 R1B1 e CL1Y4 R1B2 e CL1XY4 DR1B2 e CL1XY8 DR1B2 e CL1PSU 2A To supply the CL2DA2 B and CL2AD4 B with power using the CL1PAD1 keep the length of the power cable connected from the CL1PAD1 to the external power supply to 30m or less Al Zone defines categories according to industrial environment specified in the EMC and Low Voltage Directives EN61131 2 Zone C Factory mains isolated from public mains by dedicated transformer Zone B Dedicated power distribution secondary surge protection rated voltage 300V or less Zone A Local power distribution protected from dedicated power distribution by AC DC converter and insulation transformer rated voltage 120V or less 14 Other measures a Ferrite core Ferrite core is effective for reducing radiated noise in the 30MHz to 100MHz frequency band It is recommended to install a ferrite core if a shield cable extended out of the control panel does
551. status 0 Data not received 1 Data received TCP fixed length receive mode S anu 0 Data not received or received data size is not the size of Status i LCPU receive buffer change 1 Received data size reached to the receive buffer size UDP 0 Data not received 1 Data received This register stores a connection status of the built in Ethernet rt P Stores po Built in connection b15 to b11b10 b9 to b0 Eth t port SD1288 i l SD1288 ermer port Status of built connection in Ethernet i status Connection status port 0 Not connected to or disconnected New from a hub or device 1 Connected to a hub or device SD1292 IP address Specify an IP address to be stored in the IP address storage lower digits area flash ROM Range 000000014 to DFFFFFFE 0 0 0 1 to 223 255 255 254 IP address 2 i SD1293 a e When writing to or clearing the IP address storage area flash upper digits ROM is completed the values of the IP address stored in the IP address storage area flash ROM are stored Subnet mask e Specify a subnet mask pattern to be stored in the IP address D1294 pattern storage area flash ROM lower digits Range C0000000 to FFFFFFFC iPada 192 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 252 a address atus x i Subnet mask 000000004 blank Qnu setting PA change D1295 pattern When writing to or clearing the IP address storage area flash U upper digits ROM is completed the values of the subnet mask
552. stop caused by exceeding a limit value o Z l ji Signals are input LET eal 909 Trasionher when DC power TmT Transformer Transformer establishes the Fuse Fuse Fuse rated voltage CPU modul SPU module po oe ee Lo SM52 Dc lo SM52 eN _ _ Start Stop circuit ji D power T j Y The circuit is SM403 SM403 interlocked with RA1 gi C L i Yn run monitor relay lt ji M esa l TM i i S mie Poem 4 his NO M10 switc RA1 NO i itl m10 MC Stop l ama switch Start N Program nput module switch TRA nS Cx ARM ge T LU l MC Stop A f switch Output module vm Low battery alarm TE rJ b 4 O lamp or buzzer AEM a RA1 turns on when Y ra id i 5 Q the CPU module starts pa running by SM403 Jout r tn dul MC P to th tput oe Output module ower to the outpu orn ee ol devices is shut off xm yne uct Ni when the stop switch wo if turns off Yn a O The stop switch turns off Bi ee 1 1 by an emergency stop or L yd MC2 ac a stop caused by Fe es l oe hd J exceeding a limit value Output module jelre Interlock circuits Ni 1 M a Externally configure iT LS 1 interlock circuits for MC2 conflicting operations ic l such as forward reverse er rotations and for parts m M01 where abnormal operation ic may result in mechanical E damage or accidents APPENDICES
553. stration of the setting or a stop command from LCPU Logging Configuration Tool This register stores the error code of the latest error detected during execution of the data logging file transfer function 0 No error Other than 0 For values stored at error occurrence refer to the Data logging errors that occurs in data setting No 1 Data logging file logging described in the D1947 Data logging file transfer function error Corres ponding ACPU D9000 New Corresponding CPU LCPU LCPU 375 gt jsI7 JeysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Corres tb ondin di Number Name Meaning Explanation wes an ses Saioa ing p000 SD1950 K Data logging SD1957 setting No 2 SD1960 a Data logging SD1967 setting No 3 SD1970 i Data logging D1977 setting No 4 SD1980 j Data logging SD1987 setting No 5 SD1990 s z H Data logging Same as in data logging Same as in data logging setting No 1 SD1940 e ad EA LepU S5D1997 setting No 6 setting No 1 to SD1947 setting No 1 SD2000 Data logging 2 setting No 7 SD2007 i SD2010 i a Data logging SD2017 setting No 8 SD2020 F Data logging SD2027 setting No 9 E Data logging SD2037 setting No 10 1 Data logging file transfer function error code is supported by a module whose serial number first five digits is 12112 or later 376 APPENDICES Appendix 4 Battery Life Check the life of a battery
554. subishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 230 APPENDICES Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action 419EH 419FH 41A1H 41A2H A1A4H 41A5H 41A6H 41A8H 41ABH Ethernet I F Error Connection to the module was unsuccessful or interrupted e Check the receiving module operation e Check the cable and devices such as a hub and router on the line to the target device e Retry to connect a little while later if the error occurred in communication System error The I O control processing is abnormal e Check whether the power supply module and the CPU module are properly installed to the base unit e Ensure that the operating environment for the system meets the general specifications of the CPU module e Check whether the power capacity is sufficient e Reset the CPU module If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a hardware failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem The port number setting for the CPU module is incorrect The port number setting for the target device is invalid Correct the port number For UDP IP the same Host station port No is specified as MC protocol e For UDPIIP the specified host station No is duplicated e Specify a port number that is not duplicated with that of MC pr
555. supply module When the system continues its operation the operation will be the same as that of the system returned within the allowable momentary power failure time 4 Inrush current Inrush current is the maximum instantaneous input current drawn into the circuits immediately after power on If power is supplied to the system immediately after shut off an inrush current of more than the specified value may flow Wait for 5 or more seconds after shut off and then supply power to the system again When selecting a fuse or breaker for the external circuit consider blowouts sensing property and descriptions in this section 5 Input voltage Input voltage is a voltage required for the power supply module to operate normally If the input voltage is out of the specified range an error is detected and the system may stop 7 2 3 Precautions for power capacity Select a power supply for the power supply module having enough power capacity The power capacity should be twice or more as great as the current consumption of the power supply module 68 CHAPTER 8 END COVER CHAPTER 8 END COVER This chapter describes the specifications of an END cover 8 1 Part Names L6EC 1 1 L6EC ET 4 Do not remove this label because it is for maintenance No Name Application 1 Module joint levers Levers for connecting two modules Contact output terminals for error detection 2 ERR terminal Turns
556. supply module mounted on the POWER 2 slot of the redundant base unit Q38RB Q68RB Q65WRB 3 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 04012 or later However for the multiple CPU system configuration this applies to all CPU modules whose first 5 digits of serial No are 07032 or later 4 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 10042 or later 281 gt s17 Aejay jeloeds z xipueddy 16 Built in I O function Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU M9000 Corresponding CPU SM1840 Axis 1 busy OFF ON Not busy Busy e This relay turns on when positioning control OPR control JOG operation or absolute position restoration is started This relay turns off when each control is completed In positioning control this relay turns off when the axis 1 decelerates and stops and then dwell time elapsed This relay remains on while positioning control is being performed This relay turns off when each control is ended due to such as an error or stop operation S Every END processing SM1841 Axis 1 positioning completion OFF ON Not completed Completed This relay turns on when OPR control position control or absolute position restoration is completed This relay turns off when OPR control positioning control absolute position restoration or JOG operation is started This relay remains off wh
557. surge may cause malfunction of the programmable controller As measures against lightning surge connect an isolation transformer as shown below Use of an isolation transformer can reduce an impact from lightning Main Relay Programmable Isolation power terminal controller transformer supply block power supply 100VAC C sa 3 8 Programmable 200VAC controller I O power L114 supply o gt I O equipment Motor power supply os O O gt Motor equipment Inside a control panel 394 APPENDICES Appendix 7 2 Measures to comply with the Low Voltage Directive The Low Voltage Directive requires electrical equipment that is designed or adapted for use between 50 to 1000VAC or 75 to 1500VDC to satisfy the safety requirements This section summarizes the precautions for use of the MELSEC L series modules to comply with the Low Voltage Directive These precautions are based on the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive and the harmonized standards However they do not guarantee that the entire machinery constructed according to the descriptions complies with the Low Voltage Directive The manufacture of the machinery must determine the testing method for compliance and declare conformity to the Low Voltage Directive 1 Standard applied to MELSEC L series modules e EN61010 1 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use The MELSEC L series mo
558. system v Check box Install modules Install a power supply module a CPU module I O modules a Page 3i CHAPTER intelligent function modules branch modules extension modules an END cover and a display unit Install wiring and connect devices Connect the following Power supply module to the power source lt gt Page 44 Section 4 3 External devices to the CPU module I O modules Page 86 Section 14 3 and intelligent function modules Installation the battery Connection of extension cables Power on a system Power on the system after checking if Wiring for the power source is correct Power supply voltage is within the specified range The CPU module is in the STOP status Connect a personal computer Operating manual for the Connect the CPU module and a personal computer with programming tool used a programming tool installed Format a memory i Operating manual for the Format the CPU module memory with a programming tool programming tool used v To the next page 29 From previous page Vv Checkbox Write data to the CPU module _ Operating manual for the Write programs and parameters to the CPU module with programming tool used a programming tool C Restart the system Restart the system in either of the following ways iS Page 64 Section 6 3 Power off and then on the system Reset the CPU module Check for errors Check th
559. t The command is valid while this relay is on start command e This relay is turned on to reset the CH2 error SM1919 CH2 error reset Resets ihe CH2 eiror The command is valid at the rise of this command relay off on e The on and off time must be held for at least 2ms 288 17 Data logging APPENDICES Corre 4 Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Nam Meanin Explanati ase x gag AP ana e When Set ACPU CPU M m9000 Data logging This relay tums on when the system is ready fanned OFF Not read for data logging s SM1940 SRA 3 pea id This relay remains on even after data logging ae Data logging ON Ready Initial is suspended However this relay turns off preparation es when data logging is stopped This relay is turned on to start data logging while the CPU module is set to RUN and is Dal logging OFF Pause turned off to suspend dala logging The S SM1941 setting No 1 ON Start related specialy relays will all turn off Status Data logging start i Even if this relay is turned on while the CPU change U module is set to STOP data logging will not be started Data loggi Sin et OFF Not Being This relay is on while data logging is bein eit Data i in Sones Siete a f gt 99 2 ON Being collected 3 collection This relay turns on when data logging is ended Continuous is set for Logging type The corresponding bit turns on when data logging is ended
560. t 2ms CH1 pul pese Starts pulse e This relay is turned on to measure pulses SM1898 measurement i 3 f measurement The command is valid while this relay is on start command e This relay is turned on to reset the CH1 error SM1899 CH1 error reset Resets he CHA iror The command is valid at the rise of this command relay off on e The on and off time must be held for at least 2ms 286 APPENDICES Corre 3 p Set by sponding Corresponding Numbe Nam Meanin Explanat cache me Zp anano When Set ACPU CPU M m9000 OFF Coincidence This relay turns on when current value of CH2 counter en or te gt area om No 1 point s smaller setting value is met SM1900 I t E END eae Sr ON Greater than e This relay turns off when current value of eae coincidence point CH2 lt coincidence output No 1 point p g No 1 setting value is met This relay turns on when current value of S CH2 counten OFF Not detected cna coingidenge output No 1 point Status SM1901 value coincidence ON Detected setting value is met change No 1 This relay is turned off by turning on CH2 Every END coincidence signal No 1 reset command processing OFF Coincidence This relay turns on when current value of CH2 counter a i or me lt oe eee No 1 point greater setting value is met SM1902 I ll a Sa ON Smaller than This relay turns off when current value of coinc
561. t exist in the program memory e This error may occur when the ECALL EFCALL PSTOP PSCAN POFF or PLOW instruction is executed e The specified file does not exist e A required file is not set in the PLC File tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Program error location EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed e Read individual information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value program error location Check the error step corresponding to the value and correct it as necessary Create the specified file and write it to the CPU module If the specified file does not exist write the file to the target memory Or correct the file specification by a instruction Set the required file in the PLC File tab of the PLC Parameter dialog box 2411 168 FILE OPE ERROR The file cannot be specified by the program such as comment file The specified program exists in the program memory but has not been registered in the program setting of the PLC Parameter dialog box This error may occur when the ECALL EFCALL PSTOP PSCAN POFF or PLOW instruction is executed Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Individual information Program error location EDiagnostic Timing e When instruction executed Read individual information of the error using the pr
562. t for the Ethernet module of function Qn H Collateral information version B or later connected by the host CPU QnPH Common information e Delete the remote password setting Qnu 8 e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN 4 The parameter No can be derived by dividing the start I O number of the intelligent function module set by GX Configurator by 10 29 The diagnostic timing of CPU modules except for Universal QCPU and LCPU can be performed only when switching the CPU module status from STOP to RUN 8 The function version is B or later 12 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 07032 or later 14 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 08102 or later 15 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 09102 or later 16 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 09082 or later 17 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 10042 or later 18 The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU 19 20 25 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 12012 or later 26 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 13012 or later 31 This applies when the first five digits of the serial number is 13102 or later This applies to the Universal model QCPU except for the QQOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU This ap
563. t power on At reset Qn H QnPH MULTI EXE ERROR The Universal model QCPU except QO2UCPU and Q172 H CPU N are mounted on the same base unit This may result in a module failure Collateral information Common information Module No CPU No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Check the QCPU and Motion CPU that can be used in a multiple CPU system and change the system configuration 217 00004 0002 IS p09 10113 6 xIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error LED Status Correspondi de Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action CPU ae J aia ae MULTI EXE ERROR Either of the following settings was made in a multiple CPU system e Multiple CPU automatic refresh setting was made for the inapplicable CPU module Correct the multiple CPU automatic refresh I O sharing when using multiple CPUs setting setting aQoo0 qo1 8 was made for the inapplicable CPU module Correct the I O sharing when using multiple Qnu 8 Collateral information CPUs setting Common information Module No CPU No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset MULTI EXE ERROR 7011 The system configuration for using the Multiple CPU high speed transmission function is not met e The QnUCPU is not used for the CPU No 1 RUN i i i i Off The Multipig GPU high speed main Base unit Change the system configuration to
564. t the modules with the shortest distance Do not install the power cables together with the main circuit high voltage and high current cables 1 0 signal cables and common cables Keep a distance of 100mm or more between them If there is much noise due to a lightning surge or other causes connect an isolation transformer For an isolation transformer refer to lt gt Page 383 Appendix 7 After wiring always attach the included terminal cover to the power supply module and do not touch any terminal while the power is on or the module is operating Use a Class 2 power supply for a module using a DC power supply Configure a system so that the total current consumption may not exceed 5VDC the rated output current of the power supply module For the specifications of the power supply module refer to lt gt Page 67 Section 7 2 45 sejnpow Ajddns Jamod 0 BUI LSP Bum t e Due to noise caused by lightening surge a momentary power failure may be detected or the CPU module may be reset As measures against the noise connect a surge absorber for lightening as shown below Programmable controller I O equipment Et Surge absorber for lightening e Always use a solderless terminal for wiring to the terminal block on a power supply module To prevent a short when screws come loose always use a solderless terminal with insulation sleeve of 0 8mm or less in thickn
565. t the target device completes initial processing and open processing e Check that a binary code is set for the communication data code of the target device 231 aINPOW Add UM UOHeo UNWIWOD BulNp snos senbe o paeusNjes s poo JOU p p xipueddy gt SI p09 10113 xipueddy Error code Hexadecimal Error item Error details Corrective action 41ACH 41ADH 41AEH 41AFH 41B0H 41B1H 41B2H 41B3H 41B4H 41B6H 41B7H 41B8H Ethernet I F Error The target device cannot be found The TCP connection is disconnected by the target device The Fullpassive device rejects the communication and the TCP connection is disconnected e Check the behavior of the target device e Check whether the cables are securely connected e Check whether the target IP address setting of the Fullpassive device and the IP address of the Active device are matched Data cannot be send due to no connection or disconnection of the cable e Check whether the cables are securely connected e Check the line status by PING test from the target device e Check the CPU module for error by conducting a self diagnostic test resetting the CPU module e Send data again Connection of the control port to the FTP server failed e Correct IP address in the Built in Ethernet port tab e Correct FTP server name in the FTP setting dialog box e Check connection with the FTP server
566. talled atthe iOsdd setting of the high speed interrupt 3006 R E E ER RE To use high speed interrupts change the Qn H 16 designated by the high speed interrupt Collateral information Common information File name Drive name Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller system to a single CPU system To use either the QA1S60B or QA6LB delete the setting of the high speed interrupt To use high speed interrupts do not use the QA1S601B QA6LB e Re examine the I O address designated by the high speed interrupt setting 174 APPENDICES aie Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action S ae enue PARAMETER ERROR The parameter file in the drive specified as valid parameter drive by the DIP switches is inapplicable or he CPU module Create parameters using the programming tool 3007 mc olleteral information and write them to the drive specified as a QnPRH Common information File name Drive name a i parameter valid drive by the DIP switches e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN At writing to programmable controller PARAMETER ERROR In a multiple CPU system the modules for AnS A Q2AS and QnA have been set to multiple control CPUs Re set the parameter I O assignment to control 3009 Collateral information them under one CPU modu
567. tching was executed from the System switching was executed by the other K ek i oe es programming tool system switching was executed first 424FH condition during execution of system switching Ho i by the other condition Check the system for any by the programming tool j f Redundant problem and execute the operation again as necessary system related Execute communication again after changing the error tracking cable If the same error recurs after the tracking cable is Sum check error occurred in tracking 4250H S changed the cause is the hardware fault of the CPU communication module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem The command cannot be executed in the s 4251H Execute again after changing to the backup mode separate mode PENS By monitoring SD1690 other system network module System switching was not executed since an i EN No that issued system switching request identify the error occurred in the redundant system gee 4252H faulty redundant compatible intelligent module of the compatible network module of the standby sveter standby system then remove the module fault and 4 execute again Since a communication error or system switching occurred during execution of online program change to the control system CPU module online program change redundant tracking was suspended Since a communication error or system Execute online program ch
568. te one byte character e Hiragana two byte character Chinese character two byte character Symbol two byte one byte character Language Japanese English Backlight Green normal red error H 50mm External dimensions 45mm D 15mm Weight 0 03kg 76 CHAPTER 11 DISPLAY UNIT Memo suoneoyioeds ZL TT CHAPTER 12spD MEMORY CARD This chapter describes the specifications of an SD memory card we MITSUBISHI 4 1 MIEISEG HE classe 4GB LIMEM 4GBSD 12 1 Part Names No Name Application A switch that disables deleting data from or overwriting data to 1 Protect switch i a the SD memory card Set the switch in the LOCK position 12 2 Specifications Item L1MEM 2GBSD L1MEM 4GBSD Memory card type SD memory card SDHC memory card Memory capacity 2GB 4GB Number of files stored 511 files 65534 files H 32mm External dimensions W 24mm D 2 1mm Weight 2g 1 The number indicates the number of files can be stored in the root directory In the subdirectory 65533 files can be stored 78 Point CHAPTER 12 SD MEMORY CARD Do not format an SD memory card or SDHC memory card using a personal computer The L1MEM 2GBSD and L1MEM 4GBSD are compliant with IEC61131 2 when used in the MELSEC L series CPU module A SDHC memory card can be used only for the CPU module having an approved SDHC logo on the product or in th
569. ted after the performing boot operation program memory is cleared Collateral information QnU 2401 Common information File name Drive name oe A LCPU e Individual information Parameter number BDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset At writing to programmable controller e Read the individual information of the error FILE SET ERROR using the programming tool to identify the The file specified by parameters cannot be made F 3 g numeric value parameter No Check the drive Collateral information i A Ea E name and file name of the parameter Common information File name Drive name ath tit QCPU e Individual information Parameter number Pcie elec O MEVA YO ANC a LCPU EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset At writing to programmable controller STOP gt RUN necessary e Format the drive Delete unnecessary files on the drive to increase free space 167 666Z 000Z S p09 10114 y XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 2401 2406 FILE SET ERROR Although setting is made to use the device data storage file there is no empty capacity required for creating the device data storage file in the standard ROM When the latch data backup function to standard ROM is used there is no empty capacity required for storing backup data in standard ROM The p
570. ten the terminal block screw within the specified torque range Undertightening can cause short circuit fire or malfunction Overtightening can damage the screw and or module resulting in drop short circuit fire or malfunction When disconnecting the cable from the module do not pull the cable by the cable part For the cable with connector hold the connector part of the cable For the cable connected to the terminal block loosen the terminal screw Pulling the cable connected to the module may result in malfunction or damage to the module or cable Prevent foreign matter such as dust or wire chips from entering the module Such foreign matter can cause a fire failure or malfunction A protective film is attached to the top of the module to prevent foreign matter such as wire chips from entering the module during wiring Do not remove the film during wiring Remove it for heat dissipation before system operation To use the high speed counter function ground the shield cable on the encoder side relay box Always ground the FG and LG terminals to the protective ground conductor Failure to do so may cause malfunction Mitsubishi programmable controllers must be installed in control panels Connect the main power supply to the power supply module in the control panel through a relay terminal block Wiring and replacement of a power supply module must be performed by qualified maintenance personnel with knowledge of protection against elec
571. ter dialog box Make setting again to match the PLC parameter ee Collateral information I O assignment with the actual loading status peut n Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset 150 APPENDICES Error Code Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 2100 SP UNIT LAY ERR e In the I O Assignment tab of the PLC parameter dialog box Intelligent intelligent function module is set for the slot where an I O module is mounted and vice versa e In the I O Assignment tab of the PLC parameter dialog box a module other than a CPU module or empty is set for the slot where a CPU module is mounted and vice versa e In the I O assignment setting of the PLC parameter switch setting was made to the module that has no switch setting e In the I O assignment setting of the PLC parameter dialog box the number of points assigned to the intelligent function module is less than the number of points of the mounted module Collateral information Common information Module No Slot No e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Set the I O assignment again so that the setting matches with the mounting status of the intelligent function module or the CPU module Delete the switch setting in the I O assignment setting of the PLC parameter
572. th shielded twisted pair cables Take noise reduction measures Distance between the power equipment and the pulse output cables is short Install the pulse output cables alone in a duct and wire the cables away from power cables by 100mm or more in the control panel Even after the above actions are taken PWM output may not be performed according to the setting due to effect of the output circuit of the CPU module and connected devices However if an output waveform significantly differs from set output waveform the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 117 uolouny Jajunoo peeds uBiH O S s4013 jeuonouny 104 BurjoeyD E S 15 15 15 118 3 11 Display unit If the display unit behaves abnormally check the following items Check item Action Nothing was displayed on the screen but the display came The time set to keep the backlight on has elapsed back on after a button is pressed Check the setting DISPLAY ERROR error code 2900 2901 2902 has Power off the system and check for connection occurred in the CPU module MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function DISPLAY UNIT ERROR is displayed on the display unit Explanation Program Fundamentals The possible cause is a hardware failure of the display unit Please consult your local Mitsubishi service
573. the END instruction is executed QCPU An error is detected at the intelligent function module special function module The cause is a failure of the CPU module base e The I O module intelligent function unit or the intelligent function module special module special function module is nearly function module in the access destination Please RUN removed completely removed or mounted consult your local Mitsubishi representative oft On during running explaining a detailed description of the problem ERR Collateral information Flicker On 1403 Common Information Module No Slot No e Individual Information CPU Status HDiagnostic Timing Stop e Always 4g Continue SP UNIT DOWN There was no response from the intelligent function module when the END instruction is executed X i e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the e An error is detected in the intelligent function Seat i fal same error code is displayed again the cause is a os dae intelicenttindi a hardware failure of the CPU module I O me ue in a ase ron module intelligent function module END cover module special function module is nearly F LCPU branch module or extension module Please removed completely removed or mounted i teal f duri consult your local Mitsubishi representative aeng UNANO explaining a detailed description of the Collateral information roblem Common Information Module No Slot No P i e Individual Information
574. the SFC data 4430 Sea E device write it to the CPU module konnen isaten Pils name Drive name sGorent Me device seting range lithe FEC ae aan Parameter dialog box and write it to the CPU e Individual information Sul EDiagnostic Timing eae At power on At reset STOP RUN When SFC program is executed SFC EXE ERROR 8 The SFC program cannot be executed ee e The block parameter setting is abnormal Het 4431 Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP gt RUN Write the program to the CPU module again using SFC EXE ERROR the programming tool The SFC program cannot be executed e The structure of the SFC program is illegal 4432 Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN 200 APPENDICES Error Code SD0 Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action LED Status CPU Status Corresponding CPU 4500 SFCP FORMAT ERR The numbers of BLOCK and BEND instructions in an SFC program are not equal Collateral information Common information Program error location e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e STOP RUN 4501 SFCP FORMAT ERR The configuration of the STEP to TRAN to TSET to SEND instructions in the SFC program is incorrect Collateral information Com
575. the connected device 106 CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 15 3 5 Simple PLC communication function For details on the simple PLC communication function refer to the following MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In Ethernet Function 1 Communication with a communication target station is not possible If the specified device data cannot be communicated with a target station check the following items Check item Action An error was detected in the simple PLC communication status diagnostics or Ethernet diagnostics simple PLC communication status Remove the cause of the error The simple PLC communication status does not change from Preparing Check that the cable between the CPU module and the hub is connected properly and that the hub operates normally After the simple PLC communication setting was changed the CPU module has not been powered off and on or has not been reset Power off and on or reset the CPU module to which the setting is written The communication retry has occurred in another simple PLC communication setting configured for communication with the same target station Wait until the communication retry in another simple PLC communication setting ends When two or more settings are communicated with a target station do not perform communications of other settings while the communication of one setting is being retried Communication was enabled when the se
576. the parameter setting Configure Network Parameter and Switch Setting and then write network parameters and the switch setting to the module RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop Qn Hy QnPH QnPRH QnU LCPU QCPU LCPU QnU LCPU QCPU LCPU Qnu 25 LCPU 26 185 666 000 S1 p09 10114 G xIpueddy gt SI7 p09 10113 xipueddy a Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action Hee see baile aa SFC PARA ERROR The parameter setting is illegal e The block 0 does not exist although Autostart Q004 Q00 Q01 8 Block 0 was selected in the SFC tab in the PLC Qn H 3200 Parameter dialog box QnPH Collateral information QnPRH Common information File name QnU e Individual information Parameter number LCPU EDiagnostic Timing e STOP RUN SFC PARA ERROR The block parameter setting is illegal Collateral information 3201 Common information File name e Individual information Parameter number BDiagnostic Timing Read the individual information of the error using STOP gt RUN the programming tool to identify the numeric Qn H SFC PARA ERROR value parameter No Check the parameters QnPH The number of step relays specified in the device corresponding to the value and correct them as QnPRH setting of the PLC parameter dialog box is less necessary RUN than that used in the program Off 3202 Collateral information ERR Common in
577. tic Timing At power on At reset Execute a restore of other backup data because the backup data may be corrupted Set the write protect switch of the SRAM card to off write enabled RESTORE ERROR The backup data file is corrupted The backup data file does not match the check code e Reading the backup data from the SD memory card did not end successfully The Restore for the first time only setting cannot be enabled because the write protect switch of the SD memory card has been set to on write prohibited Collateral information Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset RESTORE ERROR Writing the backup data to the restoration destination drive did not end successfully Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset e Restore with any other backup data because the backup data may have been corrupted e Set the write protect switch of the SD memory card to off write enabled Execute a restore for the other CPU module too because the CPU module may be damaged RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop Qnu 9 LCPU Qnu 9 LCPU 165 666z 000Z S p09 10114 y xIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy a Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ra ae ana ta
578. time execution type e A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module SD549 program is switched from STOP to RUN execution time us value Qn H Service ene QnPRH SD550 interval palais Sets I O number for module that measures service interval U measuremen No t module Module service SD551 interval ms This register stores the service interval of a module specified by Seri value S5990 when SM551 is turned on The time is measured in s interval time Module service increments of100s Request SD551 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 SD552 ai us SD552 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 value 322 5 Display unit information APPENDICES Corre Set by sponding core Number Name Meani Explanation spondin tae a aS An aca When Set ACPU sone D9000 This register stores a value corresponding to the language used Displayed Language on a display unit S SD581 language used on a Either of the following is stored Status New LCPU information display unit e 1 English change e 2 Japanese 4 This applies to a module whose serial number first five digits is 12112 or later 323 gt jsI7 Ja siBey jeloeds xipueddy 6 Drive information Number SD600 Name Memory card typs Meaning Memory card typs Explanation This register stores a value indicating the type of used memory card in the following bit pattern
579. ting Do not send the request where this error occurred Alternatively enable online module change by parameter setting and send the request again The requested processing cannot be performed because online module change is enabled by parameter setting Do not send the request where this error occurred Alternatively disable online module change by parameter setting and send the request again The requested processing cannot be performed since an online module change is being performed Make a request again after completion of the online module change The module mounted on the main base unit cannot be replaced online since the extension base unit is mounted Take following procedures to replace the module mounted on the main base unit e Switch the system where the target module to be replaced is mounted to the standby system e Turn OFF power supply of the standby system e Replace the target module The specified module of the extension base unit cannot be replaced online since it is connected to the standby system Change the connection destination to the control system and perform the online module change again This corrective action can be made to the module mounted on the extension base unit only The specified head I O number is outside the range When making a request specify the head I O number of the module that will be changed online An online module change request is abnormal
580. ting of the MELSEC L series CC Link IE Field Network master local module ion wiring settings functions MELSEC L Analog Digital Converter Module User s Manual lt SH 080899ENG 13JZ42 gt Sys ana em configuration specifications se log digital converter module ings and troubleshooting of the MELSECLL Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual lt SH 080900ENG 13JZ43 gt Sys em configuration specifications se digital analog converter module ings and troubleshooting of the MELSEC L LD75P LD75D Positioning Module User s Manual lt SH 080911ENG 13JZ46 gt Sys posi em configuration specifications se tioning module ings and troubleshooting of the MELSEC L High Speed Counter Module User s Manual lt SH 080920ENG 13JZ49 gt Sys em configuration specifications se speed counter module ings and troubleshooting of the high MELSEC L Temperature Control Module User s Manual lt SH 081000ENG 13JZ64 gt Sys em configuration specifications se temperature control module ings and troubleshooting of the 10 Memo 11 CONTENTS SAREMTGPREGAWMIOINS eee ieee ke cot era nga ear We narra ney a ere aN E VET vie ee es 1 CONDIMIONSIO RUSE FORMTHE PRODUCTES erase near nee ee ee eee 7 INTRO DW GIO Nistor seer rere pees Ar We New es hw Ga trey Came gw ae eet Ry ee yrds ee ree anne 8 REGEVANTSMAN WALES Fax a oer mea erg cer eg eave Sa AS
581. ting value is met SM1882 ll oe ON Smaller than e This relay turns off when current value of coincidence point CH1 2 coincidence output No 1 point No 1 setting value is met S Every END OFF Coincidence This relay turns on when current value of processing Seona e ae M N a eae SM1883 l t i ie ON Greater than e This relay turns off when current value of coincidence point CH1 lt coincidence output No 2 point No 2 setting value is met This relay turns on when current value of S CH1 Counter OFF Not detected chg coincidence output No 2 point Status New LCPU SM1884 value coincidence ON Detected setting value is met change No 2 This relay is turned off by turning on CH1 Every END coincidence signal No 2 reset command processing OFF Coincidence This relay turns on when current value of Ste e ee SM1885 value smaller g sue DA ha No 2 ON Smaller than e This relay turns off when current value of coincidence point CH1 gt coincidence output No 2 point No 2 setting value is met This relay turns on when a preset request CH1 external by phase Z preset terminal of CH1 is SM1886 reset phase Z OFF Not detected detected a aie centre ON Detected e This relay is turned off by turning on CH1 S q external preset phase Z request detection Every END clear command processing e This relay turns on if the CH1 error occurs OFF No error e This relay turns off when an error cause is
582. tion 2 Insert an SD memory card into the SD memory card slot 3 Slide the SD memory card lock switch down The SD LED will be flashing while the SD memory card is being prepared for operation and will turn on when the card becomes ready After power on check that the SD LED turns on Point Check that the SD memory card is inserted completely Incomplete insertion may cause malfunction due to poor contact 42 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 2 Removal procedure 1 Slide the SD memory card lock switch up Check that the SD LED turns off before removing the SD memory card while the CPU module is on 2 Push the SD memory card into the slot once and then pull the card out 4 While the SD memory card is being used the SD LED does not turn off even if the SD memory card lock switch is slid up In this case check that the all bits of SD604 Memory card use conditions turn off and then slide the lock switch up Point Do not remove an SD memory card while a function using an SD memory card is being performed To turn off all points of SD604 Memory card use conditions leave files in the SD memory card unused or stop using all files in the SD memory card with SM606 SD memory card forced disable instruction and SM607 SD memory card forced disable status flag lt gt Page 80 Section 12 3 43 peo Alowew gs ue Bulaowss pue Bunsasuj JZ s jnpoy eu Buyunoy Z 7
583. tion Securely connect the connector part of an extension cable to An extension cable is not connected correctly the module Insert the connector until it clicks JEUIWI8 YH YM J8A0D GNA Le Sb sog euonouN 104 BurjoeyD E S 119 15 4 Troubleshooting for the Built In I O Function This section describes possible problems with I O circuits and their corrective actions For troubleshooting for I O modules refer to the following MELSECLL I O Module User s Manual 15 4 1 Troubleshooting for input circuit 1 An input signal does not turn off a Case 1 Cause A current exceeding the off current of the module leaks even after a switch with LED indicator is turned off Connect an appropriate resistor so that a current across the module may become lower than the off current 2 33mMA _ Action Iz 1 5mA Input impedance IR 0 83mA 3 8kQ 24VDC E The resistance value of a connected resistor is calculated by the following formula Ex A switch with LED indicator that generates a current leakage of 2 33mA when 24VDC is supplied is connected to the CPU module set to high speed input Check the following with the specifications of the module e Off current 1 5mA Input resistance 3 8kQ Leakage current Iz Off current of the CPU module IR Current through the connected resistor IR 1 Iz 2 33 1 5 0 83 mA To hold the off current equal to or lower than 1 5mA conn
584. tion CPU Status e Individual information Continue EDiagnostic Timing e When an END instruction executed TRK CABLE ERR A start was made without the tracking cable being connected A start was made with the tracking cable faulty e As the tracking hardware on the CPU module Make a start after connecting the tracking cable If RUN side was faulty communication with the other the same error still occurs this indicates the Off system could not be made via the tracking tracking cable or CPU module side tracking ERR 6120 cable transmission hardware is faulty Flicker This can be detected from the control system or Please consult your local Mitsubishi standby system of the redundant system representative explaining a detailed description of CPU Status Collateral information the problem Stop e Common information e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset QnPRH TRK DISCONNECT e The tracking cable was removed If the tracking cable was removed connect the e The tracking cable became faulty while the CPU racking cable to the connectors of the CPU module is running modules of the two systems RUN e The CPU module side tracking hardware e When the error is not resolved after connecting On became faulty he tracking cable to the connectors of the CPU ERR 6130 This can be detected from the control system or modules of the two systems and resetting the On standby system of the redundant system
585. tion of the error using ERR H 8 7020 The Se eee ee eee NO error OCU eS WaS the programming tool Check the error in the CPU On Qn H used to detect an error QnPH mColtatoral ini ti module and remove the error ia ollateral information n QnU Common information Module No CPU No oy SAUE i Continue e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e Always CPU LAY ERROR An assignment error occurred in the CPU Sat ihe sarne value tothe number oF CPU mountable slot CPU slot I O slot 0 1 in excess of Bn ais g RUN S modules specified in the multiple CPU setting of the number of CPU modules specified in the Off g the PLC parameter dialog box and the number multiple CPU setting of the PLC parameter dialog ERR 8 of mounted CPU modules including CPU 7 Q00J Q00 Q01 7030 box Flicker empty QnU ECollateral information e Make the type specified in the I O assignment Common information Module No CPU No g ype SP i 9 CPU Status ie setting of the PLC parameter dialog box e Individual information Stop EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset consistent with the CPU module configuration 218 APPENDICES aie Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action ner H N CPU LAY ERROR RU Set the same value to the number of CPU An assignment error occurred within the range of modules specified in the multiple CPU setting of the number of CPUs specified
586. to memory card ROM and Use the following file or Use the same file name as the program either one is allowed is set in the PLC file setting Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to programmable controller e Read the individual information of the error using the programming tool to identify the numeric value parameter No Check the parameters corresponding to the value and correct them as necessary e Rewrite corrected parameters to the CPU module reload the CPU power supply and or reset the module If the same error occurs the cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop Qn H y QnPH Qnu 8 QCPU QnPH QnPRH 2 QCPU LCPU Qnu 9 172 APPENDICES aie Error Contents and Cause Corrective Action nae ae eeu PARAMETER ERROR Any of the values for the Timer Limit Setting RUN Read the individual information of the error PAUSE Contacts Common Pointer No Points using the programming tool to identify the Occupied by Empty Slot System Interrupt Setting numeric value parameter No Check the or Service Processing Setting option configured in parameters corresponding to
587. to 99 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday 330 APPENDICES Corre a Number Name Meanin Explanation Serby sponding s eet 2 When Set ACPU pies 9 D9000 This register stores the year last two digits and the month when data were restored in 2 digit BCD Restore time 6415 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bo Example Speg Year and ri iaar aian July 1993 month SANTEE NCEE 9307H Year Month This register stores the day and the hour when data were restored in 2 digit BCD Restore time b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to bo Example sDe77 Day and SoS baa 31st 10am time pia typ yy Pp ta 3110H Day Hour This register stores the minute and the second when data were Backup data restored in 2 digit BCD s an restration Restore time b45 to b12b11 to b amp b7 to b4b3 to b0 Example initial New LCPU SD678 information Minute and Ly TE TE 11 135 min 48 sec second l l l l l l 3548H Minute Second This register stores the year first two digits and the day of the week when data were restored in BCD b15 to b12b11 to b8b7 to b4b3 to b0 Example eaa for tt fioa Pt tt 1998 Friday pe ee ee 1905H Restore time X i SD679 Year and day Day of the week 0 Sunda f k y aie Higher digits of year 0 to 99 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Frida
588. to D12287 by default changeable Extended data register D 32768 points D12288 to D45055 by default changeable 131072 points D12288 to D143359 by default changeable Link register W 8192 points WO to W1FFF by default changeable Extended link register W Annunciator F 0 points by default changeable 2048 points FO to F2047 by default changeable Edge relay V 2048 points VO to V2047 by default changeable Link special relay SB Link special register SW 2048 points SBO to SB7FF by default changeable 2048 points SWO to SW7FF by default changeable R File register Step relay S 32768 points RO to R32767 Maximum 393216 points are available by switching blocks 393216 points ZRO to ZR393215 Blocks do not need to be switched 8192 points SO to S8191 by default The points can be changed to 0 32768 points RO to R32767 Maximum 65536 points are available by switching blocks 65536 points ZRO to ZR65535 Blocks do not need to be switched Index register standard device register Z 20 points Z0 to Z19 maximum Index register Z 32 bit index modification of ZR device 10 points ZO to Z18 maximum The index register is used as a double word device Pointer P 4096 points PO to P4095 The local pointer range and the common pointer range can be set by parameter Interrupt pointer I Spec
589. to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Tighten the terminal block screw within the specified torque range Undertightening can cause drop of the component or wire short circuit or malfunction Overtightening can damage the screw and or module resulting in drop short circuit or malfunction After the first use of the product module display unit and terminal block the number of connections disconnections is limited to 50 times in accordance with IEC 61131 2 Exceeding the limit may cause malfunction After the first use of the SD memory card the number of insertions removals is limited to 500 times Exceeding the limit may cause malfunction Do not drop or apply shock to the battery to be installed in the module Doing so may damage the battery causing the battery fluid to leak inside the battery If the battery is dropped or any shock is applied to it dispose of it without using Before handling the module touch a conducting object such as a grounded metal to discharge the static electricity from the human body Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Before testing the operation by the positioning function set a low speed value for the speed limit parameter so that the operation can be stopped immediately upon occurrence of a hazardous condition Disposal Precautions N CAUTION When disposing of this product treat it as industrial waste When disposing of batteries separate
590. to the module as possible so that the grounded cable will not be affected by electromagnetic induction from ungrounded cables e Ground the exposed shield to large area on the control panel A clamp fitting can be used as shown below In this case mask off the inner wall surface of the control panel where comes in contact with the fitting Screw Clamp fitting Paint mask Shielded cable Point Grounding with a vinyl coated wire soldered onto the shield of the shielded cable as shown below is not recommended Doing so will raise the high frequency impedance resulting in loss of the shielding effect Shielded cable PVC wire Solderless terminal APPENDICES b Grounding a twisted pair cable e Use a shielded twisted pair cable for connection to the 10BASE T or 100BASE TX connector Strip a part of the jacket of the shielded twisted pair cable as shown below and ground the exposed shield to the ground as much as possible Shielded twisted pair cable Shield c Grounding a Ver 1 10 compatible CC Link dedicated cable Ground the shield of a cable connected to the CC Link module or any of the CC Link stations which is the farthest from the input power inside the control panel within 30cm from the module or station Ver 1 10 compatible CC Link dedicated cable is a shielded cable Strip a part of the jacket of the cable as shown below and ground the exposed shield to the ground as much as possible j Ve
591. to the troubleshooting section of the following manual I MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Data Logging Function The data logging function is used If it takes time for the CPU module to switch the operating status even after taking the above action the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi sevice center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 15 3 14 END cover with ERR terminal If the ERR terminal is off open at power on or during operation check the following items Check item Action An error exists The ERR LED of the CPU module is flashing Check the error using a display unit or a programming tool L gt Page 94 Section 15 2 Power is not supplied Supply power Supply power voltage within the specified range L gt Page 67 Section 7 2 Perform troubleshooting for the power supply module L gt Page 92 Section 15 1 1 Power supply voltage is not appropriate The POWER LED of the power supply module turns off If the ERR terminal is open even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 15 3 15 Extension system In an extension system if I O signals of an extension block do not turn on off check the following items Check item Ac
592. tool Therefore the switch operation is not required For details on the programming tool refer to the following Operating manual for the programming tool used 64 CHAPTER 6 CPU MODULE 6 3 2 Reset operation A CPU module can be reset using the RUN STOP RESET switch However setting the RUN STOP RESET switch to the RESET position will not immediately reset the CPU module 1 Procedure 1 Hold the RUN STOP RESET switch in the RESET position for 1 second or more Do not release your hand from the switch while the RUN STOP RESET ar a switch switch is in the RESET position 2 Check that the ERR LED flashes several times and Flashes several times then turns off and then turns off LO2CPU MODE RUN I OERR BAT USER 3 Set the RUN STOP RESET switch to the STOP position The switch automatically returns to the STOP position RUN STOP RESET h handi d switch when your nand Is released D oD ww N r og E P 29 Point HE Operate the RUN STOP RESET switch with your fingers Use of a tool such as a screw driver may damage the switch 3 Q 0 o 9 aot e 5 65 CHAPTER 7 POWER SUPPLY MODULE This chapter describes the specifications of a power supply module 7 1 Part Names POWER INPUT 100 240VAC JAN 50 60Hz 130VA OUTPUT 5VDC 5A No Name Application Indicates the power supply status 1 POWER LED On green
593. tored in the following bit D9117 2 pattern If the I O numbers are set by parameter the SD1402 parameter set numbers are stored D9118 2 SD1403 Bit pattern in Also detects I O module information D9119 5 Eea units of 16 SD1404 points b15b14b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 D9120 as J 7 es SD1405 indicating the sp1400 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 gt D9121 a i 1 801406 moans wit cance 0 o oja o aa 0 08 8 8 8 8 D9122 ant verification A RAA QnPH SD1407 9 module errors so431 0 ky 0jojojojojofojojojojojo ojo s D9123 6 Eee n SD1408 verify error 0 No I O Error T an Indicates an I O module verification error QnU D1409 verification LCPU to errors For a module whose number of I O points exceeds 16 points D1430 1 70 all bits corresponding to I O module numbers within the N verification number of I O points occupied by the module in increments error of 16 points turn on New present Ex Jwhen a 64 point module is mounted on the slot 0 bO to D1431 b3 turn on when an error is detected e Not cleared even if the blown fuse is replaced with a new one This flag is cleared by error resetting operation 357 16 Process control instruction Set by Number Name Meanin Explanation amp 5 When Set Set the basic period 1 second units use for the process control SD1500 ene ie Basic period instruction usin
594. tric shock For wiring methods refer to Page 31 CHAPTER 4 Startup and Maintenance Precautions N WARNING Do not touch any terminal while power is on Doing so will cause electric shock or malfunction Correctly connect the battery connector Do not charge disassemble heat short circuit solder or throw the battery into the fire Also do not expose it to liquid or strong shock Doing so will cause the battery to produce heat explode ignite or leak resulting in injury and fire Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before cleaning the module or retightening the terminal block screw Failure to do so may result in electric shock Startup and Maintenance Precautions N CAUTION Before performing online operations especially program modification forced output and operating status change for the running CPU module from the peripheral device connected read relevant manuals carefully and ensure the safety Improper operation may damage machines or cause accidents Do not disassemble or modify the modules Doing so may cause failure malfunction injury or a fire Use any radio communication device such as a cellular phone or PHS Personal Handy phone System more than 25cm away in all directions from the programmable controller Failure to do so may cause malfunction Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before mounting or removing a module Failure
595. ttern in units of 16 points If the D9101 module numbers are set by parameter the parameter set SD1302 numbers are stored D9102 SD1303 The status of the blown fuse of an output module on a remote D9103 D1304 station is also detected D9104 Bit pattern in SD1305 units of 16 b15b14b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 D9105 T 1 1 D1306 points 801300 0 0 O ycof 0 0 O van 0 0 0 Of Of O Oo o D9106 D1307 indicating the sooi 0 0 0 0 frm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 olo D9107 an H modules Ranney ARRAY WAN RAR anang Fusebl 1 1 S F PH SD1308 use o own Whose fuses so1331 0 0 0 ol 0 0 Of O OJ OF Oj olojo oi dul E4 eu E QnPRH module eave Blown Error n D1309 Indicates fuse blow QnU to 0 No blown SD1330 fuse For a module whose number of output points exceeds 16 1 Blown fuse points all bits corresponding to output module numbers present within the number of output points occupied by the module in New increments of 16 points turn on D1331 Ex wnen a 64 point module is mounted on the slot 0 bO to b3 turn on when the fuse has blown Not cleared even if the blown fuse is replaced with a new one The numbers are cleared by clearing the error 15 I O module verification Corre G z orre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by Sponding spondin 2 E P When Set ACPU pana 9 a D9000 a D1400 If the status of the I O module changes from that obtained at D9116 D SD1401 power on the module No is s
596. ttings for the retry count and time out period were increased e Adjust the settings of the retry count and time out period e Check the status of devices such as cables hubs and routers on the Ethernet network and confirm that the traffic on the communication line is not heavy If communication cannot be performed even after taking the above actions the possible cause is a hardware failure Please consult your local Mitsubishi service center or representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 107 uonouny uoediunWWOs Dg e dwis FES sog yeuoNouN 104 BurjoeyD E S 108 2 Communication with a communication target station is unstable If communication with a target station is unstable check the following items Check item Action An error was detected in the simple PLC communication status diagnostics or Ethernet diagnostics simple PLC communication status Remove the cause of the error Check the status of devices such as cables hubs and The communication retry has occurred routers on the Ethernet network and confirm that the traffic on the communication line is not heavy 3 Communication is not performed at preset intervals If communication is not performed at preset intervals check the following items Check item Action The scan time is long in the communication source and or destination CPU module s set for the simple PLC communicat
597. turns to normal S Error Turns on if the mode used to make Comm nicaioa OFF Normal communication was different from the mode SM111 set in the serial communication function status ON Abnormal New This relay remains on even after the system returns to normal This relay is turned on to clear error codes 00 001 Error information stored in SM110 SM111 SD110 and SD111 SM112 ON Cleared U Qnu 2 clear The error codes are cleared when this relay is n turned on OFF Norma This relay arne on if an overrun error ages in SM113 Overrun error communication using the serial communication ON Abnormal function SM114 Parity error ORF gt Norma aa a sated OEE Ae S Error 2 ON Abnormal i 2 function l OFF Norma This relay turns on ifa flaming error oecus i SM115 Framing error communication using the serial communication ON Abnormal function e This relay turns on when data are written to OFF Completed me program cache memory Program memory ON Not bein This relay turns off when program memory S Status 4 SM165 batch transfer i 9 batch transfer is completed Anu executed or Not X change LCPU execution status This relay remains on when data written to completed the program cache memory are not batch transferred to the program memory 248 4 The relevant modules are as follows e The Universal model QCPU whose serial number first five digits is 10012 or later e Q13UDH
598. tus Corresponding CPU 3102 LINK PARA ERROR Group cyclic function in CC Link IE Controller Network that does not correspond to group cyclic function is set Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Set group cyclic function in function version D or later of CC Link IE Controller Network LINK PARA ERROR Paring setting in CC Link IE Controller Network modules installed in CPUs except for redundant CPUs was performed Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Examine the paring setting for the network parameter in the control station LINK PARA ERROR LB LW own station send range at LB LW4000 or later was set e LB LW setting 2 was performed Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Correct the network range assignments of the network parameter for the control station 3103 LINK PARA ERROR In a multiple CPU system Ethernet interface module under control of another station is specified to the start I O number of the Ethernet network parameter Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Indi
599. tus of the CPU module 0 0 0 cece eens 118 15 3 14 END cover with ERR terminal 0 0 0000 00 cece cece teen eens 119 15 3 15 Extension system eni a n aE Beaune EEDE EEDE ee ET ERS 119 15 4 Troubleshooting for the Built In I O Function 0 2 0 0 0 cece eee eee 120 15 4 1 Troubleshooting for input circuit 2 0 eee eee 120 15 4 2 Troubleshooting for output Circuit 0 eens 122 15 5 Saving Dala seser Pease u TARE EA aoa a oe a elo eae bY eS 124 APPENDICES 128 Appendix T Error Code Liste erreneren ag haeo ia be n puede aden heehee tie es 128 Appendix 1 1 Error codes n asnasan 129 Appendix 1 2 Reading error codes ssas 129 Appendix 1 3 Error code list 1000 to 1999 nonae 130 Appendix 1 4 Error code list 2000 to 2999 onana 148 Appendix 1 5 Error code list 3000 to 3999 o anaa 172 Appendix 1 6 Error code list 4000 to 4999 2 2 0 cece 190 Appendix 1 7 Error code list 5000 to 5999 2 2 0 0 cece eee 205 Appendix 1 8 Error code list 6000 to 6999 2 2 2 0 cece eee 207 Appendix 1 9 Error code list 7000 to 10000 0 0 eee ee eee 216 Appendix 1 10 Clearing an error 2 2 teens 220 Appendix 1 11 Error codes returned to request source during communication with CPU module a Toe a a a Solas anata ated lami a an inate tacts acm needa ae E E AE 221 Appendix 2 Special Relay List 00 002 EDE EE A aa REE E TE E EOE e eens 245 Appendix 3 Special Register List
600. ual service value is a battery life calculated based on the values measured at storage ambient temperature of 40 C This value is intended for reference only because it varies depending on the characteristics of the components 4 SM52 turns on even when the battery connector is disconnected or the lead wire of the battery is disconnected In this case the battery stops working The CPU module may lose data when the backup power time three minutes is elapsed after power off 378 2 Life of Q7BAT APPENDICES Battery Battery Life CPU module Power on time consumption 4 Y Actual service After SM52 is model ratio Guaranteed value 3 4 value value turned on 0 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 30 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 1 50 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 70 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 100 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days LO2CPU LO2CPU P 0 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 30 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 2 50 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 70 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 100 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00 years 600hr 25 days 0 43 800hr 5 00 years 43 800hr 5 00
601. ubleshooting L gt Page 92 Section 15 1 2 Check the RUN LED status of the CPU module If the RUN LED does not turn on perform the following troubleshooting L gt Page 93 Section 15 1 3 Check the I O ERR LED or ERR LED status of the CPU module If the O ERR LED or ERR LED is on or flashing an error exists Check the error using a display unit or a programming tool L gt Page 94 Section 15 2 Check the BAT LED status of the CPU module If the BAT LED is on the battery voltage is low Replace the battery gt Page 99 Section 15 3 CHAPTER 15 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 Communication cable and wiring Check if any communication cable has a problem or not Check also that connectors and terminal blocks are correctly mounted or wired gt Page 44 Section 4 3 Ajjensi wayshg eu Buryseyd S 91 15 1 1 When the POWER LED does not turn on Check the following Check item Action The MODE LED of the CPU module is on The power supply module has failed Replace the power supply module Power supply voltage is not appropriate Supply power voltage within the specified range Page 67 Section 7 2 The internal current consumption for the entire system exceeds the rated output current of the power supply module Reexamine the system configuration so that the internal current consumption does not exceed the rated output current Page 401 Appendix 9 The POWER LED turns on w
602. uence step No L D SD15 Sequence step No H ii 7 For extension names refer to the table on Page 296 8 The description of the bit pattern is as follows 1514 to 4 3 2 1 0 Bit number 0 0 to O O0 Not used SFC block designation present 1 absent 0 SFC step designation present 1 absent 0 SFC transition designation present 1 absent 0 To the next page 295 7 The extension names are shown below SD SDan Extension File Type Higher 8 bits Lower 8 bits Higher 8 bits Name 51H 50H 41H QPA Parameters 51H 50H 47H QPG Program 51H 43H 44H QCD Device comment 51H 44H 49H QDI Initial device value 51H 44H 52H QDR File register Local device For High Performance model QCPU Process CPU Redundant CPU 51H 44H 4CH DL Q Universal model QCPU and LCPU Sampling trace data For High Performance model QCPU Process CPU Redundant 51H 54H 44H TD S CPU Universal model QCPU and LCPU Error history data 51H 46H 44H FD a For High Performance model QCPU Process CPU and Redundant CPU SP DEVST S DEVLD instruction fil 51H 53H 54H QST ETO E for Universal model QCPU and LCPU 296 APPENDICES Corre E Corre Numbe Name Meanin Explanatio Set dy SPODaig spondin u r i xplanation i E When Set ACPU one 9
603. ujunoy zy 9 Attach a DIN rail stopper on the right of the modules DIN rail f with the same procedure stopper leI NIG uo sejnpow eu bununow Z DIN rail Right side 35 Point Do not slide modules from the edge of the DIN rail when mounting them Doing so may damage the metal part located on the back of the module 2 Removal procedure Remove the modules from the DIN rail in the reverse manner of 1 3 Applicable DIN rail model IEC 60715 TH35 7 5Fe TH35 7 5Al TH35 15Fe 4 DIN rail stopper Use a stopper that is attachable to the DIN rail 5 Interval between DIN rail mounting screws To ensure the strength of a DIN rail tighten DIN rail mounting screws obtained by user within 30mm away from the both edges of the DIN rail and at 200mm interval between the screws DIN rail DIN rail mounting screw obtained by user 30mm or less l P le P i P gt l or less x P 200mm or less 36 CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 4 2 4 Changing modules on a DIN rail This section describes a procedure for changing modules on a DIN rail by sliding them rightward Remove the mounted terminal block and disconnect the connectors beforehand 1 Remove the DIN rail stopper on the right edge Pull down DIN rail hooks on the back of the modules Pull down the DIN rail hooks on the module to be changed and on the module on the right of the changed module until they
604. ule ORLAR NENG If the corresponding module is supported reset An unsupported module is connected F i the CPU module and run it again If the same error 3 The start I O No of the targeted intelligent aie RUN i code is displayed again the cause is a hardware function module is stored as a common f Ea Off On LCPU g failure of the CPU module I O module intelligent i information upon error ERR z function module END cover branch module or mC ollaieralinformetion extension module Please consult your local Fionn Common information Module No Slot No Mitsubishi sil laini y detailed e Individual Information i Pus if a a Sepals Cela CPU Status EDiagnostic Timing estupliod ofthe problem Stop At power on At reset When intelligent function Continues module is accessed SP UNIT DOWN The intelligent function module special function Mmod lewas accessed inthe program but there The cause is a hardware failure of the intelligent WASD repens i function module special function module CPU mCollateralimformation module or base unit Please consult your local QCPU Common Information Module No Slot No i at TA an y a y Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed e Individual Information Program error location d ot th bi EDiagnostic Timing escaplon of therproblem When an intelligent function module access 1402 instruction is executed SP UNIT DOWN Reset the CPU module and
605. unaway or failure of the CPU module e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information EDiagnostic Timing e At power on At reset e Take noise reduction measures e Reset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 1040 1041 1042 CPU UNIT DOWN Runaway or failure of the CPU module built in 1 0 e Malfunction due to noise or other causes e Hardware failure Collateral information Common Information e Individual Information Failure information EDiagnostic Timing e Always e Take noise reduction measures Reset the CPU module and run it again If the same error code is displayed again the cause is a failure of the CPU module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem 1045 CPU UNIT DOWN e The module built in I O or built in CC Link status differs from that obtained at power on e Runaway or failure of the CPU module built in I O built in CC Link Malfunction due to noise or other causes Hardware failure Collateral information Common information e Individual information Failure information HDiagnostic Timing e Always Take noise reduction measures R
606. unctions selected for output signals This register stores values indicating functions assigned for output signals Each signal has 4 bit data b15 b12b11 b8b7 b4 b3 b0 SD1834 Y3 Y2 4 Y1 YO gt b15 b12b11 _b8b7 b4 b3 b0 SD1835 Y7 Yoe Y5 Y4 Values are stored according to functions as follows 0 General purpose output function 3 Positioning function e 4 High speed counter function SD1836 Operating status of positioning and high speed counter functions Operating status of positioning and high speed counter functions This register stores the operating status of the positioning function and high speed counter function b15 to b4 b3 b2 bi b0 o priorit Positioning function Axis 1 0 Not used 1 Used Positioning function Axis 2 0 Not used 1 Used High speed counter function CH1 0 Not used 1 Used High speed counter function CH2 0 Not used 1 Used Fixed to 0 Set by When Set S Every END processing Corre sponding ACPU p000 New Corre sponding CPU LCPU 365 jsI7 Ja siBay jeloeds X pu ddy Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by When Set Corre sponding ACPU D9000 Corre sponding CPU SD1840 SD1841 Axis 1 current feed value Current feed value This register stores the current position value when the position where OPR control is completed is set as a
607. urrent Error Jump z Error Clear Error Help Error History Occurrence Order Display Descending v Status No Error Messaqe Abbreviation Error Messaqe Detail _ Year Month Day Time lt Error History 1500 AC DC DOWN ACIDC DOWN 2010 10 7 16 16 13 1500 AC DC DOWN AC DC DOWN 2010 10 7 16 7 50 4 Clear History 1500 AC DC DOWN ACIDC DOWN 2010 9 14 14344 2030 NO END COVER NO END COVER 2010 9 14 11 21 46 Earn 1500 AC DC DOWN ACIDC DOWN 2010 9 14 11 21 33 Error Help 2030 NO END COVER NO END COVER 2010 9 14 11 9 23 1500 AC DC DOWN ACIDC DOWN 2010 4 17 12 4 29 Status Icon Legends 1500 AC DC DOWN ACIDC DOWN 2010 4 17 9 45 47 Ol pepe 1500 AC DC DOWN ACIDC DOWN 2010 4 16 17 21 8 sce 1500 AC DC DOWN ACIDC DOWN 2010 4 15 15 9 59 A Moderate Error 2200 MISSING PARA MISSING PARA 2010 4 15 13 35 57 User specified 2200 MISSING PARA MISSING PARA 2010 4 14 19 42 14 A ir Minor Error A 2200 MISSING PARA MISSING PARA 2010 4 14 16 21 28 v Stop Monitor Create CSV File Close For details on the PLC diagnostics refer to the following Operating manual for the programming tool used seag 1013 au BUDY Z S 95 b Module detailed information When the I O ERR LED turns on or an error occurs in any intelligent function module check the error in the system monitor of the programming tool and remove the error cause WO Diagnostics gt System Monitor 1 Select the error m
608. use Corrective Action Code CPU Status CPU PARAMETER ERROR The automatic refresh range of the multiple CPU system exceeded the file register capacity an Hy Collateral information Change the file register file for the one refresh QnPH Common information File name Drive name enabled in the whole range 48 e Individual information Parameter number QnU EDiagnostic Timing e When an END instruction executed e Read the individual information of the error 3003 PARAMETER ERROR i using the programming tool to identify the The number of device points set in the Device tab A f numeric value parameter No Check the of the PLC Parameter dialog box is outside the TER parameters corresponding to the value and range of the specifications of the CPU module i i correct them as necessary Collateral information i s If the error still occurs after correcting the Common information File name Drive name g a ews parameter settings the cause is a failure of the e Individual information Parameter number i ate te program memory of the CPU module or EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN At writing to memory card Please consult your local programmable controller Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed acPu d ipti f th blem lescription of the problem LCPU PARAMETER ERROR The parameter file is incorrect Alternatively the contents of the file are not parameters 3004 Collateral infor
609. ut of the control panel Keep the DC power cable length to 30m or less e Take a surge protective measure such as installing a surge suppressor if the relay switches more than four times per minute 9 High speed counter module e Install an external DC power connected to high speed counter modules inside the same control panel e Use a shielded cable for the DC power when it is extended out of the control panel Keep the length of cables connected to external devices to 30m or less 10 Positioning module Install an external DC power connected to positioning modules inside the same control panel 11 Temperature control module Install an external DC power connected to positioning modules inside the same control panel 12 CC Link module e To ground the Ver 1 10 compatible CC Link dedicated cable Page 387 Appendix 7 1 3 c e Each power line connecting to the external power supply terminal or module power supply terminal must be 30m or less Install a noise filter to the external power supply Use the noise filter having an attenuation characteristic MA1206 TDKLambda or equivalent Note that a noise filter is not required if the module is used in Zone A defined in EN61131 2 Keep the length of signal cables connected to the analog input terminals of the following modules to 30m or less e Wire cables connected to the external power supply and module power supply terminal in the control panel where the module is in
610. utomatically by system after network error is reset by user To find the number for the module where system switching is requested from a network module in the host system refer to SD1590 362 1 The diagnostic information and system information of other CPU modules are stored 2 Shows the special register SDD for the host system CPU 19 Redundant system tracking information The special register SD1700 to SD1779 is valid only for redundant systems All bits are set to 0 for stand alone APPENDICES systems Corre Cae Number Name Meaning Explanation Set by sponding sponding When Set ACPU CPU D9000 Tracking Tracking A value in this register is incremented by one upon tracking D1700 error error error l S detection detection The counter starts the routine counts up from 0 to 32767 Error count count then counts down to 32767 and then again counts up to 0 e This register stores the waiting time required for starting the online program change in the standby system after completion of that in the control system The value is specified in units of seconds If online program change is not requested even after it is completed in the control system the CPU modules in both of the system determine that it is a failure of an online program change for redundancy In this case both system CPU Waiting time Waiting time modules resume the consistency check for the systems that New QnPRH for onli
611. utputs may not be performed temporarily This is because there is a time lag for the power to be turned on between the programmable controller power supply and the external power supply especially DC for the control target Normal control outputs also may not be performed when the external power supply or the programmable controller fails In terms of fail safe and to prevent any of these abnormal operations from leading to the entire system failure configure safety circuits such as emergency stop circuits protection circuits or interlock circuits where abnormal operation may result in mechanical damage or accidents external to the programmable controller This section describes a system design circuit example considering the points explained above 1 System design circuit example a Without END cover with ERR terminal For AC power oe For AC and DC power Fuse Set a period of time for DC power to establish the rated voltage teat Use of the voltage relay is recommended Low battery alarm lamp or buzzer This relay turns on when the CPU module starts running by SM403 Power to the output devices is shut off when the stop switch turns off The stop switch turns off by an emergency stop or a
612. vednd dno eduareiahe 25 410 O Overcurrent protection a asasan ea Overvoltage protection n on asa aaaea R Reinforced insulation a nn a aaaea aaaea Reset operation 0000000 ea eee S Savi gidat ea asa a aa a a a aa a W Wiring Connecting extension cables Grounding 22524504 ea aa ee Bea ee Aa oes Wiring precautions 20005 Wiring to an 18 point screw terminal block Wiring to connectors 2 020005 Wiring to power supply modules Memo 411 REVISIONS The manual number is given on the bottom left of the back cover September 2011 SH NA O80890ENG G Descriptions regarding the L6EXB L6EXE LCO6E LC10E and LC30E are added October 2011 SH NA O80890ENG H Descriptions regarding new functions are added Japanese manual version SH 080874 This manual confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind nor does it confer any patent licenses Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this manual 2010 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION 412 WARRANTY Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product 1 Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range If any faults or defects hereinafter Failure found to be the respons
613. vidual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Delete the Ethernet network parameter of Ethernet interface module under control of another station Change the setting to the start I O number of Ethernet interface module under control of the host station LINK PARA ERROR Although the number of modules has been set to one or greater number in the Ethernet module count parameter setting the number of actually mounted module is zero The start I O No of the Ethernet network parameter differs from the I O No of the actually mounted module Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN LINK PARA ERROR In the redundant system although Ethernet Main base is selected for Network type the Ethernet module is mounted on the extension base unit In the redundant system although Ethernet Extension base is selected for Network type the Ethernet module is mounted on the main base unit Collateral information Common information File name Drive name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Correct and write the network parameters If the error occurs after correction it suggests a hardware fault Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed
614. vidual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Check the parameter setting LINK PARA ERROR The setting of the network refresh range crosses over the boundary between the internal user device and the extended data register D or extended link register W Collateral information Common information File name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Set the network refresh range so that it does not cross over the boundary between the internal user device and the extended data register D or extended link register W 3107 LINK PARA ERROR The CC Link parameter setting is incorrect The set mode is not allowed for the version of the mounted CC Link module Collateral information Common information File name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset STOP RUN Check the parameter setting 3150 LINK PARA ERROR e When the CC Link IE Field Network is used the network number set in Network Parameter and Switch Setting is duplicated e No Network Parameter and Switch Setting are configured or the CC Link IE Field Network module with an incorrect switch setting is mounted Collateral information Common information File name e Individual information Parameter number EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset Check
615. w For the number for modules where system switching is requested from a network module in other system refer to SD1690 Memory copy Memory Before SM1595 is turned from off to on the I O No of the SD1595 target I O copy target I memory copy destination Standby system CPU module 3D1 U number O number is stored in this register Stores the execution result of Memory copy function 0 Memory copy is complete g Memory co Memo 4241p Standby system power supply off SD1596 aa i copy a e 4242 Tracking cable is disconnected or is damaged Aa change 4247 Memory copy is being executed 4248 Unsupported memory copy destination I O number 4 The information of the host CPU module is stored 359 jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy 18 Redundant system other system CPU information The special register SD1600 to SD1650 is valid when the redundant system is in backup mode and is invalid in separate mode The special register SD1651 to SD1690 is valid when the redundant system is in backup mode or in separate mode All bits in SD1600 to SD1690 are set to 0 for stand alone systems Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Serby Sponsing S Pe 5 p When Set ACPU P sa E spo0 If an error is detected by the error check for redundant system the corresponding bit shown below turns on That bit turns OFF when the error is cleared aft
616. wer ON or 4 area communication a system storage data are variable reserved for a system reset QnU storage data are variable setting Write during RUN setting Sumcheck presence 0 Disabled 0 Absent 1 Enabled 1 Present spies ihe This register stores the transmission wait time specified in the transmission i ae i Li Poe serial communication setting parameter Transmission wait time 0 No waiting time SD102 wait time specifed in the ganS 10 to 150 Waiting time unit ms storage area serial icati communia ion Default 0 setting New This register stores a transmission speed When an external device is not connected the default is 1152 Qn H CH1 Stores a i ae NS 3 iransinigsign ranemigsion Note when the serial communication setting is configured this QnPH D105 register stores the transmission speed specified in the S QnPRH speed setting speed RS RS 232 232 parameter Qnu s 96 9600bps 192 19 2kbps 384 38 4kbps LCPU 576 57 6kbps 1152 115 2kbps Stores the data Data sending sending result SD110 result storage when the serial Stores the error code at the time of sending data area communication function is used S Q00 Q01 Stores the data Error Qnu 4 Data receiving receiving result SD111 result storage when the serial Stores the error code at the time of receiving data area communication function is used This register stores a battery consumption rate Value range 1 or 2 QOOUJCPU QOO
617. when the range is exceeded change LeRU MELSOFT SD998 connection using TCP port FTP SD999 communication port 4 This applies to the Built in Ethernet port QCPU 12 Conversion from A series to Q or L series The special register D9000 to D9255 for ACPU corresponds to the special register SD1000 to SD1255 for QCPU or LCPU after the A to Q L conversion Note that the Basic model QCPU and Redundant CPU do not support the A to Q L conversion All data in this area of the special register are set by system cannot be set by user using a program To set data by user correct the program using the special register for QCPU or LCPU The special register D9200 to D9255 however includes the areas that can be set by user For those areas data can be set by user in the converted special register SD1200 to SD1255 as well For details on the special register for ACPU refer to the following User s manual for the CPU module used A Type MELSECNET MELSECNET B Data Link System Reference Manual Point To use the converted special register in the High Performance model QCPU Process CPU Universal model QCPU or LCPU check Use special relay special register from SM SD1000 under A PLC Compatibility Setting jsI7 JaysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Project window gt Parameter gt PLC Parameter gt PLC System Note that the processing time will increase when the converted special register is used
618. xecuted Match the operation modes of the control system and standby system 6062 CPU MODE DIFF Both System A and B are in the same system status control system This can be detected from the system B of the redundant system Collateral information e Common information e Individual information HDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset At tracking cable connection Power the CPU module System B which resulted in a stop error OFF and then ON RUN Off ERR Flicker CPU Status Stop 6100 TRK TRANS ERR An error e g retry limit exceeded occurred in tracking data transmission This error may be caused by tracking cable removal or other system power off including reset e The error occurred at a startup since the redundant system startup procedure was not followed Collateral information Common information Tracking transmission data classification e Individual information EDiagnostic Timing e Always Check the CPU module or tracking cable If the error still occurs this indicates the CPU module or tracking cable is faulty Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed description of the problem Confirm the redundant system startup procedure and execute a startup again CPU Status Continue QnPRH 209 6669 0009 S p09 10114 g XIpueddy gt S17 p09 10113 xipueddy
619. xecution time for low speed Stores the execution time of a low speed execution type SD546 Execution execution type program in one scan The time is measured in increments of time for low Programs 100us speed ms value SD546 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 execution Execution time SD547 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 type for low speed Stored every scan SD547 programs execution type A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module S programs us is switched from STOP to RUN Every END value processing Scan program Stores the execution time of a scan program in one scan SD548 execution time The time is measured in increments of 100us in icrements Scan ms value of 1us for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU Q00J Q00 proses SD548 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 New a01 Secutor EREI SD549 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 0 to 999 QnU sba liine 2 as for the Universal model QCPU and LCPU eee e Stored every scan us value e A value in this register is cleared to 0 when the CPU module is switched from STOP to RUN Scan execution type SD548 program e Stores the execution time of a scan execution type program Scan execution time in one scan The time is measured in increments of 100us execution ms value SD548 Stores a ms value storage range 0 to 65535 type program SD549 Stores a us value storage range 0 to 900 execution Scan e Stored every scan
620. y 6 Saturday 331 jsI7 JeysiBay jeloeds xipueddy Corre 5 Corre Number Name Meanin Explanation Set by sponding spondin g P When Set ACPU oe g D9000 Program Write This register stores the progress of writing transfer to the SD681 memory write transfer program memory flash ROM in percentage 0 to 100 transfer status display When a write transfer command is given 0 is stored in this status percentage register SD682 This register stores the index value of write count of the program memory flash ROM up to the present in 32 bit binary When the index value exceeds 100 thousand times FLASH ROM ERROR error code 1610 occurs The index Program Write count f 3 value will be counted even after it exceeds 100 thousand memory write index SD683 count index up to present 1 The write count does not equal to the index value Since the maximum write count of the flash ROM has been increased by the system 1 is added about every two writing operations S Now QnU Standard Writ ae ae Oa This register stores the progress of writing transfer to the At write LCPU SD686 standard ROM flash ROM in percentage 0 to 100 When a transfer status display f ee j are i write transfer command is given 0 is stored in this register status percentage SD687 This register stores the index value of write count of the standard ROM flash ROM up to t
621. y Qnu capacity Backup data LCPU SD699 size upper bits 334 1 The module whose first 5 digits of serial No is 10102 or later Except the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 2 The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU 3 The Universal model QCPU except the QOOUJCPU 4 On the Basic model QCPU data is set at STOP to RUN or RSET instruction execution after parameter execution 7 Instruction related register APPENDICES Set by Number Name Meaning Explanation When Set SD705 Turning SM705 during a block operation enables all data in the block to be processed to masked values according to the mask Mask patt Mask patt U oe sem Penn ask patern patterns stored in SD705 in SD705 and SD706 for double word data SD715 The mask patterns masked by the IMASK instruction are stored as follows SD716 IMASK b15 b1 bO S instruction Mask pattern SD715 115 to 1 10 During sp mask pattern SD716 131 to 47 16 execution SD717 147 to 133 132 SD718 5 Accumulator eeu culate For use as replacement for accumulators used in A series s u sp719 programs Program No Program No D720 designation for designation for This register stores the program number of the program to read it U PLOADP PLOADP with the PLOADP instruction Specified range 1 to 124 instruction instruction Corre sponding ACPU D9000 New Corre sponding CPU Q00J Q00
622. y of the CPU modules Please y MULTI CPU DOWN consult your local Mitsubishi representative There is no response from the target CPU module en al malas ee explaining a detailed description of the problem 1 a multiple CPU system at initial communication 00 Q01 8 stage 8 7003 Collateral information oni Common information Module No CPU No QnPH e Individual information Quu s EDiagnostic Timing At power on At reset 216 APPENDICES Error A au LED Status Corresponding E its and Cause Corrective Action Code rror Conten d Cau orrective i CPU Status CPU MULTI CPU DOWN e Check the system configuration to see if In a multiple CPU system a data error occurred in modules are mounted in excess of the number communication between the CPU modules of I O points WCollateral information e When there are no problems in the system Q00 Q01 8 7004 ree e Common information Module No CPU No configuration this indicates the CPU module Qnu 8 e Individual information hardware is faulty Please consult your local HDiagnostic Timing Mitsubishi representative explaining a detailed Always description of the problem MULTI EXE ERROR e In a multiple CPU system a faulty CPU module was mounted e In a multiple CPU system a CPU module incompedbieawith the multiple CPU system ee e Read the individual information of the error mounted The CPU module compatible with the Itiole CPU P
623. y system 3 Hardware failure power OFF reset or watchdog timer error occurring in control system 4 Preparing for tracking 5 Time limit exceeded 6 Standby system is in stop error except watchdog timer error 7 Operation differs between two systems in backup mode only 8 During memory copy from control system to standby system 9 Online program change 10 Error detected by network module of standby system 11 System switching being executed 12 Online module change in progress To the next page 300 APPENDICES Corre c z orre Number Nam Meanin Explanati Set by sponding spondin umbe e i xplanation ondi E M When Set ACPU eee g D9000 9 Failure information Number Meaning SD16 Failure information 1 SD17 Failure information 2 SD18 Failure information 3 SD19 Failure information 4 s SD20 Failure information 5 E LCPU SD21 Failure information 6 Error SD22 Failure information 7 SD23 Failure information 8 SD24 Failure information 9 SD25 Failure information 10 SD26 Failure information 11 12 File diagnostic information SD16 Failure information1 H drive No L SD17 SD18 File name SD19 ASCII 8 characters SD20 SD21 EXtension 6 2EH Qnu be Bet ee SD22 ASCIl 3 characters LCPU SD26 Error individual Erro

"user manual"

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

&quot;user manual&quot;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

"user manual"